PANZERFAUST 4thEd Reglas Miniaturas

8/12/2019 PANZERFAUST 4thEd Reglas Miniaturas

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/panzerfaust-4thed-reglas-miniaturas 1/123

Copyright: 2004 Scott Nicholas and Peter Stone

PANZERFAUST

World War 2 Platoon/Company Level Miniatures Wargame Rules

Fourth Edition

By Scott Nicholas and Peter Stone





Panzerfaust Armored Fist 4th Edition is a WWII combat simulationrules developed for use with 1/76th, 1/72nd or 15mm scale models,for two or more players. Panzerfaust has been developed since 1982with the strict policy of playability and simplicity without loss of detail.Previous editions of Panzerfaust admittedly had many cumbersomeconcepts which were complex and increased playing time with fewbeneficial results. Readers should therefore be cautioned againstdrawing any similarities with this current 4th Edition as we haveattempted to streamline the mechanics to allow more detailed, yetsimpler handling of combat at this level. Significant changes are abrutal morale system that forces realistic reactions to troop losses, aneffective command control system, and compulsory troop classes fordifferent nationalities. (We have gone back to using the troop classesand morale ratings as in our second edition of these rules, except thatthey are compulsory and vary for each nation). This results in large,clumsy and less effective Soviet formations taking on smaller,maneuverable and accurate German forces.

3

Panzerfaust can appear to be rather daunting to a noviceplayer, who may read the book and wonder how on Earth they canpossibly remember all of the rules. But in fact, the only sections of therules you need consult (or even read) are those you intend to use. Asa novice, you should begin using only armored vehicles, and ratherthan memorising rules to begin with, consult the book consistentlyuntil the mechanics have been learned. Once the armor rules havebeen learnt, novice players can then introduce infantry, then artillery,and eventually aircraft, fortifications, and so on.

We have undertaken two approaches with development ofthe rules; the first was to provide rule mechanics which accuratelydetail and re-enact WWII combat; the second was to provide an

accurate reference for all AFVs, vehicles, weapons and unitorganisations. This last point is just as important as the first as it willhelp players not only enjoy the hobby, but also re-enact their battlesand games with some historical accuracy. The information providedalso lets you know that we have done extensive research into allareas included.

All rules are designed to emulate historical tactics and thereasoning behind many will often not be directly apparent to thereader.

We are more than open to any constructive criticism, suggestions, orreactions which you may have towards the rules. Many changes inthis edition of PANZERFAUST-ARMORED FIST can be traced backto contributions made by players.

Email address is: [email protected] Our website address is:

http://members.optusnet.com.au/~stonefamily/panzer.htm

Special Thanks to Playtesters A special thank you to the following playtesters: Jason Montague,Mitchell Dovey, Damien Kerle, Phil LeHunt, Scott Horan.

Copyright: 2004 Scott Nicholas and Peter StoneNo part of these rules may be reproduced, except for the

countersheet, in part or whole without written permission from theauthors.Printing 1.02.

IINNTTRR OO DDUUCC TTIIOO NN

SS CC A A LLEE SS* Time Scales -One move represents two minutes. With the average game lastingbetween 6-20 moves, this translates approximately to 25-40 minutes.The perception by players that battles rage from dawn to dusk withunits in combat unceasingly is incorrect. Battles were usually (withexceptions) made up of a string of brief engagements where unitsfought until demoralised, exhausted or supplies expired. Forcampaigns or large scale historical re-enactments, it is suggested that

one move is made to represent twenty minutes.* Ground Scales -1cm = 10 metres, (that is 1mm = 1 metre). The use of this groundscale is done to maximize upon playing areas available. The perfectplaying area would be a table tennis table or 180cm x 120cm or180cm. (The use of a 1/76th ground scale; where 13mm = 1m, wouldrequire the use of a tennis court!)

The same ground scale is retained if using 1/300th modelscale games for the same reasons; ie. no adjustments are required,refer section on 1/300th adaption.

* Figure Scale - All AFVs, vehicles, guns, and infantry heavy weapons are allrepresented by single models (1:1 scale).

Infantry heavy weapon crews and gun/mortar crews shouldbe represented on a 1:2 ratio.

All infantry are based as teams on a 1:1 scale, with typically

three teams per infantry section/squad. On a 1:1 scale there shouldbe 2 – 4 figures per base. eg a Soviet Rifle Squad has 10 men, beingan LMG Team and two Rifle Teams. The LMG Team should have 3figures (machine gunner and loader), and the Rifle Teams 3 and 4figures each.

It is also a good idea to put a small unit tag/label at the back or side ofeach infantry base. eg, a company’s 1st platoon could be

1Co. 1Pl. HQ1Co. 1Pl. 1 st Sq (3 teams labelled as such)1Co. 1Pl. 2 nd Sq (3 teams labelled as such)1Co. 1Pl. 3 rd Sq (3 teams labelled as such)

* Model Scale -The recommended model scale for these rules is 1/76nd or 1/72ndscale. These rules have been written primarily for 1/76th / 1/72ndscale with detail & complexity designed to allow use of units fromplatoons to companies.

15mm scale miniatures can be used without making any alterations togame measurements except for smaller base sizes for infantrystands. Also, since the models are a little smaller, try not to bunchthem up, or artillery will have a heyday.

See below for a simple conversion to allow players to adaptthe rules to using 1/285 or 1/300th scale models. Try to resist theurge to use extra miniatures because they are a smaller scale,otherwise players may find the game mechanics a bit tedious for afluent game.

Models should be fairly accurate representations of thevehicle or weapon they represent. An accurate model is defined asòne which cannot be mis-identified as some other type or variantwhich it is not!.' Some leniency can be taken with softskin vehicles,since almost no kits exist for them in 1:76th scale. eg you can use anyGerman light truck model to represent one of the light truck types, butmust tell your opponent exactly what it represents. For items whichremain offboard, such as artillery, boats, or aircraft; models are notrequired. Many of the vehicles in these rules are not available asmodel kits, in which case they are often available as resin kits, or, canbe converted from an existing kit. Others will require to bescratchbuilt.

For details on painting and camouflage techniques on yourmodels, there are sections devoted to these later in the rules. Weimplore gamers to paint all miniatures used!

* Scale ClarificationsPlease note that ground scale and model scale are two differentthings. Although a 1:76th infantry model is 20mm high, it actuallyrepresents a man who is 1.75mm high according to the ground scale.Players have asked why a 20mm tall man can only throw a grenade50mm (ie, twice his height), but the reason for this is the groundscale. He is actually throwing the grenade 50 meters. Also note that a1/76th model tank, although 8cm long, represents a tank which isactually 6mm long according to the ground scale of 1mm = 1 meter.Players have asked why their tank when firing at another tank at arange of 10cm, can miss. The reason is that the range is actually 100meters.

Note however that for observation and movement, modelsare considered to be their actual size, and not what they represent.

* Adjus ting These Rules to 1/300th ScaleThese rules adjust rather easily to allow the gamer to use microarmor, which is either 1/287 th or 1/300 th scale. To do this, severaladjustments must be made.

The first adjustment is an option. This involves dividing ALLranges and movement speeds by two. This includes observationranges, weapon ranges, etc. The reason for doing this is if you have asmaller playing surface, or, you want to use more units.

The second adjustment is compulsory. ALL weapons’ radiiand widths, and any other such widths, must be divided by 4.

The third adjustment is that infantry base sizes are smaller.See the section on infantry base sizes.



* Playing Area -The recommended ideal playing area for an average game with 2-4players is 180cm x 120cm, or 180cm x 180cm. Most tables arerectangular in area and should be played across the table forencounter or competition games, down the length for attack/defencegames. Table tennis tables are a good size for large games whosetotal point value of both sides added together exceeds 6,000 points.

* Equipment -In addition to these rules you will require (per player) three six sideddice, metric tape measure, pen & paper. An episcope can also aidplay.

Note; regarding terminology with dice, 1D6 means, roll one six sideddice. 2D6 means, roll two six sided die. 3D6 means roll three sixsided dice.

* Terrain -Scenery, like the models, should be of the same scale. HO/OO scalemodels, (that is, 1:72, 1:76 or 1:87) will be appropriate for 1:76 scale,and micro scenery will be appropriate for 1:285th or 1:300th scale.

Scenery layout should be clearly defined, and types ofconflicting scenery should be specified before a game begins. eg.treelines & woods need to be declared as thick or thin.

Terrain such as towns, country areas, etc, should be laid outrealistically, by both players in agreement. For tournaments, all terrainshould be laid out by an umpire.

Providing your games are not set in the desert or theUkraine, there should always be a fair amount of ground coversuch as b uildings , woods, hills , shrubs, etc. The average combatengagement range during WWII for the European battlefield wasapproximately 800 meters – that is 80cm on the wargames table.

Examples where two opponents engaged each other over 1500mwas rare. (This still holds true today, even with modern AFV &

ATGMs.)

4

Defender sets up anywhere in shaded area

Objective/s anywhere in shaded area exceptfor the back 20% of the board

The following issues need to be addressed once the game board hasbeen setup and units placed down, but before actual play begins.

BATTLE TYPE - DETERMINE TYPE OF GAMECHOOSE FORCE TERRAIN WEATHER FORTIFICATIONSDEPLOY FORCES PROGRAMED ORDERS

See following for detailed descriptions of the above:

BATTLE TYPE – Determine Type of Game:For tournaments, all games should be Encounter Battles, with eachplayer having an equal point value force.

For friendly games, players can either agree upon what typeof battle to play, or can dice on the following table.

Battle Type Random Generator Table (Throw 2D6)

Dice Throw Result2 Breakthrough3 Counter Attack4, 5 Encounter6 – 8 Attack/Defense9, 10 Encounter11 Counter Attack12 Breakthrough

1. Attack /DefenseThe defending player will set up on 80% of the board, with his rearedge being the edge he must leave by if he wishes to retreat. Theattacker must attack from the opposite edge. If desired, for the firsttwo turns, the attacker may bring on only bona fide recon units,moving on from the back board edge, but on the third turn, theremainder of his onboard forces must enter the board from the back

board edge. Bona fide recon aircraft are permitted one pass over theplaying area also during turns 1 or 2. Return AA Fire can be used bydefender.

Determine the objective/s of the battle by agreement, or byan umpire’s instructions, or by dice throw (see later). Objectives mayinclude obtaining victory points for taking and holding certainlandmarks on the table, or simply destroying a certain percentage ofthe enemy force. The point value of the attacker’s force should befrom 2 to 3 times greater than that of the defender. Recommendedpoint values per side are 1500 for the defender, and 3000 – 4500points for the attacker. eg.

Attacker Sets up here, at the board edge.

GG A A MMEE RR EE QQ UUIIRR EE MMEE NNTTSS

PP RR EE --GG A A MMEE SS EE TTUUPP

If either player wishes to retreat, he must physically get his pieces tothe appropriate game board edge, and then those units are assumedto have successfully retreated. Unless it is a campaign, these piecesare considered lost/destroyed for victory condition purposes.

2. Encounter (Recommended for Tournament Games)Both players been attempting to out manoeuvre the other and have

encountered each other while doing so. Determine the objective/s ofthe battle by agreement, or by an umpire’s instructions, or by dicethrow, except that objectives must be situated along the centre line ofthe wargames board. Both players place all of their units in the back15cm of their rear board edge during the pre-game setup. Bothplayers’ forces must be the same point value. For friendly games,around 3000 – 5000 points per side gives a good 3 – 4 hour game.For tournaments, we recommend that all players field forces around2500-3000 points each, and at least 50% of each force’s point valuemust be AFVs. Programmed Map Fire cannot be used.

3. Counter AttackThe attacker has taken a certain objective which the defender wishesto take back. The attacker can set up on 50% of the board. Determinethe objective/s of the battle by agreement, or by an umpire’sinstructions, or by dice throw, with the objective towards the rear ofthis area, but not with the back 20% of the board. There are notallowed to be any defenses or dug in AFVs, etc – there has not been

enough time! The defender must set up his forces in the back 20%area of the wargames board. The point value of the defender’s forceshould be from 1.5 to 2 times greater than that of the attacker.

4. BreakthroughThe attacker must break through the defenders defences and exit atleast half of his initial point value through the defenders rear board





6

leted, each turn

: Move all platoons alternately, starting with the lowest troop

-stationary units.t

s F-I.

pl

ement Pipsrding

g fire. For each unit

movement pip dice.Group moves are made only by individual platoons or

companies. See Moving Units and Groups on page 7. If a groupmove is made, the whole unit being moved must make the same

any of its movement pips, those pipspip dice at the

ore platoonsore if required)

thin an

e same FO, the one with a

, players can select to fire at targets during any part of theiroing

1/2 of it's turn to do this. An enemye first half of the turn cane building. It succeeds in

rtars & Artil lery -Players with units that end the movement phase within a BZ must testeach unit to see if they receive any damage or casualties. Thisincludes any units which have entered a BZ during the movementphase. (Any unit's which have left a BZ during the movement phase

ust be diced for as they leave.)

ft which survived enemy AA fire may now have theirttacks against ground targets resolved.

Once all pre-game setup procedures have been compof game play must follow the below sequence of play, from A to I.Once I has been completed, begin the next turn at A.

Summary A: Write orders for Artillery & Aircraft.B: Determine Company HQ movement pips.C: Declare incoming airstrikes.D: Declare Covering Fire orders.E: Plot BZs for Mortar & Artillery Indirect Fire.F

class.G: Resolve Infantry Fire & Direct Fire.

(1) Fire all stationary units,(2) Fire all non

(3) Resolve all Close Quarters CombaH: Resolve Indirect Fire for Mortars & Artillery.I: Resolve Airstrikes & AA fire.

or * M ale checks are carried out as required during step Ex anations -

A: Write orders for Art illery & Aircraft -Players write any new orders for Indirect Fire or On-call Airstrikes (if

available.) Written orders should describe which battery or aircraft,ype of at mmunition, POA coordinates, aircraft arrival turn.

: Determine Company HQ MovBPlayers throw 1D6 per Company HQ, modify the dice result accoto the company’s troop class, and place the dice showing themodified number next to the Co. HQ.

C: Declare incoming airstrikes -* Players resolve any air-air combat and/or declare any incoming

strikeair s for this turn.

D: Declare Covering Fire Orders -Players may declare any units as giving coverin(eg individual MG-team or tank) or group (eg MG platoon) that isgiving covering fire, do the following:• deduct ‘1’ pip from the relevant Co. HQ pip dice.•

place a numbered CF counter ( eg CF 3) next to the coveringfire unit/group and the matching CF counter (eg CF 3) next tothe target area.

fantryIn units within these CF target areas are declared ̀ pinned' andmust take a Morale test before attempting to move (Step F) or fire(Step G).

Remember that units/groups giving covering fire cannot moveor perform any other action that turn.

E: Plot BZs for Mortar & Ar tillery Indirect Fire -Players place a POA counter for each direct firing mortar/mortarplatoon at the target location. For all other indirect fire, players writedown the target location (see artillery rules) and dice to see if theyhave successfully called down the artillery this turn. If yes, place aPOA counter on the location that was written down.* From each POA, measure out the Beaten Zone (BZ) anddetermine which units lie within the affected areas. Any of these unitswhich leave the BZ during their Movement phase (Step F) must be

diced for to determine any damage/casualties.

F: Move all platoons alternately, starting with thelowest troop c lass -

layersP take turns moving platoons. (Note that a Company HQ moveswith any one of its platoons, as though part of that platoon formovement purposes.)

Each time a platoon moves, the number of pips it uses aremovedre from its company HQ movement pip dice. eg 1 AFV of a

platoon moves by itself, costing 1 pip, while the rest of the platoonmoves together, costing another pip. Remove 2 pips from the Co. HQ

move unless you spend extra pips for a sub-unit of that group toperform a different action, whether to stay behind, or perform adifferent move. eg: 1 pip only is given to a platoon. That platoon cantherefore either move one individual squad or AFV, or make a groupmove in which the entire platoon does the same move. The sameapplies if 1 pip only is thrown for a company. The company can either

ove 1 individm ual squad or AFV, or move 1 platoon as above, or, theentire company can make the same move. In which case it cannotleave anything behind (unless due to being out of command radius).

I: Resolve Airs trikes & AA fire -* Any aircraft declared to arrive at the beginning of the turn (Step A)

If the company in the above example uses its 1 pip to moveonly 1 individual squad or AFV, its pip is expended and the wholecompany counts as having moved, since no pips are left.

For a company to perform a group move with all of itsplatoons, all of the platoons must be in command radius in order to

ove tom gether. Any platoon out of command radius cannot beincluded in the company’s group move.

Once all desired movement for a company is completed,even if there are pips left on the movement pip dice, remove the diceto show that this company has completed its movement. Also, if allpips on the dice have been used, remove the pip dice to show thecompany has completed its movement.

The player with the lowest troop class (eg conscript is lowerthan regular) on the table moves a platoon first. If both player’s troopsare the same troop class, then throw 1D6. The player with the lowestdice roll moves a platoon first.

If you decide that you are content with a company’sposition, and do not wish to useare forfeited and cannot be used later. Remove theconclusion of the movement phase.

Note however that if one player has 2 – 2.99 man his opponent, then he moves two platoons (or mth

at a time. If one player has 3 – 3.99 more platoons than his opponent,then he moves three platoons (or more if required) at a time. And soon. Note that these are the minimum numbers of platoons you have tomove, you can of course move more, and may be forced to do so if

moving a whole company on 1 pip for example. Also note that units which start their movement phase wiIndirect Fire BZ and move outside this BZ during the turn must bediced for as they leave, to determine any damage/casualties inflictedprior to leaving the BZ. If disabled/destroyed, the unit cannot move orfire beyond that part of the turn.

G: Resolve Infantry Fire & Direct Fire -Players conduct Direct Fire in the following sequence;

* All stationary AFVs, guns and infantry units are fired, starting withunits of the lowest Fire Order (FO). Any targets which are destroyedannot return fire. If two units have thc

better troop class fires first. eg veterans fire before regulars. If twounits with the same troop class and same FO fire at each other,conduct their firing simultaneously, with simultaneous results.

* Now all non-stationary AFVs, guns and infantry units are fired, withthe units moving the least firing first (eg. an AFV which has moved for1/4 of the turn fires before an enemy AFV which has for moved 1/2

e turn.th ) For units which have moved the same amount, the lowestFO fires first. Targets which are destroyed before firing cannot returnfire. For those which have moved the same amount and have thesame FO, better troop class fires first. See above point.

* AFVs, guns and infantry units which have expended over half theiraximum movement cannot fire at all.m

Although Direct Fire is conducted after all movement has been

ompletedcmovement phase by back-tracking the position of the target. In dso, the unit which is firing must also be in a position to observe thetarget at that part of the turn. If the target is destroyed/disabled, itremains where it was fired upon, not completing it's plannedmovement. Otherwise it completes it's full movement.

(eg. During the movement phase a tank moved from beingvisible to behind a building. It took AT gun which observed the target during thfire at the tank before it disappears behind thhitting the tank and destroying it, so the tank model is put back (back-tracked) to where it was when the gun fired at it.

After all firing has been completed, resolve all infantry Close QuartersCombat.

H: Resolve Indirect Fire for Mo

m

now arrive, and players plot the flight-path of those aircraft and markthe POA for each one with a `POA' counter.* Units with suitable weapons that did not fire during the Direct FirePhase resolve any AA fire against these incoming aircraft.

Those aircra*a

SS EE QQ UUEENNCC EE OO FF PP LL A A YY





8

ibility asituation aalways be

uencetances

surroundinsee aws, inf

rocedurehe following procedure is for determining whether a target can be

observed by another unit;1 The observer must have DLOS (direct line of sight) with the

intended target. An observer can only observe from withinhis arc of vision. See later. Note that vehicles can block lineof sight.

2 Determine what type of terrain (if any) the target is within orbehind. Terrain will only conceal a target if it lies across theobservers DLOS.

range or the target remains hidden.

wo different types of cover, usethe terrain which provides the minimum observation range for thetarget.

Once a target has been spotted by an observer, it remainsspotted to that particular observer until it moves out of DLOS orchanges terrain location.

Intervening smoke blocks all DLOS.

di

2.concealed by hard cover

ervation range is always increased when movingfter firing its main or secondary armament.

ttesu

Vis nd concealment of units is an important part in any combatnd critical if they intend to survive. Potential targets may notvisible to the observer and there are many factors which

infl a sighting. The following observation ranges are thedis that targets can be spotted, according to their size and the

g terrain. An observer must be within this range to be ableto target. (Òbserver' refers to all types of troops; tank & guncre antry, etc.) These rules do not apply to Aircraft.

-PT

3 Refer to the Observation Table, cross reference the terraintype with the target's size (A,B,C or D) and find theobservation range.

4 Multiply any of the variations which apply for the target orobserver, to the observation range.

5 For an observer to spot and identify the target, it must bewithin this final

Where a target is within (or behind) t

Mo fier Notes ;1. A `closed-down' AFV is one where the crew has secured all

hatches and relies on viewing ports or cupolas from within the AFV. This also applies to open-topped AFVs which are alsoconsidered closed-down for observation unless crewcommander or gunner are declared `head-up'.Target is considered hull-down only if at least the lower third ofthe AFV is

3. A target's obsover 5cm or a

4. An Observer located three floors up (or higher) in a building hasa height advantage for all observation. Also applies to otherterrain features of equivalent height (eg. hills, towers.)

5. If the DLOS to a target passes through the BZR of an artilleryry (indirect), then visibility for theba target is reduced by half.

Thi does not apply to mortars or artillery batteries of less thanns.4 g

Target Sizes;

All AFVs, vehicles and gun/howitzers have their sizes listed inrespective data charts, but in summary :Size A: Infantry, Infantry Heavy Weapons, Light Field Guns/Light

AT Guns, Mortars under 95mm.Size B: Horses, Medium Field Guns/AT Guns, Mortars 95mm and

over, Jeeps, Motorcycles, etc.Size C: Light and Medium Vehicles, Heavy Field Guns/AT GunsSize D: Heavy Vehicles

Terrain Description & Notes;Open Terrain/Desert; refers to any area where there is no groundcover. Can range from rocky desert of N/Africa to bare cultivatedfields.Woods; under-growth at the edge of a woods is usually thicker thaninside and for this reason, its more difficult to observe a target fromoutside. The use of thick or thin woods is up to the players. A

milarn apply for tree-lines.

otherwiseeated as thick tree-line.)SIDE Buildings/Houses; applies only to units that are inside

lly concealed outside or behind buildings

deciduous forest, for example, could be considered thick duringsummer/spring and thin during autumn & winter when the leaveshave dropped. On the other hand, a thin woods could simply be a

oods with wider dispersion of trees & less undergrowth. Siwreasoning caOrchards; similar to woods, but with less under growth. Trees areusually planted in ordered rows so as to provided less ìn-depth'cover.Tree Lines/Bocage; although bocage is technically classed as ahedge, its height often exceeded most vehicles or AFVs andtherefore, falls under this category. Hedge lines exceeding `man-height' are classed as thick tree-lines.Scattered Brus h/Long Grass; eg. wheat fields, Russian Steppes.Hedges/Wall/Ruins; units partially hidden behind buildings or otherstructures (not inside) count as being behind a wall. `Hedges' applies

nly to those hedge-lines that do not exceed man-height, (otr INbuildings. Units partiacount as being behind a `Wall'. Units completely behind buildingare out of DLOS and cannot be observed (& vice-versa.)

Buildings.Because infantry base sizes won’t fit exactly into buildings,whereas in reality a squad would spread itself around windows anddoors, place the infantry base’s front edge against one wall. But,for visibility purposes, that squad can also ‘observe’ or ‘see’through other windows or doors up to 4cm away from any baseedge. eg place a 4cm x 4cm infantry base against a house’s frontwall facing the street, but the squad can also see through anyother door or window within 4cm of any edge of the unit’s base. Sothe normal rules of observation, where you can only see from yourfront edge, don’t apply within buildings for infantry units.

OBSERVATION TABLE: (all Ranges are in ‘cm’) Terrain That Target is in or behind Target Size

A B C DOpen terrain or desert 100 160 240 300

Low or Scattered Brush, Long Grass 30 80 200 270Hedge, Wall, Ruins 20 40 140 200Thick Woods – in outer 5cm 10 20 60 90

“ “ - over 5cm inside cannot be observed from outside wood“ “ - observer & target inside 10 15 30 40

Thin Woods – in outer 10cm 20 30 100 160“ “ - over 10cm inside cannot be observed from outside wood“ “ - observer & target inside 15 25 40 80

Orchard – in outer 15cm 30 40 140 180“ - over 15cm inside cannot be observed from outside orchard“ - observer & target inside 25 30 70 90

Thick Treeline or Bocage 20 40 100 140Thin Treeline 40 60 180 240INSIDE Building, House, Shed 10 20 60 80

dge, wo ½

x ½x 2x 2x 1 ½f o ov

Modifiers:x ½ if target is camoflaged, or is prone infantry in the open, brush, hex if target is dug-in or hull-down

if observer is a closed-down AFV/3 if observer is moving over 5cm this turnif target fired or moved over 5cm this turn

.5 if obverser has height advantage (3+ floors up)

ods, treeline, orchard

x if target is within/behind artillery BZRI bserver is over 5cm inside a thick wood, over 10cm inside a thin wood, or er 15cm inside an orchard, it cannot see out at all.

OO BB SS EE RR VV A A TTIIOO NN



9

smoke is usually discharged and any loose debris near the

gnals.

will allow the firer to be pin-pointed'). To

Muzzle-Flashes; A muzzle-flash from a gun is the blast created as a result of theweapon being fired. In addition to a split-second flash appearing, acloud of muzzle is sometimes kicked up into the air, all contributing to what isdefined as the `muzzleflash'. To an observer, this muzzleflash oftenrevealed a firer's location well outside the normal ranges forobserving it. Muzzle-flashes are not effected by terrain orconcealment, except if camouflaged where counter-measure wereaken to reduce tell-tale sit

The muzzleflash ranges are given according to the guncalibre and applies to any weapon fired from an AFV, vehicle,gun/howitzer or infantry. Two ranges are given for muzzle-flashes,Exact & General. (the latter means only the general location of thefirer is revealed while Èxact'be within either will reveal the following details to an observer;

Exact Location - t n of the ring weapon n- dhe exact positio is pi pointee is revealed. targ

t Speculative

fi& The firer can now be eted withweapon's calibr any sort of direct fi ring zzleflre (using ̀ Fi at Mu ash', noFire).

General Location - general prox of th weapon's positionthe terrain fe

nly e used against targetsanner.

y weapon, the observer musthave it lie within its Arc of Vision.

ird of

imity e firingis revealed. On ature where the weapon is locatedneed be identifi er, ie. woods, buildings or group of

lyed to an observ

buildings, hill. Speculative Fire can o brevealed in this m To spot a muzzle-flash from an enemhave DLOS at the time of firing andMortars have a reduced muzzleflash which is equal to one ththeir equivalent gun calibre.

Muzzle-Flash Observation Ranges: (all Ranges are in ‘cm’)Weapon Calibre Exact General

Location LocationInfantry Weapons 30 60Bazooka/Pzfst/Pzrschreck 40 8020mm – 47mm 60 10050mm – 82mm 90 15085mm – 122mm 120 200122mm+ 150 250Note: a PIAT has no muzzle flash!

amouflage;The purpose of ge at which theenemy will observe a position. Camouflage can be of two forms, itcan either blend the position into the surrounding terrain, oralternatively, make the position appear less conspicuous by turning it

something that appears harmless, such as a hay-stack.

eT of te quired to

g ta oves toteam vide

quirerespective of how many teams work on it. Restrictions apply for

um Turns Terrain not permitted

Modifiers:x ½ if observer is in closed-down AFVx ½ if observer is moving over 5cmx 1/3 if firing weapon is a mortarx ½ if target’s position is camouflaged. See camouflage rules.

Ccamouflage is to reduce the ran

into With camouflage, it is the actual position which iscamouflaged , not the occupying weapon. Once an AFV, vehicle, gunor infantry unit moves or evacuates its position, concealment is lostand normal observation rules apply.

Camouflaged positions are either set-up prior to the gamor constructed during. he number am moves recamouflage a position during a game (e kes 1 team 3 mmake size A camoflaged position, or 3 s 1 move) is pro dbelow along with the minimum turns re d to carry out the task,ir camouflaging positions in certain types of terrain.

Unit Size * Team Moves Minim1 B

6 2 B,OB,O,L

6 B,O,L,H,T

A 3BC 12 4

D 18

itted Key

rrying out this work are considered moving ford cannot do any firing

e are arget canacted too. A tar the AOV

ill still be considered unobserved even if within the target's

* that is, the individual unit that is being camouflaged

rrain Not PermTe(B) Buildings;(O) Open;(L) Low/Scattered brush or grass;(H) Hedges, Walls;(T) Thin tree-lineUnits Size B or greater can only be camouflaged in open terrain ifthey are dug-in.

Camouflaged positions can only be prepared the area is free ofnemy fire. Troops cae

observation an .

Arc Of Vis ion (AOV);The AOV for any observer is th a in which an enemy tbe observed and re get which lies outsidewobservation range.

OBSERVER ARC OF VISION (degrees)Inside Buildings, Pill Box, Bunker 120º (60º either side)Infantry, Gun crews, vehicles 180º (90º either side)Unbuttoned/Open topped AFV 180º (90º either side)Closed Down AFV 60º (30º either side)

or all un , the AO the front edge of therom

e direct n the tu s faci . For Aeparate V apply for each t aneparate AOV for each of its five turrets.) A `buttoned up' AFV is one

60º 60º30º 30º (outside AOV)

Window

Types of terrain to be used in a game should be clearly specifiedbefore commencing a game. A woods made up of model trees, andconcealing an AFV, might easily visible to the naked but in actual

s adopt one of three philosophies

f thestorically chosen weather conditions.

ou are recreating the Ardennes offensive, therefore there is snown the ground, an

2. Attacker Waassumed to haveg. If the attacki rbeginning his attthe beginning of

r mayoperation in which

cast, andtack under those conditions.

be encounter games with oftenunhistorical match ups. Each player throws 1D6. The weather is taken

layer with the lowest

oviet. If thepe, if the

= Spring,

F its V is always taken frommodel or unit's base. For turreted AFVs, the AOV is also taken f th io rret i ng FVs with multiple turrets,s AO urret (eg. the Soviet T35 will haveswhere the crew has closed all hatches and relies on using viewingports within the tank.

Inside AOVExample

fact is surrounded by vegetation which might completely hide it fromany on-board observer.

When considering an attack, weather was always an important factor tobe considered. (eg. the Ardennes offensive of 1944 was based onovercast weather to rule out Allied aircraft intervention.) Weatherconditions greatly effect the decisions made during battles, as well asaffecting the battles themselves.

It is recommended that player regarding use of weather in a game. Both players need to agree uponwhich weather approach to use before beginning the game.

1. Histori cal: players are assumed to be recreating an actual historicalconflict, in which case the weather is known. In this case, simply consultthe appropriate weather chart below to determine the effects ohieg. Yo d it is overcast.

its for Correct Conditions: the attacking player is

to be in the country/sphere of operation of the p

dice score. eg German Afrika Korps vs Central Rue waited until the weather co ns w appropriate.ng player would have waited the r to stop before

Soviet player rolls lower, then the battle is in Northern EuroGerman player rolls lower, the battle is in the Mediterranean.

nditio ere ssian S fo ain

ack, then it would be ridiculous to make weather rolls atthe game, in which case it coul possibl rain. :d y Random Season Determination

If season needs to be determined randomly, throw 1D6. 1,2

3. Come What May: In many cases, an attacker may not have theoption of waiting for good weather - his orders may be to attack at acertain day, and at a certain hour, regardless of what the weathebe. In such a case, simply determine the sphere of the battle occurs, and the season in which the engagement is set, andthen dice to determine the weather conditions. This approach toweather should be used during encounter games. (See below if youneed to randomly determine season and sphere of operation.)eg. The attacking US player may be ordered to attack a Germanposition during the spring in the Northern Europe sphere of operations.The dice are thrown and the result is that it is raining, over muddy. The US player must then at Random Determination of Sphere of Operation Many tournament or friendly games will

3,4 = Summer, 5 = Autumn, 6 = Winter.

WWEE A A TTHHEE RR



10

Weather Determination Table Roll 2D6, and consult the table below to determine the weather for your already determined sphere and season.

Die Northern Europe Mediterranean Northern Russian TropicalRoll Sprg Sum Aut Wint Sprg Sum Aut Wint Sprg Sum Aut Wint All

M,O R R,O M,R,O M,O O R,M M,O R,O M,O M,Mi M,F M,OF R,O R,O M M M,O M,O M,R O F,M M,M M

O C R,O M C M M,R,O C C O S,O CC Mi,O S C C C C C C Mi,O CC C C C C C C C C C C

C C C C C C C C R,O CF C C M C C C Mi,O C O O F,O O10 M C C Sf R C M O Sf R

Mi,O R,O S,Mi R,OR,O R S,O R,M

2 M,R,O R,O F M Mi,O R,O R,O Mi,O Mi,O R,M M M,R M,O34 R,O i5 Mi, i,O C6 C C7 C C

8 C C C9R,O M,O R

11 M,R,O M M S,O R,O R12 S M,R,O M,R,O Sf F,O M,R

R,O S,O R,OOS,O Sf F,

Mi – Mist O - Overcast

lling C - Clear

des France, Belgium, Germany, Poland, and

the gameuntry terrain. See

ely light form of rain, which reduces all visibility by half.

game. Thisws:

duced by half when going cross country. No

astlines, and lake regions.e quarter of normal.

rather damp situation effects both visibility and morale. All

ft cannot be present or called in while there is fog, rain, ornnot be used at all if the weather is overcast.

r, before each game begins, roll 1D6 for wind. (Note: in some cases, the attackerif wind conditions were against him,

s in the above "Historical Weather Conditions". If so, choose the windstorically, and only throw for the wind direction, if it is

Legend:M – Mud F - Fog

S – Snow R - RainingSf - Snow Fa

Spheres:Northern Europe: incluCentral Russia, etc,Mediterranean: includes southern France, Italy, Greece, South Russiaand Tunisia, Balkans, etcNorthern Russia: includes Northern Russia, Finland and the Baltic

States.Tropical: includes the Pacific Theatre, an sphere which has nosignificant seasonal change.Desert: is always clear.

Weather Effects:ain prior toMud: the ground has been previously soaked by r

beginning. This produces bog for all cross coMovement Restrictions for infantry and vehicles during bog effects. Notethat infantry cannot charge or evade, and guns/howitzers etc cannot betowed off roads except by halftracks or tractors.

an extremMist:The mist will last for 2D6 moves, starting on the first turn.

to theSnow: this is fairly deep snow which has fallen prior does not effect visibility but will restrict movement as folloa. Tracked vehicles movement is reduced by half.b. Wheeled vehicles cannot go cross country at all.

Infantry movement is rec.charging or evading while going cross country.d. All ponds, lakes, and swamps can be traversed as though it werecross country.

Snow Falling: this is the same as snow, (above), but also includesblizzard conditions. Visibility is reduced to 1/3rd of normal.The snow will fall for 2D6 turns, starting on turn one.- 1 to all direct fire by field/AT guns, open topped AFVs.For the Infantry Casualties Table, add a – 1 Variable, whether direct fireor close quarters combat.

Fog: this is mostly present in valleys, coLasts for 2D6 turns. Visibility during fog is on

Overcast: This has no effect to ground visibility or movement. But noaircraft can be used.

Rain: thisvisibility is reduced to 1/2 normal. Rain will last 2D6 turns.- 1 to all direct firing by field/AT guns, open topped AFVs.For the Infantry Casualties Table, add a – 1 Variable, whether direct fireor close quarters combat.

Clear : Nice sunny day with no restrictions.

ote: aircraNfalling snow, and they ca WIND:Regardless of the weathestrength and 1D6 for wind directionmay have determined not to attackastrength hiunknown.)

Wind Strength Table:Die Roll Wind Strength1 No wind2,3 Light Wind4

Variation:+ 1 to die roll if winter, desert, coast, or steppes.

,5 Moderate Wind6 Gale Force Winds

tion Table :Wind DirecDetermine which direction is north, and roll 1D6.Die Roll Wind Direction

1 NorthEast23 South4 West5 Roll in

in Aga

Roll Aga

TT FFIIGG HHTTIINNGG :: ight fighting was very much a big gamble during this era. The risks

nly be done in friendlyames or campaigns, and only if both players agree.

sibility from dusk to dawn is 1/10th of normal if there is a moon and nois no moon or it is overcast. To

esult Sky Is

6

NNIIGG HHNinvolved units getting lost, bumping into enemy forces prematurely, andshooting at their own side. Night fighting can og Visibility:Viclouds, or 1/20th of normal if theredetermine this, roll 1D6.

Rno clouds

1 if summer

irect Fire Variation:t fire hit chances.

or the Infantry Casualties Table, add a – 3 Variable, whether direct fire

s combat.ent Restrictions:

not charge but caent for all v

Fire Restrictions:fire, only map fir an

AO can sight an enemy target, through use of illumination shells,

ermany: 105mm artillery, 81mm mortars

105mm artillery, 60 & 81mm mortars

Polish/Belgium: 75mm artillery onlyHungary/Finland/Rumania: 105mm artillery, 81mm mortarsFrench: 75/105mm artillery, 60/81mm mortarsItalian: 75/105mm artillery, 81mm mortarsJapanese: 75/105mm artillery, 81/90mm mortars

0 - 2 Moon with3 - 7 Overcast or no moon

Variations to die roll:-+ 1 if winter

Note: visibility for night fighting in deserts is always 1/10th. Spottingranges for muzzle flashes are doubled at night.

D- 3 off all direc Infantry Combat Factor Variation:F

or close quarter MovemInfantry can n evadeMaximum movem ehicles and AFVs is 12cm- 3 from all morale tests.

IndirectFor indirect e can be used, except in cases whereFflares, or by sighting muzzle flashes. The FAO can then direct fire ontothat enemy position as usual, even if the target is no longer visible.

Star Shells:Star shells can only be fired via indirect fire. They can only be fired byguns, howitzers, or mortars, as listed below for each nation.

G

US:British: 84/88mm artillery, 50/76mm mortarsSoviet: 76mm artillery, 81mm mortars



11

Star shells have the effect of illuminating the area within their respectiveBZRs for the move in which they are fired. All enemy troops within theilluminated BZR can be spotted up to half normal visibility ranges.

Star shells were a rare commodity among artillery units. Roll2D6 for each battery and mortar, and subtract the lower number rolled

from the higher. This new number is the number of moves which thatmortar or battery can fire star shells for.

Flares:Cost 5 points each. They illuminate an area with a radius of 10cm forone move. These were sometimes set up with tripwires.

Often referred to as `cannon-fodder', the infantryman of WWIInt' that inhabited the trenches of the Great

Sarine

Bazookas and their two-an cre

fantry movement, infantry fire, closeuarter

t matter ifour oth

achin

e Rifle Team. The LMGelt) Teams have 3 figures (1 machine gunner, 1 rifleman assistant,rifleman/SMG), and the Rifle Team has 4 riflemen (1 could have anMG), and one or more of the figures in this team have Panzerfausts.

eam ha

on isroken up to ride on 2 or more transport vehicles, that is, the vehiclesust then also remain within an infantry base-width of each other. If

esion is broken, the smallest cut off part of the

tion. If both sections are the same size, theesion

he figures on the team base must accurately represent the type of

S Rifle/Carbine Team ..3 – 4 riflemen/carbine

leman/loader,1-2 rif le/SMGrbine/loader, 1-2 carb/SMG

e/SMG

MG ...............................1 MMG, 2 crew

llery/Aircraft Observer, 1 radio operator

gh the heavyeapons and guns/mortars are represented on a 1:1 scale, theews should be represented on a 1:2 ratio.

PIAT/One Shot AT Weapons

In uction -Infantry are the currency of war and by definition, always bore the bruntof the fighting. No matter how prominent tanks, aircraft or artillerybecame in a battle, infantry were always assigned the job of followingup in their dust to hold or seize new ground. (The term ìnfantry' in theserules also applies to all weapons crews and any other units whichoperate on foot.)

trod

was far from the simple `gruWar. The weapons inventory from 1918 had advanced in leaps andbounds and the individual soldier was trained in the use of no less thana dozen different weapons, ranging from grenade dischargers to lightmachine guns. Mortars were given a new lease of life and anti-tankweapons were beginning to be taken seriously.

INFANTRY TEAMS

In our previous editions of Panzerfaust, infantry were basedindividually, but this was tedious and slowed down the game. UM squads in WW2 operated in three fire teams of four men each.Late war German squads with two LMGs operated in a similarfashion, each LMG fire team providing fire support for the other toadvance. Heavy weapons groups such asm ws, mortars and their crews, Soviet Anti-Tank Rifles and theircrews, German MG42 machine guns and crews, etc, were alsoreferred to as teams, even when acting from within a larger squad.

Therefore in this edition of Panzerfaust, all infantry squadsand sections are based in (fire) teams, whether squads or HQsections. This greatly simplifies inq s combat, and casualty resolution.

A team represents 2 – 4 men, and on our 1:1 scale, thismeans a team should have 2 – 4 figures on the base. Apart fromFAO/FAC Teams which always have 2 figures, it does noy er fire teams have 3 or 4 figures. It will look good if a 10 mansquad has 10 figures shared between its three team bases, but does

not matter if it only has 9 figures.eg a Soviet 1941 Rifle Squad has 10 men, being an LMG(mag) Team and two Rifle Teams. The LMG Team has 3 figures (1m e gunner, 1 rifleman assistant, 1 rifleman), one Rifle Team has3 riflemen, and the second Rifle Team has four Riflemen.

eg 2: A German 1944 regular infantry squad has 10 men,being typically two LMG (belt) Teams and on(b1S eg 3: a German 1944 Panzergrenadier squad would be twoLMG (belt) Teams. The LMG Teams have 4 figures (1 machinegunner, 1 rifleman assistant, 2 rifleman/SMG, and one or m re of the ofigures in one t ve Panzerfausts..

Infantry Squad/Section CohesionInfantry squads, heavy weapons sections and HQ sections normallyhave 1 – 3 teams. These must remain in squad cohesion at all times,unless the squad/section is performing a leap-frog move. To remain incohesion, each team must remain within a base-width of anotherteam of its squad/section. This applies even if the squad/sectibmfor any reason the cohsquad/section must move full speed until it re-unites with the largerpart of the squad/secrearward one must move towards the front one. Note that cohhas nothing to do with Command Control radii. It is compulsory.

INFANTRY BASING

Tteam it is. See below:

Rifle Team.................... 3 – 4 riflemen and 0 – 1 SMG figures.U

Assault Rifle Team..........3 – 4 riflemenSMG Team .....................3 – 4 SMG men

LMG Team (mag) ...........1 LMG man, 1 rif US LMG Team (mag) .... 1 LMG man, 1 caLMG Team (belt) ............ 1 LMG man, 1 rifleman/loader, 0-2 rifl Platoon HQ Team........... 1 Officer, 0–1 radio operator, 1–3 riflemen.Company + HQ Team....1–2 Officer, 0–1 radio operator, 1– 2 riflemen.

MHMG............................. 1 HMG, 4 crewFlame Thrower Team .... 1 Flamethrower man, 1 – 2 riflemen

AT Weapon Team..........1 man with AT weapon, 1 – 2 loaders/riflemen(this is for Pzrshrck, Bazooka, AT Rifle, not one shot weapons or PIAT)

FAO/FAC Team..............1 Arti

Some heavy weapon crews and gun crews have large crews, whichrepresent a number of teams on the one base. Althouwcr

or one-shot AT weapons, eg

st one model on the team basee we s is not compulsory.

try, Heavy W apons, Mo rs and Gu bl

If any infantry base has any PIAT, AT R at leaPanzerfaust ifle Grenade,th hcould have apon, thoug thi

Infan e rta ns Basing Ta e

. of Figures unts asBase * o. of Teams

Team/Crew No Co 1/76 th Scale 15mm Scale 1/300 th ScaleType On # n Base Size Base Size Base Size

4avalry 2 – 4 1 40mm x 60-80mm 30mm x 45-60mm 15mm x 30-40mm

m

vy Mortar 150mm+ 6 3 40mm x 60mm 30mm x 30mm 15mm x 20mm

m

Infantry Team 2 – 1 40mm x 40mm ** 30mm x 30mm 15mm x 20mmCMMG 2 1 40mm x 40mm 30mm x 30mm 15mm x 20mmHMG 4 2 40mm x 40mm 30mm x 30mm 15mm x 20mm

Mortar 45-82m 2 1 40mm x 40mm 30mm x 30mm 15mm x 20mmMortar 90-120mm 4 2 40mm x 40mm 30mm x 30mm 15mm x 20mmH

tLigh Gun (A) 2 1 40mm x as req’d 30mm x as req’d 15mm x as req’dMd Gun (B) 4 2 40mm x as req’d 30mm x as req’d 15mm x as req’dHvy Gun (C) 6 3 40mm x as req’d 30mm x as req’d 15mm x as req’dHvy Gun (D) 8 4 40mm x as req’d 30mm x as req’d 15mm x as req’d

Notes:1. These base sizes are ‘strongly’ recommended, but no re-basing is required if your figures already based differently. However, it is

important that both players use the same basing system.2. Guns/howitzers base widths also can be increased as necessary, and depth should also be sufficient to hold the entire length of the gun,

including barrel, as well as the crew.3. Remember that heavy weapons & guns/artillery are represented on a 1:1 basis, but their crews are done 1:2.

IINNFF A A NNTTRR YY



12

ssentiallyy take sam c

4. Cavalry (& horse teams) should be based two ranks deep, as it is e5. You will notice some crews count as more than one team. If the

been lost. eg a Hvy Mortar crew counts as 3 teams. If it takes 1 te

fantry

a travelling formation.ualties, use cca asualty counters to record how many teams have

asualties, put a ‘1’ casualty counter on the base.

In Transports and BasingMost infantry transports carry one or more teams. But in some cases,uch as motorcycles, you may be required tos base two or more

transport one team. For allhicle with their joint carrying

measured from the base’s initial frontdge sition. So if a 40 m x 40m baserate ont ed ill end up 1cm

ith restrictions

:

motorcycles on one infantry sized base, tointents and purposes, this counts as one vecapacity, when firing at them.

For crews which are larger than one team, you must use atransport large enough to carry that many teams.

INFANTRY MOVEMENT -The average infantryman was usually burdened with a considerableamount of clothing, equipment, a few days rations, and ammunition. Allthis invariably affected the individuals rate of movement. The speed of

ny infaa ntry advance was usually restricted to a fast walk with enoughenergy for a quick dash in the event of trouble or self-preservation.

All infantry movement isedge position to final front e po m m

ge wmakes a 180º turn at a walk of 5cm, the fr behind the base’s initial rear position.edge

t rates wInfantry travel at the following movemenapplying to terrain or obstacles;

Infantry Movement RatesCharge/Evade 10cm

5cmWalkCrawl/Wade 2.5cmProne Cannot move

No delay- ½ move

building - ½ move- ½ move-1 move

al

utiveo uring

ed but not movement.)

ge/evade movement cannot be used when going uphill.

level cover nothile in a standing position. This does not count as being

p ing `prone' are reducedbetter concealment against observation.

one' if behind or within: buildings,

in ese

the rtak t (or her than theth n fo n of course

e rew Size ted by # Figs

Movement restrictions;Disembarking/embarking from transport - ½ moveEntering building via doorEntering building, other than thru door

scending/Descending one floor of a AScaling obstacle below man-height

ight or aboveScaling obstacle man-he `W k' movement (5cm);This is the standard movement rate.

`Charge/Evade' movement (10cm);This can only be used -• when moving under threat of enemy fire,• to enter Close Quarter Combat (CQC), ie, charging the enemy,• to disengage or withdraw as a result of bad morale.Infantry can use Charge/Evade movement for up to two consec

ves followed directly by the same number of moves resting (dmwhich firing and CQC is permitt Infantry equipped with heavy weapons (mortars, MMGs &HMG) cannot use Charge/Evade movement without abandoning theirequipment.

Char `Crawl' movement (2.5cm);

his is usually carried out to take advantage of any lowTafforded w`prone'.

`Wade' movement (2.5cm);Used when crossing light streams, fordable rivers, etc.

`Prone' -For infantry to be considered `prone' they must be stationary for the

ntire move. Being `prone' means the infantry ae re lying face down andmaking the most of any available cover and presenting the smallest

ossible target to the enemy. Advantages of becasualti infantry fire and• Infantry cannot be considered `pr

es from

walls, structures, dug-outs or entrenchments.• Heavy weapons & gun crews, except Lt mortars, cannot be

`prone' while setting-up or firing their weapon.

Crew/Set-Up Times -The follow g infantry heavy weapons all requir a minimum number ofturns for tting up, after which they can be fired. During the setupperiod crew unde e no movemen action) ot

. (These w,

assembly eir weapo r action eapons cabegin a ga e already set-up.)m

Team/C epresenWeapon Set-Up Tim # R2 f MMG 2 moves 1 team

HMG 2 moves 2 teamsigures

4 figures

Hv M

Lt Mortar 1 move * 1 team 2 figuresMd Mortar 2 moves * 2 teams 4 figures

ortar 4 moves * 3 teams 6 figures

Radio setup no penalty - -* +1 move set-up time if crew is conscript

. ansporting the above heavy. So a Hv Mortar

. Heavy Weapons Crews reduced below half strength are no longere or

..................... 20 points each

e during WWII for those

n dismount at the first sign of combat,harges ere rarely carried out while

did occur, the enemy wasrical accounts of cavalry

unted and often left theey fought mounted. In Poland 1939,

ndon r llywood.)

1. `Setting up' is required each time a heavy weapon is moved by itscrew. (Does not apply for vehicle mounted weapons.)

2. Crew sizes listed are the number of infantrymen required to manthe weapon.Carrying capacity required for tr 3weapons & crews is the crew size plus onerequires a transport that can carry 3 + 1 teams = 4 teams. Thisincludes ammunition etc.

4. Man-portable radios must be operated while stationary (notapplicable to AFVs.)

5. Heavy weapons capable of being mounted on softskin vehiclesare listed under the `Vehicle Notes' for each country.

6capable of transporting the weapon and must ither abandon itbe reinforced if they wish to move.

Infantry Point Values & Organisation;See the Infantry Teams/Weapons Fire Factors Table for the pointvalues of the various types of infantry teams available. Note that pointvalues may be further modified according to troop quality.

The army lists at the back of the rules provide organisation foreach nation, listing which teams make up each squad, HQ section, etc.

Infantry man-portable radios cost...... If you wish to use organisations that we have not provided in the armylists, you must have sufficient documentary evidence regarding actualorganisation of those units. You cannot make up any units as desired.When following documentary evidence in forming additional units,please ensure that each section/squad has the correct number ofteams, as explained above in Infantry Teams and Basing . Each platoonmust have a platoon HQ, each company or battalion must have a co. orbat. HQ.

Mounted Troops/Cavalry -

Cavalry in their traditional role as `shock troops' ceased to be of valueas early as the American Civil War, where the romantic `death or glory'charges frequently fell victim to the ever increasing firepower of the

infantry. As a result, tactics were changed and the new role of mountedinfantry emerged.Mounted Infantry played a large rol

nations which lacked motorisation, and were best employed in terraininaccessible by motorised vehicles. In battle, mounted units wouldmanoeuvre into position and theand engage the enemy on foot. C wstill mounted. The few occasions where thisusually fleeing or in disorder. (Many histoactions fail to describe that they fought

r t thdismo

reader with the imp ession thaionthis misconcept was exploited by German propaganda a

perpetuated later by post-wa Ho Point Value – Cavalry/Mounted Infantry Teams cost 3 points more thantheir infantry team counterparts.

Cavalry Movement Rates:

rse No delay

Trot 10cmWalk 5cmCharge/Evade 20cm

ismounting HoDMounting Horse - ½ move

va s standardv

`Trot' movement (10cm);Ca lry/Mounted Infantry move at a `Trot' (10cm) amo ement except when passing through difficult terrain. `Walk’ movement (5cm);For negotiating difficult terrain such as woods, orchards, rubble, lowscrub, fordable river/streams or rocky ground, the `Walk' movement(5cm) is used.

`Charge/Evade' movement (20cm);This can only be used -• when moving while under threat of enemy fire,• to enter Close Quarter Combat (CQC), ie, charge• to disengage/withdraw as a result of bad morale.Mounted Infantry can use Charge/Evade movement for up to twoconsecutive moves followed directly by the same number of movesresting. (Resting troops may fire and CQC but cannot move.)Charge/Evade cannot be used while moving through difficult terrain orwhen going uphill.



13

be negotiated

ounted Infantry cannot enter buildings or negotiate obstacles over(in which case they become normal

transported by horse teamstr

i n all be fired from horseback by

lry observation.ted infantry are

n C Y

ation Year Theatre

Man-height obstacles such as walls, hedge-lines canwithout penalty or delay.

Mman-height without dismountinginfantry.) They cannot remount.MMG, HMG, Med & Hvy mortars must bewith wagons, or by ucks.Pistols, R fles, SMG, assault rifles camounted infantry.

All cava /mounted-infantry are Size `B' for Casualties from incoming fire upon cavalry/moun

calculated as per firi g at normal infantry.USE OF AVALR IN WWIIN

0aly 41 - 43 Russia only

44 Balkans & Russiapan

ORSE TEAMS (for tow ing g uns, heavy weapons, etc)s Movement Rates:

Germany 39 - 45 Europe and RussiaRussia 39 - 45 Europe and RussiaFrance 39 - 40 Extensive useBelgium 39 - 4 Limited useItHungary 40 - 45 Balkans & Russia (much use)Rumania 40 -Ja 37 - 45 China onlyFinland 39 - 44 Limited use

HHorse TeamRoad 10cmCross Country 5cm

ovement rate - 10cm on roads. Cannot be ridden offroad.

This y all countries with the-

uipped

as th

nd at a walking rate of5cm, as per normal infantry movement.

ied while mounted,sported on bicycles,

SSAho were assigned duties

hich were above that of the regular troops. They were classified as

srmal

hese troops are also capable of laying mines, clearing mines, usingstructing

ridges, (blowing up bridges), laying booby traps, and so on.ised differently to regular troops, being

s can be purchased as per the army lists, or, a

aximum of one infantry squad (not HQ nor heavy weapons unit) per

ineers:

o be given a special or AT weapon in

can only fire/use one weapon type a turn. eg ans demo charges. It can either fire as a rifle

equipped with smoke grenades canonce per game. To use, simply place a 6cm x 2cm

5cm in front of the team’s base (subject to wind effects ofe Direct Area Fire Laid Smoke & White Phosphorous) .

nland

ungary

me under the control ofe capt

tio of guards to prisoners ofunits

strength

beratelypon prisoners following their surrender will receive

q`

a

circumstances and ground coverd firer.

r moves over half

AcqTo e ith infantry fire, the firer must first acquire the

rget under one of the following circumstances. Only then can the

1.the turn that the firing is to take place, or

peculative

A horse team costs 1/2 the point value of the equivalent vehiclecounterpart.

All setup/pack up time for horse towed weapons is thesame as for vehicles. See the Vehicle Movement Restrictions tablefor movement restrictions.

Bikes -MPoint Value – 3 points per team

form of transport was widely used bexception of the USA, Britain & Commonwealth countries. Nonmotorised infantry units were provided with some degree of mobility andInfantry divisions often contained one or more battalions eqentirely with bicycles as a mobile reserve.

Bicycle equipped units on the Eastern front were not commone most roads were in poor condition.

1. Use of bicycles is limited to roads, and any movement cross-country must be carried out dismounted a

2. Only the rider's personal weapons can be carr 3. MMG, HMG, Md & Hv mortars cannot be tran4. No deduction on movement for mounting or dismounting,5. Infantry cannot fire weapons or use `charge/evade' movement

without dismounting & discarding bicycles. Discarded bicycles canbe reclaimed if collected from the same point they were originallydiscarded.

6. Casualties from incoming fire upon bicycle mounted infantry arecalculated as per firing at normal infantry.

RS A ULT ENGINEERS - PIONEEThese are special, trained assault troops w

wsupport troops and were most often the toughest within the division orregiment. Their speciality was attacking fortifications.

Assault engineers/pioneers are for all purposes the same ano infantry, except they are the only troops permitted to use thefollowing equipment:

flamethrowers (US Marines are also permitted to use)demolition charges – see Demolition Charges, page 40smoke grenades – 5 PV per teammine detectors – 12 PV per team

Tmine detectors, and torpedoes. Their other tasks include conb Engineers were organmore heavily equipped, having not only the above mentioned specialistweapons/equipment, but also with AT grenades, bazookas, and so on.

Engineer

mcompany can be converted into engineers. They remain a squad of theplatoon that you purchased them with.

You must re-calculate the points value of the squad as follows:

Point Values for Eng

Engineer teams are purchased as per normal infantry teams + 3 pointsper team, eg a normal platoon HQ platoon + 3 points, or a normal rifleteam + 3 points.

Each engineer team can alsaddition to its normal infantry team weapons. The special weaponsinclude flamethrowers, demo charges, smoke grenades, mines, minedetectors. AT weapons include one-shot weapons, AT rifles, Bazookas,PIATs, Panzerschrecks. However, no engineer team can have thesame weapon twice.

Finally, theyengineer rifle team also ha

team, or use the demo charges. It cannot use both in one turn.Engineer Smoke Grenades

per team and can only be used bySmoke grenades cost 5 pointsengineer teamengineers. Each

onlyuse theme cloudsmok

course, se SKI TROOPS:In the frozen terrain of Finland and Northern Russia, ski troops playedan important role, and fought a war unique to themselves. Countriesthat employed mountain/ski troops on the Russian Front were:Germany (Dietl's Gebirgskorps)Fi (Sissi)RussiaItalyHRumania

Under snow conditions, ie, snow has fallen or is falling, skitroops move at 4cm when going up hill, 8cm per turn on flat ground, or12cm down hill. A charge/evade move of 12cm is also permitted as forinfantry normal movement. Only light small arms may be fired while stillon skis, being pistols, rifles, or SMGs.

Sledges for carting heavy weapons cost 3 points and can betowed by the infantry at the above movement rates, except that theycannot charge or evade.

Prisoners -Infantry or crews which are taken prisoner, coth or and can either be withdrawn off the board or removed fromthe game altogether. If there is any possibility that prisoners may beretrieved during the course of a game, the original owner can requestthat they remain on the games board. A ra1:10 should be used for escorting or guarding POWs. Infantrydepleted of teams for escort duties are not considered underfor morale tests.

Friendly forces which witness enemy troops deliinflicting casualties uan automatic `+3' on subsequent morale tests.

The capture of prisoners and subsequent interegation usuallyprovided the captors with some form of low level intelligence about theenemy. This aspect is best exploited in campaigns with umpiremediation on what information is revealed.

IINNFF A A NNTTRR YY WWEE A A PP OO NNSS troduction -In

The following rules are designed to resolve small arms fire in theuickest and most efficient manner without loss of detail. A system offire-factors' is used to measure the effect that weapons have against

ir the targets. Performance deteriorates with range depending on calibrend type of weapon. When an enemy unit is fired upon, fire-factors are

accumulated for all weapons firing at it. From this total, variations areapplied and casualties are calculated. Combat Variations are used to

ry casualties according to thevarelevant to both the target an • Ìnfantry weapons' refers to all small arms (except mortars)

employed by infantry or as equipped on vehicles and AFVs (MG's,flame-throwers, etc.)

• `Cover' refers to any sort of terrain which might provide some formof protection and/or reduce visual observation for target or firer.

Infantry weapons may not be fired if the fir e• of its movement allowance.

uiring a Target -ngage a target w

ta

enemy unit, AFV or vehicle be engaged as a target;Enemy target is visible to the firer (as per Observation Rules)during

2. Enemy target has fired and muzzleflash was observed. A

muzzleflash will either reveal the general location (for S



14

fire only); or the target's exact location (engage as `Firing at

3.

4. ted above

5.

ay from all other bases of that unit. Otherwise, you cannotindividually target infantry bases that are at or within one base

6.

7.

acing the street, but the squad can also seethrough any other door or window within 4cm of any edge of the

you can

ion.

Pro1.

or firing atmuzzleflash. (Note that an infantry team that is lined up in base to

. Use the fire factors provided in the Infantry Teams/Weapons Fire

`fire-factors' for the team/weapons.

Add together the fire-factors for all teams/weapons (that have thesame variations) being fired against the same target or target

ith the remaining f ors.

t sr d ta

the inpa fira

e Dbt

r 1

alntr

As mDirecmovedurinof th ring must also be in a

osition to observe the target at that part of the turn. If the target is

it's pl isib myT gun which observed the target during the first half of the turn can

a

hittintrack

fantry team/base is wiped out, remove it from the table

muzzleflash'), or

Enemy is not visible but was previously seen entering or near acertain terrain cover. Only Speculative fire may be used on the`cover' that target was last seen entering before visual contact waslost.

Firing at targets in circumstances other than those lisshould not be permitted unless overruled by an umpire.

Shooting at HQ & Heavy Weapons bases: any individual base or

unit can itself always shoot back at an individual infantry base(squad/HQ/heavy weapon) that fired at it, or that is over one basewidth aw

width of another base of their section/platoon. In this case, youmust fire at the unit, and the casualties are removed as desired bythe player commanding the unit. See casualties below.

The firer’s front base edge must be touching a wall or hedge inorder to shoot through/past it. If a stone/brick wall is higher than aninfantry model, you can only shoot through windows or door ways.

Any unit/s in a building are assumed to be defending windows ordoors.

Buildings. Because infantry base sizes won’t fit exactly intobuildings, whereas in reality a squad would spread itself aroundwindows and doors, place the infantry base’s front edge againstone wall. But, for visibility purposes, that squad can also ‘observe’

or ‘see’ through other windows or doors up to its base width awayfrom any base edge. eg place a 4cm x 4cm infantry base against ahouse’s front wall f

unit’s base. So the normal rules of observation, whereonly see from your front edge, don’t apply within buildings forinfantry units. However, the infantry base can only shoot from itsfront edge, so if a target appears to the rear or side of your infantrybase, and you want to shoot at that, during the firing phase youmust rotate your infantry unit and place it against the relevantbuilding wall. This movement is free. Whichever edge it shootsfrom, rotate the infantry base so that the front edge is now facingthe firing direct

cedure for Firing with Infantry Weapons -Determine whether target can be legitimately fired upon and whichtype of fire is being used, ie. Direct, Speculative

base contact with another team of the same squad, that is frontedge lined up with rear edge, and corners lined up too, can shootthrough that team without penalty. This represents both teamsintermingling.)

2. Measure the range between target and firer. For target vehiclesmeasurements are taken from the closest edge or corner. Forguns, mortars, heavy weapons & infantry, all measurements aretaken from the front edge or front corner of the base.

3Factors Table below, and cross reference the team/type ofweapon/s being fired with distance to the target. This will give the

entioned previously, (see Turn Segment G: Resolve Infantry Fire &t Fire, page 6) although Direct Fire is conducted after allment has been completed, players can select to fire at targetsg any part of their movement phase by back-tracking the positione target. In doing so, the unit which is fi

4.

group (that have the same variations). See below. If your fire-factors exceed 100, then treat as 2 groups, one firing at/up to 100,the other w ire fact

5. Enemy units being targeted with identical Infan ry Weapon Direct

Fi e Variations for both firer/s an rget/s can all be treated as asingle target group. If any of target units have differentvariations, eg one target squad is hard cover, one in soft cover,then they must be fired upon se rately. Also, if the firing unitshave different variations, eg one ring squad is moving, one is

must fistationary, then they re sepa tely.

6. Now refer to the Infantry W apons irect Fire Variations below theInfantry Casualty Table . Add/su ract together any variations

othwhich are applicable to b the fire or target. Then roll one (1D6)die and add or subtract to the total. ,2 = -1, 3,4 = 0, 5,6 = +1.

7. Refer to the Infantry Casu ty Table and cross reference the totalfire-factors with the adjusted Infa ry Fire Variations figure. Theresult is the number of teams that a e casualties.

pdestroyed/disabled, it remains where it was fired upon, not completing

anned movement. Otherwise it completes it's full movement.(eg. During the movement phase a tank moved from being

le to behind a building. It took 1/2 of it's turn to do this. An enev Afire t the tank before it disappears behind the building. It succeeds in

g the tank and destroying it, so the tank model is put back (back-ed) to where it was when the gun fired at it.

Casualties• When a unit or group of units suffers casualties, entire bases of

teams must be removed if possible, as selected by the playercommanding the unit. The exception is that some crews count asmore than one team. If they take casualties, use casualty counters torecord how many teams have been lost. (eg a Hvy Mortar crewcounts as 3 teams. If it takes 1 team casualties, put a '1' casualtycounter on the base)

• If several units are fired upon, eg three squads of one platoon arefired upon together, remove casualties as evenly as possible fromamongst the three squads. (eg – the platoon suffers 3 teamcasualties, so one team casualty is removed from each squad).Single-team HQs and single-team heavy weapons do not have to beincluded when spreading casualties evenly.

• When an inand none of the weapons may be recovered. If it is a gun or mortar,place cotton wool on the model to show that it has been destroyed,rather than removing it. (Note also that weapons are not transferablebetween units during a game.)



15

Infantry Teams/Weapons Fire Factors Table

y e FInfantr Teams/Weapons Fir actors Table Range in cm

PV Team/Weapon Type CQC 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160

1 1 1 1 - - -2 2 1 1 - - - -

- - - -- - - - -

- -- -

3 2 1 - - - -

2 - - - - - -

2 92 11fantry

34

/25mm AA Cannon - 5 7 9 9 8 7

7 Rifle Team 2 1 1 1 1 110 US Rifle/Carbine Team 3 2 2 2 213 Assault Rifle Team 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 -10 SMG Team 6 6 3 1 - - - -

23 Platoon HQ Team 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - -34 Compa 5 4 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - -ny + HQ Team30 FAO/FAC Team 1 - - - - - - - - - -* Open Topped AFV Crew 1 - - - - - - - - - - 13 LMG Team (mag) 2 3 4 5 4 414 US LMG Team (mag) 4 4 5 6 5 5 4 2 1 - - - -15 LMG Team (belt) ** 2 4 5 7 6 5 4 3 1 1 1 - -

3 + AT Weapon Team *** - - - - - -

6 5 4 2 2 110 8 6 5 4 2

Weapons Direct Fire Variations

2 1 - - - -3 1 1 1 - -6 5 4 3 2 -

26 MMG 2 8 14 16 14 130 HMG 3 6 10 12 12 160 Quad HMG as above, but with different In 8 AFV LMG (mag) - 3 4 4 4 412 AFV LMG (belt) - 4 5 7 6 5*** 20*

PV Flamethrow ers CQC 5 10 15

15 Flame Thrower Team (Man) 16 16 - - Enginee15 Flame Thrower (AFV) - 30 16 - (Soviet/A

6 Flame Thrower (AFV) - 50 27 8 (UK

rs onlxis)

/USA)

y

2

to an HQ costs + 20 PV)tops, sides or rear.

unted belt fed LMGs.)

amethrower teams, which already include the addition.)

Figures in the above table are fire factors for each team/weapon. (adding a* PV not applicable, cannot be purchased separately. Applies to AFVs with open** LMG Team (belt) on foot cannot fire if it moved. (Does not apply to vehic*** AT Weapon Teams cost 3 points plus the point value of the AT weapon**** Refer to Gun Charts for PVNote: to upgrade any of the above teams to engineer status, + 3 PV. (exc

radio

le mo.

ept for f

oviet Mosin-Nagant. Bolt action

only.

d a practical rate of fire

n/squad support weapons, they

2rbiners. (One man may have an SMG, eg, the NCO.)

pon on aeavier m either

ick barrel change-outs.

mm-15mm calibre machine gunssed. T viet2.7mm ese

ir main armament in the Armour Lists, ie. HMG,

l

Infantry Teams/Weapons Notes -

Rifle Team: 3 – 4 men armed with Bolt Action Rifles, and up to 1 SMG.

Covers all rifles which required each round to be manually reloaded, eg.British Lee-Enfield, German Mauser, Srifles were the standard infantry weapon for the majority of countries.Their rate of fire was limited to 6-9 rounds/minute if fired with anyaccuracy.

US Rifle/Carbine Team: 3 – 4 men armed with self loading rifles. Covers the US M1 Garrand & M1 Carbine, German Gew41 & Gew43and Soviet SVT-40 model rifles. All weapons fired semi-automatic usingstandard rifle ammunition. The M1 Garrand was the standard USinfantry rifle, while German & Soviet models were limited issue

Assault Rifle Team: 3 – 4 men armed with Assault Rifles. Covers theGerman MP43 & MP44. These weapons were characterised by theiradvanced design and were capable of select or full automatic fire. Usinga short cartridge, they were highly effective at close range with theability to engage targets at distance. Also includes the late war US M2Carbine which could be fired full automatic (not to be confused with the

semi-automatic M1 version).SMG Teams: 3 – 4 men armed with Sub Machine Guns. Also referredto as `Machine Pistols'. These weapons haaround 60-100 rounds/minute and a short effective range due to the`pistol type' cartridges and low velocity bullet. Accuracy was limited toclose range when firing on automatic.

Platoon HQ Team: 3 – 4 men being 1 Officer & 1 – 2 NCO, 1 – 2 men.The officer would normally have a SMG, the others rifles. PV does notinclude a radio. If permitted, this is 20 PV extra.

Company, Battalion etc HQ Team: 3 – 4 men being 1 Officer & 1 – 3NCOs. The officer and some NCOs would normally have SMGs, theothers rifles. PV does not include a radio. If permitted, this is 20 PVextra. Many company HQ sections have 2 HQ teams.

LMG Team (mag): 3 – 4 men being one Light Machine Gun (Magazine

Fed), one assistant rifleman, and 1 – 2 men with rifles or SMGs. (Alsoreferred to as Automatic rifle.) Covers examples such as the BritishBren, US BAR M1918A2, Soviet DP 1928, French Hotchkiss mle26,Czech ZB vz26, etc. Issued as sectiowere limited to select accurate bursts of fired from magazines holding20-60 rounds. Also includes German MG34 & MG42 using (drum fed)magazines. Practical rate of fire; 80-120 rounds/minute. These teams

include US Marines during the early part of the war, when they wereequipped with the BAR and bolt action rifles.

US LMG Team (mag): 3 – 4 men being one Light Machine Gun (US AR M1918A2 magazine fed) one assistant carbiner, and 1 –Bca LMG Team (Belt): 2 – 4 men being one Light Machine Gun (Belt Fed),one crewman with rifle and perhaps 1 – 2 men with rifles or SMGs.Covers `bipod mounted' German MG34 & MG42, US Browning Airooled .30 cac l (bipod). These weapons used belt-fed ammunition which

provided a much higher rate of fire than their magazine-fedcounterparts. Practical rate of fire; 180-250 rounds/minute.

Infantry LMG (belt) Teams on foot cannot move and fire. Doesnot apply to vehicle mounted belt fed LMGs.

ll AFV A LMGs lis ted for Italian, Soviet, Finni sh, Polish andJapanese AFVs are treated as `magazine-fed'.

German, US and Bri tish AFVs (except those equipped withBren LMG) are treated as `belt-fed'.

Medium Machine Gun (MMG). Covers both infantry MMGs and theircrews, and AFV MMGs. Covers all tripod mounted 6.5mm-8mm calibremachine guns. These include German MG34 & MG42 (tripod), BritishVickers .30" cal, French Hotchkiss mle1914, US Browning .WaterCooled 30" cal (tripod), Soviet Maxim M1910, Japanese Type 92, etc.Medium machine guns were used in `sustained fire' roles for medium tolong range. Accuracy was achieved by stabilising the wea

ounting (ie. tripod). Over-heating was reduced byhheavily designed barrels (water cooled) or quLarger crews were necessary to maintain the weapon and to carryammunition supplies. Practical rate of fire; 300-500 rounds/minute.

Heavy Machine Gun (HMG). Covers both infantry HMGs and theirrews, ac nd AFV HMGs. Covers all 12

u hese include US Browning .50" Cal, British 15mm Besa, So DshK1938, French 13.2mm Hotchkiss mle 30, Japan1

13mm Type 93, Italian 12.7mm Breda m31, etc. The rate of fire forheavy machine guns was not high, but the large calibre rounds gave

better accuracy at longer ranges. HMG ammunition usually had ATrounds (tungsten cored) slotted into every four or five normal rounds,therefore permitting them to be used against light AFVs. When firing anHMG at an AFV, treat as a 7.9mm wz35 AT Rifle. Can also achievemultiple hits in the same way as a 20mm autocannon. See later.

AFV Mounted Machine Guns - Machine Guns equipped on AFVs arelisted along with the



16

MG or LMG. Most AFV MGs have been classified `light'(LMG)ecause they were operated by only a single crew member. MediumGs are those which are served by at least two or more crew and werepable of sustained fire role. Heavy MGs are determined by calibre.

.M

n

tV

b

A flamethrower may only be fired if the operator does notment allowance.

See later section on Flamethrowers and AFVs.

ntry heavy weapons platoons or

teams listed, but normally not. Inry heavy weapons platoons or companies

G), or,G Platoons, with 3 x MMG in each)

heavy weapons platoon you must alsoection, with a platoon HQ team and 0 – 2evant are an additional + 20, as per for

y, you must purchase 1 – 2 company HQany HQ team/s and 0 – 2 rifle teams, pluslatoon and company HQs can be mountedweapons are horse-drawn, or given cars or

MbMca Infantry Heavy Weapons Organisatio

y lists, infanh to use,

In some cases in the armcompanies will have their commandFlamethrowers - Flamethrowers were terrifying weapons, bot

t .and especially to be confron ed by Although a close range weapon,eva y

most cases, these infanttheir d stating effect was used mainl against fortifications and may simply be listed as follows:

MMhouses MG Platoon (4 x an-portable flame throwers are limited to use by engineer MG Company, (2 x Mteams . All flamethrowers can be used up to very short ranges or in

Close Quarters Combat. They have an arc of fire of 30º from the centre In these cases, for eachof the firi g base/vehicle, ie their Fire Factors or CQC Factors can only purchase a platoon HQ saffect infantry/softskin etc targets within range and within 30º. Note that

erifle teams. Radios if rel

if a targ is even partly overlapped by the 30º arc, it is affected. infantry.ehicle mounted flamethrowers have been divided into two For each compan

categories; UK/USA and Axis/Soviet. Allied flamethrowers were more sections, with 1 - 2 compefficient and had a greater range than their Axis and Soviet radios if relevant. These p

ycounterparts. on horseback if the heavSee the Infantry Weapons Table or CQC Infantry trucks if motorised.

Weapons Table and relevant procedures to attack an infantrytarget. This includes all softskins, heavy weapons and gun crews.

As per those rules, you do not attack fortifications or housesdirectly, ut simply attack the infantry in them.

move over half its allocated move

fantry Casualty TableIn

iati + 15+ 20+ 0+ 0+ 80+ 100+Final Fire FactorsVar on 1+ 3+ 5+ 7+ 10 3 40+ 50+ 60+ 7

9 12 18 24 30 35 41 47 596 8 11 16 21 27 32 37 42 535 7 10 14 19 23 28 33 37 46

+7 2 2 3 54

6+6 1 2 3+5 1 2 3 4+4 1 2 2 3 4 6 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 40+3 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 11 14 17 21 24 28 34+2 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 9 12 15 18 21 23 29

1 0 1 1 2 2 3 40 1 1 1 2 2 30 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 7 8 10

+ 6 8 10 12 14 16 200 5 7 8 10 12 13 16

12 13 16-1-2 0 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 13-3 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10-4 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8

2 3 32 2 3

0 1 1 1 2 2 3 3

-5 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 26 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1

4 4 53 3 42

--7 0 0 0 0 0-8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2-9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

are casualties.Variables over +7 treat as +7. Variables under –9 treat as –9.Cross reference Final Variation total with fire factors to find out how many

Infantry Weapons Direct Fire Variations: (row shifts, ie, up or down) Target Unit/s Variations

teams

Firing Unit/s Variationsup to

d Cover -2 Firer under coveri+2 Firer is veteran

criptpecul

zzleflaarrel

-3 for each ‘team’ firing crew ltiesfiring

ver:ain;

oods, orchards, hedges, or wooden fences or structures includingT/field guns, tank riders. Softskin vehicles

s with only partial cover for their crews are alsocluded here when fired at from certain arcs. See AFVs Crews and

Target behind Hard cover:are behind or within the following terrain;

s Crews and Small Arms Fire below.

applies if enemy target is moving over 5cm and up to 10cm.

10cm during the turn.

th

pt

status.

-5 Uapploca

-2 Target behind soft/partial cover -3 Firer moved Target behind Har

halfng fire-6

-8 Target in fortifications-1 Target moving over 5cm -2 Firer is cons-2 Target moving over 10cm -5 Firer doing s-2 Target is prone infantry -3 Firing at mu

1 Target is in softskin vehicle +2 Each extra b

ative or covering fireshfiring

has lost as casua+

-3 Firer is AFV Chance Factor: Throw 1D6 1,2 = -1 3,4 = 0 5,6 = +1

from a One Man Turret

Infantry Weapons Direct Fire Variation Explanations -

-2 Target behind Soft/Partial coapplies if enemy target/s are behind or within the following terr wwooden buildings, shielded Aor horses do not provide any cover to their passengers or riders.

AT/field guns with shields provide only partial cover for crews, not hardcover. Many AFVinSmall Arms Fire below.

-6this applies if enemy target/sbrick or stone buildings, stone or earth walls, bocage, armored APCs,dug-in, or entrenched. See AFV

-8 Target in fortifi cationsthis applies if enemy target is within fortifications such as a pill box,bunker or fortified building. Refer to the rules on Fortifications for moredetails.

-1 Target moving over 5cm:

-2 Target moving over 10cm:pplies if enemy target is moving in excess ofa

-2 Target is Prone Infantry:applies if enemy target (infantry only) are in a Prone position. Infantrycan count as `prone' while in/behind the open, brush, hedge, woods,treeline, orchard

+1 Target is in softs kin vehicl e/s:applies to all unarmored vehicles and their passengers

-3 Firer moved up to half;nits thau t expends up to half movement during any phase of the turn

incurs is penalty on firing.

+2 Veteran, -2 Conscr i

applies too all units which have been up or down graded in Allows for variation in small-arms training and experience for variousqualities of units.

sing Speculative or covering Fire;lies if firing at a enemy position without knowledge of target's exacttion.



17

theral location.

+

o

sf

F m a One Man Turretone man turrets.

-3 Firing at Muzzleflash:this applies if the exact position of a muzzleflash has been observed by

e firer. If only the general location of the muzzleflash has beenlative fire against that genrevealed, then used Specu

2 Each extra barrel firing ;

this applies to any multi-barrelled weapon. Add +2 for each extra barrelab ve one, eg. +6 for 20mm Quad, +2 for twin mounted HMGs. Multi-barrelled weapons are defined as having all the barrels coaxiallymounted (eg. dual turret MGs on PzIII A-D, US M16 AASP).

-3 for each ‘team’ firi ng crew has lost as casualtiesthi only applies to crews which are larger than one team, and that havesuf ered casualties.

irer is AFV firing fro-3refer to the AFV notes to see which AFVs have

Gun Crews -Gun crews for guns with shields receive soft/partial cover, unless firedat from behind, in which case they receive no cover. Guns without gun-shields provide no cover for crews.

AFVs Crews and Small Arms Fire Crews of AFVs are considered to be one team. Crews of AFVs withopen flanks, rear or tops can be subjected to small arms fire, andreceive either `hard cover', `partial cover' or `no cover' depending on the

AFV and direction from where it is fired upon. It must be rememberedthat in combat, most SP guns required the crew to operate outside the

rotection of cramped crew compartments, especially when handlingpbulky ammunition and shells.

See the section on CQC regarding close assaulting an opentopped (and or sides and rear) AFV.

Unless specified otherwise in the AFV notes, use the followingrules:

ully EnF closed AFVs• buttoned-up - cannot be affected by small arms• commander ‘head-up’ - commander counts as being in hard cover.

If he is ‘killed’ by receiving one ‘team’ or more worth of casualties,the AFV becomes ‘closed-down’ for the rest of the game, andsuffers morale & firing penalties. Also, if it is a one-man-turret AFV,the remaining crew bail out, and the AFV is considered destroyed.

Open Topped AFVs• AFV crew count as being in hard cover for small arms fire,• unless fired at within º45 from above, eg from a building’s 2 nd+

story, in which case AFV crew receive no coverOpen Topped and Rear AFV cr • ew count as being in hard cover for small arms fire from thef

a

ront arc• AFV crew count as being in partial cover for small arms fire from the

side arcs A• FV crew count as having no cover for small arms fire from the rear

rcOpen Topped, Sides and Rear

A• FV crew count as being in hard cover for small arms fire from theront arcf

ll una

better red to being dismo ftskinehicle) s per

are ile either

e truck model.

S

wphin

and is

C enemy units or positions (buildings, woods,

`keepingenemy

their passengers.

Weapon Target Width

• AFV crew count as having no cover for small arms fire from thesides and rear arcs

oft-skin Vehicles & Passengers -S A rmored vehicles are categorised as `softskin.' Passengers are

cover while riding ovideafforded no protective in softskin vehicles and pr compaa target unted (eg. +1 Target is So

v . Passengers within softskin vehicles take casualties anormal Infantry Fire.

Softskin vehicles themselves destroyed if whcarrying passengers or empty, the vehicle receives casualties that equalor exceed half the vehicle’s passenger carrying capacity. Refer toSoftskin Vehicles for capacity. eg a truck that can carry 2 teamsreceives 1 team worth of casualties, and therefore is destroyed. Allsurviving passengers (if the truck was carrying 2 teams) must

mediately disembark, ie, be placed next to thim

peculative Fire (SF) -Speculative Fire is for use against suspected enemy occupied positions

here no immediate visual contact has been established, but an enemyresence is suspected. To use SF against a position, the firing unit mustave some cause for action; ie. spotted enemy muzzle-flash, movementto the area, etc.

SF can be carried out during any part of the turn

calculated as per normal Infantry Fire taking into account any variationsapplicable to both the firer and target.Units cannot be engaged with SF if the occupied position is not

in a clear DLOS with the firer (eg. a unit behind a house cannot bebjesu cted to SF, but a unit within the house can.)

overing Fire (CF) -overing Fire is directed atC

etc) with the intention of suppressing enemy fire & movement (heads down'.) CF can be used against identified or suspected

ositions.p • Only the following automatic infantry teams/weapons can use CF - Assault Rifles Teams, SMG Teams, LMG teams or AFV LMGs,MMGs, HMGs, 20/25mm AA cannons.

• Units using CF must be stationary for the entire turn.• The target area for CF must be declared prior to the movement

phase of the turn.• CF has no effective against AFVs or vehicles, or Weapons participating in CF each have an Target Width which is themaximum width that the weapon can place Covering Fire onto a targetarea. These Target Widths are applicable for all ranges;

width

T

uu

•

•

•

•

C

nge assaults wered-to-hand combat was a rare occurrence

ain such as buildings. The infantryman'sally everything but what it was intended for.

s one.

bases orgroups) touch bases with each other, unless there is an intervening

e of a friendly unit that is in front edgecontact with an enemy infantry base will also participate.

ts are both inside the

y may, however, be fired upon prior

movement

t are in CQC cannot usethem.

SMG,A/Rifle half a team base LMG one team base width

MMG, 20/25mm (3-4 barrels) three team base widthsHMG,20/25mm (1-2 barrels) two team base widths

he maximum area that can be subjected to CF by a firing unit, isdetermined by adding all the Target Widths for the weapons being

sed. All enemy units which fall inside this width are considered to bender CF. eg. a Platoon with 3xLMG Teams & 1xMMG can place CF

aon target area six team base widths wide.

Units subjected to CF are considered `pinned' from the start of theturn. They do not take any casualties.

• If a unit under covering fire wants to either move or fire, it must firsttake casualties from the covering fire as per normal infantry fire.Whether it received any casualties or not, it then must take a moraletest and get an OK result. If it gets an OK result, it can move or fire asdesired.

Units subjected to CF suffer penalties in morale and firing• Enemy units engaged in CQC with friendly forces at the start of

the turn cannot be subjected to Covering Fire.For CF against buildings, each weapon can only be used against

neo floor, it cannot cover two stories in the same turn.No units, friendly or enemy, which were outside the covering fire,

anc move into or through CF unless they also receive casualties asthough the CF was directed at them. Friendly units cannot enterfriendly covering fire to enter into close quarters combat with enemyunits under covering fire.

CLOSE QUARTER COMBAT (Melee);lose Quarter Combat (CQC) covers all ìnfantry vs infantry' skirmishesat occur when hostile infath ntry bases touch each other. Also referred to

as `melee', the lethality of automatic weapons and fragmentationrenades at short range meant that close rag

extremely bloody affairs. Hanexcept in the most confined terr

d for virtubayonet was useRates of fire became more important than accuracy.

CQC is used when two opposing infantry bases or groups of basesclose to touch bases with each other, or occupy the same building. Allshort range infantry fire, grenade tossing and hand-to-hand fighting are

mbined and resolved aco • CQC is calculated after all Direct fire is completed.• CQC occurs when enemy infantry units (individual

wall or hedge, in which case, both units must touch the interveningwall or hedge. (Note if it is a brick/stone wall over figure height, andhas no doors or windows, CQC cannot occur.)

• A second rank whose front base edge is lined up with andtouching the rear base edg

• Infantry in a building always receive the hard cover bonus, exceptfor the turn in which they enter a building already inhabited by enemyinfantry , that is, they are fighting their way in.

• CQC occurs when opposing infantry unisame building. Refer to following section on Buildings under CQC.The facing of infantry units’ within a building are irrelevant in CQC.They are assumed to have men watching all directions.

• Units engaged in CQC cannot be fired upon (except by indirectfire, which affects both sides!) The

to entering into CQC, during the firing phase.• Units which enter CQC during a turn are still permitted to use their

Infantry weapons prior to entering, as long as their allowance permits.

Infantry equipped with AT weapons tha•



18

the base of the enemy infantry

e, which haveclos quarters comba orked outCQC into eve l smaller C

ch side ic ully!)

s erent variablesthen ut apply the

ch sid u de. **

e Infantry Weapon

o

d

e

e

m

s ch to CQC against two stationaryiet te e e.

ta ams, one of which isg-in, t open. s e Soviet teams have

fferent variables (-5 for the team that is dug-in), the Germans mustduct s. Perhaps tw teams against the one thatg-in er.

3. l ady engaged in CQC with a Soviets turn. Ano moves 4cm

t be broken m ments, so bothhe worse var , 1 for Unit moved

p to half to enter CQC.are listed below

ntry Weapons Table

• All cavalry/mounted troops are treated as normal infantry when inCQC.

• Gun/howitzer/mortar crews are treated as Rifle Teams whenengaged in CQC. They cannot operate their weapons if engaged inCQC.

• Infantry units can enter CQC if still embarked on a vehicle or AFV.Simply move the AFV model to touchunit, or, to be the second rank as above. See the variable for Unitriding vehicle or AFV,

• AFV mounted MG's and flamethrowers are not included in CQC.Their fire is calculated as per normal Infantry fire.

QC Procedure -C

) All units of both sides which are part of the same mele1same variables applicable, have their e t w

. Otherwise, separate the s ra CQtogether combats if possible. * Ea will infl t CQC casualties (hopef upon the other.

f it is k a multi-ba QC with diff 2) I not possible to brea e C,into smaller CQC combats resolve as one combat, b

worse case variables for ea e, to all nits of that si 3) Ref r to the s Table. In the first column labelled`CQC', the CQ pes of small arms are listed.C fire factors for all the tyTotal up these CQC according to what y ur infantry units are equippedwith. (Don’t forget, weapons are per man not per figure.) Each sidedoes this for their own unit/s.

4) Refer to the CQC Variations, add & subtract all variations which areapplicab to both your unit and that of the enemy. Roll one die (1D6)leand ad or subtract one level (variation). The other player does thesame, but obviously variations will be opposite.

5) Cross reference this variation figure on the Infantry Casualty Tablealong with the total CQC factors for your unit. The resulting value from

lthis tab will be the enemy casualties suffered in teams . The otherplayer does the same for his units.

6) CQC casualties are simultaneous and are applied as per theCasualti s section in the Infantry Weapons section above.

6) Do a orale check for both units involved.

* eg 1. Four German team arge inSov ams. Resolve this as on CQC meleeg 2. Three German teams at ck two Soviet tedu he other next to it in the A thdicon two separate melee ois du , and one on one for theoth ** eg One German team is areteam from the previou ther German team nowinto CQC. This can’ into s aller engageGerman teams get t iables which are –

u The CQC factors again for convenience.

CQC Infa

PV Weapon CQC

Rifle Team 2710 US Rifle/Carbine Team 313 Assault Rifle Team 610 SMG Team 6

23 Platoon HQ Team 3Q Team 5

11

2) 4

22

23

am (Man) 16

34 Company + H30 FAO/FAC Team

V Crew- Open Topped AF 13 LMG Team (mag)14 US LMG Team (mag

15 LMG Team (belt)3 + AT Weapon Team *

26 MMG30 HMG

15 Flame Thrower Te

st 3 points plus the point value of the AT

le are CGC factors for each team/weapon.

* AT Weapon Teams coweapon.

Figures in the above tabNote that hand grenades are already included in the above factors.

le is listed below again for convenience. Notepletely different, however.

The Infantry Casualty Tabthat the variations are com

Infantry Casualty Table

Final Fire Factors10+ 15+ 20+ 30+Variation 1+ 3+ 5+ 7+ 40+ 50+ 60+ 70+ 80+ 100+

+7 2 2 3 5 6 9 24 30 35 41 47 59 4 6 8

12 1811 16 21 27 32 37 42 53

7 10 14 19 23 28 33 37 46+6 1 2 3+5 1 2 3 4 5+4 1 2 2 3 4 6 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 40+ 14 17 213 1 1 2 243 4 5 7 11 28 34+ 12 15 18 212 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 9 23 29

1 0 1 1 2 2 3 4 6+ 8 10 12 14 16 200 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 7 8 10 12 13 16-1 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 7 8 10 12 13 16-2 0 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 13-3 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10-4 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5

1 1 2 2 3 332 3

5 6 84 4 53 3 42 3

-5 0 0 0 0 1-6 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2-7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2-8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2-9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

are casualties.Variables over +7 treat as +7. Variables under –9 treat as –9.

ross reference Final Variation total with CGC factors to find out how many teamC s Close Quarters Combat Variations: (row shifts, ie, up or down)Target Unit/s Variations Your Unit/s Variations

nemy from entirely-1 Enemy unit in/behind Soft-cover +4 if unit a-5 Enemy unit in/behind hardcover/buildings -3 if unit pi7 Enemy in fortifications

ttacks behind its rear edgenned

-2 if unit riding Ahis turn +2 if unit is Vete

Consine

+1 unit is mount-3 for each ‘team

oft-cover; this applies if opposing enemy unit/s are behind (or within) the following

terrain; woods, orchards, hedges or wooden structures (not buildings).

eor covered in smoke

- FV or vehicleran

ipt-1 Enemy charged into CQC t+1 Enemy unit disengaging -2 if unit is +1 unit is Eng

cr er

ed/cavalry’ attacking crew has lost as casualties

Chance Factor: Throw 1D6 1,2 = -1 3,4 = 0 5,6 = +1

Variations Expl anations:-1 Enemy unit i n/behind S

Can be applied to unit/s either moving or stationary. Cavalry & softskinehicles do not count as soft-cover.v





20

Weapons

• All Inf antry AT weapons have a Fire Order of `1'.

Infantry AT Table

Range in Cm Crew Sz CountryRiflesPV Anti-Tank 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 In Team Of Origins

HMGs)

(1 ) (1 (8) (7)

8 7.9mm wz35 (%) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) 1 Poland(Includes Pen 3 3 3 2 2 2

13 7.9mm PzB 38/39/40 (%) (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) 1 GermanyPen 4 4 3 3 3 2 2

16 14.5mm PTRD 41 (%) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 1 Soviet

Pen 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 220 20mm S18-1000 (%) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (10) (8) (7) 1 VariousPen 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3

18 20mm Type 97 (%) (13) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (9) (8) 1 JapanPen 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2

(11) (1 ( ( (13 20mm Lathl (%) (12) 0) (10) (9) 9) 8) 7) 1 FinlandPen 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 2

10 13.9mm Boys (%) (12) 2 1) (10) (9) 1 UKPen 3 3 3 2 2 2 2

obablyrme w bolt armed rifles.

As mentioned previously the AT Rifle teams would consist of one figure with the AT rifle, and 1 or 2 loaders, pr a d ith

zs

Range in Cm Crew S CountryPV HEAT (Hollow Charge) 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 In Team Of Origin

6 a erschreck RP54

6 PIAT (%) (11) (7) ** UKPen 8 8 (Apr ‘43+)

oka17 2.36” Bazo (%) (12) (10) (8) 1 USAPen 10 10 10 (Nov ‘42+)

3 P nz (%) (12) (11) (9) (7) 1 Germany +)Pen 16 16 16 16 (19448 Panzerfau (%) 0) * Germast 30/60 (1 ny

1(

4 a erfaust 150 ermanyan ‘45+)

Pen 8 (Aug ‘43+)16 Panzerfaust 100 (%) 10) (7) * Germany

Pen 18 18 (June ‘44+)2 P nz (%) (10) (9) (7) * G Pen 18 18 18 (J

AT Grenade (E (%) (9) Hand Thrown * Vario3 arly) us

Use Penetration Table as 75mm HE

Pen 36 AT Grenade (Late) (%) (9) Hand Thrown * Various

Pen 8* Various3 AT-HE Grenade (%) (9) Hand Thrown

must contact AFV * Germany8 AT Magnetic Mine (%) (10) Range is 0cm. BasePen 12 Engineers only

4 AT Rifle Grnde (Early) (%) (9) (7) * VariousPen 3 3 (‘40+)

AT Rifle Grnde (Late) (%) (10) (9) (7) * Various(‘43+)*

9 Pen 7 7 76 AP Rifle Grnde (%) (10) (8) (6)

Use Direct HE Fire rules: BZR = 3cmVarious(per lists)

HN a 75

ote: Panzerschreck, Panzerfaust, Bazooka, PIAT, ATMM, AT-HE all have mm E equivalent.

C Range in CmV Flame Weapons 5

rew Sz CountryIn Teams Of OriginP*3 Molotov Cocktail (%) (9) Hand Thrown

pen See Molotov Cocktail Rules blowSoviet/Finnish

* Various# Flamethrower See Flamethrower Rules below

# Flamethrower PVs are given in the Infantry Weapons Table.s. They are purchased for individual teams. T

evera* N ot’ weapons:

* These items are ‘one-shot’ weapon he point value represents each man in the team having at least one ofounthe purchased weapons, or only one man having the weapon, but having s

* PIATs are added to teams in the same way as one-shot weapons are.

o. of Shots Per Turn permitted of ‘One Sh

l r ds of ammunition, such as a Rifle Grenade Launcher.

eaponEach team equipped with ‘One-Shot’ weapons may fire the one shot wattention, or close enough to the target, or has any ammunition remaining. once a turn. This represents that perhaps only one man was paying

Equipping Squads/Teams wi th Infantry AT Weapons AT Rifles, Panze• rschrecks, Bazookas, and PIATs can only be

as given in the army lists’

•

purchased for infantry teamsr O ganisation charts. The only exception is engineers if not already

mentioned in the army lists. See the rules on engineers.Panzerfausts, Molotov Cocktails, Grenades and Rifle

Grenades can be purchased for up to two teams per infantrysquad (unless specified differently in the Army Lists’ Organisationcharts), not HQ or heavy weapon teams, and only those weaponslisted in that nation’s Equipment Lists can be used. Be sure too serve dates of use. b

Infantry AT Weapons Limitations• Panzerfaust, Panzerschreck & Bazooka cannot be used from

inside AFVs, vehicles, pill-box/bunkers or buildings due to theirbackblast from firing. They can however be used from inside largefactories or the tops of buildings (ie. roofs).

Panzerschreck, Panzerfaust 100/150 and PIAT are considered tohave the equivalent HE effect of 75mm rounds for use againstbuildings at ranges over

•

5cm. Use Direct Area Fire rules.

•

In•

•

•

operator.

AT rifles are not capable of immobilising AFVs with hits in thetracks.

fantry AT Weapons Table Notes;7.9mm wz35 - was Polish by design and manufacture. Captured

stocks were used by Germany and Finland with large numbers beinghanded over to the Italians in 1941-42.

• 7.9mm PzB 38/39/40 – 38 was only used during the Polishcampaign before being replaced by the PzB 39 prior to the invasion ofFrance. Both were identical in performance.

14.5mm PTRD & PTRS - models were both identical inperformance except the latter proved too complex and was eventuallyphased out. These AT rifles remained in service for the entire war.

• 20mm Solothurn 18-1000 - was manufactured under licence andemployed by Italy, Hungary, Rumania. A fully automatic version S18-1100 existed but was rarely encountered.

20mm Type 97 - like most Japanese designs, it was copied fromthe Swiss S18-1000 and Hispano 20mm. Firing was either fully orsemi-automatic. An optional shield could be fitted providing partialcover for the



21

•

•

Rocket Launcher - various improved models

me penetration with adistinction is made between the two.

ts the weapon still in its infancy as used in 1940No.68. AT Grenade (late)

user because it relied entirely ontarget. Special oversized grenades

re with the weapon, and 1 or 2 loaders,

k, Pzfaust, Bazooka, PIAT, ATMM & ÀT-HE'n equivalent gun calibre of 75mm for Direct Area

oses, equivalent to a single demolition charge. The Japaneseersion was commonly referred to as the `Lunge Mine' and was used

by all branches of the Imperial Force, not just engineers. It has identicalresults to the ATMM except the using team is always removed as a

sualty when an attack is made, whether successful or not.

nese `Lunge Mine' is calculated as per ATMMs aboveser ,

ntioasualty, rega

cular it ot AFV

ed AFVs.

AP rifle grenades use the Direct Area Fire rules for calculatingand have an equivalent calibre of 57mm.

etration and relied on thexplosive effect to damage an AFV. To-Hit procedures are the same as

apon except u Penetralent gun

he effect of these weapons was no where equal to that ofrs, but they are a flame weapon with the intention of

ures are the same as per normal Infantry AT Weapons

Their effect against AFVs and softskins is the same asat of a flamethrower, except for a - 1 modifier. Misses have no

hrowers below the Infantry Weapons Tablender Infantry Weapons for using flamethrowers against infantry,

n gun crew targets. To useFVs, see below.

• 20mm Lathi - was Finnish by design and manufacture. Was notused outside Finland.

13.9mm Boys - the only effective AT weapon available to Britishinfantry until mid-1943 being replaced by the PIAT.

PIAT - (Projector, Infantry Anti-tank) was a spigot bomb launcher.No muzzleflash or back-blast when fired.

• Bazooka, 2.36"were introduced throughout the war, all having identical performance.In 1945, a Smoke (WP) round was introduced.

• 88mm Panzerschreck - represents two versions, RP54 & theearlier model RP43. The RP43 had the saslightly reduced range. No

• Panzerfaust - there were five versions introduced. The PzF 30k,30 & 60 have been combined due to their limited range. PzF 60 wasthe most common to be used followed by the PzF 100. The PzF 150was introduced very late in the war and only employed in smallnumbers compared to other models. The model number roughlyequates to the weapons effective range.

• Anti -Tank Grenades (early & late) - All models have beencategorised into two types, èarly' and `late'. This has been done dueto the large number employed by numerous countries. AT Grenade(early) represenonwards, example: British Grenaderepresents improved models which were introduced as the warprogressed. They were distinguished mainly by their increased armorpenetration, examples: German Panzerwurfmine (L), Japanese Type3 & Soviet RPG-43.

• Anti -Tank Magnetic Mine - represents the German HEAT chargewhich used magnets for attaching them to the sides of AFVs. Usedonly by combat engineer units, were introduced late 1943 and provedextremely effective. The Japanese version was the `Lunge' mine. Itdid not require magnets as the user himself held it against the side ofthe tank before detonation (see below). Can only be used on AFVswhich are stationary or moving 5cm or less.

• Anti -Tank Rifle Grenades (late & early) - as with hand-thrown AT grenades, they have been categorised into two types; AT RifleGrenades (early) eg: Soviet VPGS-1940 & German P-40; and ATGrenade (late): US M9, British No.85, German/Japanese PzGr 46 &61. The latter were more effective being a progressive development ofthe former.

• Anti -Tank `High Explosive' Grenade - this type of AT grenadewas often more dangerous to theexplosive force to damage thewere originally developed; eg. Soviet RPG-1940, Italian Breda Mod.42& British No.75, the most well known version being the improvisedGerman `bundle' grenade made up of seven or more stick grenades.

Crew Size in Teams; As mentioned previously the AT Rifle. Piat, Bazooka and Panzershreckeams would consist of one figut

probably armed with bolt armed rifles or SMGs.

Equivalent HE Effect; Although the explosive force from hollow charged weapons was belowthat of normal HE, their effectiveness against soft targets & personnelcould still be devastating.

PzschrecGrenades all have aFire & calculating casualties.

Note however that Direct Area Fire for these weapons can onlybe used against infantry within buildings or fortifications (not in the openor in soft-cover.)

nti-Tank A Magnetic Mines (ATMM);This weapon was exclusively used by German and Japanese forces.

The German ATMM is limited to used by engineer units only and is forll purpav

ca The German ATMM can only be used if the engineer team hasmoved half or less and made base to base contact the intended AFVtarget, either stationary or moving. The chance dice roll (with Direct ATFire variations) is then made to determine if the ATMM was successfullyplaced and detonated. If the target is a medium or heavy AFV, the

ATMM may only be attached to the hull (ie the turret is too high toreach!)

The Japaexcept the u can use `full' movement prior to contacting AFV targetand as me ned, the infantry base doing the assault is removed as ac rdless of the result.

Anti -Personnel Rif le Grenades;This parti em has been included for convenience and is nconsidered an AT weapon unless used against exposedc gers, such as open topped or backrews/passen

their effect on soft targetsRefer to Direct Area Fire rules.

Anti -Tank (High-Explosive) Grenade;This type of grenade has no armor peneper normal Infantry AT We s se tion Table with HEvariables to determine the effect on the AFV target. Use equivacalibre is 75mm.

Molotov Cocktails

Tflamethrowesetting objects alight. They have no effect against live targets. To-Hit procedusing normal Direct AT Fire variations.

theffect.

Flamethrowers vs AFVsSee section on Flametusoftskin, heavy weapo andflamethrowers against A Flamethrowers vs AFVs

ype Range Arc of FireTInfantry Manpack 5cm 30º

Soviet/Axis Vehicle Mounted 10cm 30ºUK/USA Vehicle Mounted 15cm 30º

Procedure: A maximum of one AFV within the flamethrower’s arc of fire can beaffected.T 6, add or subtract the following variations, and consult thetable:

hrow 1D

ariations:2 if AFV is open topped or + 1 if target is light tank

AFV is hit (not accumulative)- 1 if Molotov cocktail.

Result Effect

V++ 1 if second or subsequent time

1,2,3,4 No effect5 Immobilised6 Destroyed

A flamethrower may only be fired if the team or vehicle does notmove over half its allotted movement allowance.

Countries that employed 'vehicle mounted' flamethrowerswere the Soviets, Germans, British, and US. All variants have beenincluded in the Armor Charts, except for one US version. This wasissued in kit form in the field and replaced the bow MG on M4Sherman or M3/M5 light tanks.

You can have a maximum of one flamethrower AFV perplatoon, but take note of Frequency Ratings.



22

classified into one of three classesality of equipment, and one of

ll units/troops in Panzerfaust are Aaccording to training, experience, and quthree morale ratings, which reflects their motivation to fight. These arethe troop classes and morale ratings that we used in our Second Editionof these rules, which worked better than the rigid ones in the Third Ed.

roop ClassesT

Veteran: troops who have had plenty of combat experience, withgood quality equipment, and normally good officers.eg US Marines, most German, British and Japanese

t: troops ad and pleader ad d equipmsuch a Sov ho qualifycounts

orale Ratings

frontline units

Regular: well trained troops, such as US infantry in Europe,the majority of the French army.

ningConscrip with insufficient/in equate trai oorship, and/or with b ly maintaine ent,s the bulk of the iet army – w in all!

M

lite: highly s wh pletely devothe ca ting viet Guard,Japan o opers.

eliable troops ly co le, thatdo not th ets tough, s

US in uc viet army.

oor troops tion, desire to fisuch a

ven though many nations would have different qualities of troopasses and morale ratings within their armies, in order to create therrect historical flavor for each nation, the following troop classes andorale ratings are compulsory. This greatly enhances the feel of the

ame.g a small, expensive elite-veteran German SS force will outshoot andutmanoeuvre a larger reliable-conscript Soviet force, which must relyn numbers and brute force to win.

Troop Class Point Value Modifiers

E motivated troop o are com ted touse they are figh for. eg Soese, German SS, m st paratro

who are normal nsistent in batt is, theyR

retreat as soon as e going g uch asfantry in Europe, m h of the So

P who lack convic having no ght,

s most Italians and French.

Eclcomgeoo

The base point value of all AFVs, vehicles, guns, troops and their

equipment, etc purchased must be modified according toir troop class and morale rating, as outlined in the Compulsory

eg s 1 Armor Charts, but if youinclu Reliable-Conscript company, it will cost 188 x 0.75= 14 You illery has different point value modificationfact troops, since their performance rarely affected bymor rd.

ompulsory Na Cl le Ratin

weapons andtheNational Troop Class/Morale Rating Table below.

a Soviet T-34/76de it in a Soviet

m1940 i 88 PV in the

1 points.

will note that offboard artors that onboardale, being offboa

C tional Troop ass/Mora g Table

ee the army lists fo re below cla ratings.)(S r more information garding the sses and

s ating ion NotesUnit/s Troop Clas Morale R Point Value Modificatelgium yB Offboard Artiller Conscript Reliable - 15% or x 0.85

All Other Units Conscript Reliable - 25% or x 0.75

B Offboard Artillery Veteran As unit ra no modification to PVritain ting

Paratrp/Roy Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5al Eng.Guards Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5 All Other Units Veteran Reliab +25% o x 1.25le

F Offboard Artillery Veteran Elite no modification to PVinland All Other Units Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5

France Offboard Artillery Regular As unit rat no modification toing PVColonial Forces Regular Reliable no modification to PV (whole force must be Colonial)

All Other Units Regular Poor -25% or x 0.75

Germany Offboard Artillery As unit clas As uni Conscript –15%s t rating or x 0.85, Veteran no modification to PV

nits le

SS/Paratroops Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5Volksgrenadiers Conscript Reliable - 25% or x 0.75

All Other U Veteran Reliab +25% or x 1.25

H Offboard Artillery Conscript Reliab -15% or x 0.85ungary le

All Other Units Conscript Reliable -25% or x 0.75It Offboard Artiller Regular Reliable no modification toaly y PV

o PV ot support unit guns; AA; or AT gunsle PV

Onboard Artillery Regular Reliable no modification t n Bersaglieri Regular Reliab no modification to

All Other Units Conscript Poor -50% or x 0.50

Japan 1939-42Offboard Artillery Veteran Elite no modification to PVOffboard Artillery Regular Elite no modification to PV 1943-45

All Other Un Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5its 1939-42 All Oth Regular Elite +25% or x 1.25er Units 1943-45

Poland Offboard Artillery Conscript Reliable - 15% or x 0.85 All Other Units Conscript Reliable - 25% or x 0.75

Rumania Offboard Artillery Conscript Poor -15% or x 0.85 All Other Units Conscript Poor -50% or x 0.50

oviet Offboard Artillery As unit class As unit rating Conscript –15% or x 0.85, Regular no modification to PVSiberians Regular Elite +25% or x 1.25 officers escaped Stalin’s purges

S

Pre-1941 Winter Conscript Poor -50% or x 0.50 does not include SiberiansGuards Conscript Elite no modification to PV


TTr r oo oo pp CC llaa ss ss ee ss



23

US Europe Offboard Artillery As unit class As unit rating +25% or x 1.25Paratroopers Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5

Armor ’44 – ’45 Regular or Veteran Reliable no m for Vetsodification to PV for Regs, +25% or x 1.25 All Other Units Regular Reliable no modification to PV

US Pacific Offboard Artillery As unit class As unit rat Marines Veteran Elite

Army Conscript Reliable

ing +25+50-25%

% or x 1.25% or x 1.5

or x 0.75

to fight. These morale rules simulate thefe at

andhem to function at their

n make rash decisions based

moorale also accounts for the fragility of command structures. As combat

ted. In the last two cases, the unit could have expected to ben from the front for a period of reinforcement and rebuilding.

me casualties are suffered or AFV damage is received,Each turn under indirect fire or air attack,

is destroyed this turn

(Dolo

Plareq

Radius

comComalrereta Ref of t

larg its within their platoons or

Exa

ng AFVs within command/control of the Platoon HQ.

re -orale test are only relevant tor weapons crew/or platoon or

bat ng that individual unit. eg one squad of aplat ee rifle teams, has lost one team due todire squad only initially. However, if thecircumstances requiring the morale test are identical

Morale reflects the psychological condition of troops, their nerve,conviction and willingness

MMOO RR A A

ef cts that different circumstances will have on units under combconditions. The importance of maintaining commandcommunication between units is critical for tpeak. Units cut-off from their HQs will ofteon their own limited knowledge of the battle. Nothing erodes troop

rale more than the thought of becoming isolated by enemy forces.Msituations deteriorate and the casualties mount up, unit HQs can loseconfidence in their orders, hesitate, lose cohesion or outright disobey.

In the real world, combat units which suffered 10% loses in battle wereconsidered to have taken heavy casualties, a loss of 30% rendered theunit ineffective and 50%+ casualties meant the unit was destroyed ordecima

ithdrawwObviously some armies (German, Soviet and Italian) drove many oftheir units into the ground because they simply couldn't relieve them atthe front. The exact amount of punishment a unit could accept in battlevaried considerably with quality and nationality. And of course, therewere always the odd exceptions to the rule.

Morale Checks:Individual infantry squads or HQ/heavy weapon sections, gun/mortarcrews and AFVs are required to take a morale check when any of thefollowing conditions apply;

• Each ti•

• Unit's HQ• After CQC has occurred, after Flame attack has occurred, or while

trying break from being pinned,

not test morale for infantry teams, but for the squad or crew theyng to.)be

toon HQs, Company HQs, (and if relevant - higher HQs) are alluired to test morale if one or more sub-units under their commanders from poor morale or is destroyed, whether in Commandsuff

or not.

When a unit HQ tests morale, the result applies to all units under themand of that HQ (and the HQ itself too of course), whether inmand Radius or not. The only exceptions to this rule is if a sub-unit

ady has a worse morale status than the parent HQ, in which case itins its worse status.

erence to `sub-units' refers to subordinate units under the commandhe HQ, ie; a platoon HQ has `sections (includes squads and hvyweapons sections)', a company HQ has `platoons'. AFVs and Field/ATguns (and heavy weapons teams if not specified as being part of a

er section) are all considered sub-unbatteries.

mples;• An infantry section receives a poor morale test result, so its platoon

HQ must now also test morale. If the Platoon HQ also gets a badresult, then all sections commanded by that HQ are affected and anow a morale test at company level will be required.

• A tank platoon has had one AFV destroyed and a second disabledas a result of enemy fire. The entire platoon is tested for moralewith individual tanks counting as sub-units. The result affects allsurvivi

Morale Test Procedu1. If the circumstances requiring the m

an individual section, squad, AFV otery, then start by testioon, comprising of thr ct fire, so test this

to an entire

plat pany.eg t r a company lost its HQ.Roll

Add hich areappCon result of the modified

stances have completed their

the parentHQ

e following;

-6-1

eather or in smoke

of parent HQ. (unless Recon

ted to rec Mortars)e.m) and have no

s HQ is De ing.nding hill or woodsnding is dug-in or within buildings

being tested,

don

c

tankto

oon, or an entire company, then test the platoon or comhe whole platoon is under indirect fire, o

morale.2. 2D6 for each such unit testing3. or subtract any Morale Test Variations to the dice roll w

licable to the unit's circumstances.. sult the Morale Reaction Table to see the4

dice roll.5. The morale result is effective immediately. If required, the unit is

given a Shaken or Retreat counter.6. If a poor morale result of `2 or below' is achieved, the unit's parent

HQ must now test for the entire formation (make sure all sub-unitswith different morale test circummorale checks before testing the parent HQ.)

7. For a morale test on parent HQs, repeat Steps 1-6. The result fromthis test will affect all its sub-units whether in command radius or not(unless the sub-unit has a worse morale status than

.)

Morale Test Variations:

oll 2D6 and add/subtract thR +2 Unit is "Elite" status2 Unit is "Poor" status-

-3 for each ‘team’ of a squad/section/crew lost as casualties

(only used when testing the morale of a squad/section/crew)

For each-1 sub-unit * Shaken result-2 For each sub-unit * disabled/destroyed or Retreating.

AFV Crew/Unit **+1-2 AFV’s head-up commander has been killed.

AFV disabled or damaged (including tracked, NOT stunned) AFV/s in a ̀ built up' area (that is, actually amongst buildings).Visibility is low due to poor w-1

-3 Unit outside Command RadiusPlatoon out of CR of parent HQ) ***

l irc-2 Unit under f ame or a raft attack.ubjec indi t fire (-1 for-2 Unit s

-2 Unit is pinned or has lost CQC this mov-2 Infantry Unit faced with AFVs (within 20c

ctive AT .effe weapons Unit' stroyed or Retreat-2

+1 Unit defe1 Unit defe+

+2 Unit defending from Pill box or Bunkers

* ‘each sub-unit’ refers only to those directly under the HQthat is, squads & sections are the sub-units of a platoon HQ andplatoons ( not the squads in the platoons) are the sub-units of a

a squacompany HQ. So a co. HQ does not get a negative modifier if in e of its platoons gets a bad result.

If y** ou have an ad-hoc (mixed) company, that is, a company a playerput together including AFV and non-AFV platoons, then test the

ompany as being non-AFV.However, test each platoon for what is actually is.eg a Soviet ad-hoc company has a platoon of tank riders and

two platoons of tanks. If testing the company, it counts as non-AFV, ifstin sting thete g the tank rider platoon, it tests as non-AFV, but if te

la ons, they test as AFV.p *** ‘(unless Recon Platoon out of Command Radius of parent HQ)’ thisapplies only to units specified as ‘Recon’ in the army lists.

he above variables are only applicable to a unit if the whole unit isTsubjected to the same threat or condition; eg.

F• or a company to count as dug-in, all platoons plus the HQ must beentrenched.

LLEE



24

•

der indirect fire but not thew

•

t affects one team affects the whole squad. eg one teamo

If only two squads of a platoon are subjected to indirect fire, thesquads will test individually as being un

hole platoon. (See next point regarding teams.)Remember that an infantry section or squad is considered a singleunit. Wha

f a squad is under indirect fire. This means the entire squad iscounted as being effected.

orale Reaction Table;M Modified Dice Roll Result

3 or higher OK++2 S

haken

+1 Shaken0 or below Retreat

rale Status;

Unit morale good. Continue to follow orders.

ken; Give the unit a Shaken counter. Its affects are:Duration: 1D6 turns. Elite troops re-roll any 5 or 6, Poor re-roll

y 1 or 2. (same as Vets and Conscripts do for movement pips).The unit will defend the position it currently occupies, orThe unit has the option to withdraw from its defended position at

y time.If enemy AFVs are within or approach to within 40cm of the

it's position (or 20cm if enemy infantry), on its next turn the unitust evacuate the position and withdraw towards a safer location.

o movement pips are required. Any withdrawal by the unit must be conducted away from enemy

Mo OK; Sha•

an• •

an•

unm

N•

`Reene`Sa

mes

s own HQ, even if thisrd. If it leaves the board, it is considered lost as

end up being cancelled as a result of asult. In fact, the unit’s move may end up being in the

gets a retreat result. The other 9 AFVs of the French company nowalso perform a retreat movement instead of their planned 12cmforward movement.

• Note that in many cases company HQs are not just individualinfantry teams or AFVs, but have other sections, heavy weapons,

AFVs, etc attached to them. In these cases the HQ performs the

he bad

lt from a morale check.

u r destroyed HQ and ̀ -3' Unit outside Commandtermine if a unit is under Command Radius

section òn Command Radius.

FVs

•

•

ReUnit

req10c duri

ack into oneletion, they re-enter the game with

much more pronounced, which is more realistic.Poor morale units are fairly useless if used in any sort of

offensive or mobile nature. They will typically react badly whensubjected to enemy fire. Performance is even worse when they starttaking casualties. Elite troops are much more effective at seizing anobjective.

Bonuses in morale for supporting units have not been included

ons each will function far betterptimum number of units for a HQ to

ur. This has been proveny.

forces with return fire only until a new safe position is reached.• Movement towards enemy forces is not permitted.

turn fire only' - means the effected unit is restricted to firing uponmy forces which have directly fire upon the unit itself!fe Position' - refers to any position which a unit can occupy

without threat of being observed or subjected to fire from enemy units.

Retreat; Give the unit a Retreat counter. Its affects are:• Unit evacuates its current position immediately (during the

ovement phase, however, see Morale Test Notes below) andmoves directly towards its own rear board edge if no enemy forcintervening, or otherwise, directly away from threatening enemyforces. Movement pips are not required.

es to retreat unless rallied by it• Unit continutakes it off the boacasualties.

• If a unit with this morale result is within, or comes within, 20cmof enemy forces, it will surrender immediately. If it takes furthercasualties from enemy forces within 60cm, it also surrendersimmediately. Remove surrendered forces from the board.

• No firing is permitted by unit while retreating.• Gun crews with guns too heavy to be manhandled are simply

removed as casualties upon receiving a retreat result.

oraleM Test Notes: • If this morale result is received during the “Movement Phase”, it

immediately effects movement. If it occurs during the “ResolveInfantry Fire & Direct Fire” Phase, where units can be‘backtracked’ to where they were moving when fired upon, it mayoccur that a move may

sts remorale teopposite direction as originally planned! eg a company of 12 French

AFVs may emerge from a treeline and move 12cm forward in themovement phase. During the direct fire phase, 3 German AT guns,with a lower fire order than the French AFVs, destroy 2 AFVs in oneplatoon of the company as soon as the French AFVs emerge fromthe treeline. The French platoon takes a morale test and gets aretreat result. The surviving AFV of that platoon no longercompletes its 12cm move forward, but performs a retreatmovement instead. The entire AFV company is now also tested. It

adquarters -

dual role of being an HQ plus also is treated as a platoon in itselfwith sub-units. Remember that only the infantry base containing thecommanding officer, or the actual HQ tank, are the HQ base/AFV.

• Infantry AT weapons are considered ineffective if they are

incapable of penetrating an AFVs' front or side armor at any range.• Crews of immobilised AFVs will abandon on any result except ÒK'.They will abandon the AFV immediately upon receiving tresult.

• Disabled AFVs are defined as having hull or turret/gun damage.• Units which are pinned by indirect or covering fire can break the

`pin' with an OK resu

HeIf a unit’s HQ has been destroyed this turn, the remaining sub-units

st test as with `-2' fomRadius of parent HQ.. To deof parent HQ., refer to

For units which lose their HQ to enemy fire, one of the sub unitscan be designated to become the replacement HQ in the next turn. Thewhole unit still suffers -2 `for unit HQ destroyed' for the remainder of thegame but all Command Radius will be measured to the newlydesignated HQ.

Note that if a company HQ contains two Company HQ Teams(as indicated by the army lists) or two AFVs upgraded as command

A (see AFV Organisation paragraph under Armor Charts:Introduction ), both teams/AFVs must be destroyed to count as the HQdestroyed.

Rallying -• Units issued with a "Retreat" result can only re-enter combat if

rallied by a higher level HQ of the same company which is notalready affected by poor morale itself.HQs must be moved to within 5cm of the unit/s that they areattempting to rally. Those units then cease moving while beingtested.

• Each unit (up to platoon size) being rallied can retest morale onceper move for three moves using all variations which are applicableto its current circumstances. If any of the tests provide a resultwhich is “OK”", the unit can move and fire as normal.No more than two units (up to platoon size) can be rallied per move

by the same HQ.grouping -s (squads of a platoon, platoons of a company, etc) which have

suffered 50% casualties or greater and are not affected by poor moralecan regroup with one or more units of the same company. Regrouping

uires all units taking part to assemble within an area of radius ofm for a total of two moves.

Units regrouping must be free from enemy fire, stationaryng the procedure with no firing permitted.

Units regrouping are combined and reorganised bor more full strength unit/s. On compno penalties for casualties on future morale tests.

Morale Test - Examples;. An `1 elite' Tank platoon (five tanks) is defending a hill. After a vicious

`fire fight', three of the tanks are KO'd. The morale test for theplatoon would consist of the following variables; -2 for eachdestroyed tank (sub-unit), +1 for defending hill, +2 for elite status &+1 for AFV crew. The dice roll is `4' , so 4 – 6 +1 +2 +1 = 2 result)The test gives a `Shaken' result.

2. An Infantry Company (Poor status) is advancing up either side of aroad towards an objective. It's two lead platoons come underenemy fire and takes casualties. The first platoon gets a `Shaken'result while the other gets a `Retreat” result. The company now hastwo sub-units with bad morale and must now carry out a moralecheck for itself. The following variations apply; -1 for sub-unit with`Shaken', -2 for sub-unit retreating, -2 for Poor status. The die rollfor the whole company is a `5' (5 die roll - 5 variation = 0 result)which gives a `Retreat' result. The whole company as of the nextturn must undertake a withdrawal.

3. Three Tiger I are fired upon by 3 Soviet 57mm ATG with a lower fireorder, which did not move. One Tiger is knocked out. They take amorale test, and pass. The Tigers now shoot at another target. Aplatoon of T-34/85 which are moving up to half now shoot at theTigers. They destroy another Tiger. The remaining Tiger takesanother morale test. This time it gets a retreat result.

Tactics/Designer's Notes;These morale rules are different from our previous edition. Theconsequences of mishandling units and the impact of casualtiesuffered ares

because they did not justifiably increase the morale of the units theysupported. Units such as armour or AT guns may improve the survivalof other units in the battle but they won't incite these units to undertakeorders their morale wouldn't permit.

Organisation is also important. The level of competencedisplayed by HQ units will depend on the number of units they arerequired to command and coordinate. Assigning too many will overstretch the unit commanders ability and logistics to control them whileunder fire. Two HQs with three platothan one HQ controlling five. The ocommand varies between three to foextensively in battle, even to this da



25

de necessary training or conviction to carry out aggressive manoeuvres

ordination and cohesion within minutes of coming under enemy fire.a large advantage in numbers in order to succeed when

a

ach AFV and vehicle has an assigned movement rate for both Roadent. Movement rates are the

pply for mof th

trucks, tract

icse the

& ve distcle in

CROSS-COUNTRY (C/C);Cross-country movement is any movement that occurs off-road andmovement rates are listed under `C/C' in the AFV & Vehicle Charts.

ified before the game begins.

/C mo rates apply for travelling through open terrain only.g woods, orchards, scrub, brush, mud,

is reduced according to the `Vehiclele. These reductions in movement apply

enters or begins the turn in one of the listed

the reduction factor provided in theough thick woods 16cm x 1/4 = 4cm

closest `cm'.)s are accumulative; eg. a 4x4 truck towing

its movement reduced x1/8.

ment Res

One of the main differences between well trained, experiencedtroops when compared with poor quality units was the difference in theirability to carry out a combat mission. Poor morale units generally lackethrequired in attacking effectively. Inexperienced units often lost

coThey neededatt cking.

E(Rd) and Cross Country (C/C) movem

ce that amaximum distan n AFV or vehicle can be moved by a player Note; All types of terrain should be specper turn and a vement across clear terrain only.

The use o veh ereafte s to all (ie. ta

e word ̀ icle' h r refer AFVs nks,ors and

The C vementSPs), horse-teams unless otherwise stated. If a vehicle is towing or traversin

rubble or sand, movementROADS (Rd);

ntMovement Restrictions' tab

rMoveme rates for travelling along roads are listed under `Rd' in the when eve the vehicle AFV & Veh le Charts. terrain types.* To u ir Rd speed vehicles must always travel on roads in asingle column, not two or three abreast (unless the road is extremely

h asProcedure;

ement bywide, suc a major highway.)hic

* Multiply the C/C movoving thr * AFVs les travelling along a road in column at 26cm or over, table; eg. 4x4 truck m

must have a ance equal to their own hull length between themselfnd the vehi front.

(round up distances to the* Movement reductiona

* Road movement rates apply only for moving along roads, notoving across them perpendicularly.

through a thick woods has m

Vehicle Move trictions Table

Vehicle TypeTerrain Fully Semi 6 & 8 4 x 4 4 x 2 Motor

Tracked Tracked Wheeled Wheeled Wheeled Cycle

x1/2 x1/4 -Thick Woods x2/3 x1/2 x1/3 x1/4 - -

x1/2 /4 x1/4x2/3

Towing Off-Road x1 x1 x2/3

Thin Woods x1 x1 x2/3Orchards x1 x3/4 x2/3

x1 x1/2 x1/3

x1/2 x1/3Low brush/Scrub x1 x1 x1 x2/3Mud/Sand * x2/3 x1/2 x1/3 x1/4

Rubble x1/3 x1/4 - -Marsh * x1/3 - - -

x1/5 x1/5- -- -

* Bogging (1D6) 7+ 6+ 5+ 4+ 3+ 2+

Add to bogging die roll: +1 if Size D AFVs or vehicles #+1 if traversing Marsh-1 if amphibious AFV or vehicle-1 crossing fordable river

# For T-34, KV, IS, Panther, and Pz VI chasis vehicles, if a 7+ is thrown, th

pecial N

row 1 6 a ed.

ote:types which enter terrain marked as "-" (not traversable) become au

ud ally present after heavy or prolonged rain, freshly ploughedelds or crops. All river fords are treated as mud.and - coastal beaches. Desert regions were interspersed with areas of

-t a vehicle traverses mud, sand, river fords or

ction Table, the vehicle is

vehicles are immobile until towed clear from their position

treated as hills.)ent across hills for infantry, cavalry & horse teams are not

t.

o turn inside its minimum radius, it is

D gain. If 1, 2 or 3 is thrown, the vehicle is not bogg

S* Vehicle tomatically bogged.• Horse teams are treated as 4x2 vehicles.

Vehicle Movement Restrict ions Table Notes:

Towing Off-road - movement reductions for towing off-road apply tohve icles when limbered with guns/howitzers and trailers. However, if the

towing vehicle is a size larger than the required minimum towing vehiclespecified, the reduction in movement does not apply (eg. a heavy truckis used instead of a medium truck for towing.)

- usuMfiSloose sand.Rubble - all destroyed buildings and demolished AT obstacles aretreated as rubble for vehicle movement across them.Marsh - flooded low lands found either adjacent to rivers or water

tcca hment regions. Also includes flooded agricultural areas such as ricepaddies.

oggingBFor each move thamarshy terrain, 1D6 is rolled for the vehicle to determine whether itbecome bogged.

If the die roll (plus variations) is equal or greater than the numberlisted for Bogging in the Movement Restrituck.s

Boggedwith assistance from another vehicle of equal or greater size (or twovehicles if one size smaller.) It takes two turns to rig up the vehicles fortowing.

Hills - (x1/2) All vehicle movement over hills for both road and cross-country isreduced by half, unless the vehicle is moving straight down the slope.

d surfaces are(All incline Movemaffected, except for going uphill where charge/evade movement cannotbe used.

Reversing - (x1/3)Vehicle/AFVs travelling in reverse have their movement rate reduced toone third, with the exception of AFVs with rearward steering; Sdkfz 231,232 & 234 series, AB40 series, Daimler A/C (refer AFV Notes.) Reversemovement is not available to horse teams.

Turning - All vehicles have a minimum turning radius equal to their own length(taken from the inside of the vehicle.) Vehicles carrying out a turn have

eith r movement measured around the radius as normal movemen If a stationary vehicle wishes tpermitted to ‘turn on the spot’ as follows:Light AFVs & vehicles (Size A & B): Max turn is 180º per game turnMedium AFVs & vehicles (Size C) : Max turn is 90º per game turnHeavy AFVs & vehicles (Size D): Max turn is 45º per game turn

A A FFVV && VVEE HHIICC LLEE MMOO VVEE MMEE NNTT



26

nce an vehicle has cross a hedge or treeline, other vehicles can passithout movement penalty.

-25% for Low Walls (man-height or below)-50% for High Walls (above man-height)

Once a breach has been made, all other vehicles can pass through thegap without penalty.

Bocage -interwoven hedgeline which grows along a

a very difficult obstacle for both vehicles and

an

nses.itc

ossing ditches that have been bridged using bridging tanks

n crossing an AT ditch, andceive hard cover from any incoming fire. Cavalry are treated as 4x2

s (eg.

Wire -Fully tracked `C & D' size vehicles can pass through barbed-wirewithout delay or damage. For fully tracked `B' size vehicles or any semi-tracked vehicles roll 1D6 when passing through each line of barbed-wire. A result of `6' and the vehicle is immobilized (de-tracked orsnagged). Fully wheeled vehicles cannot pass through barbed-wirewithout becoming immobilised.

an only pass through barb-wire were a gap has been forced or

rced in a line of barb-wire no longer present any obstacle to

rmy List.

cupation,

Each country is listed with its vehicles starting from the lightestpe (motorcycles) to heaviest (tractors). Each individual entry in the

the same or

pes not mentioned are lis le no

passengers have reat

a driver, unless es. This driver cannply ose passenger te disembar

which case the motorcycle cannot move again unless the team/s re-embark.

APCs, and all softskin transport vehicles, are an integral part ofthe squad/section/gun crew they carry. If they have their own crew

the vehicle after the passengers disembark, they

, speed and towing ability.

upto 2 ton

d tractors, Light (1-4 ton), Medium (4-8

how many you need to base on an infantryteam sized base. These bases carry one infantry team, unlessnoted otherwise. Eg Motorcycle x 3. This means you base 3motorcycle models on a 40mm x 40mm base, if using 20mm scale.

ts is ntaining 2 – 3ir joint carrying

f on the base, youehicle.

"Dri - re to the vehicles level of traction for traversing roughterrain; 4x2, 4, 6x4, , ht (haltracked) & trk (fully tracked). eg.vehicles wi x4' have six wheels of ich four are driven. Refeto "Movement Restrictions" for details."Size" - vehicles size for observation purposes."Rd" (Road) - vehicle's movement rate per turn for travelling alongroads (unobstructed.)

ntry cle's movement rate per turn forment Restrictions for reductions

roug to ing pen in Team ams capable of being

vetowed gun the vehicle is

This represents tanks pivoting (turning) on one track or a vehicle doinga `3 point' turn in a narrow street.

Thick Treelines & Hedges -Vehicles suffer the following movement penalties for crossing hedges &thick tree-lines;

-25% for Fully & Semi-tracked vehicles &-50% for all 8, 6 & 4x4 Wheeled vehicles.-Impassable to motorcycles and 4x2 wheeled vehicles.

Othrough the gap w

Thin tree-lines do not affect movement.Walls/Fences -Only fully tracked `C or D' size AFVs are capable of passing throughwalls. Movement penalties for breaching a wall apply as follows;

AT ditches are impassible to all vehicles until filled in by either fascine orengineers, refer section on Defe

Bocage is a large heavilymound of dirt, proving

AFVs. The defensive quality of bocage first came to light during thebloody hedgerow fighting around Normandy in Northern France.

Only fully tracked `C or D' size vehicles can attempt to breach a gapin bocage. For each attempt roll 1D6. A result of 4,5,6 and the vehiclewill force a gap, taking a full move to clear the breach. Once a gap has

been forced, other tracked & semi-tracked vehicles can pass through atthe same point without delay.U.S. AFVs equipped with Cullins Hedgerow Cutters can breach

bocage losing only a half move delay (no dice roll required). CullinsHedgerow Cutters add 10 points to an AFV’s base PV.

Cavalry can only pass through gaps (otherwise impassable.)

T k Obstacles/AT Ditches -

D hes filled with fascines allow only tracked vehicles to pass at normalC/C movement. Ditches `filled in' by either a bulldozer or engineersallows passage for tracked and semi-tracked vehicles only.Vehicles cr (eg. AVRE, Arc) use normal cross-country movement.

Infantry are delayed one full move irevehicles when attempting to cross AT ditches.

AT obstacles (such as concrete teeth, iron poles, etc) areimpassable to all vehicles until removed or demolished. Permanent AT

obstacles (eg. dragons teeth) that have had gaps blasted through themare considered `rubble' for all movement. Temporary AT obstacleSpanish dancers) do not impair movement once removed.

Barbed

Infantry, on reaching each line of barbed-wire, require one full moveto cross, and three moves to create a breach or gap in the barbed-wire.

avalry c

logistics or supply units) seeing limited action. Combat units &echelons were more often issued with the cream of the availablemilitary transport.

Ccut-away.

Gaps fomovement for troops passing through it.

Rivers –Before commencing a game, parts of the river or stream which arefordable for vehicles must be declared. The length and width of therivers is up to the players' choice. Note: certain areas of a river's twoembankments may be declared as mud, from 5 to 10cm in width.

For movement, river and stream fords are treated as `mud' andehiv cles must test for bogging for each move they spend attempting to

cross.

INTRODUCTION

The Softskin Vehicles charts are found in their relevant army lists at

the back of the rules. eg the German softskin vehicle chart is in theGerman A The vehicles are categorised under their country of origin andthe types covered are limited to those mainly employed by combatunits of each army.

Although many captured and requisitioned types were operatedby Axis forces, their use was limited to secondary roles (oc

tytables can represent a variety of vehicle types with

teristics, hence more that onsimilar charac e name is provided for For all inten and purposes, th base conts as h themost. Additional ty ted in the vehic tes. motorcycles cou one softskin vehicle wit

capacity. So you ire at individual motorcycle Af

don’t ssimply fire at the base, as though it contains just one v ter a vehicle’s disembarked, t the

vehicle as still having stated otherwis th ve" ferse invehicle or army list not ot disembark. Does n 4x 6x6e otap to motorcycles wh am/s can k, in th `6 wh r

who remain in are " C/C" (Cross Cou ) - vehi-road.still subject to all command radius rules and penalties. They are

affected by all morale results that affect their passengers.T he only time an APC would be tested separately from its

squad/passengers, would be when it has suffered damage, asopposed to being destroyed, eg, gun or hull damaged. In this case,test the APC and its crew (not passengers) as an AFV. If anything

but OK result received, the crew and any passengers abandon thevehicle.

LEGEND:"PV" (Point Value) - game points for the vehicle based on its size,cargo capacity, mobility"Description" - generalised name provided for each entry in thetable. The distinction between light, medium & heavy trucks (forexample) are based on a vehicle's load capacity. Trucksare listed as "Light", upto 4 ton "Medium" and over 4 ton are"Heavy". For half-tracks anton) & Heavy (8+ ton).

Motorcycles list

travelling off Refer Movessing w alties.when cro h terrain types and

"Capacity s" - the number of tecarried within the hicle.

s of"Tow" (Towing) - the largest clascapable of hauling.

EXAMPLE SOFTSKIN VEHICLE CHART

Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

PV JAPAN Description Drive Size

44 15 1 -7 Type 97 Sankyo Motorcycle x 3 - A8 Type 97 Iwasaki M/cycle Sidecar x 2 -8 Type 95 Kurogane Light Car 4x4

AB

40 11 1 -44 16 1 -

SS OO FF TTSS KKIINN VVEE HHIICC LLEE SS IINNTTRR OO DDUUCC TTIIOO NN



27

tions.

Vs by blly armored. This applied to many Ger

hin armor

p p period is require risedllowing any movement. This setup is the crew preparing the gun

for action and must be stationary throughout. The weapons cannotbe fired until setup is complete;

Set-up Time Gun Calibre

The Motorised Guns charts are found in their relevant army lists at theback of the rules.

Motorised guns were built to provide a higher degree of mobility fore weapon and were intended for use with mechanised formath

The advantage of motorised guns was there ability to be brought intoaction more swiftly than there towed counterparts. The disadvantage

as that the gun and crew were a much larger target and thereforewmuch harder to conceal.

guns are distinguishedMotorised from AF eingunarmored or only partia manarmored trucks and halftracks which had only the drivers cab andfront engine were retrofitted with t plate.

etu & Fir ing - A setu d for all moto gunsSfo

Guns upto 77mm

- stabilising legs were used on numerous types when's chassis proved unstable for firing the weapon. Gun

Gun Shields - these provide hard cover from all infantry weapons ifthe firer is within the guns own arc of fire (30º). If the firer liesoutside this arc, the gun crew is unprotected with no cover. All

on their guns are listed within the

uns list the notes ashav arm from all infantry weapons withthe ptio AT nd all HMG reat as normal softskinvehicles.) Does not include gun crews which are exposed unlesswithin the protection of a gun shield if present. See above.

Organisation – You must purchase complete platoons or companies ofmotorised guns as per the army lists if mentioned (not many arementioned!) Otherwise, organise motorised guns into platoons of 3 – 4

hicles with Co HQs being 1 – 2 vehicles. Each platoon/company must

n

0 move;1 move; Guns 80mm to 110mm2 moves; Guns above 110mm+1 move if stabilisers are required.

Note: Motorised guns with 0 moves for setup, and no stabilisersrequired, need only to be stationary for the turn in which they wishto fire.

EXAMPLE MOTORISED GUN CHART

Stabiliserse vehicle

MMOO TTOO RR IISS EE DD GG UUNNSSthcrews were therefore obliged to extend out the legs onto the groundbefore engaging targets. All motorised guns requiring the used ofstabilisers are listed under their individual notes.

vehicles equipped shieldsdiv otes.in idual n

Arm d V cl es d withinore ehi - motorised g ecteding or plating are prote

exce n of weapons a (t

vebe all of the same vehicle.

LEGEND:

"PV", "Description", "Drive", "Size", "Rd", "C/C" as per SoftskiVehicles."Arm" (Armament) - lists the weapons equipped on the vehicle.

Size

P BRITAIN / USA Description DriveV Speed ArmamentRd C/C42 17 40mm L48 AA58 SP, 4x4 Bofors 40mm AA 30cwt truck 4x4 C

46 37mm M6 GMC Light AT SP 4x4 B 50 20 37mm L54

The Armor charts are found in their relevant army lists at the back of thru

eles.

have been categorised under the nationality whichr used them exclusively. Other AFVs which are not

, Side and Rear Armor effectiveor hasll front

d. The Firethe gun, number of crew, and

if you want your vehicle

ANKS

– Hull Front, Side, & Rear Armor Thickness in cmF, TS, TR – Turret Front, Side, & Rear Armor Thickness in cm

s Country Speed that the vehicle can move in

) are treated as

urchase complete

ized units.

he vehicle, even in just by the

early Soviet tank Battalion HQ has 3io. This model only

All AFVseither produced olisted, but were used by that nation, are listed in the nation’s army list atthe back of the rules.

Each AFV has its Frontthickness listed in cm. This is its armor factor. Sloped armbeen taken into account. eg a T-34/76 1940 has 30º huarmor, which doubles its effective thickness. 4.5cm becomes 9cm.

Mobility is given for both Road and Cross Country terrain.The vehicle’s size for visibility purposes is also listeOrder takes into account the size ofturret, etc.

Armament is given in basic calibre and calibre length, alongwith any secondary armament, such as any MGs. If a weapon suchas a roof mounted HMG that was only occasionally used, and it isnot listed, then you need to pay extra for itto have it. eg IS-II occasionally had a 13.2mm MG.

The charts also list all vehicles which have radios, smokedischargers, and one man turrets.

Under each chart are extensive notes on all vehicles.

Abbrevi ations:V’ – Point value‘P

‘T ’, ‘SELF PROPELLED GUNS’ or ‘APC/RECONNAISSANCE’ –type of vehicle‘ARMAMENT’ – vehicle’s weaponsHF, HS, HRTRd, C/C – Road and Croscm per game turn. (Also happens to be their mph speed.)‘Sz’ - Size of vehicle‘FO’ - Fire Order of vehicle’s main gun‘CAP’ – capacity, ie, number of teams that the vehicle can carry. Unlessstated otherwise in vehicle notes or army lists, each APC includes anintegral driver/crew, allowing the vehicle to move and fire (fixed

eaponw s only) after passengers disembark.

AFV Mounted Machine Guns - Machine Guns equipped on AFVs arelisted along with their main armament in the Armour Lists, ie. HMG,MMG or LMG. Most AFV MGs have been classified `light'(LMG)because they were operated by only a single crew member. MediumMGs are those which are served by at least two or more crew and werecapable of sustained fire role. Heavy MGs are determined by calibre.

All AFV LMGs listed for Italian, Soviet, Finnish, Polish andJapanese AFVs are treated as `magazine-fed', while German, US and

British AFVs (except those equipped with Bren LMG`belt-fed'.

AFV Organisat ion

s mentioned at the start of the rules, you must p Aplatoons or companies of AFVs, as per the army lists. If you cannot findmention of a particular vehicle in the army lists, find a similar vehicle in

at nation’s army lists, and organise the vehicle into same sthOr, use platoons of 3 – 4 AFVs with Co HQs being 1 – 2 AFVs, and inthis case, each platoon/company must be all of the same vehicle.

Command vehicles must be marked in some way that isbvious to the player using to

identification numbers on the vehicle. eg a platoon of 5 x Pz IV havemarkings on their turrets, being 01, 02, 03, 04, 05. The player hasrecorded that vehicle ‘01’ in each platoon is the HQ vehicle. Thisinformation need not be revealed to the opponent. The exception ofcourse being if the command vehicle is physically different to the

ther AFVs in its unit. eg anotanks, with only the actual HQ tank having a radtherefore should have an aerial.

HQ AFV Additi onal Point Values

You will need to increase the base point value of the command AFVs as follows:• Each AFV platoon must have a Platoon HQ AFV @ + 10 PV• Each AFV company HQ must have one or two company HQ

AFVs, @ + 20 PV each. Any other vehicles in the HQ do not countas HQ vehicles, just normal vehicles, as in the platoons.• If only the command vehicle has a radio, + 20 PV.

pecial Note: Some AFV HQs have moS torcycles or jeeps etc, as messengers or recon. If these are destroyed,

ax traverse is 90º per turnx traverse is 45º per turn

attached to themthis has no effect on the AFV unit’s morale. No morale test isneeded.

TURRETS & SELF PROPELLED GUNS As mentioned later, all guns have a fire arc of 30 degrees. They canengage any target within this arc without traversing hull or turret.

Turreted AFVs can traverse their turrets as follows:

Light AFVs: Max traverse is 180º per turnMedium AFVs: MHeavy AFVs: Ma For AFVs firing while traversing, the following deduction applies totheir hit chances: - 1 if turret/hull traversed over half max.

IINNTTRR OO DDUUCC TTIIOO NN

A A RR MMOO RR CC HH A A RR TTSS IINNTTRR OO DDUUCC TTIIOO NN



Self propelled guns must pivot on one track to bring the gun to bearon an enemy, count this as traversing as above. They must remainstationary in the turn they pivot.

One Man Turrets: (see AFV notes to determine which AFVs thispplies to), double ALL firing deductions and count 'closed down'

w chargeas

shell or weapon hits the part of

ont, and turret sides. A hit is achieved, so 1D6 is thrown to4 hrown on the

nt. But as there are sandbags

ed to the AFVs .re facing, and for

h d by spaced arm ,he AFV.

So a StuG IIIG with side skirts covering its superstructure(turret) sides and its upper and lower hull sides, on both sides of thevehicle will have to pay 18 extra points for the skirts, ie 6 facings (3per side) x 3 PV equals 18 PV. A Panzer IV with turret skirts also

as its turret rear facing covered, so would be 21 PV extra. Afront only would have to

, although the USent as far as welding special cages all around the turret and hull in

as done only from 1944-45.

Smoke dischargers on an AFV can only be used once and produce awide enough smoke screen to conceal the front (or back) of the AFV.

een 5cm in front ofor behind the AFV, which takes affect at the beginning of the next turn.

les re s in Directaid Ph

nk Ridersl self-propelled guns,

nk ri

awhen firing.eg for a French Somua to fire at a target which just came into sight,the deduction is - 2, not - 1.

SKIRT AND SPACED ARMOR ETC:Bazooka skirts, spaced armor, sandbags and concrete, whenattached to an AFV's armor plating, reduces all hollo(HEAT) infantry weapons, all AT rifles and all shells up to 30mm,ineffective. This applies only if thatthe AFV which is protected by this spaced armor.

eg an infantry figure armed with a Panzerfaust fires at aSherman with sandbag armor, covering the upper hull sides, hull

Skirt armor was used exclusively by German AFVs. German AFVsalso more rarely used concrete, but only from 1943 to 1945.Sandbag armor was employed by several nations

fr determine th is t You do not need to dice, simply place down the scr e hit position on the AFV. ASherman, being the upper hull fro

e Panzerfaust has no effect.there, then th All other ru garding the smoke screen are the same a Area Fire L Smoke & White osphorous (WP). Point Values:Cost for spaced armor is add original Point Value Ta For each turret or superstructu each upper hull and

ing, that is covere irts, sandbagsSize C or D AFVs, but not open-topped turret ess

lower ull fac or, sketc, it costs 3 points. This is added to the base PV of t

can carry ta ders, that is, infantry hitch a ride on

28

hSherman with sandbags on its upper hullpay 3 PV extra.

Historical Use:

worder to hold the sandbags. This wSoviet AFVs, T-34/85s in particular, in 1945 welded old wire-sprungbed frames to their hull and turret sides. These caused the hollowcharged rounds to literally bounce off.

Game Restrictionse onlTh y vehicles allowed to use these armor ‘enhancements’ are

those mentioned as having it in the Armor Notes, or, if you can find

historical photographic evidence of such use for that exact type oftank, and for the year and theatre of use of that tank. eg photos ofShermans with concrete or sandbags in France in 1944. Yourmodels must show this skirt, sandbag or concrete armor.

AFV Fired Smoke Screens

theThey can carry maximum of 4 teams. While carrying tan

back of the AFV.a k riders, the

AFV cannot move faster than its cross country speed, even when onroad. (These rules do not apply to bona fide APCs & their passengers)

With the exception of Soviet SMG Sections, no other tankriders can fire their weapons while riding the AFV. Also with theexception of Soviet SMG Sections, if tank riders are fired upon by direct

ntthe netakes AFV. The AFV must

stadisem

ARMAMENT HF HS H

infa ry weapons fire or direct area fire, or if the tank is hit by AT fire, inxt turn, the AFV must stop and the tank riders must disembark. It½ a move to embark or disembark from an

be tionary (for at least ½ a move ) while troops are embarking orbarking.

EXAMPLE ARMOR CHART

PV TANKS R TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP7 7 5 6 33 25188 T-34/76 m1940 76 L30,2LMG 9 C 86

224 T-34/76 m1941 76 L41,2LMG222 T-34/76 m1942 76 L41,2LMG

99

6 7 8 6 7 33 25 C 86 7 7 7 7 33 25 C 8

re. Guns can fire up to one shot per turn at one

ch ‘soft’ target within Beaten Zone is diced for.

uireonly

sithin

sn

be fired upon. To engage

Direct fire has been divided into two areas;1) Anti-Tank Fiindividual target.2) Area Fire. Ea

Anti-Tank Fire is used for engaging pin-point targets which reqdirect hits to inflict any damage, such as AFVs. And althoughone shot is fired per gun per turn at such a target, this representthe firing of an unspecified quantity of rounds by each gun wthe two-minute time span.

Area Fire is used against soft targets such as infantry, softskinvehicles and guns, and each such target that lies within the gun’beaten zone is diced for. Again, this represents the firing of aunspecified quantity of rounds during the turn.

Each gun has a base `to-hit' chance when it fires. This is theprobability of a shell striking its target. Guns with higher rates of firehave an higher `to-hit' probability, with automatic (AA) guns capableof multiple hits (see later). Base ‘to-hit’ chances for guns also takesinto account their ballistic performance (ie. velocity, effective range.)

rc of Fire; A

All guns have an arc of fire of 30 degrees as shown in the abovediagram. The centre of this arc is taken from the direction faced bythe model AFV turret or Field/AT gun on completion of themovement phase. For both AT Fire & Area Fire, the target/POA

ust lie within this arc before it canmtargets outside this arc the must firer must traverse either turret,gun or hull until it lies within.

Target Aquisit ion -To engage an enemy target/s, the firer must first acquire it underone of the following circumstances;

or Anti-Tank Fire;F• Observe target as per Observation Rules,• Observe target's muzzleflash (exact location only, not general

location.)

For Area Fire;• Observe target/s as per Òbservation Rules',• Observe target/s muzzleflash,

Observe target entering cover, or detected around cover • .

y positions (see above point) if they are incom

s other than those listed above are

Only the `cover' that the target was last seen entering beforevisual contact was lost can be fired upon.

• Units of the same platoon or company can also communicatesuspected enem

mand control radius with their HQ and the other units.• Positions can be targeted without prior knowledge of enemy

activity if precise orders (co-ordinates) are written prior tostarting the game. (eg SP Battery A to shell edge of Woods10cm right of bridge.) Such orders maybe cancelled duringthe game, but not reinstated.

Firing at targets in circumstancenot permitted. In brief, AT Fire can only be used against targets thatcan be observed, directly or by muzzleflash. Area Fire can be usedagainst both observed or suspected target/s.

DDIIRR EE CC TT IIRR EEFF



29

Anti-Tank Fi re;

introduce the PzGr40, a. It had a poor weight:

lack of carrying power aty Armor Piercing)

H Usin

This type of fire is used primarily against armored targets &vehicles. AFVs are impervious to near misses and require directhits before any damage is inflicted. Soft-skin vehicles and field/ATguns may also be targeted with Direct Fire, however, Area Fire isnormally more effective against them.

For AT Fire, four different types of ammunition can be used; ArmorPiercing (AP), Armor Piercing Composite Rigid, High Velocity ArmorPiercing & Discarding Sabot (APCR/HVAP/APDS), High Explosive

Anti-Tank (HEAT) and High Explosive (HE). Most AFVs or gunswere only capable of firing two or three of these types, while a fewhave only one. Ammunition availability for each weapon is listed inthe Gun Charts, and in some cases, in the AFV charts;

Armor Pier ci ng (AP); all standard Anti-tank ammunition used byany ordinance has been grouped under this category (except

APCR, HVAP & APDS which are listed separately.) The standard AP round came in a number of versions (APCBC, APBC, APHE,Squeeze Velocity, etc.) all differing in ballistic performance only. AProunds were either solid shot or steel cased with a small burstingcharge for fragmentation effect after penetrating the AFVs armor.

APCR/APDS/HVAP; as the war progressed, standard AP roundsbecame increasingly ineffective against thicker armor andspecialised ammunition was developed for dealing with thoseawkward encounters.

Improved armor penetration was achieved by firing a highdensity shot (tungsten core) at an extremely high velocity. This highvelocity was achieved by using more propellant than the gun couldsafely cope with (one reason why such ammunition normally wasnot standard issue.) As the standard AP rounds usually shattered atsuch high velocities, tungsten was the only available metal thatcould be used. Being a metal in short supply, it made this type ofammunition limited issue only.

The Germans were first totungsten core surrounded by a light alloydiameter ratio which gave it a

ng/extreme range. The US HVAP (High Velocitlooperated on exactly the same principal as did the Soviet version.

The German PzGr40 appeared in 1941 and became veryrare after 1942. Soviet APCR rounds were introduced late 1942+.US VAP and British APDS first saw action in 1944.

g APCR/APDS/HVAP in the game: These special types ofunition were usually in short supply, and AFVs and guns oftenamm

of thshotammfor e

m

GMC

Cha

thus y or

only.) HEAT rounds,were 30-50% lower thanuracy.

wed it's ally with a lot of assistance.nce and didn't bother

H T ammunition have thes

normall lus the date of introduction. Anygun which has HEAT ammunition may fire it as standard issue from

e listed date of introduction.

un & howitzers were expected to engage armored targets as aop gap AT guns. (Being hit by a 150mm HE shell could literallysmantle a light AFV or seriously damage a larger one.) All gunsre assumed capable of firing HE unless other wise it is stated

had only a handful. If an ammo is listed as ‘pp’, ie ‘per platoon’, theammo is purchased for the whole platoon, and only one AFV or gun

at platoon may fire that ammunition per turn. Too bad if that oneper turn misses while another standard ammo shot hits! If anunition is listed as ‘pg’ ie ‘per gun’, the ammunition is purchasedach gun/AFV, and then each gun/AFV in the platoon may fire that

am o each turn.There will be some exceptions to the above, such as the M36

Jackson, for which the HVAP ammunition was equipped asstandard. See the notes for each AFV or gun for such exceptions.

APCR/APDS rounds are listed separately in the Gunrts for each nationality with their date of introduction. Only major

types have been listed and the PV for their use is payed in additionto at of the AFV or gun. Each has its own revised to-hit chance

penetrationpl figure listed under the gun’s normally accuracammunition.

High Explosive Anti-Tank (HEAT); still very much in its infancy,this type of ammunition was a way of providing an AT capability forlow velocity guns & howitzers. It involved a shaped (high explosive)charge being detonated at a set distance from the target's surface.This resulted in the explosion being channelled to a narrow point

and melting its way through the armor, very similar to a blow torch.The effect inside AFVs was less than that of AP rounds, but themolten metal and gases still proved effective against any crew.

HEAT rounds were not reliant on kinetic energy as were AP rounds, its armor penetration was constant for all ranges (beingdirectly dependent on the diameter of the shellas with HE, were fired at velocities whichthat of AP rounds which meant reduced acc HEAT ammunition was introduced in 1942 by Germany,Italy, Soviet and US, with Japan in 1944. Both German and USpolicy provided HEAT ammunition for virtually every ordinancepiece capable of firing it. Britain however used it for their 95mm

.7") howitzers only. Italy follo(3Japan placed little emphasis on AT performauntil late.

All guns capable of firingrevised to-hit chance plus penetration

EA figure listed under the gun’

y accuracy or ammunition, p

th High Explo sive (HE); the use of HE ammunition against AFVs wasnot uncommon as many guns & howitzers were not supplied with

ny other type of round. During the early stages of the war, manyagstdiaotherwise in the Gun or Armor Charts.

Anti -Tank Fi re Procedure;1. Specify which target is to be fired upon and what guns are

. Measure range between firer and target. For vehicles & AFVs,measurements are taken from the closest edge or corner of

itzers,f its

ce b the

o the next highest level (ie. 32cm becomes

ons appl both firer and target. The final total is

ual or belowrget has been successfully

t damage (if any) is

the target iswas fired upon, not completing

put back (back-

AFV Facing Diagram

firing at it.2

the model. For infantry, heavy weapons and gun/howmeasurements are taken from the closest edge or corner obase.

3. Find the gun's Base To-Hit Chan y referring to the ̀ To-Hit'chance of the firing gun: this is number in brackets eg (11).See the gun charts. The gun charts are in the army lists at the

es. For ranges lying between those given in Gunback of the rulCharts, round up t40cm, 95cm becomes 100cm)

4. To the Base To-Hit Chance add or deduct all relevant AT FireVariati icable tothe Adjusted To-Hit Chance.

5. Roll 3D6 and add them together. If this total is eqthe Adjusted To-Hit Chance, the tahit. All misses are ineffective.

6. Once a targe has been successfully hit, theaccessed;

As mentioned earlier, although Direct Fire is conducted after allmovement has been completed, players can select to fire at targetsduring any part of their movement phase by back-tracking the positionof the target. In doing so, the unit which is firing must also be in aposition to observe the target at that part of the turn. If destroyed/disabled, it remains where itit's planned movement. Otherwise it completes it's full movement.

(eg. During the movement phase a tank moved from beingvisible to behind a building. It took 1/2 of its turn to do this. An enemy

AT gun which observed the target during the first half of the turn canfire at the tank before it disappears behind the building. It succeeds inhitting the tank and destroying it, so the tank model istracked) to where it was when the gun fired at it.

For Armored Fighting VehiclesThe amount of armor on an AFV usually varied between the front,side, hull or turret, so a specific hit location must therefore be found.The following diagram is used to determine which face (front, flankor rear) of the AFV was hit;

Side Hit

Front Rear

Hit Hit

Side Hit



Note - For turrets; calculate the front/side/rear according to thedirection faced by the turret.

30

Determine AFV Hit Loc ation

5 6 5 6

1 1

tions take account the extra protection afforded totarget. Hull-down or partially concealed AFVs arehit on their exposed portion, eg. hull down AFVs will

turret. In m y cases for concealed targets, it won’t beion. And if only tracks and lower

ll ‘1’ or ‘2’ Hit Location rolls.

etermine AFV Armor Thickness

tions take account the extra protection afforded totarget. Hull-down or partially concealed AFVs arehit on their exposed portion, eg. hull down AFVs will

turret. In m y cases for concealed targets, it won’t beion. And if only tracks and lower

ll ‘1’ or ‘2’ Hit Location rolls.

etermine AFV Armor Thickness

3 4 3 4

1 2 12

For each successful hit on the target, roll 1D6 and refer to tablebelow;Dice Roll Position1 Tracks

For each successful hit on the target, roll 1D6 and refer to tablebelow;Dice Roll Position1 Tracks2 Lower Hull2 Lower Hull3,4 Upper Hull

Tur perstructure3,4 Upper Hull

Tur perstructure5,6 ret/Su5,6 ret/Su

AT Fire varia into AT Fire varia intoa concealeda concealedautomaticallyautomaticallybe hit in the anbe hit in the annecessary to roll for any hit locatnecessary to roll for any hit locathull are covered, re-ro anyhull are covered, re-ro any

DD ining the Hit Location upon the target AFV, eg uppertarget's corresponding Armor thickness from its

rmor Charts provide ArmorF, HS, &

After determhull front, find thelisting in the Armor Charts. The Athickness in cm for six locations on all AFVs; TF, TS, TR, H

R. (H=Hull, T=Turret, F=Front, S=Side & R=Rear)H

AP, APCR, HVAP, A PDS or HEAT ammuni ti onusing AP, APCR, APDS or HEAT ammunition, compare tIf he

enetration value in the Gun Charts with the Armor thickness of theor level of the AFV target, the

etration EffectsP,

HE a

Ptarget. If this value exceeds the arm

AFVs armor has been penetrated. Use the Penable to determine the damage, using only the ‘Variations for AT

APCR, APDS & HEAT.’

or mmunitionFFor HE ammunition, the target’s armor thickness is irrelevant.

t

only t ttion o

s on A

Consult the Penetration Effects Table for the damage result, bu

iuse he ‘Variations for HE Ammunition.’ This applies for any hloca n an AFV, including the tracks.

Hit FV ̀ t racks' by AP, APCR, HVAP, APDS or HEATks' have an equivalent armor thickness equal to th AFV `trac at

anher

etratio

AFV’s thinnest hull armor. So in order for a gun to damage AFV’s tracks and render the AFV immobilised, it must have a hig

en n value at that rangep , than the AFV’s thinnest hull armor.ther not use Penetration Effect table!)

V, Sof n/Howitzers and Crews -

No o damage occurs (Do

AF tski n Vehic le & Gun AFVIf a is destroyed (not damaged) by Direct AT Fire using AP,

are also

sing HEunitio

APCR, HVAP, APDS or HEAT ammunition, its crewconsidered casualties. Dice on the AFV/Gun Crew/Passenger

for any passengers .Casualties Table below onlyIf an AFV is destroyed by Direct AT Fire u

amm n, all crew and passengers are casualties.

Successful hits on guns/howitzers will automatically destroy them

s

and their crews, regardless of ammunition used.

leSuccessful hits on softskin vehic will automatically destroy themanyth all

unition was used,w 2D AFV/2 Gun Crew/Passenger Casualtiesle belo

r the adjusted number, the crew or passenger base

and ing they may have been towing. If HE fire was used,crew/passengers are also casualties.

If AP, APCR, APDS or HEAT ammthro 6 and consult the

bTa w.

For each crew/passenger base being tested, add or subtract thevariables to the number listed in the table, then roll 2D6. If you roll

qual or undeehas been destroyed.

FV/Gun Crew/Passenger Casualt A ies TableGun Size Firing 2D6

4 - 115mm 1065 - 76mm 845 – 57mm 730 – 42mm 60 – 28mm, grenades 5PzFaust, Pzschreck 7PIAT, Bazooka 6

18

22mm+ 11

if firer using APCR,HVAP or APDSif firer using HEAT (does not apply to infantry weapons)

assengers & crew are tested immediately after the AFV/vehiclerale test if relevant.

Variables:-1 if target is AFV-1-2 Phas been destroyed, and take a mo

Anti -Tank Fi re Vari ations Add to or deduct from the gu

n's base to-hit chance;

to or from firer, OR

erwn or concealed 66%+ by hard cover

st if firer moves or changestarget.

2 Second & subsequent shots at stationary target) Lost if firer moves, engages

onal barrel of a AA/automatic cannonr has been killed

as expended over half its movementr

the Ger BGr

AT Fire Var iat ions

-1 Target just came into sight.-1 Target seen for less than half of turn

1 Target moving over 15cm--1 Target moving upto 15cm across LOS (line of sight), OR-2 Target moving 15cm+ across LOS, Turreted guns only

(ie all guns capable of traversing 360º) OR-3 Target moving 15cm+ across LOS, Non-turreted guns

(ie. SPs, AT guns, field guns, howitzers, infantry guns)

--42 Target is partially concealed (33-66%) by hard cov

Target is hull-do +1 Target is Size ̀ D'-1 Target is Size `B'-2 Target is Size À'

+1 Second & subsequent shots at moving target(accumulative, max of +3) Lo

+

(accumulative, max of + 6another target.

+1 If firing a HEAT shell (fixes an error in HEAT to-hit chances)*-1 Firer's turret/hull traversed over half maximum this turn-4 Firing at a Muzzle-flash-2 Firer moved over 5cm+1 For each additi n-2 If AFV’s commande

n+1 Firer is Vetera-1 Firer is Conscript

Note – nothing can fire if it hduring a tu n.

* Except for man 80mm L37 PAW 600 and 88mm RPzguns, which don’t include the error.

Notes;

Target moving across LOS;the target is across the firer 's l ine of sight ifmoving moving with a

rection that lies within the shaded area on the diagram below;

limited traverse areric ving perpendicular to

eir line of fire (an advantage with turret mounted weapons.)

cealed if 33-65% covered by hard cover,6%+ by hard cover. Applies only to targetsgs, walls, bocage, dug-in, partially behind atrenched.

sho & subsequent shots ated accuracy from

r nto the target.

r'Refer sing Limits' for maximums on AFVs & guns.

di

Turreted vs Non-Turreted Guns;Non-turreted AFVs and field/AT guns withest ted in their ability to track targets mor

th Concealed Targets;Target is partially conhulldown is concealed 6behind (or within) buildinhill relevant to firer, or en

ent ts; SecondSecond & subsequmoving/stationary target; represents the improv

the correction of fire oobse ving ̀ fall of shot' and Fire s turret/hull traversed over half maximum this turn;

to `Traver



31

;pplies only if the target muzzle-flash reveals exact position, noteneral location. Refer to ̀ Observation' rules.

Firing at Muzzle-flash Ag For each additional barrel of an AA/automatic cannon;

Applies to multi-barrelled AA/Auto-cannons (eg. +3 for 20mm QuadFlaKvierling when firing at any range.)

Penetration Effects Table;When AFV target has been penetrated by AP, APCR, APDS,HVAP, HEAT or been hit with an HE round, roll 3D6, add/deduct therelevant below variations according to calibre, ammunition type,target type and refer to table for a damage result;

Penetration Eff ects Table;Result Effect On Target14 or more Destroyed11-13 Hull/Gun Damaged9-10 Stunned 2 Moves7-8 Stunned 1 Move6 or less No Effect

moves

sult Received Second Time in the Same or Subsequent

Destroyed - AFV is completely knocked out of action.Hull/Gun Damaged - if hull is hit, AFV is immobilized.

- if turret/superstructure is hit, all mainarmament (and traversing) is disabled.

Stunned 2 Moves - AFV cannot move, fire or observe for 2Stunned 1 Move - AFV cannot move, fire or observe for 1 movesNo Effect - shell inflicts negligible damage

Same ReTurn – take the next result up.

ad, which is Hull/Gun Damaged) (eg if you get a Stunned 2 Moves result a second time in the sameturn, take the next result up inste

Penetration Effects Table Variations for AP, APCR, APDS,HVAP, HEAT ammuniti on

n (except HEAT)

6mm gun (except HEAT)50-57mm gun (except HEAT)

+6 140-155mm gu+5 122-130mm gun (except HEAT)+3 94-115 gun (except HEAT)+2 84-90mm gun (except HEAT)+0 65-7-1-3 37-47mm gun (except HEAT)-4 0-35mm gun (except HEAT)-4 HEAT ammunition & all Infantry AT weapons+3 penetrated 3-5 over target's armor level+6 penetrated 6+ over target's armor level

enetratiP on Effec ts Tab le Var iat ions fo r High Explos ive (HE)rounds+2 160mm+ gun+0 140-155mm gun-1 122-130mm gun

94-115 gun-3-5 84-90mm gun

which are

the drivel tank, etc. Gun turrets could be rendered

crew is incapacitated for thelt from the hit & are accumulative.

of anti-aircraft & automatic20mm to 40mm and designated by

se gun types were magazine fedand capable of automatic fire.

achieved and the number rolled on the 3D6 is lessan the Adjusted Hit Chance needed, then an extra hit is achieved

ow. For each additional hit on thecation and damage if required.

ctive gun charts.or AFVs as stated in the

CAThisonly

in tamm

prev

andbe d

1D6

-7 65-76mm gunGuns below 65mm calibre have no effect.

+2 Target is Light AFV+2 Target AFV has Open Top, Sides or Rear (PLUS below +1 if

relevant)+1 Target AFV has open Sides or Rear and firing at it from itsopen side or rear arc

The use HE rounds against an AFV relied entirely on the explosiveimpact to damage an target rather than penetrating the armor.While less effective than AT ammunition, large calibre guns wereoften employed against armor with results.

Passengers within AFVs or vehicles`destroyed' by HE fire are all casualties.

AFVs can be immobilised in a variety ways ranging fromamaging the external running gear, an internal hit ond

train, engine, fueinoperative by hits on the gun, optical gun sights or turret traversinggear. Once an AFV is damaged, it remains disabled for the

`stunned'remainder of the game. Aumber of moves as a resun

AA/Automatic Cannon -arietyThe Gun Charts include a v

annon ranging in calibre fromcÀA' next to their calibre. All the

These guns can only engage one target per move but arecapable of multiple hits. Use the normal procedure for Direct ATFire. If a hit isthfor each extra `pip' on the dice beltarget, roll for separate hit lo

Example: Let us assume that a 20mm AA guns needs 11on 3 dice to hit an AFV. The firer rolls '9' on 3 dice. This is twobelow the needed figure, therefore the target is hit by three shells,not one.

Maximum number of hits achievable on a single target from an

AA/Autocannon are as follows;20-25mm 3 Hits maximum37-40mm 2 Hits maximum+1 per additional barrel (Eg. Triple 20mm MG151; 5 hits maximumon target.)

Due to their high rate of fire, 20 & 25mm AA/Autocannon are alsoincluded under Ìnfantry Weapons' and can be against soft-targetsand infantry (37mm & 40mm AA guns use Area Fire only againstinfantry.)

SPIGOT GRENADESSpigot Grenades were a stop gap measure taken by the Germanson the Russian Front where there was a distinct lack of effective ATguns. It involved using a large spigot bomb and placing it down thebarrel of a small calibre AT gun. Although effective, the range wasincredibly small. Spigot Grenades have their To-Hit chances listed

their respein They can only be used by guns

un Charts and AFV Charts.GNote: Each round is muzzle loaded by the crew (who

receive no cover while loading) and requires half move to load.Towed guns cannot be loaded until unlimbered.

NISTER ROUNDSwas a type of shell employed by the US forces in the Pacific

. It involves a shotgun type of fire, each shell spraying out upto400 metal balls with devastating effect. It can be fired by both AFVsand towed guns, as stated in the Gun Charts. (ie, those guns listed

he Gun Charts as having the ammunition, can fire thatunition, whether AFV or towed.)

Canister rounds were excellent for clearing the brushfound in the Pacific. A position fired upon must have had some

ious signs of enemy occupation, be in a commanding orsuspect position, or about to be assaulted. Canister rounds spreadin a 10 arc in the direction they are fired. Any infantry in this arc

the range of the shell (as listed in the Gun Charts notes) musticed for to determine whether or not they were hit.

Roll 1D6 die per infantry, heavy weapon or gun/howitzer/mortarbase, or softskin and subtract all the relevant variations:

ResultInfantry/gun/howitzer etc base is removed as casualties.3+

- 1 if

For

sepa

Thisunar effec

AT fi not require pin-point accuracy to successfullyeutralise a target. Hits within close proximity were often sufficient

hicle/s, crews or infantry. Such targetsroup rather than targeted individually and

unition wascities nnds. Th due to the larger size of the

asis on cy.w es are designed to resolve direct HE fire

d st realis ner. When firing direct HE, theet is called the Point Of Aim (POA). A beaten zone

to determine the

su ed that an of a ingle turn (twoat its POA.y will hit in

e BZR. Hence, all targets within

All equipment is destroyed.1,2 No Effect

Variations- 2 if firer moving

target is prone or in soft cover- 3 if target behind hard cover.

any softskins in the arc, dice for them as above, and dice

rately for passengers in them. If the softskin is hit, it isimmobilized.

Direct Area Firetype of fire is intended for use against soft-targets (ie.

mored vehicles, personnel, guns or howitzers) and cannott fully enclosed AFVs (even if commander is head up). Unlikere, HE rounds did

nto damage or destroy ve

ere often engaged as a gware therefore treated as àrea' targets. HE amm

t v o ere half or a third less thagenerally fired a el which wstandard anti-tank rou is wasrounds and less emph accura

folloThe ing rulin the quickest an mo tic mancentre of the targradius (BZR) is then measured out from this POAaffected area.

It is as m during the sp sminutes), each gun will fire a quantity of HE rounds

hile most shells will not land on the POA itself, theWproximity of the centre and within th





33

canly targe

;

rer

hi•

and nder normal Direct Area Fire.

V

are a rget'.

Open topped & backed AFV crew can be treated as a targetbehind Hard cover.

• Open topped, backed and sides AFV crew receive soft coverIf a crew/passengers is successfully hit, the main armament isassumed disabled, and all passengers & exposed crew arecasualties. The AFV is however, still mobile and must test morale

r having suffered damage.

To place a POA counter when firing at a building, it mustbe placed at the outer edge of the building (not inside). Youon t one floor at a time, the firer must declare which floor isbeing fired at. Also, the BZR that covers the building or buildingfloor is doubled in size.

Refer to following diagram

Fi

The selected POA must be in DLOS with the firer. All targets that liewit n twice the BZR are treated as being;

`Behind Hard Cover' for Stone/Brick buildings &• `Behind Soft/Partial Cover' for Light/Wooden Buildings,

are diced for as targets u

Crews & Direct Area Fire - AF Although Area Fire cannot be used against most AFV targets, there

couple of exceptions were crews may be targeted;Open topped AFV crews can be treated as a `dug-in ta•

•

foFully enclosed AFV commanders which are `head-up'

cannot be affected under Area Fire.

Direct Area Fire Laid Smoke & White PhosphorousP)(W

The following rules for Smoke & WP apply only to Direct Area Fire. All guns/howitzers capable of firing Smoke & WP ammunition are

listed in the Gun Charts along with date of introduction if applicable.wasSmoke ammunition similar in design to the standardHE shell except filled with a s

emoke producing agent and a smallOn shell eh w if s

on e from each shell wa ally brieo usu ed a continual stream

unition and was employed extensively with US andBritish introduced WP in mid 1944 for

wea ancendiary/anti-personal effect on any soft targets within its burst

bursting charge for dispersion. impact, th would explodwind waproducing a dense cloud whic ould then drift any

tipresent. The dura of smok s usu fnd a successful sm ke screen ally requira

of shells to maintain it.White Phosphorus (WP) was a substitute for normal

moke ammsJapanese guns & AFVs. Theuse with a limited number guns in addition their smoke rounds.

In comparison to conventional smoke, WP produces aker smoke screen but with the advantage of having

inarea (eg. infantry, cavalry, trucks.)

Procedure;The procedure for firing Smoke/WP is identical to that used for Area

l or below the Adjusted To-Hit Chance meansR is covered with Smoke. For WP, any targets within

Sele a POA the inte

a PO2. Measure the range betw3. Cross reference the type of gun/howitzer being fired with the

distaBase Hit Chance.

Hit Chance and add/deduct any Direct Areave, which are applicable to the firer, but

ves hance.. Roll ess

than the Adjusted To-Hcovered with smoke.

. The c

. Smoke only effects visibility & observation of targets. If an

must also dice to determine casualties as per normal

Direct Area Fire (with `-2 Firing White Phosphorous.')9. On subsequent moves after laying Smoke/WP, the same POAcan be continually targeted to maintain the smoke screen.

Height;

Fire. A 3D6 roll equathe gun’s BZBZR must dice for damage as well.

1. ct for nded target/target position by placing

A counter there. een the POA and firer.

nce to the target on the To-Hit Table. This will provide the

4. Take the BaseFire Variations as abonot t is gihe target. Th the Adjusted To-Hit C

5 3D6 for each gun firing at POA. If the total is equal or lit Chance, the BZR for the gun is

6 smoke cloud is pla ed down at the start of the followingmove after being fired.

7observer's DLOS passes through this smoke covered BZR,target cannot be observed. Muzzle flashes are also concealed.

8. For WP, in addition to producing smoke, all targets within theBZR

Smoke screens have a height of 5cm.

Duration; The duration of smoke once laid on board varies withwind strength;

For SmokeNo Wind 3 moves (No drift)

spreads 5cmthe wind)

)without

effect.

Sm

nthe

All guns and howitzers are classed under categoriesccording to their size (A, B, C & D) as provided in the Gun Charts.

nes set-up times, crew and ability to man-handling;

Light Wind 2 moves (smoke cloud per move in the direction of

Moderate Wind 1 move (smoke cloud spreads10cm per move in the direction of thewind

Gale Force Wind Smoke disperses completely

For White PhosphorousNo Wind 2 moves (No drift)Light Wind 1 moves (smoke cloud spreads

5cm per move in the direction of thewind)

Mod / Gale Force Smoke disperses completely withouteffect.

oke will start to spread, that is, the smoke cloud elongates, onthe second move after being laid and will drift in the direction thewi d (if present). Refer to section on Wind in the Weather section of

rules.

The following rules apply to all on-board field guns, AT guns, AAguns and howitzers (that are not self-propelled or AFV mounted.)Mobility for these guns is provided by vehicles, horse teams, or in

ome cases, can be carried or manhandled.s aGun size determi Gun Size Crew Limber/Unlimber Man-Handle

' - LightÀ Guns: 1 teams 1/2 move 5cm/turn.`B' - Medium Guns: 2 teams 1 moves 2.5cm/turn.`C' - Heavy Guns: 3 teams 2 moves ---`D' - Heavy Guns; 4 teams 3 moves ---

ing & Limbering;

See the section on infantry basing regarding how to base guns andtheir crews.

Unlimber

ransporting or unlimbered and ready for firing.

yed while theered, both are considered destroyed.

At the start of a game, guns can either be limbered up behind avehicle for t

The number of moves required to unlimber & prepare atowed gun for firing, or limber for towing, is listed in the above tableand varies according to the size of the gun. It represents the set-uptime taken by the crew to debark, unhook the gun and unloadsufficient ammunition, or load everything back into the vehicles, etc.

The towing vehicle must be stationary throughout thelimber/unlimber period and can only move off once completed.

Remember that when being towed, the gun, crew &vehicle are all considered a single unit for movement purposes. If

ther the towing vehicle or limbered gun are destroeigun is still limb

Man-handling;In firing mode, guns can only be man-handled by their crews upto5cm/move for À' size guns and 2.5cm/move for `B' size guns.

Size C & D guns are effectively too heavy to be man-handled by their crews and must be positioned before set-up bytheir towing vehicle/s. Their crews can only traverse them on thespot, they cannot move them otherwise.

PO

BZR

2 x BZR

Building

A A NNTTII--TT A A NNKK,, FF IIEE LLDD,, && A A A A //FF LL A A KK GGUNSUNS



34

snow, mud, woods,rubble, thi

uns can be ‘traversed’ on the spot to engage newrgets.

rsed to be engaged,

Guns cannot be fired and man-handled in the samemove. Guns cannot be man-handled through

ck tree-lines, brush, walls or hedges. All g

taTargets within 30º do not need to be traveotherwise:

Size A Guns: Max traverse is 180º per turnSize B Guns: Max traverse is 90º per turnSize C or D Guns: Max traverse is 45º per turn

For guns firing while traversing, the following deduction applies totheir hit chances.

- 2 if gun traversed over half maxLimbered Fire;Certain AA guns were capable of being fired while still limbered totheir towing vehicle. This allowed their crews to prepare them foraction far quicker than normal. All guns capable of being fired whilestill limbered are listed in the Gun Chart Notes.• Guns capable of being fired while limbered require only one (1)

move set-up, and one (1) move for pack-up. Although the gun isstill limbered, once set-up it cannot be transported again until

ded in packing-up and re-embarking the

Tow

one move is expencrew. The towing vehicle must be stationary throughout settingup and firing.

• For all AT-Fire & Area Fire, the variation; `Second & Sub. turnsfiring at same target' does not apply! This is the penalty for firingfrom an unstable platform.To un• limber and set-up the gun from the towing vehicle fornormal Direct Fire, the balance of moves required for set-up ofthe gun must be carried out. eg. an 88mm FlaK 36 is set up forlimbered fire in one move. To unlimber & set-up the gun, afurther 2 moves are required.

ing Vehicles Restrictions;ts list what size item each vehicle can towThe softskin char . In most

cases, one vehicle will be suffice for both towing and transportationof the crew. Certain guns will require more than vehicle to transportboth, ie, one for the crew and one for the gun.

Special cases (listed in the Gun Notes) exist were gunswere transported by vehicles smaller than the minimum requirement(eg. US airborne 57mm M1 being towed by a jeep.) For these

ses, only the gun was towed while the crew travelled on foot orvehicle. For these situations, if the crew is

r

carode in a secondseparated from the gun, then it cannot set-up or fire.

un CG ews;If a gun crew suffers over 50 % casualties, then the weapon can nolonger be fired. Set-up/Pack-up time are increased by one move foreach 25% reduction in crew strength. Gun crew casualties can onlybe replaced by personnel from other crews within the same unit orsimilar, not from infantry units.

While most guns had shields for protection againstincoming enemy fire, the crews were generally too large toconsistently benefit from the shields. If the enemy fire originates

within 45º of either side of the barrel, (ie a total arc of 90º) thencrew are provided with partial cover only from the gun-shield.crew otherwise receives no cover from behind the gun itself

plies to all Infantry fire & Direc

fromtheThe

p

any On

u earmdire ying guns/howitzers

ba

List

a plat

fant e 1 – 2 company

if relevant. These platoon and company HQs

en

(he

one target area; 10cm by 10cm. The

ed gun or AFV moves from its original startinglocation, or engages a target outside the target area, then theability to use the bore-sighting is lost for the remainder of thegame.

• Enemy AFVs or vehicles passing through the target area canbe fired upon using normal Direct AT Fire procedure with abonus `+3' variation to the base to-hit chance.

EN PORTEELight AT guns often suffered damage when being towed over poor

in th

is alsoconsidered destroyed.

om

INTTherule gun

Gun

n•

under Ìndirect Fire'.Each nationality has guns listed which either originated from that

ployed by that country. They do notemployed by that country: refer to

the Èquipment Lists' for a more comprehensive listing. Many

their Armor Penetration factors listed at set ranges up to 250cm.

fact

ng.)

ven for each gun include both the weapon andcrew (transport is additional.) Guns mounted only in AFVs are

(a t Area fire.)Guns without shields provide no cover to their crews from

direction.

board Gun/Howitzers Organisation

See Indirect Fire rules regarding offboard artillery. All guns/howitzerss d onboard must be organised in batteries or platoons as per the

y lists, and cannot perform Indirect Fire, but only direct fire orct area fire, as per the Direct Fire rules. If bu

to e used onboard, you must use the point values listed in these GunCh rts, do not use the offboard artillery point values.

If the guns you wish to use are not mentioned in the Armys, use platoons/batteries of 3 – 4 guns, each platoon/battery must

be ll of the same gun. Also, for each battery or platoon you must also purchase a

oon HQ team. Radios if relevant are an additional + 20, as per forry. For each gun company, you must purchasin

HQ teams, plus radioscan be mounted on horseback if horse-drawn guns/artillery, or givencars or light trucks if motorised guns/artillery.

BORE SIGHTINGBore Sighting is only available to defending players in an attack-defence scenario. Units in defensive positions used bore-sightingwhen there was sufficient time to study the local terrain and analyseprobable approach avenues for enemy attacks. Their guns wouldth be zeroed on particular pieces of ground.

The bore Sighting was carried out by firing a few samplerounds onto the target area or sighting through the gun's open bore

nce the name.) Once range and direction had been established,any AFV or vehicle passing through the target area could be firedupon with a higher chance of being hit.• Bore-sighting can be used by all 20mm+ calibre guns (including

AFVs) and is limited to within 2/3rds maximum range.Each gun is allowed• location of this target area must be set down in written ordersprior to starting the game with coordinates taken from the edgesof the board or from a fixed terrain feature.

• If the bore-sight

roads or rough terrain and to overcome this problem, they weretransported èn portee' on the back of trucks. Carrying guns in thismanner increased the time required to unload and get them intoaction. Many crews therefore resorted to firing the gun while still

loaded on the vehicle and it soon became standard practice withincertain armies.• Guns that were historically capable of being `Portee' are listed

e Gun Notes along the minimum size vehicle required.• Gun & vehicle are treated as a single target. If the vehicle is

destroyed from direct/indirect fire or infantry fire, the gun

• Guns being fired from their carrying vehicle do not receive`Second & Subsequent Shot' bonuses for Direct Fire.

• Takes an extra move to load or unload an en portee gun fr the back of the truck

Guns being carried èn portee' are considered separate frompurpose-built motorised guns which are covered separately underMotorised Guns .

RODUCTIONGun Charts are included in the Army Lists at the back of the

s.The Gun Charts are divided into separate countries with each

being identified by calibre, calibre length and official designation,eg. 75mmL40 M3. All ranges are given in `cm'. For the majorcountries, the guns have been categorised under AT/Tank Guns,

s/Howitzers, and AA/Automatic Guns, for easy reference.The figure listed at the various ranges in cm are the gun’s

pe etration in cm at that range.Many large calibre artillery pieces used for indirect fire have notbeen included in the Gun Charts because of their inability to

engage ground targets using direct fire (eg. US 155mm M1 Gun& 8' M1 Howitzers). Guns excluded for this reason are onlycovered

•

country, or were primarily emnecessarily represent all guns

guns were used by two or more countries who either imported ormanufactured the item under license, eg. 75mm L15 vz 15Mountain Gun is listed under Poland but was extensively used byItaly and Germany.

• All guns capable of firing armor piercing (AP) ammunition have

These AP factors represent the best performance of standard APammunition fired by these guns. Guns equipped with specialised

APCR, APDS & HVAP rounds have an additional set of APors listed for their use. (Only APCR, APDS & HVAP types

which provided considerably better performance in comparison tostandard AP have been included. Those not included gave only

marginally better performance or were too rare to warrant aseparate listi• Guns not equipped with any AP ammunition have `-' listed

instead of an AP factor up to their maximum effective ranges.These guns could only fire HE ammunition at targets.

• PV; Point Values gi

GG UUNNSS CC HH A A RR TTSS IINN IIOO NN TTRR OO DDUUCC TT



35

int values

xplanations of Abbreviations

V - point value of gun. In some cases special ammunition will bePDS ammo. This means it costs 10ery) to equip the

n. This is added to the base cos

odifiers etc are applied.. You w AF may fire this spec, unless the AFV or gun no .

If th ammo was standard issue onl1 ints per gun or AFV,

ire this ammo ea

e of rapt targ it

ey are treated as `Turret mounted guns' for direct fire.

o HE - denotes gun not equipped or supplied to fire HE ammunitione. they cannot do Area Fire with HE ammunition). For various guns,E ammunition was introduced after a certain year and cannot used

prior to that date eg. (HE 1944+). All other guns can fire HE.

Smk or WP - guns capable of firing White Phosphorous (WP) orSmoke (Smk) ammunition have the abbreviations `WP' or `Smk'

he year of introduction for WP or Smk will also be provided if it

ractor: refer to Horse-Teams.

nstnemy fire. Guns equipped with shields provide `Partial cover' for

their crews against Direct Fire or Infantry Fire, not Area Fire. See thesection under AT guns above.

HEAT - denotes gun was equipped as standard, or from a certaine n of that HEATe

he HEATo to use it. Fole th e m 28 7 PV. But to purchase the

m 2 costs +32pg, that is, an extra 32

T ammunition, thisnd, the cost of the

n in the PV of any

APCR, APDS, HVAP Ammuni tion - Short Suppl y Rules These special types of ammunition were usually in short supply, and

AFVs and guns often had only a handful. As mentioned above under‘PV’, if an ammo is listed as ‘pp’, ie ‘per platoon’, then only one AFVor gun of a platoon may fire that ammunition per turn. Too bad if thatone shot per turn misses while another standard ammo shot hits! If anammunition is listed as ‘pg’ ie ‘per gun’ then each gun/AFV in theplatoon may fire that ammo each turn.

There will be some exceptions to the above, such as the M36HV u d as

denoted by `*' in the FO column. Note that these poMUST be used when using the gun on-table. When using any ofthese guns as offboard artillery, use the offboard artillery pointvalues.

Horse Drawn - denotes the gun/howitzer can only towed by horseteam, it cannot be towed by vehicle or t

E Plisted like this: + 10pp -> 6 pdr A

points latoon (or battextra per p platoon with thisspecial unitio t of the platoon,

date, to fir HEAT ammunition. The armor penetratioround is th same for all ranges, as you will see.amm

before troop class ll note below that In almostm ionly one V or gun ial ammunition per all cases you have to purchase tammuniti n in addition to the cost of the gun if you wish rper platoonturn specified otherwise in tes examp e G rman 105 m L costs 6 e special y, the PV will be HEAT am unition for it to from 194listed as + 0pg ie 10 extra po and in this case

latoon can f PV per gun.

for the HEAeach gun or AFV in the p ch turn. If there is no date listedmeans the gun can always use that

AA - denotes anti-aircraft cannon capabl id automatic fireammunition, a

ammunitio is included in both the guns PV, plusagains ets, refer AA/Automatic Cannons. W h 360º traverse, AFVs using that gun.) th N(iH

listed. Tdiffers from that of the gun.

No Gun Shield - applies only to AT or Field guns (not AFVs) andindicates that the gun provides no protection for the crew agaie

GMC Jackson, for which the AP amm nition was equippestandard. See the notes for each AFV or gun for such exceptions.

XAMPLE GUN CHARTE

80GERMANPV Guns Size 20 40 60

100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES

) (107

APCR PzGr40 (11) (11) (9) (8) (7) ance 49

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18 18

62 50mm L60 PaK 38 B (11) (11) (10 9 8 8+18pp

) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 436 5 5 4

(6) to-hit ch 14 12 11+10pp StGt 42 (HEAT) 1942+ (10) (9) (6)

8 6 penetration in cm7

Ao

rtillery has the advantage of being able to harass and soften up thepponent without committing your own forces. It is an integral part ofoth attack and defense; and during real combat situations roughly 50%f all casualties were a result of indirect fire.

ored Fist, indirect fire can be carried out by offboardoard mortars.

intoatteries (as per the army lists) of 2 - 8 guns each. Because of the

gun/h er to lo ir indirectcarried m offb This is e the normale for art w kilo s behind the

ortars can be used individually or in platoons/batteries when usedons es w the range

Offboard weapons are normally controlled by a Forwardnly

UNS-HOWITZERS TABLEbo In Panzerfaust-Armguns/howitzers or by on or offb Guns/Howitzers are grouped into pairs and these pairs are formedbminimum ranges required for a owitz b a shell, thefire can only be out fro oard. becaus

perational rang illery units as 3 - 12 metreofront line.

Monboard, or in plato /batteri hen used offboard, if permits.

The effect for the above weapons firing indirect is given by a BeatenZone Radius (BZR), within which the shells fired will land. Any enemyunits inside this circle are diced for to determine whether they havebeen hit.

Artillery Observer, who directs the indirect fire onto the target. The oexception to this are company commanders. See below.

BEATEN ZONESG

PV perSize BZR 2 Guns * Range

Light: 60-80mm 7cm 80 800cm85-90mm 9cm 120 950cm

M 1200cm

H

edium: 95-120mm 12cm 180 1000cm122-135mm 14cm 240

eavy: 140-155mm 16cm 300 1400cm160-199mm 18cm 350 2100cm200mm+ 20cm 400 2800cm

* PV includes any form of offboard artillery, whether armored SP guns,otorised, vehicle drawn, or horse drawn. (No distinction in theim r

witzers/SPs are usedperformance when used offboard.) When guns/honboardo , use gun/armor charts PV

MORTARS TABLEPV per Range

Size BZR mortar Min Max Crew

2 teams

45 - 60mm # 3cm 15 15cm 55cm 1 team76 - 82mm # 6cm 45 30cm 150cm 1 team90 - 107mm 9cm 70 60cm 250cm 2 teams

20mm 15cm 100 120cm 350cm1150 - 160mm 18cm 180 160cm 300cm 3 teamsNote: point values of mortars includes the crews. See section oninfantry basing regarding how to base them.

ARTILLERY: INDIRECT FIRE





within the Beaten Zone of two artillery batteries, or two DLOS firingmortars not of the same battery/platoon, it is diced for twice, and so on.

37

is assumed that the indirect fire weapons fire multiple roundsroughout the move, not just one.

All enemy and friendly infantry squads or sections, individuals, and AFVs that either:irect Beaten Zone (BZ)an indirect BZ

any time during the turn

, and then roll 3D6. If number rolled is equal to orrget has been hit.

Itth heavy weapon bases, vehicles, gun

1. spend the turn within an ind2. end their movement within3. move out of an indirect BZ at

must be diced for individually.

For the first two cases, they are diced for during game-turn phaseH:Resolve Indirect Fire for Mortars & Artillery; for units which moveout of an indirect BZ during the turn, must be diced for as soon ashey cross the edge of the BZ. If they are hit, the result is appliedt

immediately.

DICING FOR UNITS WITHIN A BEATEN ZONEThe base chance for an artillery/mortar battery or individual mortar to hita target within a Beaten Zone is ‘8’.

Subtract the relevant variations to the base to-hit chance to get thedjusted to-hit chancea

under the adjusted number’, the ta Indirect Fire To-Hit Variations:

base of 8, minus these variations: A- 2 if target is AFV- 1 if target was within BZR for less than whole move, due to it moving;or target is not completely within BZR- 1 if firer is mortar firing at target first time- 1 if target in hard cover * or wooden building (does not count if firinggun is 122mm+)

+1 if battery/platoon has 2 pairs of guns, or 2 mortars2 if battery/platoon has 3 pairs of guns, or 3 mortars+

+3 if battery/platoon has 4 or more pairs of guns, or 4 or more mortars

n/mortar is 140mm+iring gun/mortar is 85mm – 135mm

ing gun/mortar is 80mm or below

If target or is entrenched, dug-in, or in fox hole, or in a brick/stonebuilding, then- 1 if firing gun/mortar is 122mm+- 2 if firing gun/mortar is 85mm – 120mm- 3 if firing gun/mortar is 80mm or below

If target is in a pillbox, bunker, dugout, then2 and if firing gu-

- 3 if f No effect! if fir * Hard cover is defined here as being sandbags, gully, ditch, woodenbuildings, infantry/guns in woods, etc. and provides some form of allround (or almost all round) protection.

Note as per Direct Area Fire, you don’t dice to hit buildings orfortifications etc, only for the units in them. This speeds up game play.

irect Fire Effects:Ind 1. Infantry hit by Indirect Fire

that you dice for infantry squads and sections, NOT individuals that makeNoteam up squads and sections. (Note that in some cases, an

y in buildings.d APC) of an AFVu would dice once

tank.

teinfantry section would comprise just one team, such as a Bazooka teamin an M20 armored car. This will be specified in the army lists.) Heavyweapon crews, that is mortars, MMGs, HMGs, are diced for individually.

If hit, the infantry squad/section or heavy weapon base (regardless ofhow many teams are in it) is wiped out, including weapons. Thisncludes infantr i Infantry on the back (ie, not inside an armoreeceive no cover against indirect fire. In their case, yor

for the tank riders, and once for the If in softskin vehicles, dice for the vehicles, not the infantrybases. See below.

2. Softskins hit by indirect fireSoftskin vehicles, if hit, are destroyed. All crew, passengers, and itemsbeing carried or towed, are also destroyed.

3. Enclosed AFV's Hit by Indirect Art illery FireIf an enclosed AFV (whether closed-down or commander head-up) ishit, consult the Penetration Effects Table using the Penetration EffectsTable Variations for High Explosive (HE) rounds and dice for result.Treat a 'Gun/hull damaged' result as an immobilised result. Thisrepresents a direct hit upon an AFV. Mortars have NO effect against

nclose

d AFV's hit by Indirect Artill ery Fire

e d AFVs. (Note: tank riders are normally diced for separately,however, if any AFV is destroyed, they are also removed as casualties.)

4. Open Toppean open topped AFV is hit, roll 1D6, with a 5 or 6 indicating a hit within

troying the AFV. Otherwise, dice for theIfthe open compartment, des

AFV on the Penetration Effects Table using the Penetration EffectsTable Variations for High Explosive (HE) rounds as above. Mortars canonly affect an open topped AFV if hitting it in the open compartment, inwhich case the AFV is destroyed, as above. (Note: tank riders are dicedfor separately, however, if any AFV is destroyed, they are also removedas casualties)

Map Fireteries and tars can be used for pre-determined shOffboard bat or m elling

tions or m es. This is where orders are writtenthe game ences, and allows artillery to fire atut the use having DLOS to that position.rocedure i iting do n the co-ordinates each

xplained abov as listing in which turn each round of

co-mber of turns delay while changing targets, MUST be

kes a single mortar or pair of guns/howitzers two moves ofon the same POA to fill the BZ with smoke. If there is

e blasts. Mortars cannot be subject to Counter

of enemy posi ap featur down before commpositions witho of a FAO

e pTh nvolves wr w of rget, as e e, as wellta

artillery fire will come down at which set of co-ordinates. However, thereis a delay for each time you change targets. The delays are: 2 turns forUS, 3 turns for Vet/Reg, or 4 turns for Conscript.eg.

. Ge1 rman Battery No.3 (Veteran): performs Map Fire for turns 1, 2,

3 using centre of crossroads as centre of POA.2. delay of 3 turns for changing target location3. German Battery No.3 (Veteran): performs Map Fire for turns 6 and

7 using 20cm north of Church Bell tower’s centre as centre ofPOA.

Please note that ALL details for map fire, such as co-ordinates, gameove the fire comes down, number of moves fire remains at thism

ordinate, nuwritten down before the game commences, and before the enemy putsany pieces on the table, though after known fixed defenses have beenplaced down.

Map fire cannot be postponed, but can be cancelled.

Indirect Fire Laid SmokeSmoke or WP can only be fired by indirect fire by those guns/mortarslisted in the gun charts or gun charts notes as being able to fire smokeammunition. Indirect fire laid smoke is laid in the same way as normalindirect fire. However instead of HE shells coming down, smoke shellsare fired into the BZ.

It taconstant firedouble the amount of the appropriate weapons, then it takes only onemove. In the second case, at the beginning of the turn after the artilleryfires upon the BZ with smoke shells for the first time, that BZ is filledwith smoke. (Cotton wool does the best job to depict this!)

All other rules regarding the smoke or WP are the same as in Direct Area Fire Laid Smoke & White Phosphorous (WP). Except thatfor WP, dice for all units in the indirect fire BZR with a `-1 Firing WhitePhosphorous.'

Counter Battery FireThis is the art of destroying or disrupting your opponent's artillery unitsthrough counter bombardment. A Listening post (60 PV) is required to

cate thlo e approximate position of the enemy artillery. This unit remainsoffboard and monitors enemy artillery by attempting to observe their gun

shes and smokflaBattery Fire (CBF).

Only Medium and Heavy Gun/Howitzers can participate incounterbattery fire. (Mortars cannot be used for CBF). These batteriesmust be assigned to CBF fire before the game commences. They



38

e move delay.cannot be assigned to CBF during the game. To reassigncounterbattery fire guns to normal indirect fire has a fiv Firing Counterbattery Fire upon an Enemy BatteryThe Listening Post homes in on an enemy battery’s position through

nstan

The base chance on 2D6 dice to hit a target battery with CBF is 2.dd or subtract the relevant variations to the base to-hit chance to gete adjusted to-hit chance, and then roll 2D6. If number rolled is equal to

sted number’, the target has been hit.

ire To-H s:

co t observation of its firing. The Listening Post then directs itsown CBF batteries to fire upon the suspected enemy position.

Athor under the adju

Counterbattery F it Variation

move listening post observed an enemy rocket battery fire.emy t fire n

ry fire get, th acd a hit

o e

+ 1 for each move listening post observed the enemy battery fire+ 3 for each- 1 for each move en battery does no after it has bee firing.

If the Counterbatte has hit its tar row 1D6 for e h pair ofguns in each CBF battery which obtaine :

att. ed TCalibre of Firing B Die Roll Need Cause Damag5 - 120mm 69

122 - 140mm 5,6

m145 - 155mm 4,5,6160 - 200m 3,4,5,6201mm + 2,3,4,5,6

the above die ro ieved, then a pa emy guns out ofIf ll is ach ir of en is putor the rest of the game. This does not necessarily mean that the

s ast a good chance of hitting the

nt to stop firing means '-1' from theapplies each time he does not fire. This

eper two nt them moving to avoid the counterbattery fire.

Ro

wer con

ffensiv

ojectiles whichre capable of carrying a higher proportion of high explosive when

onventional shells, but their shell casings are thinner.

Procedure:

action f

guns are destroyed. It could mean that the crew or ammunition wereaffected.For your CBF units to achieve be t results, wait long as

possible before firing CBF so as to geenemy batteries. For your opponeBase Chance. This deductioncould be due to him moving his guns to new positions.

g - if you use CBF fire as soon as the enemy battery fires, then it ismissable and likely for that player to stop firing those guns for one orturns, to represe

ckets1941 both Germany and Russia were emBy ploying large numbers of

artillery rockets at the front line for delivering indirect fire. These rocketse a replacement for mass artillery when there was not enoughventional artillery to do the job. Rockets can provide a heavy

o e load very quickly, but over a wide area. It is this surprisecapability that would catch the enemy off guard (ie, out of his trenches,deployed in the open, etc). Rockets are low velocity pr acompared to cTheir effect on impact was not as effective or devastating asconventional shells, but the effect on the enemy troops morale wassignificant.

Rocket artillery is used in the same manner as normal Indirect Fire, witha BZR issued to each type of rocket size and launcher. Rockets can

ey CANNOT be directed by FAOs.o ne of set bombardment due to their large dispersion ofre were two types of rockets. Fin-

stabilised and spin-stabilised. The latter was used by the German5cm, 21cm, and 30cm versions. Spin stabilised rockets were far morecurate greater density of fire.

hance when dicing to hit a target in a rocket battery's. Or for German 15cm, 21cm and 30cm models, it is

All va nd effects are as under normal Indirect Fire.ired from offboard only, and cannot be fired if

brought on board.

xplanations

only be used with Map Fire. ThTheir r le was orockets upon a target area. The

1ac allowing The base to-hit cBZR, on 3D6, is 67. riations a Rockets can be f

Rockets Table E

e foll ble lists the most common rockets used by WW2ations. launchers are used individually like mortars, while

ground lau s are used in pairs like artillery guns, and RackLaunchers are used in threes (also like pairs of artillery guns). The

s in t low table are already listed as such.o require longer periods to reload, and the timeuired or each launcher. eg. the NbW41 15cm can fire once

every 7 moves.iven its equivalent gun/howitzer

campaign purposes only.

Th owing tan Mobile

ncher

rocket he be Rockets alsreq is given f

Each rocket launcher is also gcalibre for effect against AFVs, buildings, infantry, etc, as they were lesspowerful than their actual calibre.

For 80-82mm rockets, treat their effectiveness as the same asmortar rounds of the same calibre. Note that firing ranges for rocketsare effective ranges, given for

OrganizationRocket batteries can include from one to four rocket launching sets, (eg,1 mobile launcher, 2 ground launchers, or 3 rack launchers are all ‘one‘set’ each )and must all be of the same type.

ockets TableR LAUNCHERS Rockets BZR PV Equivalent Reload Range

Calibre TimeGerman:2 x 15cmNbW41 12 x 150mm 40cm 220 90mm 6 600cm1 x 15cmpzW42 10 x 150mm 35cm 110 90mm 12 600cm

x 21cmNbW42 10 x 210mm 60cm 400 105mm 6 800cmbW41 12 x 300mm 70cm 450 150mm 7

- 200cm14 450cm

cm

11

22 x 30cmN 550cm3 x 28/32cmsWG41 12 x 280/320mm 60cm 150 128mm1 x 8cmR-VfW 48 x 80mm 35cm 90 *

SOVIET:1 x M-8 36 x 82mm 30cm 70 * 10

x M-13 75mm 1 500cm

0 800cm1 16 x 132m 50cm 1401 x M-31 12 x 310mm 65cm 180 105mm 12 450

m -3 x 30cmRacks 12 x 300mm 55cm 70 105m 280cm

USA:1 x T34(Calliope) 60 x 114mm 60cm 160 75mm1 x M17(Whiz-Bang) 20 x 182mm 45cm 130 90mm

6 400cm4 300cm

* Treat effectiveness same as mortars.

ROCKETS TABLE NOTES:• The German 15cmNbW41, 21cmNbW42 and 30cmNbW41 were

towed launchers. The 28/32cm sWG41 were simple racklaunchers, each firing 4 rockets. These were also single shotweapons only.

• The PzW42 and 8cmR-Vielfachwerfer were mobile launchersbased on Maultier or Somua halftracks, the latter used exclusivelyby the Waffen-SS. Both were armored.

• The Soviet M-8, M-13, M-31 were truck or tank mounted launchers,also called Stalin-Organs or Katyushas. The 30cm Racks wereidentical to the German sWG41 version, and so can only be fired

ckets and ttery

once.• The US T34 and M17 were mounted above M4A1 tanks.

Ro Counterba fire:o t be used f er baR ckets canno or count ttery fire. For mobile launchers

cted to CBF, - 2 for each move that the launcher does notred rocket launchers, ie AFV mounted, treat them as

d AFVs.

being subjefire. Also, for armo

eing open toppeb

Rocket Launchers & Smoke:It will take one 'set' of launchers 2 moves to fill the BZR with smoke, orbecause of the reload time, it will take two 'sets' of launchers one move.

set is A as specified in the section on Rockets. eg, 1 mobile launcher, 2ground launchers, or 3 rack launchers are all ‘one ‘set’ each.



39

MINESMines are surprise weapons. They are usually laid with the intention ofprotecting a flank or and important tactical route. They are useful forchannelling the enemy into areas of more concentrated fire; and indisrupting enemy attacks.

Mine Density & PV for each 5cm x 5cmSparse Light Medium Thick Dense

AT Mine PV 10 20 30 40 50 AP Mine PV 6 12 18 24 302D6 To-Trip-Off (4) (6) (7) (8) (9)

s the chance ofe. If you n this number, a mine

ously, de l more effective than

e nemy will ect the presence of mines unless he is

The first two rows of the above table list the PV to purchase mines foreach 5cm x 5cm square of minefield. The density of the mines variesfrom Sparse to Dense.

For each enemy vehicle, AFV, or gun etc or infantry basewhich passes through this square, they must dice to determine whethera mine was triggered off, and if so, what damage was inflicted. Throw2D6 per base or vehicle which goes through each 5cm square of

inefield. The ‘To-Trip-Off’ number in the above table imsetting of a min roll equal to or lower tha

inefie re a lotgoes off. Obvi nse m ds as.sparse one

Th e not dettaking precautions such as those given in the 'Mine Removal' section; ortrips one off.

Effect of AP Mines: AP mines have a Burst Radius (BR) of 3cm. An infantry base whotriggers an AP mine is removed as casualties. Any other infantry baseeven partly within the BR are removed as casualties on a 1D6 roll of 5+.

If a softskin sets off an AP mine, it is destroyed and allpassengers/crew are removed as casualties. If a softskin is in a APmines BR, it is immobilized in the middle of the minefield, and the

AFV sets off an AP mine see below forpassengers are safe. If aneffect.

Effect of AT Mines: AT mines cannot be set off bydestroyed. Passeng

infantry. Softskins which do so arees on a 1D6 roll of 5+.

ip

Md/Hv AFV

ers are removed as casualti AT mines have no BR.

For AFVs that tr an AP or AT mine, roll 1D6 for damage.

Die Roll Lt AFVed

kedTracked Tracked

1

Var

6 Destroyed Destroy5 Destroyed Trac43 Tracked No effect2 No effect No effect

No effect No effect

iation:for AP mines.

ping Track of Mines

- 3

KeeThere is no need to keep track of how many mines are in a minefield,

ever, minefields must hahow ve their locations accurately recorded. This

squ oththislaid Lay

can be done either through giving the exact co-ordinates of the 5 x 5cmares, or by recording their locations on a detailed map.

The 5 x 5cm minefield squares can be put alongside eacher to form a belt, and they can be laid in any arrangement - providingis recorded accurately. Mines can be laid before a game or can beduring the game by engineers.

ing MinesMines can only be laid by Engineers. It takes six moves for one

n ineer team to lay one mine 5cm square. Or it takes three moves forengineer teams to lay one mine 5cm square. Engineer teams

ipped with mines must be designated before the game. Anineer team can carry up to one mine 5cm square. Once laid minesnot recoverable for further use.

e gtwoequengare Removing MinesTh s is one of the more difficult aspects of mine warfare. Infantry, usingi

ve through a mine field.

th s can follow that same route at normal movementwide enough for infantry, not vehicles.

extr turr

s uDire

Z.

n

a bayonet, can crawl at a rate of 1 cm per moInfantry do NOT clear mines this way - they simply locate them and goaround them. Once this path through the minefield has been navigated,

er infantry baseorates. This path is only To clear a path for vehicles, it will take engineers 12team/moves to clear 5 x 5cm of mines. That means a squad of 3engineer teams can clear 5 x 5cm of mines in 4 moves. They can do itin 4 team/moves if they are equipped with mine detection equipment.This costs 12 points per team.

The Sherman Crab, or other such AFV mine clearers with a flailmounted on the front, or specially designed rollers (costs 40 points

a) will clear a vehicle width path at a rate of 2.5cm per move. Theet must be traversed to the rear while doing so.

Guns/howitzers can also clear minefields. If a 5cm x 5cmq are of minefield is totally in a guns/howitzers BZ, whether Indirect or

ct Area Fire, throw 1D6 to see if that square area of mines has beendetonated. Dice for each turn the minefield is in the B Gu /Howitzer AP Mines AT Mines

35mm 5,6 6mm + 4,5,6 5,6

ou roll the above number, the 5cm x 5cm section of minefield istroyed.

RTIFICATIONSe the end of

95-1140 If ydes FOSinc WWI, the importance of fortifications declined in the

with the Maginot Line and Atlantic Wall, afenses would render them useless. The

wire, trenches, pillboxes, dugouts, and shelters.

S/BU conta s. There

face of mobile warfare. Assingle breach within the defollowing sections will cover all types of emplacements: AT ditches andobstacles, barbed PILLBOXE NKERSThese can in anything from infantry to the largest AT gunare two types: concrete constructed and field constructed.

Field ConstructedConstructed with wood, log and earth materials.PV = 1 x Occupants PVCounts as: Hard Cover vs Infantry Fire

Dug-in/Entrenched vs Direct Area & Indirect FireConcrete ConstructedPV = 1.5 x Occupants PVCounts as: Fortifications

NotesThe occupants PV is the total point value of all men and equipmentintended to be used in it. For exampl

•

e, a concrete pillbox built to

PV Squad in the pillbox.illboxes/bunkers cannot be subjected to covering fire

Note that in order to reduce record keeping and simplify game play,

’ of fortress, it applies only if the charge was placed in a slit,

rges have no effect if placed

w a 60 arc of fire.

• Pillbo

ug in.

ches, there were often dug-outsvided extra prote . See the Indirectt Area Fire va

as tren in terms of cover.nfantry weapons teams can dig-in during a

simple slit trenches. (AFVs or gunsi during the game, it would take too long.

These must be purchased as defenses before the game.) You

house a 60 point gun will cost 90 points, while a field constructedpillbox to house the same gun would cost 60 points. However,please note that shortcuts cannot be taken. You can't say that thepillbox is intended to be used by a 40 PV Infantry Squad, and thenput a 120

• Occupants of por speculative fire.

• you do not target a fortification directly when using Direct Area Fireor Indirect Fire, but instead, dice for each infantry base/gun etc thatis in them. However, if all the defenders of a pillbox, bunker, or‘section’ of fortress are killed in one turn by Area Fire and firingguns are 85mm calibre or greater, or killed in one turn by IndirectFire and firing guns are 140mm+ calibre, treat the pillbox, bunker or‘section’ as being destroyed and rubble.

• Demolition charges are treated as being 160mm+ guns with a 3cmBZR as is explained below, but to affect a pillbox, bunker, or‘sectionaperture, or entrance., which means the engineer’s infantry basemust touch this location. These chaanywhere else.

• Slit or apertures in a pillbox allo• Pillboxes are one 'size' larger that their occupants. eg if it contains

a size C gun, then it is size D.

xes/bunkers can be camouflaged.• All fortifications must have been set up before the game

commences.

ENTRENCHMENTSDigging-in is one of the most instinctive habits of the infantryman.

Although not as elaborate as in WWI, trenches did pop up when a frontstabilised at any point. Everything from AFVs, artillery, to infantry can bedug in.

Point Values: Entrenchment = 1/2 x Total PV of intendedoccupants, AFVs, and guns. Dugouts cost 2/3 of Total PV of intendedoccupants. eg: To entrench an infantry platoon of 50 men that is worth200 points, it will cost 100 points.• AFVs and field/AT guns count as hull down when d• Infantry and soft targets count as being in hard cover when under

infantry weapon fire, or as being dug-in when under Direct Area &Indirect Fire

• Dug-outs. Attached to the trenwhich pro ction from artillery fireand Direc riations.

• Foxholes chcount es• Infantry and i heavy

game, making fox holes orcannot be dug-in dur ng

DDEE FFEE NNSS EESS



40

, and counts as moving. A wholehe same time.

ug-in' next to the

hed by using demolition charges. Hedgehogs and spikesragged out re oved manually. To do this, it will take

w s to clear a vehicle path. If twot will 8 moves, three vehicles takes 4 moves.

i ca be used to clear a vehicle width path.)der n if not under fire.

ditches can be breached by using a fascine carrying AFV,quipm All bu bulldozer arender B

h. Bulldozers require 18 moves to fillditch. A max of three bulldozers can

work on one section of 5cm x 5cm, in which case it will take 6moves.

BARBED WIRE

ed-wireithac

in a line of barb-wire no longer present any obstacle to

ineer team one move to lay three charges.

ell 1D6, if a 6 is rolled, there was a misfire. Try again next

f bridges, more than one charge will bee following table shows how many charges are needed for

ach type of bridge.

cannot dig-in on roads, in buildings, in rubble, or on any otherconcrete surface. It takes 1 team 3 turns to dig itself in. It cannotdoing anything else while doing sosquad or heavy weapons section must dig-in at tOnce dug-in, just place a counter that says 'dteam/squad.

ANTI-TANK OBSTACLESThese include Dragons Teeth, girder constructed Hedgehogs or spikes,and AT ditches.Point Values: AT ditch = 15 pts per 5cm x 5cm square

Dragon Teeth = 30 pts per 5cm

es/Hedgehogs = 20 pts per 5cmSpik All of these obstacles prevent AFV and vehicle movement across orthrough them, unless a breach has been made. Dragon’s Teeth can

nly be breacocan only be d and m

e 12 moveone fully tracked AFV and cr d, ivehicles are use take

s(No more than three veh cle nhis clearing can only be un takeT

• Regarding demolition charges, see article below to see how theyare used.

AT•

bridging e ent, or by a bull dozer. t the u es and Bridging.covered ridg

• Bulldozers cost 10 points eacin a breach 5cm x 5cm of AT

10cm x 2cm belt = 10 PV

Fully tracked `C & D' size vehicles can pass through barbw out delay or damage. For fully tracked ̀ B' size vehicles or any semi-

ked vehicles roll 1D6 when passing through each line of barbed-tr wire. A result of `6' and the vehicle is immobilized (de-tracked orsnagged). Fully wheeled vehicles cannot pass through barbed-wirewithout becoming immobilised.

Infantry, on reaching each line of barbed-wire, require one full moveto cross, and three moves to create a breach or gap in the barbed-wire.Cavalry can only pass through barb-wire were a gap has been forced orut-away.c

Gaps forcedmovement for troops passing through it.

DEMOLITION CHARGESDemolition Charges cost 5 PV per charge. Only engineers can usedemolition charges, with a max of 3 per team.

The primary use of demolition charges is to destroy tacticallyimportant positions such as bridges, buildings, defenses, etc. Chargescan be set off by using a timer detonator or an electrical detonator usinga cable and plunger.

It takes one engThey can then be set to detonate automatically one move later; or theengineer team can run a cable from the charge to a plunger. Its cablecan be laid at a rate of 5cm per move, with it taking one extra move toattach th cable to the plunger. When setting off a charge using a

unger, roplmove etc until the charge goes off.

If the charge goes off, treat Demolition charges as normalDirect Area Fire with a base to-hit of (11) on 3D6. Treat them as160mm+ Direct Area Fire HE shells with a 3cm BZR.

To knock out various types oneeded. The Bridge Type No. of Charges NeededStone Bridge 12Steel Bridge 9Tank Laid Bridge 3

e used, the bridge is renderedtally impassable. If half the stated number of charges is used, the

or vehicles only.

to damage. The Damage Points of the various bridges are

Bridge Type DP

Wooden/Pontoon Bridge 2

If the number of charges listed above ar to

bridge is impassable f BRIDGES AND BRIDGELAYINGDuring a game, you can either lay a bridge, or destroy/blow-up one.The time scale required to build a light or pontoon bridge is outside the

e limit if tim any game, and will therefore not be included.Laying a bridge during a game may only be carried out by

special AFVs. Destroying bridges with demolition charges is covered inthe section on demolition charges. Another to way to destroy a bridgeis to use guns or howitzers by either direct or indirect fire.

Bridges have Damage Points (DP) allocated to them in relation to theiresistancer

listed below:

Stone/Steel Bridge 30 AFV Laid Bridge 15Wooden/Pontoon Br. 5

A shell will destroy a certain amount of DPs in relation to the size of theshell.

Shell Calibre DP destroyed per shell60-90mm 195-135mm 2140(c)155mm 5160mm + 10

nce a bO ridge has lost half its maximum DP value, it is no longeruseable by vehicles. For example, if a AFV Laid Bridge has only 7 DPs

ft, vehicles can no longer cross it. When the DP is 0 or below,le the

rect and indirect fire, due to the bridge being such a large target.effect on bridges at all.

s:la al , since they are too wide.

ed al streams, AT ditches, andin gener

layi id he bridge must be able toverlap the edges reasonably well.

of e most common types of these AFV BridgeVRE Brid ill/Sherman

bridge, fz 251/7. (Mounted on thesault b oves to

of eng nd Arkce they are at the edge of the river or

co

Amphibious AFVs and vehicles, unpowered boats - 5cm per move.

The rules in this section cover everything from river crossing to beachlandings. Amphibious AFVs and vehicles are listed under each

ationality's equipment listings. Landing craft are steel barge typeessels carrying anything from 1 to 5 tanks or 20 to 120 men. Assaultoats are much smaller open vessels for infantry only. They are eitherotorised or paddled (unmotorised.)

bridge is totally unuseable. Nothing can cross it.

Note: When determining a hit on a bridge, there is a '+ 1' modifier, foroth dib

Mortars have no

AFV Laid Bridgeot beThese cann id across actu rivers

hey were intendT to bridge can s, deepfortifications al.

When ng an AFV La Bridge, to Three thLayers are the Churchill A ge Layer, the Church'Ark', and the German assault the Sdk

ashalftrack.) The German ridge requires 8 full mmplace, and requires a squad ineers. The AVRE ae

require two full moves to set up ontch etc.di

V BridgePoint Value: A n AF sts 50 points extra.

The following classes of vehicles can traverse a river or water at thefollowing speeds:

Landing craft and powered assault boats - 10cm per move.

nvbm

Assault Boats: Assault boats, once placed in the water, require a full move toload/unload passengers. Once loaded, they move at the speed givenabove.To determine what sized transport is needed to carry an assault boat,follow these rules:

powered boats take up the ck oras per their own capacity.

an unpowered assault boat takes up half the room that apowered one would.

When fired upon, either by direct or indirect fire, an assault boat is to betreated as a softskin vehicle.

Assault boats can be manhandled at a rate of 5cm per moveon land.

Amphibious AFVs and Vehic les:

same room in a tru halftrack

Amphibious AFVs and vehicles can be fired upon while in the water by

ct f ingto

dire ire, except they are to be treated as be hull down. If a softskinor DD Sherman is hit, it is immediately sinks and is lost. For anarmored AFV, use the normal penetration and damage tablesdetermine the result.

If 'stunned', then it cannot move for those turns, if'immobilized', the vehicle is adrift, if 'destroyed', the vehicle will sink.

A A MMPP HHIIBB IIOO UUSS OO PP EERR A A TTIIOO NNSS



Landing Craft:For landing craft, treat them as amphibious AFVs and vehicles, exceptthat they do not count as being hull down. Landing craft do, however,take more damage. For each 20 figures or 1 tank capacity, the vesselrequires one extra hit before the result takes effect. eg. A LCT whichcan carry 5 tanks requires six 'destroyed' results before it is sunk, or six'immobilized' before it is adrift.

Landing craft and amphibious AFVs can fire their weaponswhile still

41

seaborne. Landing craft armaments are to be engageditself. Landing craft have an all round armor

t as being a heavy AFV.

each AFV, vehicle or gun, eg. 5 moves to unload 5

separately from the vesselthickness of 2 and coun Once reaching the riverbank or beach, amphibious vessels

resume cross country speeds with all penalties applying as normal.For landing craft, it takes one move to unload 10 infantry figures, or onemove to unload

nks.ta Point Values:

Assault Boats:unpowered 2 team boat 6 PV

4 team boat 10 PVpowered 2 team boat 12 PV

4 team boat 20 PV

Landing Craft;each 6 teams capacity 25 PVeach AFV, vehicle, gun cap . 40 PVeach built in weapon/gun As per Gun Charts etc.

Examples of US Landing Craft:LCA (Landing Craft Assault) 11 teams capacity,

1 x LMG weapon 56 PVLCI (L)(Land. Craft Infantry) 30 teams capacity

1 x 40mmAA, 4 x 20mmAA, 382 PVLCM (Landing Craft Mech.) 30 teams, or one tank or truck.

2 x HMG. 190 PV

ore often, they wered sitions, such as

gg d h n s arrived.ces re posse by Germany, Britain, USA,

ap taly and Hungary. The last two were never usedItalian tw s to use against Malta.anes we ly once, and both

in Holland, Belgium and Norway in 1940,

peration planned for taking Berlin with the 82nd and 101st was never

LCT (Landing Craft Tank) 5 AFVs or 10 trucks capacity.2 x 40mmAA. 288 PV

Airborne assaults during the Second World War were the most rapidlydeveloped form of attack to come out of the conflict. The role ofparatroops in a campaign was, in fact, not that of attacks, but of holdinga position until the 'cavalry' arrived. Their lack of heavy weapons andarmored support meant that the taking of an enemy held position, such

s Arnhem, was an extremely difficult task. M

A A IIRR BB OO RR NNEE //GG LLIIDDEE PP EE RR A A

asuccessful only in seizing unoccupie or lightly held pobridges, di ing in, an olding out u til their ground force

Airborne for we ssedRussia, J an, Ioperationally. The s formed o divisionThe Soviet and Jap e forces re both used onwere unsuccessful. Japanese could have used paratroops in smallcommando operations, consisting of 10-30 man units. German

aratroops made their debutPand were used up until 1941 Crete. Their further use after this was onlyin 1944 during the Ardennes, which was an unsuccessful mission. Alliedairborne forces were deployed from Algiers 1942 upto the Rhine in1945. They took part in all major operations. A rather audaciousocalled for! US paratroops were also used extensively used in the Pacifictheatre.

Two Types Landings Airborne landings have been divided into two types of approaches.Offboard Landings, where paratroops and gliders land offboard andthen enter the board on foot from any chosen edge; or OnboardLandings, where the forces actually land on the wargames table -

that these airborne/glider rules are usedgliders and all.

It is recommendedonly in campaigns and friendly games, not in tournaments, whichshould be encounter games only.

Offboard LandingThis type of landing is where the airborne forces are dropped offboard,assemble offboard, and proceed on foot to the objective. This was therecommended strategy and avoided assembly being disrupted byenemy fire. The type of transport for this type of landing need not bespecified, as the casualties are diced for individually - not per aircraftetc.

Procedure:Orders for which turn your airborne forces will enter the table, and for

dge and part of will come on, must be writtenrior to the g ritten down for each platoon

er uni ese orders must be written before wind strengthsitions are determined. Once this has been done,

st en roll 1D6 for each team, heavy weaponam, gun and

which e that edge theydown p ame. Orders must be wsized or larg t. Thor enemy podetermine wind rength. Thte vehicle, to see if they were lost in the landing. Refer tothe chart below to determine the casualties.

Weather Teams Hvy Wpn Guns/Transport

No Wind - 6 5,6t WindL 6 5,6 4,5,6Mod Wind 5,6 4,5,6 3,4,5,6Hvy Wind 4,5,6 3,4,5,6 2,3,4,5,6Note: if the above number/s is thrown, then that team, gun or transportis dead/destroyed/lost.

eavy Weapon Teams clude LM M s,milar teams, etc.

elays:

H in Gs, G mortars, bazooka orMsiGuns/Transport includes AT guns, howitzers, jeeps, motorcycles, etc.

Damong paradrops and glider landings, by

any turns they will be late. This delay is to accommodate for the

Wind often created havocblowing them off course. If there is any wind at all, roll one die perplatoon. Multiply result by 1, 2 or 3, for Light, Moderate, or Heavy Windrespectively. This is the number of moves delay that the unit has addedto the turn number during which they were supposed to arrive, ie, this ishow mextra delay for the unit to assemble,.

Onboard Landings/DropsThis is where paratroops actually bail out over the game board, or

here the gliders actually land on the table.w

Paradrophere the troops bail ou sticks. A stick of

ries on th of transpo 3 – 7 teams) and theyline fr irst to th to jump, the line being in

The spacing between each team as it lands will be 3cm for No

ermine

team members are injured (and equipment destroyed.)

asualty Die Throw

This is w t of their transport inmen va e type rt used, (ie from

l land in a om the f e last teamalthe direction of the aircraft’s flight pattern.

Wind, 5, 8, or 12cm for Light, Moderate, or Heavy Winds. Also, forwindy conditions, a die must be rolled for each team to detwhether it is to be removed as casualties. If the number below isthrown, the

Wind C

eavy Wind 5,6

Light Wind –Mod. Wind 6H

can fire atem ignoring terrain. They may only fire if no over head cover or

in 'AA/Flak' section in the Aircraft rules. Ranges are taken

ch.

nister. It must be previously designated whichnisters have what equipment.

For troops which land offboard by accident, dice for them as an

s casualties. If they land in scrub, bush,nhitch. The same applies to

ter take double time to set up, but only on the first occasion.

Canisters may also be dropped during the stick. These are

either released from the under carriage or pushed out the door. Theland in the same way as teams. The canister/s which carries a teamsweapons should obviously be dropped after the team it carriesequipment for.

Paratroops, once jumped, take one move to descend. Withinthis turn, all infantry small arms, AA MGs and 20/25mm Flakthobstruction asflat along the table and count target as 'moving over 10cm'.

Once they have landed, it takes one move for them to unhitWhile doing so they cannot move or fire. It takes one whole move tounload all the weapons from a canister once a team is in base to basecontact with that caca Offboard Landing. Troops (not canisters) which land on trees, woods,rivers, buildings, are removed aor hedges, it requires an extra move to u

retrieving canisters. Dismantled guns which are stored in more than onecanis Gliders:Gliders require a landing strip of 50cm in length to land. (Preferably aclear landing strip!) Only one glider can attempt to land on one strip permove. Co-ordinates for the beginning of the intended landing strip plus

RR OO TT SSIIOO NN



42

n before the game. A 1/76thuired in enacting the

r, as the glider may veer off course. The second die

the turn in which the glider will make the landing, plus the intendeddirection of the strip, MUST be written dowscale cardboard or paper cut out of the glider is reqlanding.

When a glider attempts to land, roll 2D6. The first will give thedirection of the glidewill reveal if the glider went over or under the required landing amountof 50cm.

Direction Die Roll: Over/Under Die Roll:Veers Die Roll Die Roll Result30° Left 1 1 Overshoots 30cm30° Right 2 2 Overshoots 20cmStraight Ahead 3,4,5, 6 3 Overshoots 10cm

4,5 Just Right6 Undershoots 10cm

-

r Strikes an Object

Note: The veer of 30° is pivoted from the original landing strip coordinates.

If Glidetract

ildings, houses, pillboxes, stone fences, woods, gully, ditch,

IGHT- wooden fences, stumps, single trees, softskin vehicles, etc.

Glider Occupants Damage Table:

If within the course of its landing, the glider strikes any objects, sub10cm off the 50cm landing movement. (This is subtracted for eachobject struck.) Then dice for all occupants and equipment to determinewhat damage was done. The two types of objects which can be struck

re:aHEAVY - bu

tc.eL

Object Teams Equipmenteavy 3,4,5,6 2,3,4,5.6ght 5,6 4,5,6

HLi

R ABOVE TABLE EACH TIME GLIDER STRIKES AN

Variations: - 1 from die throw if only glider wing colided.

Note - if the above number is thrown, then that team or equipment isdestroyed. Throw for each team and piece of heavy equipment.

HROW AS PETOBJECT.

Unloading A GliderIt takes one full move for teams and two for all guns and vehicles to

nload from a glider.u

AIRBORNE/GLIDER EQUIPMENTThe following is a list of all the weapons employed by airborneorces. Equipment was either dropped with the paratrooper himself,f

or in a canister which was released from an aircraft. The valueitem

uld only land with, at the most, a pistol or SMG,

he following; pistol or rifle,

Mortar (1); 81mm Mortar (2); and Bazooka).

itish paratrooper jumped with his personal weapon plus a kitbaghich was suspended beneath him. On landing, he would have

immediate access to this kitbag as it would still be attached to him byrope. Rules for canisters apply to the kitbags, the only difference beingthat the kitbag lands with the paratrooper.

Weapons carried on the British paratrooper were:SMG or rifle, 50mm Mortar, and grenades.Weapons carried in the kitbags were: LMG (I), MMG (2), 76mm Mortar(2); and PlAT (1).The British can also use canisters as do the US, but this was notcommon. It was used mainly for resupplying the troops.

TRANSPORTS & GLIDERSOnly the most common types used by each country will be listed. Eachwill be given a load capacity in terms of team spaces. Canisters couldbe carried and released from under the aircraft from racks, or could bepushed out the door. 4 canisters count as one team space if dropped inthis fashion. For gliders, heavy weapons take up half a team spaceeach, except for 76-81mm Mortars which take up one team space.

NY:Ju 52: 4 team spaces plus 4 canisters carried underneath.DFS 230: (Glider) 3 team spaces with pilot.

USA:C-47/Dakota: 7 team paces plus six canisters carried underneath.Waco CG-4A: (Glider) 5 team spaces with pilot, or jeep andpassengers, or 57mmL45 AT gun with crew, or 75mm Pack How. withcrew.

given in ( ) indicates how much space of the canister that thetakes up. For example, a rifle takes (1/4) space, therefore you canfit four rifles in a canister. A 28mmspzB takes up (2) spaces, whichmeans that it is dismantled and dropped in two canisters.

ERMANY:GThe Fallschirmjager coand grenades. All his other weapons must be dropped in canisters.These are; rifles (1/4); LMG (1); 50mm Mortar (1); MMG (1);flamethrower (1); 81mm Mortar (2); AT Rifle (1); Radio (1); 75mmLG40(4); 28mmspzB (2).

USA:

The paratrooper could jump with any one of tcarbine, SMG; plus grenades.The following were dropped in canisters:LMG (1/2); MMG (1); 60mm(1 BRITAIN:The Br w

GERMA

BRITISH:Horsa: (Glider) as for Waco CG-4A.Hamilcar: (Glider) one light tank, ie Tetrarch, Locust. Or 25pdr(88mmL28) , or 6pdr (57 mmL45) and jeep; or 2 carriers or scout cars.Did not carry any infantry.

TRANSPORT & GLIDER POINT VALUESTransports and Gliders cost 10 points per team, gun, or vehicle theycarry.

During WWII, aircraft were one of the most rapmachines. When employed in numbers, th

idly developed fightingey could wreak havoc

tegorised into one of two categories. Fighter

beyond belief.In the ground support role, aircraft can be recruited to one of two typesof attack runs.

1. Prepared Strike; where the target is preselected before the game,and2. Oncall Strike; where available aircraft are directed by a Forward

Aircraft Controller Team, (FAC).

Attack aircraft are caBombers, eg Me109/G-2, and Divebombers, eg Ju87B. All aircraftstrikes are resolved at the end of the move in which they enter the table.

Height of Operation: Aircraft must operate at one of two heights during an attack run;

1. LOW AL E: 200-800 m s, all types o cks canTITUD etre f atta be madel, ie. n mbs.

ALTIT 0 ly bombi cks can beis hei

men

from this leve rockets, MG/can on or botta2. MEDIUM UDE: 800-200 metres, on ng a

made from th ght.

Aircraft Mov t:e Aircraft move t is assumed o fast tha e wil osmen s t a plan l cr s the

plete its attack in one move. Therefore, for

roaching aircraft one move in advance, knowing only itsck. Once aircraft have completed an attack

wargames board and comthe move in which the aircraft's attack occurs, only its movementdirection and target need be given. Enemy ground forces will be alerted

of the appaltitude and direction of attarun, it takes another 3 moves before they can return for a subsequentattack pass.

PREPARED STRIKES

A A IIRR CC RR A A FFTT



43

out in a similar fashion to Map Fire with

:in

ature or table edge.

and/or rockets can be used by an aircraft during a

n/MG armament.

ot be postponed or changed, but they can bed.

aircraft directed by FAC Team – Forward Aircraftller and his radio man.

For the FAC to direct an ck, he must f able to see theobserva rules. Orde questing Oncall

hen written down at the beginning of t n, ich includeget , aircraft

mb/rocket load that particular aircraft has, and the

s are written down to whenby throwing 1D6 + 3. This is how many

rns delay there will be. Each time an aircraft on Oncall Strike is

ter a

ed its load of bombson it

ust be

ircrafte time, and not upon the individual bombs carried. For thetal amount dropped onto a target by a single aircraft, there is a BZR,ay as in artillery indirect fire.

ropped and succeeds in getting a hit upon anFV, bu

A Prepared Strike is workedartillery. All orders must be written out before the game begins. Thesewill include1. Target's location, estimated in terms of distance in cm from a terrafe2. Aircraft's direction of approach/movement.3. Aircraft's altitude and bomb/rocket load.4, Turn in which aircraft will carry out strike.Only bombsPrepared Strike. A plane which is used in a Prepared Strike can also beused in an Oncall Strike later on, providing it still has any bomb/rocketloads left, or any canno

Prepared Strikes canncancelle ONCALL STRIKESOncall are a aContro atta irst betarget, as per normal tion rs reaircraft are t he tur whthe co-ordinates of the tar /target position the type ofrequested, what bodirection and altitude of the aircraft.

The delay from the turn the order the aircraft arrives, is calculatedtuassigned to a NEW target, the delay must be diced for. When writingorders, take into account when the target is not a position, eg vehicle,

convoy. etc. When this is the case, make sure the orders describe thetarget as well as the terrain features which the target was occupying atthe time. If this target is not present or visible from the air when the-aircraft arrives to make its attack, and no other target is present in thesame location, then the aircraft may attempt to find that target again,af 3 move delay needed to turn around. No renewal of orders isneeded to be able to do this.

Likewise, an aircraft called in as such may make severalpasses on the one target if it so wishes, making sure it pays the 3 turndelay to turn around.

BOMBSOnce an aircraft has made an attack run, and droppup s target or target POA as given in its orders, the effect anddamagem worked out.

A bomb loads will cause damage according the total weightdropped at ontoin the same w The below table lists the BZRs caused by the various bombsloads, plus the equivalent gun calibre to that bomb load. That is, if a125kg bomb load is d

A ilding or infantry, they must be diced for as though they were hitby a 75mm artillery shell.

Equivalent PVTotal Bomb BZR*Load Dropped Gun Calibre

51 16cm/14cm78-500kg 18cm/l5cm 105mm01-750kg 20cm/17cm 150mm 9051-1000kg 24cm/20cm 150mm 120

50-125kg 10cm/8cm 75mm 1526-250kg 14cm/12cm1 75mm 30

105mm2 4560

-375kg357

Note: 1kg = 0.12 PV.* The first BZR is for fighter bombers, while the second is for divebombers.

Procedure to Obtain Hit:The Base Chance to hit a target within the BZR is 8 on 3D6. plus orminus the following variations:

ivebombermedium altituderd cover, orV, pillbox, bunker, dugout, or is entrenched, dug-in, or

he effect upon targets that have been hitin the above table) for

Indirect Art

+ 1 if plane is d- 1 if plane is at- 1 if target in ha- 2 if target is AFin foxhole- 1 if target was within BZR for less than whole turn, due to it moving

Aircraft can drop their bomb loads separately if they are carried as two(or more) separate loads , eg. Ju 878 carried 1 x 250 kg and 4 x 50 kgbombs , of which the latter could be released independently of the main250 kg load.

As mentioned above, tis the same as its equivalent calibre (given

illery Fire.

MG/CANNON/GUNSTable:

nce Armor PVon 3D6 Penetration

Weapon Hit Cha

G -HMG 2 1020mm 3 1530mm 2037-40mm 8 6

5mm 7 10 40

MM 8 5888 4

307

it Var To-H iations:+ h extra gun g1 for eac of same calibre firin

1 if targe an a full move.2 if targe

rectangular BZ is used as in with Aircraft Rockets. All targets withinmu d for individually usingt calibre. The dice are thrown only once for all the guns of the

cali ere are four MMGs arget is diced for onlynce, but -Hit Chance will ha extra due to the three

t has more than of gun, eg MMG and0mm, the dice separately for the 20mm

If the score thrown on two dice is less than or equal to theodified Base To-Hit Chance, then the target has been hit. Penetration

as been given for heavy MGs and guns. If an AFV is hit, compare thear armor factor divided by 2, rounded up, with the above penetration

V has been penetrated, consult Penetration Table as

d for air-to-air attacks oneavy bombers only.

DirectionOf Aircraft

are fired.

oint Values:

- t in BZ for less th- t dugin/entrenched.

Athe BZ st be dice the hit chance given for eachdifferenames bre, eg. if th , each t

o the Base To ve + 3extra MMGs. If the aircraf one type2 n m and MMG.

mhrefactor. If the AFusual. If a softskin has been hit, it is immediately destroyed, allpassengers/crew are killed. Dice for infantry in their squads/sections. Ifthey are hit, that section is removed as casualties.

An enclosed fortification and its occupants will not be effectedby a hit.

Aircraft guns of 75mm have no HE shells and so have no effectagainst infantry. All aircraft MG/cannon/gun ammunition is expended after three

attack runs.

ROCKETSRockets for aircraft ground attack were primarily used by the Allied andSoviet airforces. German rockets were useh Rockets must be fired in either fours or eights. Like artillery theyare also given a BZ, except that it is rectangular, 15cm x 40cm, going inthe direction of the aircraft.

40cm

15cmDirection

All targets within this area must be diced for as with Aircraft Bombs,except that there is a Base To-Hit Chance of 8 on 3D6 with four rocketsor a Base To-Hit Chance of 9 on 3D6 when eight rockets

When the aircraft is firing its rockets according to a targetPOA given by orders, place the centre of the rectangle over the targetor target POA.

Rockets have the same effect as a 105mm gun or howitzerwhen a hit is made.

P

NT V UESthe point lues of a raft shou sed on historicalusing the below Bas oint Valu e type of aircraft,ent p values. ot given troop

asses or morale ratings, hence their point values are not modified byand morale as are all other units. )

Dive-Bomber = 80 points

er Base.

x 250kg PV4 x 50kg ( 200kg) 30 PV

TOTAL = 150 points

60 PV for Fghtr/bomber Basex MMG 10 PV

m 30 PVx 500kg (Bought as 1000kg) 120 PV

TOTAL = 220 points

4 rockets = 208 rockets = 30

AIRCRAFT POI ALCalculating va irc ld be bareferences, e P e for thplus all armam oint (Note that aircraft are ncltroop classes

Aircraft Base Point Values:

Fighter-Bomber = 60 points.

Aircraft Armored Against Flak = 40 pointsThen add all weapons.

eg Ju87D 80 PV for Divebomb2 x MMG 10 PV1 30

Payed for as

Eg Me410A 2

2 x 20m 2



44

2 x 20mm 30 PV75mm gun 40 PV

TOTAL = 140 points

IR COMBAT

d

be that of its target

Crews maynly engage aircraft if the situation on the ground does not pose a direct

threat to themselves. AA weapons cannot be fired while moving.

AA/Flak Table

eg Hs129 60 PV for Fghtr/BomberBase

2 x MMG 10 PV

applies to weapons which would seek to fire at paratroops on theirdescending move. If the firer is obstructed, he cannot fire.

AThe concept of having air to air combat occurring over a wargames

board representing two kilometres square or less is a complex one. Notonly that, ground attack aircraft would only be used once that nation hadachieved air superiority in that particular area. For these reasons, wehave included no rules for air to air combat. This should be restricted tocampaign games, and we suggest that you use another set of rules toresolve this combat. We suggest that before you begin a game, it will be

tablises hed that one side has complete air superiority over thebattlefield. This should be decided largely by historical circumstances.

FORWARD AIRCRAFT CONTROLLER (FAC Team)oint Value: 30 pts. Includes Officer and a radio operator. CommanP

vehicle, such as a jeep or halftrack, is extra.

Similar to the FAO, the FAC was always up the front ready to call in airsupport when a situation or position became difficult. They most oftenoperated from a command vehicle. Most armies had about 2 - 8 FACsat divisional level. Therefore your wargames force can have 2 – 4 FACTeams if you have any aircraft.

An FAC is fully trained in directing aircraft and cannot bereplaced once lost by any other officer etc. Most often, this officer wasactually in the airforce, and not the army.

A/FLA A K FIRE As aircraft are not always present onboard for any length of time, all AA/Flak fire will be directed at them when they are at their POA, duringtheir attack run. In other words, when an aircraft makes an attack run,

fire at it, will assume its position toall weapons whichOA. TP his is also where the aircraft is most vulnerable.

The AA/Flak weapon must be in a position which has nooverhead cover, and it cannot be in a 45° arc of any building. This also

o

Weapon Hit Chance(2D6) Range

LOW MEDIUM AA LMG/MMG 3 - 30cm AA HMG 4 - 45cm20mm AA 5 2 60cm37-40mm AA 4 5 100cm

ations:Varifor each additional barrel firing (eg, a quad AA will get + 3).if target is divebomber

e modified number or below is thrown, the aircraft has been hit.

weapons may only engage one target per move. A

+ 1+ 1

If th

AA A fire is assumedo

If an

to ccur before the aircraft completes its attack run.

aircraft is hit, throw one die, and refer to the below table.

ROLL ResultDIEDestroyed5 +

2,3,4 Damaged0,1 No effect

Variations:

- 2 if LMG/MMG- 1 if HMG+ 1 if 37/40mm- 2 if aircraft is armored

Destroyed aircraft will crash offboard without completing their attack run.ne damO age result allows an aircraft to continue through with the

s and make no more attack

yingldal

want to field as manyifferent types of AFVs in a game as possible. Also, you could

ntire company of Tiger II, for example,

se complete

attack, but must return to base afterwardruns. Two damage results will force the aircraft to abort its attack andreturn home. Three damage results will destroy the aircraft.

Tr to find a system to force players to use ‘balanced’ forceshas been quite a challenge. Some rules require players to fie

ntire companies or battalions, which can create two dimensionegames, since so many WW2 playersdprobably never field an edue to their high point value.

Therefore in Panzerfaust players must purchaplatoons or companies as per the army lists .

ve more than 5 platoons plus HQ.

of the

d bought the entire AFV company,

one company. eg you can’t have 2 xConscript Platoon in one company.

s.

en split it up torm ad-hoc platoons. Nor can you purchase the complete

ns that make up a company, without

the company HQ to form1 platoon left over

No company can ever ha

All separately purchased platoons must be formed into ad-hoccompanies of 3 to 5 platoons a piece, and you must purchase acompany HQ for that company, which is related to oneplatoons.

eg an AFV platoon and two armored infantry platoons areformed into an ad-hoc company. The HQ you must purchase forthis ad-hoc company must be either the HQ that the AFV platoonwould have received if you haor the HQ that the armored infantry platoon would have received ifyou had bought the entire armored infantry company.

You cannot mix together platoons of different troop classor morale rating into theVeteran Platoons and 1 xEach company must be the same troop clas

Note that you cannot buy a company and thfonumber of ‘-‘ standard platoobuying the HQ and support units. eg an AFV company has 3platoons plus HQ. If you buy 2 platoons, you can form them intoan ah-hoc company/s, but if you buy 3 platoons, you must buy the

Q. If you buy 4 platoons, you must buyHa co. with the first 3 platoons, plus there will be

her pto form into an ah-hoc company with 2 ot latoons.Please note that players must have accurate models for

all

the companies.

to game type,t, or tou

e the Y erma Eastern1942. C e a r are only usingvailabl t ye he as being 39-41

‘Dates’ e c ce.RCHAS OO O S

se pla co list being to follow ven hemselves,

of service of all items/equipment, as well as limits

forces deployed onboard, even if initially concealed.Offboard artillery must be purchased in batteries, as per

army lists. These do not have to be formed into

To choose your force, follow these steps.

1. POINT VALUEetermine Point Value of your force, accordingD

agreement with opponen rnament guidel ines.2. NATION

r n t eg S tChoose you a ion, ovie3. YEAR, THEATREChoos ear and Theatre of Operations, eg G n,Front, heck th rmy lists to make e yousuunits a e in tha ar. eg t Pz I is listedunder therefor ould not be used in a 1942 for 4. PU E PLAT NS OR C MPANIEPurcha toons or mpanies etc as per the army s,

reful all restrictions gi in the army lists tcaregarding yearregarding support units, etc.

Note that ALL Point Values (PV) given in the armylists are BASE Point Values. If relevant, these MUST bemodified according to troop class and morale rating, as outlinedin the Compulsory National Troop Class/Morale Rating Table listedagain with each army list.

RATING5. FREQUENCYbserve the FrequencyO Rating Limitations

ORTARS6. AIRCRAFT & GUNS/ARTILLERY/MObserve the Aircraft and Gun/Artillery Restrictions

Ai rc raf t Rest ri ct ions :You are permitted to field one aircraft per onboard company in

e, in which caseyour force, unless you are fielding an US Forcyou can have two aircraft per company.

Guns/Artillery/Mortars Restricti ons• You can have up to one offboard battery/platoon of guns,in your force. Guns, Mortars, ors.

AA Guns, Mortars,or guns/howitzers (includes artillery used onboard ), you can

howitzers, or mortars per onboard company• You can purchase onboard AT Guns, AA

guns/howitzers, as per the ‘support unit’ rule• For any other types of onboard AT Guns,

A A r r mmyy LLiiss tt ss



45

force.ich are

ncy Rating Limitations

have up to one platoon/battery per company in your This includes dedicated SP guns such as Wespes whonly listed in Germany’s Artillery army list section. Does notinclude duel role SP guns such as Soviet SU-152 etc, whichalthough are only listed in a Self Propelled Artillery Regiment,their notes state the SPs had a duel AT role.

• Note that in order to purchase infantry divisional artillery, youmust have at least an infantry company of that division. Inorder to purchase armored/armored infantry divisionalartillery, you must have at least an armored/armored infantryplatoon of that division.

requeF

F

All units in the following army lists are given a Frequency Rating(FR). This indicates the relative frequency in which that itemappeared on the battlefront. It ranges from ‘0’ which is verycommon, to ‘7’ which means very rare. This figure has beendetermined according to the amount of that item which wasemployed over what ever period it was used. For nations whichlacked armor in general, their overall RF will be higher than anation which had armor in abundance, such as the US or SovietUnion.

requency Ratings and Army Lists ach platoon you use must be given aE Frequency Rating. This

rating is taken from the rarest item in the platoon. (eg a Hungarianfantry platoonin is equipped with a selection of small arm

range in Frequency Ratings from 0 - 2. You also gs, which

th ored Fist, you are limited in the amount of rare

llowing Frequency Rating Table:

ive it some RifleGrenade 43, which are FR = 5. The platoon’s Frequency Rating is

erefore 5.)When you make up your force for any game ofanzerfaust ArmP

platoons (which are given a rating as above) that you can take. Also, the number of platoons with FR 0 - 4 must equal or exceedthe number of platoons with FR from 5 - 7.

Regarding HQs of ad-hoc companies, they are noteffected by these restrictions, as they simply must be a HQ thatone of the platoons in the ad-hoc company would have had.

Consult the fo Frequency Rating Table

Frequency RatingPV of Force 0 - 4 5 6 7

0010 no limit Up to 1 NA NA2000 no limit Up to 1 NA NA

000 no limit Up to 2 Up to 1 NA3400 no limit Up to 3 Up to 1 up to 15000 no limit Up to 4 Up to 1 up to 1

+ no limit Up to 5 Up to 2 up to 1

0

7500

lanations Exp

mitno li : no limit to number of platoons in your force that can haves/equipment of these Frequency Ratings. Remember, theitem

umber of platoons with FR 0 - 4 must equal or exceed the

up to

nnumber of platoons with FR from 5 - 7.

1 etc: this is the maximum number of platoons in your totalthat can have any equipment/items of this rarity.force

NA:

Campaigns

not allowed.

Frequency Ratings and the FR in these rules is only relevant if

n which case the PV of all items must becing items in the campaign.

The second application ofplaying in a campaign, i

odified by the FR if produm Campaign Production RF PV Modification TableFrequency Factor 0 ..................-10% ie x 0.90Frequency Factor 1................ No modificationFrequency Factor 2...................+10% ie x 1.1Frequency Factor 3.................+21% ie x 1.21

requency Factor 4.................+33% ie x 1.33FFrequency Factor 5 .................+46%Frequency Factor 6 .................+61% ie x 1

or 7..........

ie x 1.46.61

my t Restric x an ion all ted as ‘-‘ ar its

atoons of a as ‘-‘. When youte com pu

all s ‘-‘ s

ly s e o f apa ou cannot then pur iden ou must purchas h

ing ther idewit panies

ades. Y a w e battalion bef

regicomfollo•

on

all of its

Frequency Fact ....... +77% ie x 1.77

Ar Li s tions E pl at s‘- ‘ - units lis e the standard un of parent units, eg,the standard pl company are listed

chas omple alwpur e a c pany, you must, ll ppor nit

ays rchase theHQ items marked a and a su t u .

However, if you purchase on om y f the platoons ocom ny, ie, 2 out of 3, che

ase 2 out of 3 froman tical company. Y e t com te compaple ny

ntical one.before you can start buy parts of anosThe same goe h buying com

ig ou must buy hol out o attalions orf bore taking parts ofbr

another.

ment (brigade) support unit - this unit is a regiment supportpany or platoon. You can take regiment support units in thewing ways:To take a regimental support unit, you must have at least

e ‘-‘ standard company from that regiment.• You can take a whole regiment support company and field it

intact as a company itself, OR• Platoons of the regiment support company, or regiment

support platoons, can be allocated to ‘-‘ standard companies ofthat regiment. (eg take two platoons and give one each to twostandard companies of that regiment.)

• Regiment support units cannot be broken down further thanplatoon size.

• You cannot use them in ad-hoc companies.• You cannot purchase more than one regiment support

company or its equivalent, that is, 3-5 regiment support platoons(which can be from the same or different regiments) in yourforce in total.

eg you can take one infantry regiment’s support gun company andfield as a whole company, or take one its platoons and allocate toone of the standard infantry companies, plus take a platoon fromthat same infantry regiment’s support mortar company to give toanother standard infantry company, while also taking a tankregiment support platoon and allocating to a tank standard

ompany.c battalion support unit - this unit is a battalion support unit. Youcan take battalion support units in the following ways:

if you field a whole battalion, you can include any to•

support units as is.• Otherwise, all support units taken from a particular battalion

can be broken down in one only of the following two ways:

1. if you field a whole standard company (listed as ‘-‘ in thearmy lists) from that battalion, up to two battalion support

that is, you don’t have to purchase the wholen support unit sections

se support sections canheavy weapons, engineers, infantry AT

ns, AFVs or vehicles) eg a support

unit. If

platoons/batteries can be allocated to that company, asplatoons of that company (during an attack, battalionsupport units were often allocated to the lead attackcompany). Remember, companies cannot have more thanfive platoons OR

2. for each standard platoon from that battalion, listed as ‘-‘ inthe army lists (company) up to two different battaliocan be allocated to that platoon. Theonly include infantryweapons, (but not gusection would normally be an individual MMG Team,individual Mortar Team, a Bazooka Team, AT Rifle Section,etc) This was common practice during the defense.

company support unit - this unit is a company supportyou purchase the company that this company support unitbelongs to, you must also purchase this support unit. The supportunit may either be deployed as is, as a part of the company,normally as a platoon of the company, or, if relevant, you may

reak it db own into sections and allocate one section to each of thempany’s standard platoons. (a maximum of two different suchmpany or battalion support sections as permitted per standard

platoon, if relevant.) Please note that if you only purchase oneplatoon of a company, you may still also purchase for it up to twodifferent company/battalion support unit sections.eg you purchase a Belgian (Infantry Regiment’s) Company. Itincludes a MG Platoon. Whether you attach the MG Platoon to the

.

pe rc imum of in. If co have t

st o of its pl

x=/ ans that ran o co is stipulated),

e a ximu hese com s r on rmore of its platoons king han the com p itte n

r

that if you take one,n

i

coco

company HQ as an additional whole platoon, or break it up intothree sections, attaching one of each to the Infantry Company’sthree Infantry Platoons, as an additional squad of that platoon, isup to you.

As you are permitted to purchase just a platoon if desired, youmay include the one detached MMG section with the platoonwithout buying the rest of the MG platoon

max =/< 1 r fo e - means a max 1 of these unitsny,your force a mpa you don’t o take the whole

ju .company, but can take ne or more atoons

=/> 1 inf co ., ma < 1 per force - me if you take one, ogreater th ne infantry mpany (or whatever unityou can also hav ma m of 1 of t panie (o e o

if ta less t pany) erm d iyour fo ce

=/> 1 inf co., max=/< 1 per Inf Bat - meansor greater than o e infantry company (or whatever unit isalso have a maximum of 1 of these unit perstipulated), y u co an

nfantry battalion (or whatever unit is stipulated.) 1 per inf co. - this means 1 of these units is compulsory if youtake the ot unit.her



46

bi y case ted ig only a om or at a

Eg: See these British Motorised Infantry sections:Infantry Section 1940-’42 (1 LMG Team, 1 Rifle Team, 1 light truck)Infantry Section 1943 (1 LMG Team, 1 Rifle Team with a PIAT, lt truck orM3 Scout Car)

ection 1944-’45 T , 2 Rifle s, one with PIAT, M3)

al thiefore

ey engaged the Germans in combat, the army put up an initial vigorous defence which even surprised the enemy. Yet they tactically outfought an eeks

n equipment was both locall ced, plus p s on y out, yet theres st ion of horse-drawn cati s was very po hic d not help co-ordination.

IPMENT LISTS

N/A - Not applicable for this game scale!

FR – Frequency RatingTeam

Dates lity – In man s units are lis n Italics.Infantry S (1 LMG eamHalftrackof Availa

These are always due to bein vailable fr certaindate.

BelgiumIn 1940, the Belgian army was still thinking in the trenches. Its tactic nking was purely defensive which was why no large armored unitswere formed and motorisation of two divisions took place only just b the invasion.

When thwere technically and d within two w on the point of collapse.

Belgia y produ urchased from the British and French. Cavalry wa the wawa ill a large proport units. Communi on or w h di

BELGIAN EQU PV AFV DATES PROD FR67 T-13 I 39-40 58 5

T-13 II 39-40 100 3T-15 39-40 42 6

AGC I 39-40 12 7

734497

VP GUNS DATES PROD FR

47mm L15 FRC 39-40 ? 339-40 ? 3

40 ? 4 A 39-40 ? 3

L -

1633 47mm L32 SA-FRC40 75mm L24 m1934 39-40 ? 551 75mm L30 TR/GP 39-40 ? 161 75mm L37 GP I/II 39-40 ? 431 76mm L9 FRC 39-40 ? 2

84 105mm L22 GP 39-23 20mm L60 Madsen A

44 40mm 56 Bofors AA 39 40 ? 4

ARTILLEPV RY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair 180 105/120mm (pe300 150mm (per pa

)r pair) 39-ir)

15 50mm Mortar 39-45 81mm Mortar 39-

39-40 - 140 - 440 -39- 6

40 ? 140 ? 5

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Field Car 39-40 ? 5

car 39-40 ? 5

soft Light Truck 39-40 ? 3skin Medium Truck 39-40 ? 5chart Motorcycle 39-40 ? 4

Motorcycle Side Tractor 39-40 ? 3

PV lNFANTRY DATES PR FROD

7 Team 39-40 ? 1m ? 3

? 3

Rifle13 LMG Tea (Mag fed) 39-4026 39-40MMG Team13 13.9 Boys ATR Team 40 ? 430 FAO Team 39-40 ? 320 Radio 39-40 ? 55ea Demolition Charge 39-40 ? 5page 39 AP Mines 39-40 ? 3

Belgian Equipment List Notes

- 40mm L48 Bofors AA is a Swedish gun. See Britishgun chart.

- All artillery and 81mm mortars can fire smoke rounds.

ian orale Rating

- No SMG or flamethrower was available.- 13.9mm Boys AT Rifle was purchased from Britain insmall numbers.

indirectly

Belg Troop Class and MUnit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification Notes

cript Reliable - 15% or x 0.85Reliable - 25% or x 0.75

Offboard Artillery Cons All Other Units Conscript

odify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop ss

BELWithmec ry units, the Belgium army made little use of

otorised forces and relied solely on cavalry (or mounted troops) as

ir

were ither British or French origin.

you need to m• Cla and Morale Rating modifiers

GIAN SOFTSKINSthe exception of a few motorcycle companies and various

hanised artillem

the bile reserve. All available civilian transport was requisitionedand employed for supply and transport units. These civilian vehicles

entirely 4x4 types of e

mo

Size

PV BELGUIM Description Drive Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 FNH M12 Motorcycle x 3 - 50 17 A 1 -25 FN63C ruck 4x2 D 35 9 9 CHeavy T21 FN63C ruck 4x4 D 30 13 6 DHeavy T14 Vickers-Armst ctor trk A 16 10 2 Arong Lt Tra

FNH M12 andard heavy 3x2 motorc c aMG (ma fed) could be mounted over the sidecar

nge sed which had ade car transporting

balan e MMG crew (total; 4.) 63C ( rcial truck.

63CThe vehicle had large wheels and an anti-ditching drum at

nder licence in Belgium.m acked vehicle was used to tow light guns or heavy weaponsl

GIANBelgium lthough small with 2

elled gu e most unique equip nmonth ar. Divided up amongst the div

wasthe , ia rew o .

TAN AR Rd

M/cycle sidecar - st ycle ombin tion. An FN 63C/4RM (4x4) - heavy wheeled 5 ton gun tractor based on theL gazine and operated by the commercial truck.passe r. A variant of this model was u n MMG mounted onthe si car with a second m/cycle side the ammunition and

the front. Vickers-Armstrong Tractor - small gun tractor built u

the ce of th This di inutive tr FN 4x2) - heavy 5 ton comme with fo d-down bench seats in the rear for the crew.

BEL ARThe arm 00 tanks & self- support, they had little impact on the

MORored force, a

prop ns, had some of th me t seen in theGerman invasion. While there

little in way of tank duels Belg n c s f ught well until overrunearly s of the w isions for infantry

TS TR C/C Sz FO CAPPV KS MAMENT HF HS HR TFT-1 4767 3 I L32,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 - 40 18 C 5

73 3 II 32,LMG 3 1 1 1 1 - 37T-1 47-1 HM

L 17 C 544 T 5 G 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 16 C 497 A C I L32,HMG 3 1 1 3 2 2 25 13 C 6G 47

Smoke Dischargers;Radios; No AFVs equ

ne Man Turrets; T-

No AFVs equipped.ipped

15

B lg

O

ian AFV Notese

T-13 I - built as a tank destroyer, this AFV mounted a 47mm L32 gun ina `half' turret which faced to the rear of the vehicle. The turret had 180º

r of the turret

AGC I - French AMC-35 with the modified turret mounting a 47mm L32and coaxial HMG.

traverse (90º left & 90º right) with the crew exposed from the rea(partial cover.)

T-13 II - this version was similar to the Mk I except the gun was mountedin a fully rotating ̀ half' turret. The turret was open backed.

T-15 - British Vickers Light tank purchased in late 30's. They werepurchased with conical turrets and rearmed by their new owners with a12.7mm Hotchkiss HMG in the turret.

gun



47

ELGIAN GUNSith a variety of weapons frome artillery was composed ofs with various French and British

pieces imported in the '30s. Some native designs were also used inlimited numbers.

BThe Belgian army was equipped wseveral sources. The bulk of th

odernised WWI German reparationm

Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO OTESBe iumlgPV Guns N

A (11) (9) (7) (5) to-hit 3 o Gun Shield3 3 2 2 penet

16 47mm L15 chance Nration

FRC

33 47mm L32 SA-FRC A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 36 5 5 4 3 3

40 75mm L24 m1934 B (10) 7) (6) (5)(10) (9) (9) (8) ( 5 Smk- -- - - - - -

51 75mm L30 TR/Gp B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk, Horse drawn7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 2

61 75mm L37 GP I/II B (11) (10) (10) (9) 8) (7) (6) (5)8 7 7 6 6 5 4 3

(8) ( 5 Smk, Horse drawn5

31 76mm L9 FRC A (9) (9) (8) (8 6)) (7) ( 5 Smk, No gun shield- - - - - -

84 105mm L22 GP 7) (7) (6) (5)C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) ( 7 Smk, Horse drawn-- - - - - - - -

23 20mm L60 AA Madsen N A (12) (11) (10) (7) 1 o Gun Shield3 2 2 2

Belgian Gun Notes 75mm L35 & L37 GP I,IIreparations & modified wi

47mm L32 SA-FRC - AT gun manufactured in Belgium. we y a wn.Usually to d b

carriages and interchangeable barrels. No gun shield. Towed by a Lt.truckyd tankette.

received underth guns can only be horse-drawn.

- ex-German guns received under WWIth lengthened rebored barrels. Can only be horse-

dra L22 GP - ex-German howitzer supplied under WWI reparations

y modernised. In German service, it was referred to as leFH16.

20mm L60 AA Madsen - licensed built version of the Danish Madsenmm AA gun. No gun shield.

ation

Vickers Light tractor.47mm L15 & 76mm L9 FRC - light infantry support guns with identical

105mmand completel

or Vickers Cardon-Lo 75mm L24 m1934 - mountain gun manufactured in Belgium. - the `TR' was a license built version of the Krupp

2075mm L30 TR/GpM1905 gun and the `Gp' were modified ex-German gunsWWI reparations. Bo

Belgian Organis

t not lower.INFANTRY REGIMENT • Radios can be issued to regimental HQ, bu BELGIAN INFANTRY REGIMENT

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Belgian Infantry Regiment1 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a

-s) regiment support company

3 Infantry Battalion 1 Infantry AT Company (2 platoons of 3 x 47mm AT gunBelgian Infantry Battalion

ttalion HQ (1 Battalion HQ Team with radio, 5 Rifle Teams) 1 per inf bat.ny -

battalion support unitach with 2 x MMG)

latoon (3 x 75mm/76mm infantry/mountain guns.)

1 Infantry Ba3 Infantry Compa1 Hvy Wpns Company

3 x MMG Platoon (2 sections, e1 Infantry Battalion Gun P battalion support unitBelgian Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (1 Comp 1 per inf co.any HQ Team with radio, 5 Rifle Teams)

Infantry Company MG platoon (2 - 3 MMG) company support unit3 Infantry Platoon -1Belgian Infantry Platoon

on HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team, 1 – 3 50mm mortars) 1 per inf. pl.d (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -

1 Infantry Plato3 Infantry Squa

istorical DataH (do not use in gameplay)

ery regiment supporting its three infantry regiments.120mm and 155mm batteries were held at Corps l l

Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 - 3 NCO, 3 - 4 men, with 3 pistol, 4 - 5 rifles and 1 - 3 x 50mm mortars)Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 10 men with 1 LMG, 10 rifles)Infantry Reg/Bat/Company HQ Section - (1 Off & 5-8 NCO with pistols, 8-12 men with rifles)

BELGIAN ARTILLERYEach infantry division had an artill•

• eve

BELGIAN ARTILLERY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Belg Artilleian ry Regiment

lery Battalion se iller tric3 Artil e art y res tionsBel Artillerygian Battalion

Battery e iller tric3 Artillery s e art y res tionsB el Art il ler y B at ter gian y

ry Battery (4 x se iller tricy (4 x se iller tric

1 Artille 105mm guns) e art y res tions2 Artiller 75mm guns)y Batter e art y res tions

BEL N ARMORGIAquipped.

divi a tan mpwo divisi tank c pan ch

• No AFVs Radi o e• Some Belgian infa sions had k contry• T Belgian cavalry ons had 3 om

any attached to them.ies ea .



48

B ELG N ARMOIA Re No. Your FQty Unit Typ orce Can Have:

Belg Infantry k Companyian Division Tanmpany HQ ( -13 1 p

Tank Platoon (3 x T-13) =/> f c ax= rce1 Tank Co 3 x T ) er Inf Div Tank Co.3 1 in o., m /<1 co.per foBelgi Cavalry k Companyan Division Tan

mpany HQ ( 1 p av Tanktoon (3 x T- ma < 1

1 Tank Co 3 x T-13) er C Div Co.3 Tank Pla 13 or T-15) x=/ co. per force

Brit d fo to b 19 e BEF was motoris iredians h est ed p i e g s of d its nlem ar t ed r exibl en up to c s so m tthi the b e ca d ou h l r tiati o nfantry tended re each r

l 194 e y t a tille as th d y ngin

ITI MENT

BritainechaThe ish Army was one of the most m nise

as arces e engaged. During 40, the entir

es, steeed, even if some of th s was acqu from

u ei

civil . The British army w lso one of t e bry and

train and most professional armi n they we

lorie tradition. This, of co rse, cr ate owvel. The profesprob s. The infant mor were so a tach to thei own units that th re very infl e, ev orp le ionalism al ean

e. Arm r and i to igno otheevery ng was done by ook and orders wer rrie t by the letter, whic eft little oom for ini vunti 2.

ornOverall the Bri tish were a s tubb nemre unriv co

o fa nd ext remely good sho ts . Thei r ar ry wce one of e best managed a the Ro al E eersnwe alled by any other untry.

BR SH EQUIP LISTS

RODPV AFV DATES P FR

5

39 Crusader I CS 40-43 444 Crusader II 41-43 5500 148 Crusader II CS 41-43 5

2

804545

ell VII 45 4000l VIII

E 44-45 750 5odile 44-45 800 5

44-45 ? 52-43 130 6

655 42150 3175 6

122 65

5 507 62500 4

3-45 6300 7

7

ar 0C 4x4

Car 6

rring I-IIIing IIIa

IIIb00

tar

5ar

/Recce

85 Buffalo Mk IV 43-45 ? 4

95 A9 39-41 125 476 A9 CS 39-41 799 A10 39-41 14 381 A10 CS 39-41 30 791 A13 I 39-41 65 6115 A13 II 39-41 590 396 A13 II CS 39-41 671 Matilda I 39-40 140 5167 Matilda II 39-43 2987 3171 Matilda II CS 41-43 6156 Matilda II Frog 41-45 642 Mk I-V 39-41 160 678 Mk VI-VIC 39-42 ? 068 Mk VI AA 39-42 ? 597 Tetrarch 41-45 167 4102 Tetrarch CS 41-45 10 7135 Crusader I 40-43 1111180 Crusader III 42-43

Grant Early/La ?240/258 te 42-43 445197 Centaur IV 44- 6

226 Cromwell IV 44- 1204 Cromwell VI 44- 1240 Cromw 44- 4216 Cromwel 44-45 6273 Firefly 44-45 655 4272 Challenger 44-45 200 6266 Comet 45 500 5151 Valentine I-VII 41-42 5191 Valentine IX-X 42-43 9700 3209 Valentine XI 43-44 4214 Churchill I 42-43 500 6216 Churchill III-IV 42-44 2297 4

221 Churchill V 42-45 241 6235 Churchill NA75 & VI 43-45 120 5287 Churchill VII 44-45 ? 3

l VIII 44-45 ? 7263 Churchil246 Churchill ARVhill Croc277 Churc

259 Achilles144 Bishop 4214 Archer 44-45

43-45135 Sexton98 Deacon 42

127 AEC I 42-45166 AEC II 43 -45184 AEx: III 44-4103 Staghound I 43-45108 Staghound II 4174 Staghound III 44-45

AA 44-4586 Staghound

73 Humber II- 41-45 50 1Ill 0095 Humber IV 44-45 445 Humber Scout C 43-45 430 1

LR44 Humber/Otter 40-45 ? 17 ut5 Daimler Sco 39-45 662 0

-III98 Daimler I 42-45 2690 257 Lynx Scout Car 42-45 3200 2

Cs9/LAC 052 Morris 39-41 10 655 Marmon He 40-43 ? 463 Marmon Herr 40-43 ? 465 Marmon Herring 40-43 ? 4

04 Carrier ATR 39-45 880 038 Carrier LMG 39-45 0

MG49 Carrier M 39-45 245 Carrier 2” Mor 39-45 255 Carrier Wasp 44-45 ? 3

-45 542 IP Carrier 40 46 2r 3” Mort81 IP Carrie 40-45 4

86 Stuar Kangaroo 44-45 ? 5112 Priest Kangaroo 44-45 ? 5114 Ram Kangaroo 44-45 ? 682 Buffalo Mk II 42-45 ? 4

PV LEND/LEASE AFV DATES PROD FR132 M3 Stuart 41- ? 4

M5 ? 38 M3 ? 6

M4 ? 3M4 ? 5

226/225 M4 42-45 ? 0262 M4 44- ? 4

erine

ar

hound

A1 44 A1 45136 Stuart 43-

240/25 Grant Early/Late 42-43223 (75) 42-45230 42-45 A1 (75)

A2 (75), M4A4 (75) A1 (76) 45

105) 45227 M4( 44- ? 5189 M7HMC Priest 42-45 ? 5

241 MI0 GMC Wolv123 M3 GMC60 M3A1 SCout C70 M2 Half track71 M3A1 Half track94 M8 Grey

43-45 ? 542-44 ? 542-45 ? 442-45 ? 644-45 ? 344-45 ? 5

DATES PROD FRPV GUNS39-43 ? 136 40mm L50 / 2pdr

57mm L

mm Lmm L

L - / 25pd 40- ?/ 25pd ort ?-4 ?

94mm L 7" 39- ?m .5" 39- ?

L /D 39- ?L s 39- ?

73 45 / 6pdr 42-45 ? 14551 75 16 M1A1 Pack 43- 5000 43 76 r -4515 58 / 17pd 43 ? 3

57 29 / 18pdr 39 40 ? 484mm63 88 28 r 45 0mm L44 88mm L15 r sh 5 650 13 / 3. 42 363 114m L16 / 4 43 325/33 20mm 85 AA ual 45 644 40mm 48Bofor AA 45 3

DATES PROPV TRANSPORT D FR39- ?39- ?39- ?39- ?

see Field Car 45 3soft Light Truck 45 3skin Medium Truck 45 3charts Heavy Truck 45 5

Motorcycle 39-45 ? 2

ODPV LEND/LEASE DATES PR FR

43-45 ? 6

see Jeep 42-45 ? 3arsoft Field C 42-45 ? 5

skin Light Truck 41-45 ? 3harts Medium Truck 41-45 ? 3c

Heavy TruckDUKW 43-45 ? 6

PV TRUCK/SP DATES PROD FR58 SP, Bofors 40mm AA 39-45 ? 346 37mm M6 GMC ? ? 5

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75/76mm (per pair) 39-41 - 4120 84/88mm (per pair) 39-45 - 0180 114mm (per pair) 39-45 - 5300 140/155mm (per pair) 41-45 - 4350 183mm (per pair) 41-45 - 6400 203mm (per pair) 39-40 - 6

PV MORTARS DATES PROD FR15 50mm 39-45 ? 145 76mm 40-45 ? 170 107mm 42-45 ? 4

PV NTRY DATES PROD FRINFA7 Rifle Team 39-45 ? 110 SMG Team 39-45 ? 213 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-45 ? 126 MMG Team 39-45 ? 2

AT Rifle Grenade arly 40-42 ? 5 AT Rifle Grenade Late 44-45 ? 3

13 13.9 Boys ATR Team 39-42 ? 1

30 ? 120 ? 10 -45 ? 3

E49

6 PlAT 43-45 ? 1

15 Flamethrower Team 44-45 ? 45ea Demolition Charge 39-45 ? 1page39 AP Mine 39-45 ? 1page39 AT Mine 40-45 ? 25 Smoke Grenade 42-45 ? 312 Mine Detectors 41-45 ? 1

FAO Team 39-4539-45Radio3 FAC Team 41

B Equipment Li Notesritish st- L -lease AFVs listed in US armor charts.- L -lease transp are US vehicles.- 75mm L16 M1A1 P was the US gun, which wasals ed by British A rne Troops- all artillery and m ars can fire smoke roundsin ctly- tish forces c ot have horse teams orca y.- uns therefore must be towed by vehicles ortra .

end areend orts

acko us irbo

ortdireBri annvalr

All gctors

Briti sh Troop Class and Morale Ratingion NotesUnit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modificat

Offboard Artillery Veteran As unit rating no modificatatrp/Royal Eng. Veteran Elite +50% or x

ion to PVPar 1.5



49

1.5 All O 1.25Guards Veteran Elite +50% or x

ther Units Veteran Reliable +25% o x* yo op Cla an

BRInvehtheveheva

sHow

stan thethe

men

u need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Tro ss d Morale Rating modifiers

ITISH & COMMONWEALTH SOFTSKINS1940, the BEF was sent to France equipped with over 65,000icles of all types. This expeditionary force of twelve divisions earndistinction by being the first fully motorised army in the world. Of theicles deployed in resisting the German attack, only 5,000 were to becuated from Dunkirk constituting a massive loss in equipment.This left the army scrambling for any transport available and

re ulted in large numbers of civilian vehicles being requisitioned.ever, the situation was quickly rectified with a large influx of US and

Canadian vehicles. By late 1941, vehicle production had becomedardised with many purpose built military vehicles entering service.Both Canada and Australia produced a large range of vehicles withlatter using many imported chassis combined with local bodies. Incategorisation of vehicles, the British types have been listed

foremost with equivalent Canadian, Australian and other modelstioned in the text.

PV BRITAIN Description Drive

Siz

e Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams55 19 1 -7 AMatchless, Velocette Motorcycle x 3 -

8 A6 B

Norton CS8, BSA M20 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 -Humber Sniper, Morris 10HP Light Car 4x2

50 13 1 -46 14 1 -

11 Morris PU Light 8cwt Truck 4x4Morris CS8, Bedford MW Light 15cwt Truck 4x2

B10 C

50 20 2 A46 14 2 B

12 CC

Quad-Ant, Morris C8/GS Light 15cwt Truck 4x4 42 18 2 B45 14 4 B14 Bedford OX, Austin K30 Light 30cwt Truck 4x2

14 Morris C8, Chevrolet C30 Light 30cwt Truck 4x4 C B6 Morris CD, CDF, CD/SW Medium 30cwt Trck 6x4 C 37 14 4 B

42 17 4126 Bedford OY, Austin K328 Bedford QL, AEC Matador

Medium 3ton Truck 4x2 C 40 12 10 Cton Truck CMedium 3 4x4 C 38 15 10

13 uad FAT Medium Truc 4x4 C 42 1 2

Recover ruck

Q 8k C

y/Tractor D21 Scammell Heavy T 6x4 D 36 17 519 Terrapin Mk1 Amphib. Truc 8x8 D 18 12 5k -

B17 Loyd/Windsor Carrier Tractor trk B 30 18 2

Matchless, Norton 16H - standard army motorcycles. These bikesaccommodated the rider only, no passenger.Norton 633, BSA M20 - m/cycle-sidecars built in limited numbers. The Norton633 sidecar can have a Bren LMG fitted on the sidecar for use by thepassenger (at additional PV cost.)Humber Snipe, Morris 10 HP (4x2) - light militarised civili

an cars. Threemain types of utilities were supplied; the Austion 10 HP, Hillman 10 HP andMorris 10 HP. The Humber Snipe series were used extensively through 1940-45 as command/liason vehicles.

- light truck produced in large numbers before and

W series were built wi a variety of variations,n WOT2 which were

hi r manufactured in(Ch , Dodge D15.) There w ebetw constructed to rougrequ ions. All 4x2 models we e4x4 mpletely superseded byQua cwt (4x4) - these off-ro ysimil ts in appearance. Thes y

pl he same capacity.ed t (4x2) - light 1« to d

OX ommon models in sthis r Q2, Fordson WOT3 ercial

pre-war designs wh tilupe or heavy models. T rerog 3 ton trucks. The lia

rolet 1500 andMor wt (4x4) - light 1« t ucks.The or 4x4 30 cwt tru e

Bedford OY, Austin K3 3 ton (4x2) - medium cargo/troop carriers. TheBedford QY series truck was the most numerous 4x2 vehicle followed by the

Austin K3 and the Commer Q4 which were militarised commercial designs.Bed

er i fron nd. AT ld em exclusivelyng li by variou

es w c bot ; Morris C8 MkIII, Guynt, K FG T (the last two being

an).ll R rte eled tractor with semi

sed f a ain and recovery. Anotherwas un Mk x w d rrier. The vehicle was

ed as th considered inferior bya sm a kward driving position.

ropelle t a ide o oat.inds r lly carrier, similar in

ance h n l c f longer chassis. The/Loy r pabl o armor plating but the

n was e Th as a personnel carrier,carrie

TI UNS

Chevrolet C30 was the Canadian equivalent using an identical chassis withmodified front end.Morris Commercial CD 30cwt (6x4) - the CD series of 6x4 trucks were builtfor numerous roles ranging from cargo/troop carriers, vehicle recovery to guntractors (eg. the 6x4 Morris CD/SW was standard gun tractor for the 40mm

AA Bofors.) All 6x4 models were slowly phased out of service in favour of theMorris 4x4 trucks.

Morris PU 8cwt (4x2)during the early years of the war. Slowly replaced in service by the 15 cwttrucks. Canadian equivalents include the Ford WOC1, Chevrolet C8 and FordF8 vehicles.Morris CS8, Bedford MW 15cwt (4x2) - light infantry truck which was themost common vehicle employed by British and commonwealth forces. Boththe Morris CS* and Bedford M th u g a -eng ne t eas were the Guy Ant and Fordso just as common. Similarve cles were assembled and/o Canada and Australia

Quad F (4x4) - wheeled fie artillery tractors (FAT) ployedfor towi ght artillery and AT guns. The tractors were produced s

evrolet C15, Ford 15 as marginal differenc compani ith differen es in h chassis and bodieseen types, all being hly the same military

atQuad-A arrier KT4, Ford T and Chevrolet CG

irements and specific re slowly replaced by thversions although not 1945.

Canadi - heavy wheco

d-Ant, Morris C8/GS 1 ad light trucks were ver Scamme ecovery/Transpo r (6x4)trailer u or vehicle nd m ly AFV transportation5

ar to their 4x2 counterpar e 4x4 versions effectivel version sed as a heavy gun tractor for artillery.re aced all the 6x4 trucks of tB

Terrapi 1 (8 8) - heele amphibious cargo cacford OX, Austin K30 30cw n cargo trucks. The Be

and Austin were the most c ervice. Other vehicles inprodu an alternative to e US DUKW. It washaving aller cargo rea, no suspension and an aw

category are the Comme and Morris Comm Two p rs at he re r prov d pr pulsion while aflCS11. The majority were ich continued on un Loyd/W or Carrie - fu tracked unarmoreds rseded by improved 4x4 he 30 cwt trucks we

raappear to t e U iversa arrier except or a

p ressively replaced by 2 ton & most numerous Austand Canadian vehicles were the Chev Ford 01T series.

Windsor d car ier was ca e of having b lt-onadditio extr mely rare. e vehicle was used

ris C8, Chevrolet C30 30c on off-road cargo tr mortar r and gun tractor.Morris C8 was the only maj ck to be employed. Th

ford QL, AEC Matador 3 ton (4x4) - the use of medium 4x4 off-roadtrucks were completely neglected by the British until 1941 when massproduction of the type was undertaken. The most numerous models were theBedford QL series, the AEC "Matador" Field Artillery Tractor, Canadian FordF60L & C60L, Austin K5, Albion FT11N and the Fordson WOT6, the majorityof these types tilisin cab-ov

BRI SH MOTORISED G Des ve d t

C/CPV BRITAIN / USA cription Dri Size Spee Armamen

Rd AA 30c 4 1758 SP, 4x4 Bofors 40mm wt truck 4x C 42 40mm L48 AA

46 37mm M6 GMC t AT SP 4x B 50 37mm L5Ligh 4 20 4

P - this AASP used the Morris Commercial CS9/B4 d to mount a 40mm o

av the side and rear were .front of the weapon. A s

so L 3 ton 4x4 truck tith Canadians on the Fo

M6 G - l n s a tank destroyer andon th d s C ounted 37mm AT gunstalled r rov eld for crew protection.amped crew eapon to have a limitedavers h r, al erated 360º traverse if

se w « move for crew to re-or

TIg was divided into Infa dly armored) and Cruiser Tanks (fast and light e

really perfected and ar

ritish t al d, and at times theye peculiar early war

e ent w ho had the sole taskoke H

CAP

S 4x4, Bofors 40mm AA 37mm MC very ight gu carriage conceived a4x truck chassis specially fitte Bofors AA gun with 360 based e Do ge Weapon arrier. A pedestal mtr erse. Three outriggers on used to provide stability was in in the rea and p ided with a large shi

A gun-shield was fitted at the n Australian version wa The cr area around the gun allowed the wal built based on the Ford F60 with similar arrangemen(w four outriggers) as did the rd F60B.

180º tr e towards t e rea though it could be opthe crew rviced the weapon hile dismounted (ie.embark bef e moving again.)

BRI SH ARMORDurin the war, British armor ntry Tanks (slow an B anks were also ways under gunneheavi ly armored). The us

even lacked HE and smok ammunition. A

of these two types was never in no way came ne.

dev lopm as the CS (Close Support) Tanks, wthe German tank successes of firing sm and E shells.

PV TANK TYPE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO95 A9 40 L50,3LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 15 C 576 A9 CS 94 L15,3LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 15 C 9



50

99 A10 40 L50,2LMG 3 1 1 3 1 1 16 8 C 581 A10 CS 94 L15,2LMG 3 1 1 3 1 1 16 8 C 991 A13 I Cruiser 40 L50,2LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 30 18 C 5115 A13 II 40 L5 3 1 1 3 3 1 30 14 C 5Cruiser 0,2LMG96 A13 II CS Cruiser 94 L15,2LMG 3 1 1 3 3 1 30 14 C 971 A11 Matilda I MMG 7 3 3 4 2 2 9 6 B 4167 A12 Matilda II 40 L50,LMG 9 7 7 8 7 7 15 8 C 5171 A12 Matilda II CS 76 L25,LMG 9 7 7 8 7 7 15 8 C 7156 A12 Matilda II FROG F/thr,LMG 9 7 7 8 7 7 15 8 C 742 Light Tank Mk I-V MMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 33 18 C 4

Tank Mk VI-VIC LMG78 Light HMG, 2 1 1 2 1 1 36 20 C 368 Light Tank Mk VI AA 4*LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 36 20 C 497 Tetrach 40 L50,LMG 1 1 1 3 3 1 40 26 C 7102 Tetrach CS 76 L25,LMG 1 1 1 3 3 1 40 26 C 9135 Crusader I 40 L50,2LMG 6 5 3 4 2 2 27 17 C 5139 Crusader I CS 76 L25,2LMG 6 5 3 4 2 2 27 17 C 7144 Crusader II 40 L50,LMG 7 5 3 5 4 2 27 17 C 5148 Crusader II CS 76 L25,LMG 7 5 3 5 4 2 27 17 C 7180 Crusader III 57 L45,LMG 7 5 3 5 4 2 27 17 C 7197 Centaur IV 95 L22,2LMG 8 4 2 8 7 7 27 16 C 9226 Cromwell IV 75 L40,2LMG 8 4 2 8 7 7 32 20 C 7204 Cromwell VI 95 L22,2LMG 8 4 2 8 7 7 32 20 C 9240 Cromwell VII 75 L40,2LMG 10 5 2 10 7 7 32 18 C 7216 Cromwell VIII 95 L22,2LMG 10 5 2 10 7 7 32 18 C 9273 Firefly 76 L55,LMG 7 4 4 9 5 5 26 16 C 7272 Challenger 76 L55,LMG 9 4 2 8 6 3 30 15 C 6266 Comet 77 L49,2LMG 8 4 3 10 8 7 33 18 C 7

151 Valentine I-VII 40 L50,LMG 7 6 6 7 6 6 15 8 C 6191 Valentine IX-X 57 L45,LMG 7 6 6 7 6 6 15 8 C 7209 Valentine XI 75 L40,LMG 7 6 6 7 6 6 15 8 C 8

G214 Churchill I 40 L50,76L25,LM 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 5216 Churchill III-IV 57 L45,2LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 6212 Churchill V 95 L22,2LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 9235 Churchill NA75 & VI 75 L40,2*LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 7287 Churchill VII 75 L40,2*LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 7263 Churchill VIII 95 L22,2*LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 9246 Churchill AVRE 290 L4,2*LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 12277 Churchill Crocodile 75 L40,F/Thr,LM 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 7G

PPV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CA259 Achilles 76 L55,HMG 6 3 3 8 3 3 30 20 C 6144 Bishop 88 L28 7 6 6 5 3 3 15 8 C 7214 Archer 76 L55 7 5 5 2 2 2 20 10 C 6

135 Sexto 88 L2 7 4 4 3 2 1 28 18 C 6n 8 1 1 1 1 1 0 30 12 C 598 Deacon 4x4 57 L45

ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAPV APC/RECONNAISSANCEP40 L50,LMG 4127 AEC I 4x4 4 2 7 6 6 40 15 C 6

166 AEC4

II 4x4 57 L45,LMG 55

5 5 4 4 39 14 C 75 3 5 4 4 38 14 C 8

318 AEC III 4x4 75 L40,LMG103 3 2108 3

Staghound I 4x4 37 L54,LMGStaghound II 4x4 76 L25,LMG

1 3 3 3 55 18 C 512 3 3 3 55 18 C 7

174 44 2

Staghound III 4x4 75 L40,LMG 2 1 5 4 4 55 18 C 81 2 2 2 55 20 C 486 Staghound AA 4x4 2*HMG

73 1 195 2

Humber II-III 4x4 HMG,LMGHumber IV 4x4 37 L54,LMG

1 2 2 2 48 16 C 311 3 3 3 45 15 C 5

45 144 1

Humber Scout Car 4x4 LMG (Bren)Humber/Otter LRC 4x4 LMG (Bren)

1 1 1 1 1 55 18 B 211 1 1 1 47 14 C 3

57 Daimler Scout Car 4x4 LMG (Bren)

Daimler I-III 4x4 40 L50,LMG

3 1

98 3

1 3 1 1 57 18 B 2

11 3 3 1 50 16 C 757 Lynx Scout Car 4x4 LMG (Bren)Morris Cs9/LAC 4x2 Boys ATR,LMG(Bren)

352 1 1

1 1 3 1 1 52 18 B 21 1 1 1 45 10 C 2

52 1 155 1 1

Rolls Royce 1924 4x2 Boys ATR,LMG(Bren)Marmon Herr'ton I-III 4x4 Boys ATR,LMG(Bren)

1 1 1 1 45 10 C 21 1 1 1 50 15 C 2

63 1 11

Marmon Herr'ton IIIa 4x4 20 L65 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 365 Marmon Herr'ton IIIb 4x4 47 L32 1 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 540 1 138 1 1

Carrier ÀTR' Boys AT RifleCarrier `LMG' LMG (Bren)

1 1 1 1 31 18 B 2 11 1 1 1 31 18 B 2 1

49 11 1

Carrier `MMG' MMGCarrier 2" Mortar

1 1 1 1 31 18 B 21 1 1 1 31 18 B - 11

45 2" Mortar55 Carrier Wasp F/Thr

IP Carrier LMG (Bren)1 1

42 2 11 1 1 1 31 18 B 21 2 1 1 54 17 C 2 1

81 2 15

IP Carrier 3" Mortar 3" mortar 1 2 1 1 54 17 C -86 Stuart Kangaroo/Recce LMG 3 3 5 3 3 40 22 B 2 111 Priest Kangaroo HMG114 Ram Kangaroo LMG

Buffalo Mk II 20 L85,2*LMG

2 78

82 1

2 6 2 2 30 20 C 2 64 4 8 4 4 30 20 C 3 4

2

1 1 1 1 1 20 14 D 3 485 Buffalo Mk IV 20 L85,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 12 D 3 6

o, Bishop, Sexton, Marmon Herrington AC, IP Carrier and AA AFVs.e Dischargers; All AFVs, except AEC Deacon, Achilles, Stuart Recce, Ram/Pr s; All AFVs, except AEC Deacon, Matilda I, Light Tank MkI-V and all Carriers.

Man Turrets; Light Tank MkI-V, Matilda I.

Smok iest KangaroRadioOne



51

tishBri AFV Notes:

TYPES TANK

A9 & A9 CS - designed as a Cruiser tank to replace the Medium Mk IIbuilt in the late 20's, the A9 had two similar forward sub-turrets housing aVickers MG each. Produced on a thin budget, armor protection was minimal.

e A9 CS (Close Support) version mounted a 94mm howitzer replacing the2 pdr and was limited to firing smoke shells only.

A10 & A10 CS - the thin armor and unreliability of the A9 prompted aredesign which lead to the A10. Modified with extra armor plate and given aslower speed to improve reliability, the hull was modified with a single bowmounted MG replacing the unpopular cramped sub-turrets. Because of itsslow speed, it was reclassified as an Infantry tank. A10 CS version mounted

Th

nks impressed the British

nreliable tank because it was rushed into service. Riveted

smoke.Crusader II & Crusader II CS - an uparmored Crusader I with the hull

used for storage..

e higher speed). The

rst British tank built that was on par with the M4

Mk III & V (used only in Tunis)had a new turret which allowed for a third crew member (the Fire Order isreduced by -1.) The Mk I was used entirely for training in England. The MkVI & VII were Canadian variants equivalent to the Mk II and were all shipped

an upgunned variant of the Mk V with the 6pdr replacing

recked M4 Shermans. The Churchill IV NA75 were so

SELF

a 94mm howitzer in the same turret and fired only smoke shells. A13 Mk I - the speed of the Soviet BT ta

enough to design their own Christie version, the A13. Thin armor was usedas a price cutting measure.

A13 Mk II & A13 Mk II CS Crui ser - the Mk II series quickly replacedthe Mk I in production and differed by having additional armor bolted on tothe hull & turret. The added turret armor was spaced (which gave theimpression of a larger turret) for better resistance to AT rifles. Counts ashaving spaced armor on turret sides and rear. The A13 Mk II CS tanks had a94mm howitzer which fired smoke rounds only..

A11 Matilda I - first Ìnfantry' tank to enter service, it was small, wellarmored, slow and cheap. While impervious to most AT guns in 1940, itlacked firepower mounting only one water-cooled MMG. Standardarmament fowe

r the A11 was the .30 cal Vickers MG although small numbersre equipped with a Vickers .50 cal HMG. The tank was nicknamed

`Matilda' from it duck like appearance. A12 Matilda II & II CS - like the A11, this infantry tank was still slow and

extremely well armored for its day. The 2pdr gun proved a match for most Axis tanks but the inability to be upgunned was its downfall. The A12 CSmounted the 76mm howitzer instead of a 2pdr and fired both HE & smoke.

A12 Matilda II FROG - Australian conversion of a Matilda II with a flame

projector replacing the 2 pdr gun. Light Tank Mk I-V - these light tanks were designed for colonial use(keeping down the natives) rather than European warfare. Standardarmament for the Mk III-V was a .30 cal water-cooled Vickers MG with smallnumbers being equipped with the Vickers .50 cal MG.

Light Tank Mk VI-VIC - the chassis was identical to previous marks witha larger two man turret mounting both an LMG & HMG. Intended forreconnaissance, they were more often employed as main battle tanks. TheMk VIC was distinct from other Mk VIs by the air-cooled 15mm Besa mainarmament.

Light Tank Mk VI AA - standard Mk VI with turret replaced by anarmored open-topped twin .50 cal MG turret.

Tetrarch & Tetrarch CS - entered production prior to making the decisionthat armored cars would completely replace Light tanks. The tanks that wereproduced were retained for airborne units or exported to Soviet Union. TheTetrarch CS mounted the 76mm howitzer and fired both HE & smoke.

A15 Crusader I & Crusader I CS - developed from the A13, theCrusader was an uarmor was used extensively and the hull MG was mounted in a crampedturret opposite the driver. The Crusader CS mounted the 76mm howitzer inplace of the 2pdr and fired both HE &

MG turret removed and Crusader III - consisted of an upgunned Crusader II with the 2pdr being

replaced by a 6pdr gun. As a result, the turret crew was reduced from threeto two. Hull and turret armor were marginally increased.

Crusader AA Mk III - consisted of a Crusader III chassis and hull with anew turret mounting twin 20mm cannon. With a lack of enemy aerial targetsafter the Normandy landings, these AA tanks were retained for infantrysupport engaging ground targets. The Crusader AA Mk I was similar with alarger open-topped turret mounting a 40mm Bofors AA cannon. They wereused during the Normandy landings but were quickly withdrawn seeing verylittle action.

Centaur IV - the predecessor of the Cromwell, 940 were built with asmall number being converted for use in close support by mounting the95mm howitzer. The Centaur differed from the Cromwell by having aninferior engine. The majority of Centaurs were later upgraded to Cromwells.

Cromwell IV - replaced the Crusader as the main battle tank. Speed oninitial production tanks was 40mph and was deliberately dropped to 32 mphto improve reliability and reduce crew injuries (the transmission governorwas sometimes removed by crews to obtain th

Cromwell was the fiSherman. Cromwell VII - this was a Cromwell IV with applique armor added to the

hull and turret fronts.Cromwell VI & VIII - the close support variants of the Cromwell IV & VII

mounting the 95mm howitzer in place of the 75mm L40.Firefly - with the Challenger program suffering design problems, the

Sherman M4A1 & M4A4 (being identical in performance) was hastilyupgunned with the 17pdr prior to D-Day. It was originally thoturr

ught that the M4et would suffer from the powerful 17 pdr recoil, however it was not the

case and proved a highly successful stopgap.Challenger - suffering design problems which led to a long delay before

entering service, it was based on an extended Cromwell chassis andmounted a very high turret with a 17pdr gun.

Comet - intended to be an upgraded Cromwell, the Comet ended upbeing a complete redesign. Due to the 17pdr's vicious recoil, the 77mm gunwas developed & mounted in the new turret.

Valentine I-VII - this infantry tank proved to be one of the most reliable AFVs to enter British service. All variants from Mk I-VII were identical exceptfor engine detail and minor turret layout. The

to the Soviet Union. Valentine IX-X -

the 2pdr. Turret crew was reduced back to two. Valentine XI - last production variant to see combat, it consisted of an

upgunned Mk X with 6pdr replaced by 75mm L40.

Churchill I - fearing trench warfare would return to Europe in 1939, theChurchill design was instigated. The 76mm L25 howitzer was mounted inthe hull and the 2pdr in the turret. The Fire Order given for the Mk I relates tothe 2pdr; For 76mm L25, use ̀ FO=9'. The Churchill Mk II was identical to theMk I except for the 76mm L25 being replaced with an LMG. All Mk IIs wererebuilt as Mk III & IV with many being shipped to the Soviet Union.

Churchill III-IV - two new turrets were developed for mounting the 6pdrin the Churchill. The Mk III used a welded turret while the Mk IV had a castturret, the latter being favored more by crews. Characteristics for both wereidentical.

Churchill V - close support variant of the Mk IV, it mounted the 95mmL22 howitzer in place of the 6pdr.

Churchill NA75 & VI - during the campaign in Tunisia, quantities of MkIVs were upgunned in the field by installing 75mm L40 guns (& mantlets)salvaged from wsuccessful that the introduction of the official variant, Mk VI, was accelerated.The Mk VI consisted of a Mk IV mounting the British 75mm L40 in place of6pdr.

Churchill VII - the Churchill underwent a redesign in 1943 to produce anuparmored Mk VII variant. Still similar in appearance to earlier models, it hada new turret and increased armor on the hull. Speed dropped with theincrease in weight.

Churchill VIII - close support variant of the Mk VII with 95mm L22howitzer replacing the 75mm L40.

Churchill AVRE (Armo - based on thered Vehicle Royal Engineers)Mk IV with added applique armor. The main armament is a 290mm PetardSpigot Mortar which was loaded from outside the turret by the hull MGgunner. The normal roof hatch was enlarged to enable the 40lb projectile tobe man-handled up to the muzzle. Once fired, the Petard mortar requires afull move to reload and can only be carried out if the turret is facing 12o'clock. While reloadingas

, the hull MG gunner is exposed and can be fired atif within `hardcover'. The Churchill AVRE was capable of various tasks;

Fascine carrier, Bridge layer, Demolitions, etc. The crew were trainedengineers and sappers and were capable of carrying out engineering tasks

outside the AFV.Churchill Crocodile - field kits were provided for installing a flameprojector in place of the hull MG on Mk VIII tanks. Fuel was carried is atowed pressurised armored trailer.

PROPELLED GUNS Achil les - a US M10 Tank Destroyer rearmed with 17 pdr.Bishop - an SP version of the Valentine, consisted of the chassis with a

fixed crude superstructure ful AF

completely armored with an open backed

APC/

ly enclosing a 25 pdr in limited traverse. ThisV was not well liked by it's crew because of its slow speed, large size and

cramped interior. Archer - modified Valentine chassis mounting a 17 pdr which faced to

the rear. This AFV cannot move and fire in the same turn as the driver'sposition was directly behind the gun breech and had to be evacuated prior tofiring to avoid the recoiling breech.

Sexton - as the Canadian Ram tank was considered obsolete by 1942, itwas redesigned and manufactured into an SPA to replace the US M7`Priest' in British service. Using a layout similar to the M7, the sides of theRam were extended up and a 25 pdr gun mounted in an open-toppedcompartment with limited traversed.

Deacon - based on the Matador MAT (Medium Artillery Tractor), thechassis and drivers cab wereturret mounted at the rear. This turret had 320º traverse and gun crew werecompletely exposed from the rear to small arms fire.

RECONNAISSANCE AEC Mk I,II & III - based on the Matador Medium (4x4) artillery tractor,

this AC was slow and very heavily armored

hound had an

Daimler I-III - with the Daimler SC being so successful, a larger armoredcar version was developed with similar characteristics. It was the first British AC to mount a 2pdr gun having the turret that was used on the TetrarchLight tank. Rear facing steering was available for use by the commander inemergencies.

for it's time. The Mk I was builtwith a Valentine II turret and armament. The Mk II had a more powerfulengine and featured a new turret mounting a 6pdr. The Mk III was essentiallythe same as the Mk III except a 75mm L40 was installed in place of the 6pdr. By all standards, this AC constituted the most potent AC to enterservice in WWII, being the wheeled equivalent to a tank.

Staghound I & II - supplied under Lend-Lease, the Stagunreliable and noisy transmission which proved undesirable for a vehicleintended for reconnaissance work. It was a popular command & liaisonvehicle due to it's spacious interior. The Staghound II was the close supportversion of the Mk I and mounted a 76mm L25 howitzer in place of the 37mmL54.

Stagho - the original MkI turret was replaced by an ex-Crusader und IIIturret mounting a 75mm L40 gun (surplus from Crusader AA conversions.)

Hull and chassis remained unmodified.Staghound AA - standard Staghound hull & chassis with a small open-topped turret mounting twin .50 cal HMGs.

Humber II-III - based on the Quad (4x4) Field Artillery Tractor, the MkIIwas an the intermediate step to more sophisticated AC designs whichfollowed. The Mk III differed from the Mk II by having a larger three manturret.

Humber IV - as per Mk III except the 15mm Besa HMG was replacedwith the 2 pdr gun & coaxial LMG.

Humber Scout Car - this SC was cheaper to version of its Daimler &Lynx counterparts, having less armor and a more spacious interior. Anadditional passenger could be carried to the crew of two, making it a useful

AOP vehicle. Humber III/Otter LRC - Light Reconnaissance Car (LRC). The Humber

III was rushed into production in 1940, built on a 8cwt 4x4 truck with a thinlyarmored body. The Otter was a Canadian version of the same design. Bothdesigns were unsophisticated and chetop

ap, mounting a Bren LMG in an openped turret.Daimler Scout Car - nicknamed `Dingo', they were developed for a

scouting and liaison role. Carrying a two man crew,

Lynx Scout Car - with the Daimler SC being so successful, Canadacommenced production of a copy using different automotive componentswhich lead to the Lynx SC.



52

odified open top turrets. Original mount AT rifle & Bren LMG. The actual vehicl

1924Mar - manufactured in S.A

comme ith a light armored bod h larmed, histicated but very reliable. Both the AT

ere m topped turret. A mrsion dr gun but none en

combatMar IIIb - compared to Germ

Herringt under gunned and betwith captured enemy galian 20mm AA and 4

e n crews were exposedar (pa

Carr veloped to pr protectio e Bren LMG and Boys AT rifle. The Uni

ferred er') was employed iOP, g arrier, etc. All var

ame arriers consisted of either a Bren LMG oont gu optional Bren LMG in the r mpart mament can be remov

use out FV. The PIAT can also be fired from withls crew/passenge dba f team they are, or

e carri em, then they disembark aam, a of carrier it is. The carrieess thCarr ns existed, each mounti

e A had the Vickers built inosition ow MMG with limited traverse, while the

e MM rear with all round traver cre mbark as a MMG Teamove o ess the team re-embarks.

Carr tar was speciallythe gunn fired from the Afired se y from the AFV as a 2” mortar team. Theor fire unless the team re-embarks.

Carr dified with a Rith fuel ssenger compart

Car ern' - light 4x4 open tor built sed in a similar role to

ith spa A Boys AT rifle coounte e team can disembar

er cannot move or fire unless the team re-

r erted to carry and fireo the rear. Cannot beone turn prior to an

f M3A1 US

ght t Th ce thet o its speed. A pintle mounted LMG was added

wi ers i the ll. cce and Kangarooons ere tuall denti l, th tte in ainly in an APC roler to a Carrier.

Pr o a dian xt ore numerous,to A . ification carried

a r and p e over the gap. Rows of

th m tank was used in it'sa ench

turretit

u or LVT4 mountings the hull. Refer US

) s Speed across water; 8cm/move.)

Morris Cs9/LAC - based on the Morris Cs9 4x2 15 cwt trucks with a lightarmored body. Stopgap measure until improved designs became available.

Rolls e 1924 - dating back to 1914, these W

Carrier LMG above. The carriembarks.

Royc WI AC were still inse ut with m ing an MMG, it was

Ca rier, WheeledÌndian Pattern' 3" Mortar - conva 3" m rtar from within the vehicle. The mortar faced trvice b

replaced with an es used were 1920o

dismounted. The vehicle is required to be stationary y& Pattern cars.

fri lt hfiring or the weapon to be calibrated.

Stu Kan mon Herrington I-III ca and bui on t ercial Ford 4x4 chassis w y. T ey were poor y

art garoo/Recce - field modification of the Stuart M3 &Li ank. e turrets were removed by British Recon units to redu

unsop rifle and Bren LMG heigh f the tank and increaseong seats for ew ounted together in the open uch improved MkIV

ve was produced mounting a 2p tere service or sawal th pass ng n hu Both Reve w vir y i ca e la r be g used md

.rsi

simila mon Herrington IIIa & an ACs, the Marmon

s considerably eiest Kangar o - as the C na Se on became mer PCs The only modon wa en 1942-43, many

eplace uns. The two mostnumb s of Priests were convertedout w s to remove the 105mm hocrews r d the small turret w

common field modifications were It 7mm L34 gun, bothmount limited traverse. Gu

witze latbench seats were installed inside.

ll of e Canadian Rad with from the sides and Ram Kangaroo - the hunre rtial protection only.)

ier`LMG' & CarrierÀTR' - de ovided mobility andorigi l form as an APC. Removing the turret, the hull was gutted and bseats installed for passengers. The LMG mounted in the small forward

n for th versal Carrier (often oppos e the driver was retained.- L ere incorrectly to as ̀Bren Carri n many roles, such

A un tractor (6pdr), mortar c ied in minor detail. B ffalo MkII & MkIV US end L ase LVT(A)2

20mm Polsten Cannon and two MMG on either side Arm nt for C r Boys AT rifle in the LVT(A 2 & LVT4. (Amphibioufr nners location with an ear passengerco ment as an AA LMG. Ar ed by passengers for

side A in this AFV. Earliermode seated 3, later 4 crew. If the rs isembark, theydisem s either whatever type o erk a , if th y wish to take

er’s a s a LMG or AT Rifleth rmament with thte ccording to which type r cannot move or fireunl m re-embarks.e tea

ier `M ng a Vickers MMG.MG' - two versioSom ustralian built Carriers to the front gunnersp as a b British version had

th G on a pedestal at the se (crew exposed).The w and weapon can dise . The carrier cannotm r fire unl

ou a dier 2" Mortar - the light 2" mor m nted longsi eompartment and could be diers c FV or smounted &

paratel carrier cannot move

ier Wasp - standard Carrier mo onson flame projectorw tanks installed in the rear pa ment.

rier, WheeledÌndian Patt pped armored scoutca a. Intended to be uin Indi the Universal carrierw ce for four passengers. uld replace the hullm d Bren LMG @ +2 PV. Th k as per the notes for

BRIT GUNSISHstart r, the British arsenal was in the

nising n

Th ent of, 4.5", ns which did not ene. lack of firepower

in the early years. So much so, thats oke capability of the larger guns to

power. Lend-lease equipment helpedq

At the of wa process of eitherom

heavy price on the battlefieldctic ickly relied on the smmoder their stocks of old WWI guns or adopti g c pletely new

ns. ter involved the developm

their ta qu

desig e lat the 6pdr, 17pdr,25pdr and 5 ter production for make up for this lack of fireoffset the ality with quantity.5" combinatiosometim This delay and the cost the British a

u .

nk Guns S 1 SBRITAIN Range in cmPV AT/Ta ize 20 40 60 80 100 25 150 175 200 250 FO NOTE36 40mm L50 2 pdr A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) to-hit base 3 HE 1943+

t. E6 6 5 5 4 4 penetration

+9pg -> 2 pdr Lt John Adap (11) (10) (8) (6) (5) 3 no H 9 8 7 6 473 57mm L45 6 pdr B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 4 HE 1943+

9 9 8 8 7 7 6 5 5+10pp APDS ammunition (11) (11) (10) (9) (7) (6) (6) (5) 4

12 11 10 9 7 6 5 490 75mm

L40 Mk V-VA * (11) (11) (10) (10) (9)

10 9 9 8

(9) (8) (8) (7) (5) * Smk, WP 1944+

8 8 7 7 6 640 76mm L25 3” MI-IIA * (10) (10) (9) (9 () 8) (7) (6) (5) * Smk- - -

76mm L55 17 pdr B (11) (12) (11 15 14 14

pp APDS ammunition (11) (12) (11 23 22 21

-143 ) (1 (1 13 1+58 ) (1 ( 20 1

- - - -0) 0) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5

3 12 12 11 11 100) 9) (7) (7) (6)

9 18 17 17119 ) (1 (177mm L49 Mk II * (11) (12) (11 0) 0) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) *

13 12 1294mm L15 3.7” * (10) (9) (9 - - -

11 118 ) (8 ( -

1 10 10 9 9 7) 7) * Fires Smk ONLY

-69 ) (9 (95mm L22 Mk I * (10) (10) (9 ) 8) (8) (7) (6) * Smk,WP

- - - - - - - -) (8) (6)-> 95mm L22 Mk I HEAT (9) (9) (8 (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 8 8

00 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTESHowitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60PV 80 19) (8) (8) (7) (7) 6 Smk, WP5 5 4 4 3

57 ) (9) ( 6

84mm L29 18 pdr B (10) (10) (10 7 7 663 B (10) (10) (10) (9 (88mm L28 25 pdr ) 9) (8) (8) (7) (7) 6 Smk

7 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 4



53

4 ) (8) ( 6 Smk, No Gun Shield- - - - - - -

4 88mm L15 25 pdr short B (10) (9) (9 7) (6) (5)

50 94mm L13 3.7” B (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk, WP- - - - - - -

+0pg -> 94mm L13 3.7” HEAT 1943+ (9) (8) (8) (7) (5)6 6 6 6 6

(10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) 8 Smk,WP- - - - - -

63 114mm L16 4.5” C-

54 290mm L4 Petard * (10) (8) (6) *- - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES25 20mm L85 AA A (12) (11) (10) (8) (6) 1

3 3 2 2 23 20mm L85 AA Dual * (12) (11) (10) (8) (6) *3

3 3 2 2 2B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9)

4 (7) 24 40mm L56 AA Bofors

6 5 5 4 4 3

B un Notesritish G

AT/Tank Guns40mThis

dard until 1942. Gun can be carried & fired èn5cwt truck (or heavier) with 360º traverse. Gun can be fired

squGer

s also copied by thewas introduced in June 1944.

ntil March 1943. Gun can be

s wemounted on 25pdr carriages as a stop-gap until production of the carriages

eptember 1944. Not

m L50 2 pdr - light AT gun mounted on a tripod with 360º traverse.gun is treated as a `turret mounted' gun for AT Fire deductions with its

all-roissued to units as stan

und traverse. HE ammunition was available in early 1941, it was not

portee' on a 1

by crew without unlimbering. The optional `Little John' adaptor was aeeze bore attachment developed using the same principle as theman squeeze bore guns. All 2 pdr with this attachment can fire it every

ing AFVs.turn, but can’t fire HE. Can be used on any 2 pdr, includ57mm L45 6 pdr - replacement gun for the 2 pdr, it waUS and called 57mm M1. APDS ammunitionHE ammunition did not become available ucarried & fired èn portee' on a 30cwt truck (or heavier) with the gun facingeither forward or to the rear.75mm L40 QF - this gun used the same mounting as the 6pdr which meant

ng A s.) QF AFVs armed with 6pdr's were easily be upgunned (includi Cstood for `quick firing' which meant the ammunition was one piece. Smoke

n 1943, with WP rounds only becomingammunition was developed iavailable in June 1944.76mm L55 17 pdr - when originally rushed into service, the barrel re

caught up. APDS ammunition was introduced in Sequipped with HE prior to June 1944.77mm L49 - shortened version of the 17pdr designed for mounting ontanks only and using the same ammunition.

Howitzers/Field Gunsweight howitzer developed for use in AFVs only.

84mm L29 18 pdr - ex-WWI artillery gun on a modernised carriage. 88mm L28 25 pdr - standard artillery gun. The original 25 pdr Mk I was in

fact rebored 18 pdr guns which were referred to as 18/25 pdr. A uniquere w ng firing platform mounted under the gun.

hort - a shortened version of the 25 pdr field gunwhich bo blance to the original. It was produced in Australiaspecificall gle warfare and was nicknamed the ̀ Baby 25 pdr'.

94mm L13 3.7" - mountain howitzer. HEAT ammunition became available

st Japanese AFVs. Could be broken down for pack94mm L ht weight howitzer developed for AFVs. Only smokeammunition veloped.

95mm L eveloped as an infantry howitzer. Only saw service equippingvarious Cromwell & Churchill CS tanks.

114mm L16 4.5" - modified WWI howitzer.nged spigot mortar

use against fortifications. Nicknamed theustbin'.

ic Cannon

76mm L25 3" - light

featu as the swingi 88mm L15 25 pdr S

re little resemy for jun

in 1943 for use againmule transportation.15 3.7" - lig

was ever de22 - d

290mm L4 Petard Mortar - muzzle-loaded short-rawhich fired a 40lb projectile for `Flying D

AA/Automat AA - three types of 20mm AA cannon were used by the British;

Oerlikon, Hispano-Suiza & Polsten. The Oerlikon was the most commontype in service while the less numerous Polsten was preferred. Selfdestructing ammunition was not developed until 1945 and these guns sawvery limited service because of this. (ie, a non-self destructing AA shell firedat a plane is going to come down again...)

40mm L56 AA Bofors - Swedish AA gun which was widely export to manyuntries and used extensively by both sides during the war. Produced

license in UK & Hungary 1941+ and in US from 1942+. Prior tothis, all guns were purchased direct from Sw en. Gun can be fired bycrew with

20mm L85

counder the

edout unlimbering.

British Organisation IN Y BATTALION ’40 - ’4FANTR 5T ch battalions made up an Infantry Brigade.hree su• an have trucks if the BEF. All sections/units without Carriers c• Radios issued to platoon level.

45 INFANTRY BATTALION 1940-‘yQt Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Infantry Battalion@ 12 PV) 1 Infantry Battalion HQ (1944-’45 - add 2 PIAT n/

-a

ort unitfielded intact

3 Infantry Companies 1 Support Company battalion supp 1 Support Company HQ (1 Company HQ Team + radio, 1 Rifle Team Rides, 2 carriers.) use only if company

6mm mortars, 2 carriers) (increase to 3 sections fr 1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x 3”/7 om 1942) (1944 – ’45 - add 1 PIAT @ 6 PV each to each carrier in mortar platoon)

ntry platoon.1 Carrier Platoon (13 x carrier, each with its own driver) Can carry one infa 1 MG Platoon (4 x Carrier ‘MMG’)

1 AT Platoon (6 x 2 pdr, 6 trucks) (1941 - 1942)1 AT Platoon (6 x 6 pdr, 12 Carriers) (1943-1945)1 Engineer Platoon (HQ + 3 squads as below, plus engineer weapons)

ngineer squad) (1944-’45 - add 2 PIAT @ 12 PV to each eIn fan Co mp an y

Infantry Company HQ 1940-43 (2 Co 1 ptry

mpany HQ Teams, 1with radio, 4 Rifle Teams ) er inf co.bove, but add 1 PIAT to one team) 1 per inf co.

-

11 Infant ry Company HQ 1944-’45 (as a3 Infantry Platoons Infantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ 1940-’41 (1 Pl. HQ Team + radio, 1 Boys ATR Team, 1 50mm mortar) 1 per inf pl.1 Infant ry Platoon HQ 1942-43

(as above, but add 1 PIAT to each team)(1 Platoon HQ Team + radio, 1 50mm mortar) 1 per inf pl.

1 Infant ry Platoon HQ 1944-45 1 per inf pl.(1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -3 Infantry Section

Historical Section (do not use in gameplay)

Infantry Pl atoon HQ Section 1940 - 1941 - (1 Off, 6 men, with 1 SMG, Boys AT Rifle, 50mm Mortar, and rifles, radinfantry Platoon HQ 1942 – 1945 - (1 Off, 6 men, with 1 SMG, 50mm Mortar, and rifles, radio)

o)

fantry Section - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 LMG, 9 rifles)fantry Company HQ Section - (2 Off, 2 – 4 NCO, 12 – 14 men with 2 – 3 SMG and rifles, radio)

IInInSupport Company HQ Section



54

Support Company Engineer Platoon - (1 Off, 4 NCO, 28 men)

40 - ’45e and three to each motorised infantry brigade.

radios in the M3 scout cars or halftracks where relevant).

MOTORISED INFANTRY BATTALION ’armored brigadOne was attached to each

• Radios issued to platoon level, (plus

TORINo. Your Force Can Have:

MO SED INFANTRY BATTALIONQty Unit TypeMotorised Infantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalion HQ 1 per inf bat.4 Infantry Companies (Reduce to 3 Companies from 1942) -

nly take it co. not broken down)

MG Platoon 4 sections, each with 2 x Carrier ‘MMG’ (1 Carrier MMG team is Platoon HQ) (From ’44) battalion support unit

1 AT Company (From 1942) battalion support unit1 AT Company HQ (o

4 AT Platoons (each with 4 x 2/6 pdr, 4/8 carrier)1Motorised Infantry Company 1940

mpany HQ Teams, 1 with radio, 1 - 2 MMG, 1 - 2 trucks). 1 per inf co.s (Reduce to 2 Platoons from 1942) -

-nit

x carrier)

1 Infantry Company HQ (2 x Co3 Infantry Platoon1 Scout Platoon 1 MG Platoon (1942 – ’43) company support u 2 x MG Section (each with 2 x Carrier ‘MMG’. Treat one MMG Team as Platoon HQ)

1 x Mortar Section (2 x 3” mortar, 2Motorised Infantry Platoon (From 1943 add 1 x PIAT to all HQ and infantry sections)

Q 1940 – ’43 (details below) 1 per inf pl.

uck)out Car)

ifle Teams, one with PIAT, M3 Halftrack) -

1 Infantry Platoon H 1 Platoon HQ Team + radio, 1 Boys ATR Team or 1 50mm mortar, 1 light truck (or M3 Scout Car in 1943) 1 Infantry Platoon HQ 1944-’45 (details below) 1 per inf pl.

(1 Platoon HQ Section + radio, 1 Rifle Team + PIAT, 1 50mm Mortar, M3 Halftrack.)3 Infantry Section 1940-’42 (1 LMG Team, 1 Rifle Team, 1 light tr -3 Infantry Section 1943 (1 LMG Team, 1 R if le Team with a P IAT, lt truck or M3 Sc -3 Infantry Section 1944-’45 (1 LMG Team, 2 RMo ed Scout Platoon (From 1943 add 1 x PIAT to all HQ and storis cout sections)

PV) per inf pl.1 Scout Platoon HQ (1 x Carrier ‘LMG’ + radio. Counts as HQ. + 30 12 ‘LMG’ Scout Section (1 x Carrier ‘LMG’) -1 ‘AT Rifle’ Section (1 x Carrier ‘ATR’) -

Historical Data (do not use in gameplay)

en, 1-2 SMG, Boys AT Rifle OR 50mm Mortar, rifles, radio) 1 light truck, 5-7 men, 2-5 SMG, 50mm Mortar, rifles, radio, PIAT) M3 H/T.

1940 – ‘42 - (1 NCO, 5 men with 1 LMG, 0-1 SMG, rifles)1943 - (1 NCO, 7 men with 1 LMG, 1-2 SMG, rifles, PIAT) 1 light truck or M3

n 1944 - '45 - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 LMG, 1-2 SMG, rifles, PIAT) 1 M3arrier ‘LMG’, rifles, portable radio)

4 SMG, 1 – 2 MMG, rifles,

RIGADE 1940-‘45level and attached to infantry divisions when needed.one of the below tank squadrons per infantry company in your force.

Motori sed Infantry Plato on HQ Section 1940 – ‘43 - (1 Off, 2 NCO, 3 mMotori sed Infantry Plato on HQ Section 1944 - ‘45 - (1 Off, 2-4 NCOMotorised Infantry SectionMotorised Infantry Section Scout Car.Motorised Infantry Sec Halftrack.ti oMotorised Scout Platoon HQ - (1 Off, 2 men, 1 CMo ed Sc ou t ‘ LMG’ Sec ti on - (1 NCO, 2 mtoris en, 1 Carrier ‘LMG’, rifles)Motorised Scout ‘AT Rifle’ Section - (1 NCO, 2 men, 1 Carrier ‘ATR’, rifles)Motorised Infantry Company HQ Section - (2 Off, 8-10 personnel, 2- radio) 1-2 trucks.

INFANTRY TANK BThese units were held at Corps

than• you cannot have more

INF Y TANK BRIGADE 1940-‘41 ANTRQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Tank Brigade 1940-‘411 Infantry Tank Brigade HQ (4 infantry tanks) 1 per inf tank brig.

attalions -3 Infantry Tank Brigade BInfantry Tank Battalion1 Infantry Ta 1nk Battalion HQ (2 infantry tanks, 2 light tanks) per inf tank bat.

-3 Infantry Tank SquadronsInfantry Tank Squadron

1 per inf tank squad.(equivalent to a company)

ron HQ (1 infantry tank, 1 light tank, 6 m/c, 1 carrier)ivalent to a platoon

1 Infantry Tank Squad5 Infantry Tank Troops (3 infantry tanks) equ -* Light Tanks are Mk VI, Infantry Tanks are Matildas. You can mix Matilda I and II in the same Squadron. Valentines can be used from 1941.

INFANTRY TANK BRIGADE 1942-‘45 o. Your Force CaQty Unit Type N n Have:Infantry Tank Brigade1 Infantry Tank Brigade HQ (4 Cruiser & 2 AA tanks) (194 1 per inf tank brig.

s 4-’45 - 2 Command Tanks, 4 Cruisers)

5 ttalion support unityer Troop (3 x Bridge Layer Tanks) 1944-’45 attalion support unit

3 Infantry Tank Brigade Battalion - AA Troop (2 x AA Tanks) 1944-’4 ba1

1 Bridge La bInfantry Tank Battalion

ttalion H1 Infantry Tank Ba 1 per inf tank bat.Q (2 infantry tanks, 2 lt tanks) (‘44-’45 - 4 infantry tanks, 2 light tanks) rons -

t unit3 Infantry Tank Squad1 AA Tank Troop (8 x AA Tank) (drop from 1944-’45) battalion suppor 1 Recon Troop (12 x Scout Cars, in 4 ‘platoons’ of 3 each) 1943-‘44 battalion support unit

dron (9 x Light Tank, 9 x Scout Cars, in 6 ‘platoons’ of 3 each) 1944-‘45 battalion support unit1 Recon SquaInfantry Tank Squadron (equivalent to a comp

er inf tank squaany)

d.1 Infantry Tank Squadron HQ (1 infantry tank, 2 CS tanks) 1 p5 Infantry Tank Troops (3 infantry tanks) equivalent to a platoon -* Light Tanks are Mk VI, Infantry Tanks are Matildas. You can mix Matilda I and II in the same Squadron. Valentines can be used from 1941.* Infantry Tanks are Matildas or Valentines. Matildas can be used to and including 1943, Valentines to and including 1944. Churchills are the infantry

n armored brigade or division.

tanks used from 1944 – ’45.

ARMORED REGIMENT 1940de up the bulk of aThree such regiments ma

AR D REGIMENT 1940 MOREQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:





56

1 SP AT Battery -S -Tank Battery P Anti1 SP Anti-Tank Battery HQ (2 x Valentine) 1 per SP AT Battery

Troop (4 x 17 pdr/M10 SPs) -4 SP Anti-Tank

• See artillery restrictions.

ARTILLERY • Larger calibre guns were held at corps level.)

No. Your Force Can Have: ARTILLERY Qty Unit TypeInfantry Division Artillery Bri gade

Field Regiments (3 batteries, each with 8 x 25 pdr guns, all motorised) see artillery restrictions3 Arm ored Divi sion Art il lery Br igad e1 RHA Regiment (3 batteries, each with 8 x Sexton or Priest SPs) see artillery restrictions1 Field Regiment (3 batteries, each with 8 x 25 pdr guns, all motorised) see artillery restrictions

attached to it. AA Regiment

• Each artillery brigade of a division had one of these• Radios from troops up.

AA REGIMENT Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

AA Regim ent3 AA Batteries see AA Guns for restrictions

AA Batt eryp (6 x 40mm A o ed) see AA Gun r restr 3 AA Troo A, all m toris s fo ictions

ATR TTALION 1944su formed an a e.

• Radios issued to platoon level.The attalion is e e P p one below, but has 12 jeeps attached to the mortar platooCom pdr with .

* from 1944, one battery was truck mounted 40mm AAs.

PAR OOP BA -‘45Three ch battalions irborne brigad

• glider borne b the sam as th aratroopany, with 4 x 6 8 jeeps )

n as transport, and an AT Platoon added to the Weapons

orce Can Have:PARA OOP BATTALIONTR

pe No. Your FQty Unit TyPara on1 Paratroop Batta Q

troop Battalilion H n/a

ies -pons C y e

on (6 x 3 ar, 1 PIAT )(a ion b b weapon

3 Paratroop Compan1 Paratroop Wea omp (1 x Co. HQ Tan 1 Mortar Plato ”/76mm mort - 2

am alios

) batt n support unit

1 Engineer Platoon s normal sect elow, ut with additional engineer s)

Paratroop Company1 Paratroop Company HQ (details below) 1 per inf co.

(2 Company HQ Teams, 1 + radio, 1 50mm m , 2 ams with PIAT e )Platoons -

ortar SMG Te , 1 Rifl Team3 ParatroopPar a op Pl at ootro n1 Paratroop Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team + o & 1 p f pl.3 Paratroop Section (1 LMG Team, 1 SMG Tea Rifle -

radi PIAT, 1 50mm mortar+ PIAT) er inm, 1 Team)


try n , CO, 5 men - AT, radio)fantry Section - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 LMG, 1-4 SM riflesfantry Company HQ Section (2-3 Off, 4-6 NCO, 11 io)

Finlandish Army throughout WWII was fa pared t pow ith little mechanisation. Grea

reliance was placed on the individual infantryman's initiative and high level of independence in combat. Also the fact that all the troops were perfectlyused to sub-zero temperatures and that the bulk could ski put any invader at a great disadvantage. The Russians found out this the hard way. Althoughthe Finns lost the 1940 Russo-Finnish War, they came out rich with experience and captured equipment. The Soviets lost ten times the casualties butalso learnt many invaluable lessons.

Finnish equipment overall was obsolete and out-of-date. The bulk dated back to WWI. In 1944, large quantities of German AT weapons wereewed Soviet advance.

Infan P latoon HQ Sec t io - (1 Off 2 N , w SMG, 50mm M rifle 2 PIG, 9 )

ith 3-5 ortar, s, 1InIn men with 50mm mortar, 1-2 PIAT, 6-12 SMG, Rifles, rad

The Finn irly small com o other Axis ers.It was strictly an infantry army w t

rushed in to stem the ren

FINNISH EQUIPMENT LIST

PV AFV DATES PROD FR27 6

6116 BT 42 42-44 ? 6211 StuG IIIG 43-44 ? 6

? 6

39-41 18 639 FT-17 SA 39-41 12 6

8 T26 m1933 41-44 ? 4

11491 BT 5 41-44 ? 6

42-44 ? 6222 T34/76 m1942 43-44 ? 7303 T34/85 (Late) 44 ? 7

1 4249 KV 1 m1942 42-44 ? 7111 T70A 44 ? 7

BA 20BA 6 / BA 10

47 Vickers 6ton 1939 39-4466 Vickers 6ton 1940 39-44 238 KV 1 m194 41- 4 ? 7

216 Pz IVH 35 41-44 ? 687/94 41-44 ? 7

44

37 FT-17

999 T26 m1937 41-44 ? 6100 T28 m1934 41-44 ? 7

T28 m1938 41-44 ? 7

99 BT 7 41-44 ? 7224 T34/76 m1941

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR33 37mm L45 Bofors 39-44 112 362 75mm L36 mle 1897 39-44 ? 5

4 4

131 75mm L46 Pak 40 467 105mm L28 FH18 41-

44 45mm L46 M32 41-44 ? 629 75mm L16 M27 39-44 ? 453 76mm L30 M02/30 39-44 ? 5

76 41-44 ? 6

44 40mm L48 Bofors AA 41-44 ? 5 A 39-44 ? 4

30 37mm Pak 35/3662 50mm L60 Pak 38

1-44 ? 42-44 ? 62-44 ? 7

44 ? 6

78 mm L41 M36

20 20mm L62 Madsen A PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR

80 75mm (per pair) 39-44 - 4180 105mm (per pair) 41-44 - 6240 122mm (per pair) 41-44 - 6300 150/155mm (per pair) 42-44 - 745 81mm mortar 39-44 ? 6

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Field Car 39-44 ? 5



57

Germsoftsk 7chart Motorcycle 39-44 ? 6

an Light Truck 39-44 ? 6in Medium Truck 39-44 ?

TES PROD FRPV INFANTRY DA7 44 ? 1

? 4? 5

15 LMG (Belt fed) Team 39-44 ? 413 LMG (Mag fed) Team 39-44 ? 326 MMG 39-44 ? 430 HMG 41-44 ? 56 AT Grenade Late 43-44 ? 4

? 313 13.9 Boys ATR Team 39- ? 4

8 Pzfaust 30/60

443 Molotov Cocktail 35ea Demolition Charge 3page39 AP Mine 39-44 ? 3page39 AT Mine 40-44 ? 4

30 FAO Team 39-44 - 520 Radio 41-44 ? 5

Rifle Team 39-10 SMG Team 39-4410 Carbine Team 41-44

23 20mm s18 ATR Team 39-4442

16 7.9 wz 35 ATR Team 39-44 ? 4419 14.5 PTRD/S Team 42-44 ?

16 20mm Lathi/39 Team 39-44 ? 244 ? 2

16 Pzfaust 100 ? 39-44 ? 19-44 ? 5

FINNISH EQUIPMENT NOTES- No Finnish Gun Chart is given as all weaponsemployed were of foriegn purchase.- 37mm L45 was Swedish, 20mm L62 AA was Danish (see Polish Guns.)- 37mm L45 Pak 35/36, 50mm L60, 75mm L46 and

were Soviet ( see Soviet Guns) The guns listed

was Swedish ( see British Guns.)- 75mm L36 was French (see French Guns) .-T26, T28, BT5/7, T34, KV 1, T70, BA20/32 werecaptured Soviet AFV's from the '40 conflict onwards (see Soviet Armor.)- StuG I I IG & Pz IVH were from the Germans ( seeGerman Armor.)- AT Grenades, 7.9mm wz 35 and Pzfaust 30/60/100were German aid to stem the Soviet '44 attack.- 14.5mm PTRD/S AT Rifle was Soviet captured.- Artillery 75mm, 105mm and 81mm Mortar can fire

smoke rounds indirectly- Finnish army can employ horse teams, ski -troops and

105mm L28 were German ( see German Guns.)- 45mm L46, 75mm L16, 76mm L30 and 76

cavalry.and 76mm L30 were not vehicle/tractormm L41 - 75mm L36

from '41 towable.

onwards were captured, the others were bought pre-WWII.- 40mm L48 AA

Finnish Troop Class and Morale RatingMorale Rating Point Va NotesUnit/s Troop Class lue Modification

inland Elite no modi+50% o

F Offboard Artillery Veteran fication to PV All Other Units Veteran Elite r x 1.5

* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers

or prior to 1939 and it'sy

bloodied but on the verge of major expansion with alarge cache captured Soviet tanks.

V AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP

FINNISH ARMORThe Finnish Army had little experience with arm experienced andentire force at that time was made up of a few obsolete foreign tanks.The Russo-Finnish Winter War of 1939-40 left the small tank force ver

of

P37 L22,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 10 C 647 Vickers 6ton m1939

66 Vickers 6ton m1940 37 L45,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 10 C 6116 BT 42 114 L16 3 1 1 4 4 2 28 18 C 10

schargers; No AFVs equippedNo AFVs equipped

Finnish AFV Notes:

Smoke DiRadios;One Man Turrets; none

Vickers 6ton Model 1939 - these British tanks were originally purchasedwithout armament by the Finns who then fitted them with the small French37mm SA gun.

Vickers 6ton Model 1940 - following the failure of the 37mm SA gun against

Soviet tanks during the 1939-40 Russo-Finnish war, the surviving Vickers 6 tontanks were upgunned with the 37mm L45 Swedish Bofors and a new mantlet.

Being used alongside captured T26 tanks, this model was also referred to asthe T26È' (the Soviet T26 was developed from the Vickers 6 ton anyway, sothey were very similar in appearance.)

BT 42 - captured Soviet BT tanks were modified into SP Guns by removing the

turret and fitting a fully enclosed armored superstructure around a British115mm howitzer with limited traverse.

Finnish Organisation

INFANTRY BATTALION 1939-‘40 • All transport was horse drawn.• During winter all infantry can use skis• Radios above regiment level only.

INFANTRY BATTALION 1939-‘40 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Finnish Infantry Regim ent 1939-‘401 Infantry Regiment HQ 1 per inf reg.3 Infantry Battalion -1 AT Platoon (2 – 4 37mm AT Guns) regiment support unit1 Gun Platoon (2 – 4 75mm infantry guns) regiment support unitFinnish Infantry Battalion

1 Infantry Battalio n HQ 1 per inf bat.3 Rifle Company -1 AT Section (3 – 6 AT Rifle Teams) batalion support unit.1 Mortar Section (2 x 81mm Mortar, horses and carts) batalion support unit.1 Machine Gun Company batalion support unit.

1 MG Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team, 1-2 Rifle Teams) only use if co. not broken down3 MG Platoons (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG, horses and carts) batalion support unit.

Finnish Rifle Company1 Rifle Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + horses, 1 – 2 Rifle Teams (1 has bicycles)) 1 per rifle co.4 Rifle Platoons -Finnish Rifle Platoon1 Rifle Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team) 1 per platoon co.2 Rifle Groups (squads) 3 Rifle Teams -2 Automatic Rifle Groups (squads) 1 LMG Team, 1 x Rifle Team -


Rifle Platoon HQ Section – (2 NCO, 2, with rifles)Rifle Group (Squad) - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 SMG, 9 rifles)

Au to mat ic Rif le Gro up (Squ ad) - (1 NCO, 6 men with 1 LMG, and rifles)Rifle Company HQ Section – (1 officer, 3 – 8 men, with rifles)

Note:From '41-'45, there was a slight increase in automatic weapons, so 1 Rifle Team in each squad can be replaced by a SMG Team or a LMG Team.

AT equipment such as Panzerfausts were available from 1944, so one Rifle team of each rifle squad can be given Panzerfausts during 1944.Radios crept in '42 onwards, to regiments, and maybe battalions.



58

FINNISH ASSAULT GUN BATTALION 1943-‘44

FINNISH ASSAULT GUN BATTALION 1943-‘44 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

As sau lt Gun Bat tal io n 1943-‘ 441 Assault Gun Battalion HQ (1 x StuG III, 1 x A/C, 2 car, 3 m/cycle) 1 per assault gun bat.3 Assault Gun Company -

As sau lt Gun Com pan y1 Assaul t Gun Company HQ (1 x StuG III, 1 x A/C, 1 car, 2 m/cycle) 1 per assault gun co.2 Assaul t Gun Platoon (3 x StuG III) -


ARTILLERY • Each infantry division had one artillery regiment.

ARTILLERY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Division Artillery Regiment2 - 3 Artil lery Battalion (2 - 3 batteries, first two with 4 x 75mm guns, third with 100/105mm) see artillery restrictions

FRENCH EQUIPMENT LIST

FranceWith the exception of the Soviets, this was the largest army in Europe and appeared to be the biggest threat to the expansion of Germany. It was alsoone of the least strategically developed armies present, still relying on the static-front war of trenches and fortifications. As they had won the previouswar, the French High Command was over confident and very inept. Artllery was still the pride of the army and the rnanpower was to provide the punchinstead of the armor in any attack or counter-attack.

The French were also in a transition period where new equipment was starting to be introduced. The bulk of the army still dated back to WWI,even the ammunition was antique with a large proportion of shells failing to go off. The defensive attitude also lead to a deliberate lack of motorisationand a heavy reliance on the horse.

PV AFV DATES PROD FR37 FT-17 39-40 191 339 FT-17 SA 39-40 343 241 AMR33 39-40 ? 454 AMR 35 II HMG 39-40 400 452 AMR 35 II (25mm) 39-40 785 AMC 35 I 39-40 112 671 AMC 35 II 39-40 112 672 R35 39-40 1600 0

82 R39 39-40 90 686 AMX/R40 40 90 677 H35 39-40 345 187 H39 39-40 276 3107 S35 39-40 400 296 D1 39-40 20 695 D2 39-40 100 5152/168 Char B1 / B1 bis 39-40 320 2127 Char 2C 39-40 ? 741 AMC P16 39-40 ? 564/55 Panhard P-178 a/b 39-40 360 431 Lorraine Schepp1er 39-40 387 427 AMX/Renault UE 39-40 6000 0

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR19 25mm L72 SA-L mle 34 39-40 ? 211 37mm L22 mle 16 39-40 ? 648 47mm L53 SA mle 37 39-40 ? 431 65mm L20 mle 06 39-40 ? 536 75 L19 mle 19S/28S 39-40 ? 362 75mm L36 mle 1897 39-40 ? 067 105 L19 mle 35B/34S 39-40 ? 124 20 L60 Madsen AA 39-40 ? 427 25 L60 Hotchkiss AA 39-40 ? 338 37mm L60 mle 29 AA 39-40 ? 5

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 39-40 - 0180 105mm (per pair) 39-40 - 1300 145/155mm (per pair) 39-40 - 3350 194mm (per pair) 39-40 - 5400 220/240mm (per pair) 39-40 - 615 60mm mortar 39-40 ? 345 81mm mortar 39-40 ? 3

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Field Car 39-40 ? 4soft Light Truck 39-40 ? 3skin Medium Truck 39-40 ? 4chart Light Half track 39-40 ? 5

Medium Half track 39-40 ? 7Motorcycle 39-40 ? 4Motorcycle Sidecar 39-40 ? 6Tractor 39-40 ? 4

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle 39-40 ? 113 LMG (Magazine fed) 39-40 ? 226 MMG 39-40 ? 230 HMG 39-40 ? 415 Flamethrower Team 39-40 ? 45ea Demolition Charge 39-40 ? 4page39 AP Mine 39-40 ? 2page39 AT Mine 39-40 ? 4

30 FAO 39-40 ? 320 Radio 39-40 ? 4

French Equipment List Notes- No standard SMG was issued- French army made extensive use of horse teams andcavalry- artillery 75mm, 105mm, 145/155mm and 81mmmortars can fire smoke rounds indirectly

French Troop Class and Morale RatingUnit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification Notes

Offboard Artillery Regular As unit rating no modification to PVColonial Forces Regular Reliable no modification to PV whole force must be Colonial

All Other Units Regular Poor -25% or x 0.75

Although purpose built military vehicles were grossly outnumberedby civilian vehicles in used, the former were entirely issued to combatunits while the civilian types were relegated to supply, logistic and reararea transport units.


FRENCH SOFTSKINSUp until the mid 1930's, the French army relied entirely on the horse forhauling artillery, heavy weapons, supply and logistics. From 1935, thearmy commence a slow program of purchasing of military vehicles fromvarious firms, both locally and imported with the intention of motorisingvarious units and divisions.

When German motorised forces stunned the world with their swiftinvasion of Poland in late 1939, the French army panicked and beganpurchasing large quantities of vehicles from any and all sourcesavailable (many of which did not get delivered before the Germanattack.)

When the Germans invaded the West on 10 May, the French armypossessed a meagre 100,000 military vehicles, with a further 300,000civilian vehicles requisitioned in the months leading up, (the latter being4x2 types.)

After the armistice in 1940, the French automotive industrycontinued to manufacture a variety trucks for the Wehrmacht until thecountry's liberation in 1944.

PV FRANCE Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Rhone 14R Motorcycle x 3 - A 55 19 1 -8 Gnome & Rhone AX2 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 50 13 1 -7 Peugeot 202 Light Car 4x2 B 60 16 1 -



59

13 Citroen 23, Renault ADK Light Truck 4x2 C 42 11 4 A12 Laffly V15, Latil M7T1 Light Truck 4x4 C 45 19 2 A14 Laffly W15T & S35TL Light Truck 6x6 C 40 23 2 B17 Laffly S20TL, Lorraine 28 Light Truck 6x6 C 50 24 4 B21 Citroen 45, Renault AGR Medium Truck 4x2 C 36 9 7 B28 Renault AGK Heavy Truck 4x2 D 37 9 10 C21 Laffly S45TL Heavy Truck 6x4 D 31 14 5 D14 Unic TU1 Light Halftrack ht B 32 20 1 -13 Citroen/Kegresse P17 Light Halftrack ht B 22 14 1 A17 Citroen/Kegresse P19 Light Halftrack ht C 28 18 2 B14 Unic P107 Medium Halftrack ht C 25 15 1 C14 Somua MCG Heavy Halftrack ht D 20 13 2 D Rhone 14R Motorcycle - standard army solo motorcycle. Provision for rider

only, no passenger. Gnome & Rhone AX2 - standard heavy 3x2 M/cycle-sidecar combination

employed by the army. Optional pintle mounted LMG (mag fed) could beadded for the sidecar passenger (at additional PV cost.)

Peugeot 202 - light commercial 4x2 militarised car. An pintle mounted LMG(mag fed) could be installed on the side opposite the drivers (at additional PVcost.) Also includes other various light civilian cars (Renaults, Citroens &Simcas) acquired and used in the same role.

Citroen 23, Renault ADK (4x2) - the Citreon 23 was the most common light1« ton commercial trucks followed by the Renaults ADK, AGC and PeugeotDK5 & DMA. All these trucks were order in Sep 1939 during the panic ofmobilisation and delivered in their thousands right upto June 1940.

Laffly V15, Latil M7T1 (4x4) - light off-road trucks used primarily as guntractors for 25mm AT gun or 81mm mortar. As with all off-road vehicles andhalf-tracks built by Laffly, a pair of small anti-ditching wheels were built inunder the radiator.

Laffly W15T & S15TL (6x6) - light off-road truck of extremely advanced

design and exceptional cross-country performance. They were employed asgun tractors for light artillery (mainly the 75mm m1897.) The W15T wasidentical to the S15T except having a lower silhouette. The firm, Laffly, wasthe major supplier for cross-country trucks to the French army.

Laffly S20TL, Lorraine 28 (6x6) - both these trucks were special off-roadcarriers for the Dragon Portes (motorised infantry.) Numerous version werebuilt; command/liason, troop carrier, mortar carrier, MG carrier and guntractor. All were identical except for modification to the rear section.

Citroen 45, Renault AGR (4x2) - common types of medium 3« cargo trucksin service. Both used a conventional cab-after-engine design.

Renault AGK (4x2) - commercial 6 ton heavy cargo truck purchased inquantity between Sep 1939 and June 1940. The vehicle featured a cab-over-engine design similar in appearance to the AGR.

Laffly S45T (6x4) - militarised 7 ton heavy off-road cargo truck. The truck wasdistinctively Laffly with its protruding front end and anti-ditching wheels underthe front.

Unic TU1 - light half track based on a Citroen car chassis and using theKregress running gear with rubber band tracks. The vehicle was used built asa light command car and gun tractor.

Latil TARH - heavy wheeled tractors whose first use dated back to WWI. Thedesign underwent modernisation during the 30's, and were in production upto1940 and even further again under German occupation. The heavy tractorfeatured 4x4 drive and four wheel steering. The tractors were almostexclusively used to tow artillery 155mm or larger.

Citreon-Kegresse P17 - small semi-tracked prime mover for light guns.Except for the very smallest guns, it lacked carrying space to transport theentire gun crews which had to otherwise be transported some other way (ie.additional vehicles or on foot.)

Citreon-Kegresse P19 - these light half-tracks were specifically designed forthe motorised infantry (fusilers portes) and featured the Kegresse trackedrunning gear. A number of variants were built; a command/liason version for

HQ staff, an infantry carrier with bench seating at the rear, and a gun tractorversion for towing light AT guns. This category also includes the lessnumerous Hinston 16CV half track employed in the same role.

Unic P107 - medium semi-tracked prime mover used for hauling light andmedium artillery. This vehicle was the most common half-track in Frenchservice and used the Kegresse running gear with the rubber band tracks (thatsuffered from a very short life.)

Somua MCG - heavy semi-tracked prime mover. The design of this half-tracklay with early Somua-Kegresse half tracks developed in the 1920's. Thehalftracks was used to tow heavy artillery and recovery of tanks being intandem (two in-line). Its major drawback was the lacked of space to transportentire gun crews, the majority having to be transported via other means(additional vehicles or on foot.)

FRENCH MOTORISED GUNSPV FRANCE Descript Drive Size Speed Armamen

Rd C/Cion t

40 CAJ mle30 Berliet AA SP/Lt Truck 6x6 C 36 18 2 x HMG28 25mm mle 38 Berliet AA SP/Lt Truck 6x6 C 36 18 25mm L7256 47mm SA Laffly CdC AT SP/Lt Truck 6x6 C 40 23 47mm L5369 75mm mle 97 Citreon/Renault AT SP/Md Truck 4x2 C 36 9 75mm L3674 75mm mle 97 Conus For AT SP/Md Truck 4x4 C 42 17 75mm L36d62 40mm Bofors GMC AA SP/Md Truck 6x6 C 45 22 40mm L48 AA

CAJ mle30 Berliet - based on the light 1« ton Berliet VPR2 6x6 truck chassis.The vehicle was modified as a gun carriage with a flat platform over the rearto accommodate the dual 13.2mm HMG mounting and crew. The weaponhad clear 360º traverse and no protection for the crew. Various fieldconversions existed with the same armament using the Laffly 6x6 or othervehicles, possibly outnumbering the official versions.

25mm mle38 Berliet - identical to the Camion de 13.2 except mounting the25mm AA gun. No protection for crew provided. The 25mm AA gun waslikewise mounted on various other trucks as field conversions (en porte.)

47mm SA35 Laffly CdC - self-propelled anti-tank gun based on the LafflyW15T 6x6 off-road truck. The vehicle had the 47mm SA35 AT gun mountedat the back facing the rear with limited traverse. The prototype originally hadarmor plating all-round with an open top. Production models however wererushed into service between May & June 1940 with the armor omitted except

for the gun shield. 75mm mle97 Citreon/Renault - Vichy French forces in North Africaconverted a number of heavy trucks in SP guns by mounting the 75mm mle

1897 gun on a rotating platform giving it 360o traverse. The gun retained itsshield but the vehicle was otherwise unprotected. The weapon could notengage targets over the drivers cab.

75mm mle97 "Conus" Ford F60L - this field conversion was carried out bythe Free French in North Africa and was based on the Canadian Ford F60L4x4 3 ton truck using scavenged Italian tank turret components and 75mmmle1897 field gun. The gun had a 360º traverse although it could not engagetargets over the drivers cab. The gun itself was armored in the front and sidesand the truck had an armored front end, including an enclosed driver's cab.The name "Conus" came from the French officer responsible for itsdevelopment.

40mm Bofors GMC - truck mounted AA gun based on the 6x6 2« ton GMCtruck. These vehicles were modified in August 1944 to mount the 40mmBofors AA gun on the rear with 360o traverse for use against air and ground

targets. The vehicle required no out-riggers and crew were unprotected.

FRENCH ARMORIn keeping with the official French tactical doctrine of the late 1930's,tanks were nothing more than accompanying assault guns for theinfantry. They were therefore designed to be slow, well armored andshort ranged. In 1939, the French Army possessed over 3000 moderntanks - more than German could muster in May 1940. (That is, ofcourse, if a tank with a one man turret could be called modern.) Thesewere however divided and deployed all over France with littlecoordination or concentration of units.

During late 1939, attempts were made to form divisional sizearmored units (eg. DCR, DCL) but these were still forming and undertraining in May 1940. French armored units in general did not functionwell together and proved ineffective in the face of German Panzers, theonly exception being the 4th DCR under DeGaulle which gave acommendable account as a fighting unit.

PV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP37 FT-17 LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 5 4 B 439 FT-17 SA 37 L22 2 1 1 2 2 2 5 4 B 741 AMR 33 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 40 22 B 454 AMR 35 I HMG,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 34 18 B 552 AMR 35 II 25 L72,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 34 18 B 685 AMC 35 I 47 L34,LMG 3 1 1 3 2 2 25 13 B 671 AMC 35 II 25 L72,LMG 3 1 1 3 2 2 25 13 B 572 R35 37 L22,LMG 4 4 4 5 5 5 13 6 B 7



60

82 R39 37 L33,LMG 4 4 4 5 5 5 13 6 B 786 AMX/R40 37 L33,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 14 9 C 776 FCM36 37 L22,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 15 9 C 777 H35 37 L22,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 17 10 C 787 H39 37 L33,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 17 10 C 7107 S35 47 L34,LMG 4 4 4 7 5 5 25 14 C 796 D1 47 L28,LMG 4 4 4 6 5 5 12 6 C 695 D2 47 L28,LMG 4 2 2 7 5 5 14 7 C 6152 Char B1 75 L17,47L28,2*LMG 6 5 5 7 5 5 17 8 C 8168 Char B1 bis 75 L17,47L34,2*LMG 8 6 6 7 5 5 17 8 C 8127 Char 2C 75 L36,4*LMG 3 2 2 3 3 3 8 4 D 841 AMC P16 37 L22,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 16 C 764 Panhard P-178(a) 25 L72,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 48 14 C 555 Panhard P-178(b) 2*LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 48 14 C 427 AMX/Renault UE none 1 1 1 1 1 1 19 10 B -31 Lorraine 37L none 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 10 B - 2

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equippedRadios; All S35, D1, D2, Char B1 bis & Char 2C are equipped as standard. For Panhard P-178, only platoon and company command vehicles are radio equipped.One Man Turrets; All AFVs except Char 2C and AMC-35.

French AFV Notes:

- ex-WWI infantry tank.

French doctrine still considered artillery to be the dominantfactor for any land battle, but the tactics employed were stillhopelessly out-dated.

FT-17 AMR 33 - this light tank was accepted by the cavalry after deciding that

fully tracked AFVs were more practical for reconnaissance than wheeled ACs.

AMR 35 I & II - Variants I & II were identical except for the mainarmament, mounting either a 13.2mm HMG or 25mm L72 gun. There was athird less numerous model mounting an LMG. As the AMR 33 was under

gunned, the AMR 35 quickly replaced it in production as the cavalry'sreconnaissance tank. AMC 35 I & II - this was the cavalry's combat tank, being more heavily

armored & gunned than earlier AMR reconnaissance series. Variants I & IImounted the 25mm L72 & 47mm L34 guns, both with coaxial LMG. Thiswas the only French tank to see combat with a turret crew of two.

R35 & R39 - light infantry tank which was slow, under gunned, but verywell armored. Widely exported to pre-war French military allies. The R39was a late production R35 which was upgunned with 37mm L33.

AMX/R40 - development of the R35 with AMX running gear fitted toprovide better C/C performance. Majority were equipped with 37mm L33with a small number still mounting the 37mm SA.

FCM36 - an infantry tank whose limited production was cut short forbeing too expensive.

H35 & H39 - entered service first with cavalry units and later accepted bythe infantry. Its speed was twice that of the R35 but characteristics wereotherwise very similar. The H39 was a late production H35 upgunned withthe 37mm SA being replaced with a 37mm L33.

Somua S35 - built as a Cavalry tank, its modern design, thick armor,powerful gun & àll-cast' construction would have made this the best tank in1940, except for the one man turret. The turret was identical to that used onthe Char B1 bis.

Char D1 - the D1 was an unimpressive infantry tank introduced in theearly 30's by Renault and was extremely unpopular with crews for being veryunreliable and under powered. First French AFV to be radio equipped asstandard and mount the 47mm L28 gun (semi-automatic.)

Char D2 - an infantry tank which was quickly superseded in productionby the S35. Reasonably well armored, its impressive cast turret was used onboth the latter Char B1 and S35 tanks.

Char B1 & B1 bis - main battle tank of the French Army. Although amodern design, this tank suffered from an extremely poor crew layout whichlimited its effectiveness in combat. The turret was crewed by one over-worked commander and the 75mm L17 howitzer in the hull was aimed andfired by the driver (which cannot be fired in the same turn if the AFV hasmoved.) Two LMGs were mounted, one in the turret and the other fixed in

the hull alongside the 75mm howitzer. Neither of the hull mounted weaponscould be fired while `hull down'. The `B1 bis' mounted the 47mm L34 gunwhile the earlier less numerous `B1' had a shorter semi-automatic 47mmL28 gun and less hull armor. Sixty captured Char B1 bis tanks in Germanservice had the 75mm how. replaced by a flame projector. The hull gun isnot effect by the ‘one-man-turret’ rule.

Char 2C - built as heavy `breakthrough' tank at the end of WWI, itentered service in 1921 and was the first multi-turreted tank in the world. Itwas manned by a crew of thirteen and mounted a 75mm L36 plus four MGs(one in front, one on each side & one in rear turret.)

Schneider AMC P-16 (M29) - an armored half track reconnaissancevehicle built in the late 20's for the cavalry. It was based on the SomuaKegresse (half-track) tractor and mounted a small turret over the rear of thedriving compartment.

Panhard AMD-178(a) & (b) - 4x4 wheeled AC. Two variants were builtmounting the 25mm L72 & LMG, or 2xLMG, in the turret. A commandversion had the 25mm gun removed.

AMX/Renault UE - light armored gun tractor built for towing the 25mmHotchkiss or 47mm AT gun. Two vehicles were required, one towed the gunwhile the second towed a small ammunition trailer (both tractor crewsdismounted to man the gun.)

Lorraine Scheppler - the only purpose built fully tracked APC to seeservice during WWII. Passengers rode in the small rear open toppedcompartment. Also used as a tractor for the 47mm L53 AT gun.

FRENCH GUNSBy 1940, the pride of the French artillery was suffering from havinglarge amounts of obsolete WWI guns and insufficient production toreplace them with up-to-date designs. The vintage guns wereinadequate for the Blitzkrieg, being both heavy & quite immobile with

horse drawn transportation. Ammunition stocks were also unreliablewith the majority shells dating back over 20 years (WWI surplus.)

FRANCE Range in cmPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES19 25mm L72 SA-L mle 34 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 2

4 3 3 2 211 37mm L22 mle 16 A (10) (9) (6) 3

3 2 223 37mm L33 SA mle 38 * (11) (10) (9) (7) (5) *

5 4 4 3 227 47mm L28 * (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) *

5 5 4 3 3 233 47mm L34 SA mle 34 * (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) *

6 5 5 4 4 448 47mm L53 SA mle 37 A (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 8

7 7 6 6 6 5 4

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES31 65mm L20 mle 06 A - - - - - - (No g/shield) 4 Horse-drawn

- - - - - -34 75mm L17 SA mle 32 * (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) *

- - - - - -36 75mm L19 mle 19S/28S B (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk, Horse-drawn

- - - - - - -62 75mm L36 mle 1897 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk



61

8 8 7 7 6 5 4 4 367 105mm L19 mle 35B/34S C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk, Horse-drawn

- - - - - - - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L60 AA Madsen CMA A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1

3 2 2 2 227 25mm L60 AA Hotchkiss A (12) (12) (11) (9) (7) (5) 1

3 3 2 2 2 238 37mm L60 mle 29 B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 3

5 5 4 4 3 3

French Gun Notes

AT/Tank Guns 25mm L72 SA-L mle 34 - light AT gun. Towed by Renault UE tractor or

Lt.truck. Not equipped with HE. In British service, gun can be transported &fired ̀ en portee' on a 15cwt truck (or heavier) facing rearward.

37mm L22 mle 16 - obsolete punitive WWI infantry gun. Also employed asstandard armament for infantry tanks. For cartage & transportation, thisweapon counts as a heavy weapon, not an AT gun.

37mm L33 - designed as replacement tank armament for AFVs with the37mm mle 16.

47mm L28 SA mle 32 - developed as tank armament only for cast APXturret. Most French AFVs guns were manually loaded with poor rates offire. This gun was the first semi-automatic loader and suffer seriousmechanical problems throughout its life.

47mm L34 SA mle 34 - specifically develop tank gun for the APX turret,superseding earlier 47mm mle 32.

47mm L53 SA mle 37 - divisional level AT gun. Towing vehicle was either

a Lt truck or Lorraine 37L tractor. In German service, StGt 41 becameavailable for use with this gun in late 1943, refer ̀ Spigot Bombs'.

Howitzers/Field Guns 65mm L20 mle 06 - small mountain gun which could be disassembled for

pack horse transport. No gun shield. Horse-drawn only. 75mm L17 - hull mounted howitzer on the Char B1 tank. 75mm L19 mle 19S/28S - mountain gun. Could be broken down for pack

horse transport. Widely exported. Horse-drawn only. 75mm L36 mle 1897 - famous pre-WWI gun. Widely exported and built

under license by many countries. 105mm L19 mle 35B/34S - standard medium artillery guns. Horse-drawn

only.

AA/Automatic Cannon 20mm L60 AA Madsen CMA - licensed built version of the Danish Madsen

20mm AA gun. 25mm L60 AA Hotchkiss - intended for dual role as an AA & AT gun.

Ground and vehicle mounted versions were used. 37mm L60 AA mle 29 - designed by the navy as a static mount AA gun, it

was adopted by the army and built with a new carriage.

French Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT • Three regiments were found in each infantry division.• Radios can be issued to regimental HQ, but not lower.

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:French Infantry Regiment1 Infantr y Regiment HQ n/a3 Infantry Battalion -1 Weapons Company regiment support company

1 Weapons Company HQ use only if field as a whole co.2 x AT Gun Platoons (each with 3 x 25mm AT Gun)2 x Mortar Platoons (3 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar)

French Infantry Battalion 1 Infantry Battalion HQ n/a3 Infantry Company -1 MG Company battalion support unit

1 MG Company HQ use only if field as a whole co.1 Gun Platoon (2 x 25mm AT Gun, 2 x 81mm Mortar)4 MG Platoons (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG)

French Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (2 x Company HQ Team, 4 Rifle Teams) 1 per inf co.4 Infantry Platoon -1 Mortar Platoon (3 sections, each with 1 x 60mm mortar) company support unitFrench Infantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team) 1 per platoon3 Infantr y Squads (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -


• Radios issued to company HQs

Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Off, 2 – 3 NCOs, 3 – 4 men with rifles.)

Infantry Squad (1 NCO, 10 men with 1 LMG and rifles.)Company HQ (2 Off, 5-9 NCO, 16 men, rifles)

MECHANISED INFANTRY BATTALION• Same as infantry battalion above, but entirely in trucks.• Also had the following additions/changes:

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:French Mechanised Infantry Battalion1 MG Company was changed to the following: battalion support unit

1 MG Company HQ in 1 truck use only if field as a whole co.1 Gun Platoon (4 x 25mm AT Gun, 4 x 81mm Mortar, 8 trucks)2 MG Platoons (1 section, with 3 x MMG, 2 trucks)

French Mechanised Infantry Company (addition)1 MG Platoon (1 section, with 3 x MMG, 1 – 2 trucks) company support unit

• No radios.

AT Com pany • One was attached to each division.

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have: AT Com pany1 47mm Battery (4 x 47mm AT Guns) see AT gun restrictions





63

GERMAN EQUIPMENT LISTS

PV AFV DATES PROD FR49 Pz 1 39-41 1493 090 Pz IC 44-45 40 7123 Pz IF 42-45 30 780 Pz II A - C 39-43 1754 185/95 Pz II D-E / F 39-43 1141 Pz IIJ 42-43 ? 6

102 Pz 35(t) 39-41 298 4

115 Pz 38(t)E-G 41-43 846 2

80 PzJg 1 40-43 202 5

178 Marder III(t)M 43-45 975 2

165 Hetzer sIG 33 45 30 7

122 Flak pz IV 'Ostwind' 44-45 45 7

82 Pz II (Flamm) 41-42 155 595 Pz II 'Lynx' 44-45 100 6137 Pz II 'Lynx' (Late) 44-45 30 7

103 Pz 38(t)A-D 39-42 565 2

103/115 Pz III A-D / E-F 39-42 673 3125/141 Pz III G / H-J 41-43 2815 0163/173 Pz III J1 / L-M 42-43 1969 2148 Pz III N 42-45 700 498 Pz III (Flamm) 43-45 100 6114 Pz IV A - D 39-43 663 5134 Pz IV E - F 41-43 900 3198 Pz IV F2 42-43 1200 2216 Pz IV G - J 43-45 6094 1330 Pz V 'Panther' 43-45 5976 2299 Pz VI 'Tiger' 43-45 1354 4465 Tiger II (Henschel) 44-45 439 5450 Tiger II (Porsche) 44-45 50 6722 Maus 45 2 7

193 P40(i) (Italian) 44-45 100 6222/238 T-34/76 m42 / m43 42-44 50 7

109 StuG III A - E 40-43 822 6183 StuG III F 42-45 8587 0211 StuG III G 43-45 0167 StuH 42 42-45 1211 4190 StuPz IV 'Brummbaer' 43-45 306 5164 StuG M43 75/34(i) 43-45 127 5208 StuG M43 75/46(i) 43-45 29 6171 StuG M43 105/25(i) 43-45 117 5

102 PzJg 35R(f) 41-44 174 6167 Marder I 42-44 ) 6180 Marder II 42-45 651 3156 Marder II(r) 42-44 201 5169 Marder III(t) (r) 42-44 363 4192 Marder III(t)H 42-45 417 4

263 PzJg III/IV 'Nashorn' 43-45 494 5217 PzJg 38(t) 'Hetzer' 44-45 2584 1116 PzJg 38(t) Flamm 44-45 20 7210 Jgpz IV/48 44-45 795 4268 Jgpz IV/70 'Lang' 44-45 930 3392 Jgpz V/ JagdPanther 44-45 392 5491 Jgpz VI/ JagdTiger 44-45 77 7412 PzJg VI 'Elephant' 43-44 90 7111 siG IB 40-43 38 7130 sIG II 42-43 12 7146 siG 38(t)H 43-45 90 6125 sIG 38(t)M 44-45 282 4

112 PzA II 'wespe' 42-45 679 4152 PzA III/IV 43-45 714 5199 SturrnTiger 45 18 7116 PzA LrS(f) 42-44 94 6178 StuIG 33B 42-44 24 7

63 Flak pz 38(t) 44-45 140 5117 pz IV 'Moebelwagen' 44-45 240 4112 Flak pz IV 'Wirblewind' 44-45 86 6

46 Sdkfz 250/1 41-45 3

76 Sdkfz 251/23 45 6

85 Sdkfz 250/7 41-45 581 Sdkfz 250/8 43-45 6988 677 Sdkfz 250/9 43-45 470 Sdkfz 250/10 41-45 4102 Sdkfz 250/PaK38 42-45 750 Sdkfz 251/1 39-45 284 Sdkfz 251/2 40-45 460 Sdkfz 251/MMG 42-45 582 Sdkfz 251/9 42-45 4

72 Sdkfz 251/10 40-45 468 Sdkfz 251/16 43-45 5252 559 Sdkfz 251/17 43-45 474 / 78 Sdkfz 251/21 a / b 44-45 6174 Sdkfz 251/22 45 6

33 kfz 13/14 39-40 187 646 Sdkfz 221/223 39-45 989 462 Sdkfz 221/sPzB 41-43 672 Sdkfz 222 39-43 388 Sdkfz 222(Late} 42-44 989 337 Sdkfz 247 39-42 58 572 Sdkfz 231/232 (6 rad) 39-40 151 584 Sdkfz 231/232 (8 rad) 39-45 607 493 Sdkfz 233 43-45 119 651 Sdkfz 263 39-45 240 6

Sdkfz 234/2 'Puma' 43-45 101 6

64/55 Panhard P-178 a/b 41-43 190 6

85 Sdkfz 234/1 44-45 200 513191 Sdkfz 234/3 44-45 88 6185 Sdkfz 234/4 45 89 688 Aufkl pz 38(t} 44-45 50 7

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR23 20/28mm sPzB 41 41-43 ? 4

44 47mm L43 Pak 36(t) 39-41 ? 6

76mm L51 Pak 36(r) 41-45 ? 4

43 75mm L26 FK 18 39-45 ? 4

62 75mm L36 mle 1897 41-44 700 5

30 37mm L45 Pak 35/36 39-43 15000 148 42mm Pak 41 42-43 ? 5

62 50mm L60 Pak 38 41-44 ? 2131 75mm L46 Pak 40 42-45 ? 3182 75mm L58 PaK 41 42-43 150 6111103 80mm L37 PAW 600 45 ? 649 88mm RPzBGr 44-45 ? 7126 88mm L56 Flak 18/36 39-45 ? 3209 88mm L71 Pak 43/41 44-45 ? 4256 128mm L55 Pak 44 45 ? 7

36 75mm L10 LG40 41-45 ? 536 75mm L12 IG 18 39-45 ? 158 75mm L22 IG 37 44-45 ? 1

45 75mm L36 FK 38 39-45 ? 379 105mm L13 LG40 42-45 ? 567 105mm L28 FH18/36 39-45 ? 1136 105mm L52 K18 39-45 ? 5

83 150mm L12 sIG 33 39-45 ? 4104 150mm L30 FH18/36 39-45 ? 4

24 20 L55 Flak 30/38 AA 39-45 19000 148 20 L55 Flakvierling 38 41-45 ? 342 37 L60 Flak 18/36/37 39-45 ? 4

48 47mm L53 SA mle 37 41-44 ? 544 40mm L56 Bofors AA 39-45 ? 5

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 39-45 - 4180 105mm (per pair) 39-45 - 1

2l0mm (per pair) 40-44 - 7

300 150mm (per pair) 39-45 - 3350 170mm (per pair) 42-45 - 6400

PV MORTARS DATES PROD FR15 50mm 39-43 ? 245 81mm 39-45 ? 170 105mm 39-42 ? 6100 120 43- ? 4mm 45

PV ROCKETS DATES PROD FR220 150 NbW 41 (per set) 41-45 ? 3110 150 pzW 42 (each) 43-45 ? 6400 210 NbW 42 (per set) 43-45 ? 4450 300 NbW 41 (per set) 43-45 ? 5150 280/320 sWG 40/41 41-45 ? 490 80mm R-VfW 43-45 ? 6

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Kubel/Volkswagen 40-45 52000 2

soft Schwimmwagen 42-45 14000 3skin Field Car 39-45 ? 3see Light Truck 39-45 ? 2soft Medium Truck 39-45 ? 1skin Heavy Truck 39-45 ? 4chart Light Half track 39-45 ? 4

Medium Half track 39-45 9000 3Heavy Half track 39-45 12000 2Tractor 39-45 ? 3Motorcycle 39-45 ? 1Motorcycle Sidecar 39-45 ? 3Kettengrad 41-45 8345 4

PV TRUCK/SP DATES PROD FR

169 8.8cm FlaK 18(Sf) Zg 40-44 22 7

26 Kfz4 (le E-Pkw) 39-45 ? 536 Sdkfz 10/4 39-45 610 441 Sdkfz 10/4 armored 43-45 559 Sdkfz 7/1 42-45 319 563 Sdkfz 7/1 armored 43-45 665 Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 39-45 569 Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 armred 43-45 339 653 3.7cm PaK35/36 Zgkw 41-43 ? 493 5cm PaK38 Zgkw 1t 42-44 ? 6147 7.62cm FK36(r) Zgkw 42 9 729 2cm FlaK30 m E-Pkw 43-45 ? 355 2cm Flakveirling s 4.5t 44-45 ? 5150 7.5cm PaK40/4 Rpnsc 44 ? 7

PV SPIGOT GRENADE DATES PROD FR22 37mm 42-43 ? 116 47mm 42-44 ? 410 50mm 42-44 ? 6

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 39-45 ? 110 SMG Team 39-45 ? 110 Carbine Team 41-45 ? 513 Assault Rifle Team 42-45 ? 315 LMG Team (Belt fed) 39-45 ? 113 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-45 ? 1

12 Mine detector 41-45 ? 3

20 Radio 39-45 ? 2

26 MMG 39-45 ? 230 HMG 44-45 ? 56 AT Grenade Late 43-45 ? 26 AP Rifle Grenade 41-45 ? 34 AT Rifle Grenade Early 40-43 ? 39 AT Rifle Grenade Late 43-45 ? 216 7.9m PzB ATR Team 39-42 ? 123 20mm s18 ATR Team 39-43 ? 3

8 Pzfaust 30/60 43-45 ? 116 Pzfaust 100 44-45 ? 024 Pzfaust 150 45 ? 3

15 Flamethrower Team 39-45 ? 25ea Demolition Charge 39-45 ? 2page 39 Mine 39-45 ? 18 AT Mine 39-45 ? 25 Smoke Grenade 39-45 ? 3

39 Panzershreck Team 44-45 ? 330 FAO Team 39-45 - 1

30 FAC Team 39-45 ? 2

German Equipment List Notes- 47mm L53 SA mle 37 was a captured French gunwhich was used only in the Mediterranian- 40mm L56 Bofors AA is a Swedish gun purchasedbefore the war and then later built under license. SeeBritish guns.- 75mm L36 mle 1897 is a captured French gun put on aPaK38 carriage and used only on the Russian Front

German Troop Class and Morale Rating

- 120mm mortar was a captured Soviet one, and mustbe towed by a vehicle (same size as a medium AT gun)- Sdkfz 251/7 is a 251/1 with an assault-bridge. Can onlybe used by engineers.- late war HMGs were aircraft guns put on groundmounts- artillery 150mm and below, plus 81mm, 105mm and120mm mortars can fire smoke rounds indirectly- German forces can include horse teams, cavalry, andski-troops.

Unit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery As unit class As unit rating Conscript –15% or x 0.85, Veteran no modification to PVSS/Paratroops Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5Volksgrenadiers Conscript Reliable - 25% or x 0.75

All Other Units Veteran Reliable +25% or x 1.25* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers



64

An explanation should also be provided on the "Kfz" numberingsystem used for the designation of vehicles. They were allocated on thesize and role of a vehicle, not the make; ie. Kfz 70 refers to off-roadmedium sized personnel carriers and covered about a dozen differentmakes. On the other hand, a single vehicle could be issued withnumerous "Kfz" numbers if it was employed for different roles, usuallymodified for each case.

(Note: refer to section on Motorised Guns for special rules concerningthe armored types.)

GERMAN SOFTSKINSThroughout the war, the Wehrmacht suffered a continual lack ofvehicles to fulfil its wartime requirements. Despite the ambitious policyof motorisation from 1935 onwards, the automotive industry failed tokeep pace. Even with the industrial output of numerous occupiedcountries, mass requisition of civilian vehicles and large quantities ofcaptured transport, the "horse" still played a major role throughout.

By 1941, the Wehrmacht was operating over 600,000+ vehiclesmade up of 113 different types of trucks, 50 cars and 130 motorcycletypes. This diverse automotive collection led to a logistical quagmirewhich was never really eliminated despite a rationalisation programwhich tried to reduced the different types in service to a moremanagable level.

The majority of vehicles employed by the Wehrmacht werecommercial types badly suited to the demands of battle. Continuousefforts were made to equip combat units with modern purpose built off-road transport but this more often failed.

French vehicles played major part after 1940 with the one Panzerand three motorised divisions being equipped entirely with Frenchtransport for Operation Barbarossa, 1941. After 1943, vast quantities ofItalian trucks were also pressed into service as Italy fell under Germancontrol.

The following list of trucks, cars, motorcycles, and halftracks is farfrom comprehensive and those listed below were the most commontype made available to German combat units.

PV GERMANY Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 BMW R35, NSU 251 OSL Motorcycle x 2 - A 60 23 1 -8 BMW R75, Zundapp KS750 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 55 18 1 or 2 * -7 NSU Kettengrad Lt Semi-Track ht A 40 25 1 A7 VW Kubelwagen Typ 82 Light Car 4x2 B 55 18 1 -10 VW Schwimmwagen Typ 166 Lt Amphibious Car 4x4 B 55 18 1 -6 Mercedes 170V, BMW 303 Light Car 4x2 B 50 13 1 -8 le E-Pkw (Stowewer 40) Jeep etc 4x4 4x4 B 55 20 1 A7 Adler 3Gd, Mercedes 830 Medium Car 4x2 B 55 15 1 A9 AU/Horch, Opel Efm Medium Car 4x4 B 55 20 1 A13 Horch 40, Steyr 1500A Heavy Car 4x4 B 50 22 3 B13 Krupp L2H43, Steyr 640 Light Truck 6x4 B 46 18 2 B22 Opel Blitz, Ford G917T Medium Truck 4x2 C 50 13 7 C24 Opel Blitz, Mercedes-Benz Medium Truck 4x4 C 50 18 7 C28 Henschel 33G1, Krupp L3H163 Medium Truck 6x4 D 45 16 9 C31 Bussing-NAG, Saurer BT Heavy Truck 4x2 D 40 10 11 D34 Bussing-NAG 4500A (4 ton) Heavy Truck 4x4 D 45 19 11 D37 Tatra, Skoda (4 ton) Heavy Truck 6x6 D 40 19 12 D18 Sdkfz 10 Demag (1t) Light Halftrack ht B 40 25 2 B19 Sdkfz 11 Hanomag (3t) Light Halftrack ht C 37 23 3 C20 Sdkfz 6 & 7 (5t & 8t) Medium Halftrack ht D 32 21 4 D19 Sdkfz 8 & 9 (12t & 18t) Heavy Halftrack ht D 30 19 4 D26 Mautlier Opel/Ford (2t) Light Halftrack ht C 24 15 7 C16 Raupenscheppler-Ost Lt Tractor trk C 12 8 3 B

VW `Schwimmwagen' 4x4 Typ 166 (kfz 1/20) - amphibious car based onthe VW Kubelwagen with a water tight hull, four wheel drive, new transmissionand hinged propeller at the rear. Produced between 1942-44. A pintlemounted LMG could be added on the right side of the vehicle (LMG at

* German motorcycle sidecar bases can carry either 2 LMG (belt) Teams, 1 LMG (belt) Team & 1 HQ Team, or 1 of any other type of team.

BMW R35, NSU 251OSL - standard light solo motor cycles. Provision wasmade for a rear passenger in addition to the rider.

BMW R75, Zundapp KS750 - these were heavy 3x2 motorcycles with theouter wheel being powered. The lighter 3x1 models were rarely issued toforward combat units. The BMW and Zundapp were the finest motorcycles inthe world, being copied by numerous countries including the Soviets. Germanmotorcycle sidecar bases can carry either 2 LMG (belt) Teams or 1 of anyother type of team.

NSU `Kettengrad' (Sdkfz 2) - small semi-tracked motorcycle designedoriginally as a gun tractor for airborne use. When towing a guns above 37mmcalibre, there was no provision for carrying ammunition (must be transportedvia other means.) For movement purposes, treat as a Semi-tracked vehicle,not a motorcycle.

VW `Kubelwagen' Typ 82 4x2 (Kfz 1) - militarised version of the civilianVolkswagen Sedan. Although only 4x2, its light weight allowed excellentc/country performance. A pintle mounted LMG could be installed behind thefront seats operated by passengers (LMG at additional.) This vehicle cannotbe used for towing.

additional cost.) Mercedes 170V, BMW 303 4x2 (Kfz 1) - light passenger car based on

commercial touring car chassis with a militarised body. Phased out ofproduction by 1943. These vehicles were not equipped for towing.

le E-Pkw 4x4 (Kfz 1) - purpose built light off-road passenger car made to thesame specifications by various manufacturers. The main types used were theStoewer 40, BMW 325 & Hanomag 20B. Production of all these typesceased in 1943, being superseded by the Kubelwagen.

Adler 3Gd, Horch 830 4x2 (kfz 11-15) - medium passenger car based oncommercial touring car chassis with a militarised body. Other examplesinclude various Ford Chevrolet models. Production of all these types ceasedin 1943, being superseded by the Kubelwagen.

AU/Horch, Opel EFm 4x4 (Sdkfz 11-15) - purpose built off-road mediumfield cars made to the same specifications. Production of all these typesceased in 1943, being superseded by the Kubelwagen. The spare wheelswere attached on free axle at the centre of the vehicle to prevent it bellyingover rough ground.

Horch 40, Steyr 1500A 4x4 (kfz 21 & 69-70) - purpose built heavy off-roadpassenger cars. Other examples include the Mercedes L1500A andPhanomen Granit 1500A. The Horch was built in large numbers upto 1941being overtaken by the Steyr 1500 which was built from 1941-44. The spare

wheels were attached on free spinning axle at the centre of the vehicle toprevent it bellying over rough ground.

Krupp L2H43, Steyr 640 6x4 (kfz 69-71) - light off-road trucks used for guntractors or personnel carriers. The Krupp was nicknamed "Boxer" due to theshape of the front end. Other examples include the Daimler ADGR & BussingNAG G31.

Opel Blitz, Ford G917T (4x2) - standard medium cargo trucks to the army.The Opel Blitz and Ford G series were the most common trucks, closelyfollowed by the Mercedes-Benz L3000, Bussing-NAG 25 & Borgward 3ToGW.

Opel Bl itz, Mercedes-Benz (4x4) - the 4x4 truck superseded the 6x4 trucksin production at the beginning of the war, being cheaper to maintain withsimilar performance. These trucks were almost identical to their 4x2counterparts and were prominently issued to combat units.

Henschel 33G1,Krupp L3H163 - a variety of 6x4 off-road cargo trucks wereproduced prior to the war with all but the Henschel 33G1 being taken out ofproduction by 1940.

Sdkfz 10 Demag (1ton) - light semi-tracked prime mover for light AT & AA

guns. Sdkfz 11 Hanomag (3 ton) - medium semi-tracked prime mover for light andmedium guns.

Sdkfz 6 & 7 (5 & 8 ton) - medium semi-tracked artillery prime movers. TheSdkfz 6 was unsuccessful and dropped from production in 1943. The Sdkfz 7was the standard prime mover for the 88mm Flak gun and medium artillery ingeneral. In 1943, the SWS tractor was introduced to replaced the Sdkfz 6.

Sdkfz 8 & 9 (12 & 18 ton) - heavy semi-tracked prime movers. The Sdkfz 8was used primarily for hauling artillery and flak guns. The Sdkfz 9 was usedfor tank vehicle recovery work.

Mautlier Opel/Ford (2 ton) - Opel Blitz & Ford G917T cargo trucks modifiedwith tracked running gear replacing the rear wheels. These conversions wasfirst carried out by SS units in 1942 on the Eastern Front. Various othermodels of trucks were also converted, the Opel & Ford being the mostnumerous.

Bussing-NAG, Saurer BT 4x2 (4« ton) - heavy cargo truck. Other examplesinclude the Bussing-NAG 500S & 4500S, and Mercede L4500S seriesmodels.

Bussing-NAG 4x4 (4« ton) - heavy off-road cargo trucks; Bussing-NAG-4500A, Mercedes L4500A (the "A" on each translated to "all-terrain", ie 4x4.)These vehicles were virtually identical to their 4x2 counterparts.

Tatra, Skoda 6x4 (6« ton) - the principal supplier through the war of heavy6x4 cargo trucks was Czechoslovakia. These vehicles were used for carryingor hauling heavy guns, light tanks or engineering equipment (bridges.)



65

GERMAN MOTORISED GUNSPV GERMANY Descript Drive Size Speed Armamen

Rd C/Cion t

26 Kfz4 (le E-Pkw) Light AA Car 4x4 B 50 20 2 x LMG36 Sdkfz 10/4 Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 20mm L55 AA41 Sdkfz 10/4 (armored) Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 20mm L55 AA59 Sfkfz 7/1 Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 20mm L55 Quad63 Sfkfz 7/1 (armored) Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 20mm L55 Quad65 Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 37mm L60 AA69 Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 (armored) Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 37mm L60 AA53 3.7cm PaK35/36 auf Zgkw 1t Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 37mm L4593 5cm PaK38 auf Zgkw 1t Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 50mm L60

147 7.62cm FK36(r) Sf Zgkw 5t Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 76mm L5129 2cm FlaK30 auf m E-Pkw Light AA Car 4x4 B 50 22 20mm L55 AA55 2cm Flakveirling s Lkw 4.5t Md AA Truck 4x4 D 45 19 20mm L55 Quad150 7.5cm PaK40/4 Raupenschpplr Md AT tractor trk C 12 8 75mm L46169 8.8cm FlaK 18(Sf) auf Zgkw 12t Heavy AT h/track ht D 30 19 88mm L56

Kfz 4 (le E-Pkw) - standard Stoewer 40, BMW 325 or Hanomag 20B 4x4 fieldcar mounting a Zwillingslafette 36 dual AA LMG in the rear. The dual LMGshad a full 360o traverse.

Sdkfz 10/4 - purpose built AASP based on the light Demag 1 ton half-track.The 20mm FlaK 30/38 (with gun-shield) was mounted at the rear on a specialflat platform at the rear with fold down sides. The FlaK gun had a clear 360otraverse for engaging targets.

Sdkfz 10/5 (armored) - identical to the Sdkfz 10/4 except with an enclosedarmored drivers cab and partially armored front end.

Sdkfz 7/1 (armored & unarmored) - based on the 8 ton half track, the 20mmFlaKveirling was mounted on a flat platform at the rear with fold down sidesand a clear 360o traverse for engaging targets. The gun shield from the FlaK38 was retained for grew protection. The armored version identical with anenclosed armored drivers cab and partially armored front end.

Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 (armored & unarmored) - the Sdkfz 7/2 was identical to the7/1 except mounting the 37mm FlaK 36. The Sdkfz 6/2 was a similar layoutbased on the 5 ton half track. The armored versions were identical with anenclosed armored drivers cab and partially armored front end. The gun-shieldwas included on some models.

3.7cm PaK 35/36 auf Zgkw 1t (armored) - field conversion carried out on theEastern front, 1941. Consisted of light Demag 1 ton half track carrying a PaK35/36 AT gun minus the wheels (or pedestal mounted.) The front end of thevehicle including part of the drivers cab were partially armored. The gun facedforward over the drivers cab with limited traverse.

AFV production amounted to over 80,000, with only 25,000being Pz II - VI, and 17,445 being SPs and TDs, etc. The remainderwere half-tracks and armored cars, etc. The number of Panzer Divisionspeaked in 1943 with 32 divisions, although few were maintained at fullstrength. In the end, Germany's Panzers were swamped by the vastflood of Allied and Soviet armor, where no degree of tactical brilliancecould help them.

5cm PaK 38 auf Zgkw 1t - identical to the previous 3.7cm Pak 35/36 aufZgkw 1t except mounting a wheel-less 50mm PaK 38 AT gun facing forwardwith limited traverse. Conversion was carried out by SS units on the Easternfront late 1941.

7.62 FK 36(r) Sf Zgkw 5t - based on the 5 ton half track, the Russian 76.2mmM36 field gun was mounted in an armored box at the rear of the half-trackwith limited traverse to the front. The gun crew were protected all-round butthe front end and drivers cab were completely unarmored.

2cm FlaK 30 auf m E-Pkw - numbers of heavy Horch passenger cars (s glEinh PKW) were specially converted to FlaK vehicles. The vehicles werespecially modified with a flat tray to mount the 20mm FlaK 30/38 (with gun-shield.) Fold down sides provided gun platform for the crew and a clear 360otraverse for the gun. Straight field conversion also existed with the AAmounted on unmodified bodies with gutted interiors.

2cm FlaKvierling 38 s Lkw 4.5t (armored) - consisted of the Mercedes-Benz L4500A heavy truck converted to a FlaK SP. The 2cm Flakveirling 38(with gun shield) was mounted on the rear flat tray with fold down sides andfour stabilising arms. The truck had an enclosed armored driver'scompartment and partially armored front end. The gun could traverse 360º butcannot engage targets over the drivers cab.

7.5cm PaK40/4 Raupenscheppler-Ost - fully tracked gun tractor withpedestal mounted 75mm AT gun, having a clear 360º traverse. There werefold down sides enlarging the gun platform for the crew and the drivers cabwas lightly armored.

8.8cm FlaK 18(Sf) auf Zgkw 12t/18t (armored) - two batches of these heavy AA/AT SP were built. The first ten built in 1939 were based on the Daimler-Benz 12 ton Sdkfz 8 half-track. The 88mm FlaK 37 was pedestal mounted onthe rear of the vehicle with a fully armored front end and drivers cab. The 88'sgunshield was retained for crew protection. The gun had a clear 360ºtraverse. The second batch of fifteen were built in 1940 based on the Famo18 ton Sdkfz 9 half track. The vehicle was similar with a fully armored frontend but no gun shield. The gun could not fire or engage targets over thedrivers cab.

GERMAN ARMORThe shattering effect with which Germany opened up the war was duelargely to the effort of the panzers and their crews. Their superior co-

ordination and tactical control made up for their early inferiority inequipment and lack of numbers in all campaigns. Their success is alsoattributed to the close support given them by their armored infantry.When combined, these two were more than a match for theiradversaries.

Individually, German AFVs were characterised by theirengineering sophistication and complexity. Coupled with insufficientstandardisation, they were monsters to repair and to maintain in thefield, and this was extremely time consuming. More over, the persistent

shortage of AFVs necessitated almost constant use, thus acceleratingwear, tear, and the possibility of breakdowns. The large proliferation of

so many types of AFVs and tank destroyers was a nightmare for supplyechelons.

PV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP49 Pz I 2 LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 25 12 B 490 Pz I Ausf C HMG,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 50 25 C 4123 Pz I Ausf F 2 LMG 9 5 5 9 5 5 15 8 C 450 Pz Bef Wg I LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 25 12 C 380 Pz II Ausf A-C 20 L55,LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 25 14 C 585 Pz II Ausf D-E 20 L55,LMG 3 1 1 2 2 2 34 16 C 5

95 Pz II Ausf F 20 L55,LMG 4 2 2 3 2 2 25 14 C 5141 Pz II Ausf J 20 L55,LMG 8 5 5 9 5 5 19 9 C 482 Pz II (Flamm) 2*F/Thr,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 35 15 C 595 Pz II Ausf L 'Lynx' 20 L55,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 37 24 C 4137 Pz II Ausf L (Late) 50 L60,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 35 22 C 7102 Pz 35(t) 37 L45,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 22 13 C 6103 Pz 38(t) Ausf A-D 37 L45,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 26 14 C 6115 Pz 38(t) Ausf E-G 37 L45,2LMG 5 2 2 5 2 2 25 12 C 6101 Pz III Ausf A-D 37 L45,3LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 13 C 5113 Pz III Ausf E-F 37 L45,3LMG 3 3 2 3 3 3 25 14 C 5125 Pz III Ausf G 50 L42,2LMG 3 3 3 4 3 3 25 14 C 6141 Pz III Ausf H-J 50 L42,2LMG 5 3 5 6 3 3 25 14 C 6163 Pz III Ausf J/1 50 L60,2LMG 5 3 5 6 3 3 25 14 C 6173 Pz III Ausf L-M 50 L60,2LMG 6 3 5 8 3 3 25 14 C 6148 Pz III Ausf N 75 L24,2LMG 6 3 5 7 3 3 25 14 C 798 Pz III (Flamm) F/Thr,LMG 7 3 5 8 3 3 25 14 C 4114 Pz IV Ausf A-D 75 L24,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 25 12 C 7134 Pz IV Ausf E-F 75 L24,2LMG 5 3 2 5 3 3 25 14 C 7198 Pz IV Ausf F2 75 L43,2LMG 5 3 2 5 3 3 25 14 C 7216 Pz IV Ausf G-J 75 L48,2LMG 8 3 3 5 3 3 24 13 C 7330 Pz V `Panther' 75 L70,2LMG 13 6 5 12 5 5 29 16 D 7299 Pz VI `Tiger' 88 L56,2LMG 11 8 8 11 8 8 24 10 D 8465 Tiger II (Henschel) 88 L71,2LMG 21 9 9 18 9 9 22 10 D 8



66

450 Tiger II (Porsche) 88 L71,2LMG 21 9 9 13 9 9 22 10 D 8722 Maus 128 L55,75L36,2*LMG 30 17 20 26 24 21 12 8 D 11

PV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP109 StuG III A-E 75 L24 5 3 3 5 3 3 25 15 C 7183 StuG III F 75 L43,LMG 5 3 3 5 3 3 25 15 C 7211 StuG III G 75 L48, LMG 9 3 5 8 3 3 25 14 C 7167 StuH 42 105 L28,LMG 9 3 5 8 3 3 24 14 C 9190 StuPz IV 'Brummbar' 150 L12 11 3 2 13 5 3 25 12 D 980 PzJg I 47 L43 2 1 1 2 1 - 24 12 C 4102 PzJg 35R(f) 47 L43 4 4 4 3 2 2 13 8 C 5167 Marder I 75 L46 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 10 C 6180 Marder II 75 L46 4 2 2 1 1 - 25 14 C 6156 Marder II(r) 76 L51 3 1 1 2 2 - 34 16 C 6169 Marder III(t)(r) 76 L51,LMG 5 2 2 1 1 - 26 14 C 6192 Marder III(t)H 75 L46,LMG 5 2 2 2 2 - 22 12 C 6178 Marder III(t)M 75 L46 2 2 1 1 1 1 26 16 C 6263 PzJg III/IV `Nashorn' 88 L71 3 2 2 1 1 1 26 14 D 8217 JgdPz 38(t) `Hetzer' 75 L48,LMG 11 2 2 12 3 2 24 12 C 7116 JgdPz 38(t) (Flamm) F/Thr,LMG 11 2 2 12 3 2 24 12 C 3210 JdPz IV/48 75 L48, LMG 9 3 2 10 3 2 25 14 C 6268 JdPz IV/70 `Lang' 75 L70, LMG 10 3 2 12 5 2 22 12 C 6392 JdgPz V/JagdPanther 88 L71,LMG 13 5 4 14 6 5 26 16 D 8491 JgdPz VI/JagdTiger 128 L55,LMG 21 8 9 25 8 8 22 10 D 9412 PzJg Èlephant' 88 L71,LMG 20 8 8 22 8 8 12 6 D 7111 sIG I B 150 L12 2 1 1 1 1 - 22 10 C 10130 sIG II 150 L12 3 2 2 3 2 - 24 12 C 10

146 sIG 38(t)H `Grille' 150 L12,LMG 5 2 2 2 2 2 22 12 C 10125 sIG 38(t)M `Grille' 150 L12 2 2 1 1 1 1 24 15 C 10165 sIG 33 Hetzer 150 L12 10 2 2 7 3 1 20 10 C 10112 PzA II `Wespe' 105 L28 3 2 2 1 1 1 25 14 C 8152 PzA III/IV `Hummel' 150 L30 3 2 2 1 1 1 26 14 D 10199 Sturm Tiger 380 Rkt,LMG 12 8 8 21 9 4 22 10 D 12116 PzA LrS(f) 150 L12 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 8 C 10178 StuIG 33B 150 L12,LMG 9 3 5 8 5 2 13 6 C 1063 FlaK Pz 38(t) 20 L55 2 2 1 1 1 1 26 16 C 3117 FlaK Pz IV `Mobelwagen' 37 L60AA,LMG 8 3 3 3 3 3 25 14 C 4112 FlaK Pz IV `Wirbelwind' 20 Quad,LMG 8 3 3 2 2 2 25 14 C 4122 FlaK Pz IV 'Ostwind' 37 L60AA,LMG 8 3 3 4 3 3 25 14 C 4

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP46 Sdkfz 250/1 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C 2 185 Sdkfz 250/7 81mm Mortar 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C -

81 Sdkfz 250/8 75 L24 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C 577 Sdkfz 250/9 20 L55,LMG 2 1 1 4 1 1 38 18 C 370 Sdkfz 250/10 37 L45 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C 3 1102 Sdkfz 250/PaK38 50 L60 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 16 C 450 Sdkfz 251/1 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 2 384 Sdkfz 251/2 81mm Mortar 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C -60 Sdkfz 251 `MMG' MMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 2 282 Sdkfz 251/9 75 L24 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 5 172 Sdkfz 251/10 37 L45 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 3 368 Sdkfz 251/16 2*F/Thr 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 259 Sdkfz 251/17 20 L55 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 3 174 Sdkfz 251/21 (a) 20L55 Triple 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 378 Sdkfz 251/21 (b) HMG Triple 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 3174 Sdkfz 251/22 75 L46 2 1 1 1 1 1 30 14 C 576 Sdkfz 251/23 20 L55,LMG 2 1 1 4 1 1 33 16 C 333 Kfz 13/14 4x2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 43 10 B 2

46 Sdkfz 221/223 4x4 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 56 16 C 362 Sdkfz 221/PzB41 4x4 28 PzB41 1 1 1 1 1 1 56 16 C 572 Sdkfz 222 4x4 20 L55,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 53 15 C 388 Sdkfz 222 Late 4x4 20 L55,LMG 3 1 1 3 3 3 50 14 C 337 Sdkfz 247 4x4 none 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 14 C -72 Sdkfz 231/232 6x4 20 L55,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 46 14 C 484 Sdkfz 231/232 8x8 20 L55,LMG 3 1 1 2 1 1 53 18 C 451 Sdkfz 263 8x8 LMG 1 1 1 2 1 1 60 20 C 393 Sdkfz 233 8x8 75 L24 3 1 1 2 1 1 53 18 C 585 Sdkfz 234/1 `Tatra' 8x8 20 L55,LMG 4 1 1 4 1 1 59 19 C 3131 Sdkfz 234/2 `Puma' 8x8 50 L60,LMG 4 1 1 6 1 1 50 19 C 791 Sdkfz 234/3 8x8 75 L24 4 1 1 2 2 2 50 19 C 5185 Sdkfz 234/4 8x8 75 L46 4 1 1 2 2 - 50 19 C 588 Aufkl Pz 38(t) 20 L55,LMG 5 2 2 4 1 1 26 16 C 3

Smoke Dischargers; PzI, PzII, PzIII, PzIV, Panther, Tiger I & II, Pz 35(t) & 38(t), all StuG III, JgPz IV/V/VI, Sdkfz 221 & 222, Sdkfz 231/232(8 rad) series, Sdkfz 234 series.Radios; All AFVs, except - sIG I B, Sdkfz 13/14 AC (only platoon/company command cars were radio equipped.)

One Man Turrets; Pz I, Pz II (Flamm) & Pz III (Flamm).German AFV Notes:

TANKS Pz I Ausf B - the PzI AusfÀ' differed only in road speed (23 mph, 12

mph C/C) but was otherwise identical to the more numerous Ausf`B'.

Pz I Ausf C - the Ausf`C' was designed as fast reconnaissance tank andin no way resembled the earlier Pz I models. The main armament HMGwas the rare EW141 MG.

Pz I Ausf F - the last development in the Pz I series intended as anassault tank with the heaviest possible armor the chassis could take. Like



67

Pz III (Flamm) - same as the Ausf`M' with 50mm gun replaced by aflame projector and internal fuel tanks. This AFV had a three man crew withthe commander operating the turret entirely by himself (one-man turret.)

Tiger II (Porsche) - the Porsche Tiger II consisted of the Henschelchassis with the inferior Porsche turret. The turret had less armor than theHe

many other vehicle designs, only a small batch were manufactured for fieldtrials.

Pz Bef Wg I - based on the Pz IB hull, the sides of the superstructurewere extended up to form a large compartment to house additional radioequipment. The armor listed is for the uparmored version which hadadditional armor added all round after Poland. For 1939, use armor valuesas per Pz IB.

Pz II Ausf A-C - the Ausf A,B & C varied little in performance andconstituted the bulk of the panzer units until the start of 1941.

Pz II Ausf D-E - this unsuccessful design was intended as an fastcavalry tank and saw only brief service in it's original form. It was distinctfrom earlier models by its large road wheels.

Pz II Ausf F - identical to Ausf A-C except for increased armor on turret &hull front. By May 1940, 70% of the Ausf A-C had been uparmored to thesame standard as Ausf`F' with the rest completed by the invasion ofRussia.

Pz II Ausf J - an attempt to produce a heavy Pz II, it was very similar inconcept to the Pz I Ausf`F'.

Pz II (Flamm) - rebuilt Ausf`D-E' with a fixed turret and two flameprojectors mounted on the front hull.

Pz II Ausf L `Lynx' & (Late) - late war reconnaissance tank. Nocomparison to earlier Pz II designs, it incorporated new suspension, hulland engine. The Lynx was originally intended to be produced with an open-top turret mounting the 50mm L60 but only a handful of late productionvehicle were built with this.

Pz 35(t) - a Czech tank confiscated by the Wehrmacht after theiroccupation of the country.

Pz 38(t) Ausf A-D - manufactured by Czechoslovakia under Germansupervision. AusfÀ' through to `D' were identical in performance with onlyminor differences.

Pz 38(t) Ausf E-G - identical to earlier Ausf A-D with armor protectiondoubled and minor layout changes.

Pz III Ausf A-D - these models were early designs which experimentedwith various types of suspension. All were similar in performance. They

made up the bulk of the Pz IIIs used in Poland 1939 and were quicklyscraped afterwards (except for the `D' with numbers serving briefly inNorway, April 1940.)

Pz III Ausf E-F - first standardised Pz III to be produced in quantity. Allvehicles were built with the 37mm L45 and 30mm armor except for the last100 `F's which had the 50mm L42. By 1941-42, surviving vehicles wereupgraded to the same standard as the Ausf H by refitting with 50mm gunand additional armor plating.

Pz III Ausf G - the first production version to have the 50mm L42 fitted asstandard. No 50mm gunned Pz III saw action during the invasion of France,1940.

Pz III Ausf H-J - these vehicles were uparmored as standard with 50-60mm armor on the turret & hull front. Following the French campaign, allremaining Ausf D-G models were progressively upgunned and uparmoredto the same standard as the Ausf H-J.

Pz III Ausf J/1 - was the standard Ausf J model upgunned with the50mm L60 gun.

Pz III Ausf L-M - same as the Ausf J/1 with the addition of spaced 20mmarmor on the superstructure and turret front. Production of the Ausf M wasconsiderably reduced by the diversion of vehicles for Ausf N & Flammconversions.

Pz III Ausf N - consisted of the Ausf`M' with the 75mm L24 howitzer(replacing the 50mm L60) and no spaced armor on the turret front.

Pz IV Ausf A-D - these models were identical in performance and wereintended as support tanks as opposed to their latter role of `main battletank.' Late production Ausf`D' were uparmored to the same as the AusfÈ'.

Pz IV Ausf E-F - these models were distinguished from earlier model byincreased armor and improved road speed with a new engine and widertracks.

Pz IV Ausf F2 - the Ausf F was upgunned with the 75mm L43 whichreplaced the shorter 75mm L24. Early production Ausf G were identical tothe Ausf F2.

Pz IV Ausf G-J - the Ausf G was the last major upgrade undertaken forthe Pz IV series. Subsequent Ausf H & J models differed in minor detailonly, with skirts normally issued on turret & hull sides, though hull was oftenremoved due to damage or need to access the tracks – not included in thePV.

Pz V `Panther' - introduced to counter the T-34, the Panther

incorporated many of its design features such as sloped armor and widetracks. As opposed to the Tiger I, the sloped sides of the Panther gavebetter protection for less armor and reduced weight. All models wereidentical in performance except for the early Ausf D which had no hull LMG(the radio operator had a pistol port for an SMG instead.) The Ausf D wererushed into service for the Kursk offensive.

Pz VI `Tiger' - despite being slow, unreliable and excessively heavy, theTiger I did regain technical superiority over Soviet armor in 1943 andprovide a much needed psychological boost for tank crews.

Tiger II (Henschel) - German translation is either `Royal' or `King' Tiger.The Henschel model was the standardised production version beingpreferred to the Porcshe. The Tiger II suffered from mechanical unreliabilityand it excessive weight. It was powered by the same engine as used in thePanther, but was twice the weight.

nschel counterpart and a dangerous shot-trap around the turret ring. Maus - many super-heavy tanks were on the drawing board towards the

end of the war, but the `Maus' was the only one to reach completion. Twowere rumoured to have seen action against the Soviets. Built with such alow speed, it was strictly intended for defensive actions only. The 128mm &75mm turret armament can both be fired in the same turn but only at onetarget (using the same Fire Order for both guns.) For Direct Area Fire, useboth guns at same POA with their respective BZR.

SELF PROPELLED GUNS StuG III Ausf A-E - based on the Pz IIIÈ', the Ausf A-E models all had

identical performance, differing only in superstructure layouts.

StuG III Ausf F - same as the AusfÈ' but upgunned with the 75mm L43.This conversion effectively changed the StuG role from àssault gun' to a`tank destroyer' role.

StuG III Ausf G - the Ausf`G', including late production Ausf`F', wereuparmored as standard and mounted the longer 75mm L48 gun. An LMG& shield was also added for the loader on the superstructure roof. Sideskirts on the hull were also often fitted, not included in the PV. The StuG IVwas identical to the Stug III G in both armor and firepower with a roadspeed of 24mph.

StuH 42 - as per the Ausf`G' except 105mm L28 in place of the 75mmL48.

StuPz IV 'Brummbar' (Grizzly) - this assault gun was based on the PzIV G-J chassis with a box shaped superstructure mounting the 150mm L12howitzer. The hull LMG was only fitted on vehicles produced after June1944. Side skirts were often fitted to the hull.

PzJg I - rebuilt Pz I`B', with turret removed and mounting a Czech 47mm AT gun with a small protective shield. Gun crew have partial cover fromflanks and no cover from rear to small arms fire.

PzJg 35R(f) - captured French R35 light tank modified with an armoredsuperstructure mounting the Czech 47mm L43 AT gun.

Marder I - captured French Lorraine Scheppler modified to mount 75mmPak 40 AT gun in a rear open topped superstructure.

Marder II - built on the Pz II chassis mounting a 75mm Pak 40 gun andsurrounded by an open-topped and rear armored superstructure.

PzJg II(r) Marder II - based on the Pz II Ausf D-E tank with a capturedSoviet 76mm L51 gun mounted on a built up superstructure with an opentop and rear.

Marder III(t)(r) - based on the Pz 38(t) hull with captured Soviet 76mmL51 gun mounted on a high superstructure. Crew was fully exposed fromthe flanks & rear to small arms fire.

Marder III(t)H - based on the Pz 38(t), mounting the Pak 40 instead ofthe Soviet 76mm L51. Open top and rear.

Marder III(t)M - previous Marder designs had high silhouettes and lackedproper crew protection. The Ausf`M' had the open topped fighting

compartment moved to the rear making the AFV lower with all-round crewprotection. Overall armor was thinner which gave a better road speed andimproved engine reliability.

PzJg III/IV ̀ Nashorn' (Rhino) - built on the hybrid Pz III/IV chassis withthe 88mm L71 AT gun mounted in an open-topped rear compartment.

JgdPz 38(t) `Hetzer' - light tank destroyer based on the Pz 38(t)Mchassis. Maximum protection was provided from the well sloped armor onfront and sides. The roof mounted LMG which could be fired from within the

AFV. JgdPz 38(t) (Flamm) - standard Hetzer with the 75mm L48 replaced by

a flame projector and enclosed in a dummy barrel. JgdPz IV/48 - intended replacement for the StuG III, it featured the

same gun with well sloped armor. JgdPz IV/70 'Lang' (Long) - identical in appearance to the JgPz IV/48,

mounting the longer 75mm L70 and increased frontal armor. Jgpz V/JagdPanther - tank destroyer version of the Panther. The hull

glacis plate was extended up to form the front of the superstructure andmounting the 88mm L71 in limited traverse. Best TD produced for the war.

JgdPz VI/JagdTiger - tank destroyer version of the Tiger II. A boxshaped superstructure was built above the hull to mount the massive128mm L55 gun. It is possible that half the SPs were equipped with 88mmL71 guns instead of the 128mm due to Allied bombing disrupting deliveriesof the latter.

PzJg Èlefant' - Porcshe were so confident in winning the new Tigerdesign in 1942 that they produced a batch of 90 vehicles before getting theorder. When the design was rejected, the hulls were re-manufactured intotank destroyers in time for the Kursk offensive, 1943. The hull LMG wasonly install early 1944 to the surviving tanks withdrawn from the front.

sIG I B - a rebuilt and over-stressed Pz IB (less turret) with a completesIG33 howitzer, less wheels, mounted on top surrounded by a large shieldon the front & sides. One of the few German AFVs not equipped with aradio. Open-topped and rear.

sIG II - the Pz II chassis was widened and lengthened to accommodatethe 150mm L12 howitzer in a low open-topped superstructure.

sIG 38(t)H 'Grille' - built from Pz 38(t)H chassis, the 150mm L12 wasmounted above the driver with an open-topped superstructure around thegun for crew protection.

sIG 38(t)M 'Grille' - identical chassis as used for the Marder III(t)M withmodified superstructure for mounting the 150mm L12.

sIG 33 `Hetzer' - based on the Hetzer and modified to mount the 150mmL12 howitzer. Not equipped with roof mounted LMG.

PzA II `Wespe' (Wasp)

- designed on the Pz II chassis with the 105mmL28 FH18 howitzer mounted in rear open-topped compartment. PzA III/IV ̀ Hummel' (Bumble Bee) - built on the hybrid Pz III/IV chassis

with the 150mm L30 FH18 howitzer mounted in an open-topped rearcompartment.

Sturm Tiger - built on the Tiger I chassis with a 380mm rocket mortarmounted in a large box shaped superstructure. Only twelve rounds ofammunition (plus one in the breech). Crew must get out of the AFV to loadthe gun, takes 2 turns per shell. Vehicle must be stationary. Note, SturmTiger companies had 4 Sturm Tigers, being two platoons of two each.

PzA LrS(f) - captured French Lorraine 37L tractors were modified tomount a 150mm howitzer in a rear open-topped compartment.

StuIG 33B - assault guns especially developed during the fighting inStalingrad. Based on the unmodified StuG III F chassis, the 150mm L12sIG33 howitzer was mounted in a fully enclosed bow-shapedsuperstructure. Production ceased with introduction of the ̀ Brumbar'.

FlaK Pz 38(t) - consisted of the 38(t) chassis with the rear compartmentmodified to mount the 20mm AA gun with 360 degree traverse. Armoredflaps had to be dropped for the gun to engage ground targets.

FlaK Pz IV `Moebelwagen' - based on the PzIV hull, the 37mm AA FlaKwas mounted on top with all-round traverse. Folding armored sidesprovided crew protection. AA targets can be engaged with sides shieldsraised vertically. For engaging ground targets, shield must be down,meaning the AFV has open top, flanks and rear.

FlaK Pz IV 'Wirblewind' - the turret was removed from a normal PzIV Hand replaced by a multi-sided open topped turret in which a Flakvierling 38was mounted. Some were based on early Ausf F-G hull with less armor.

FlaK Pz IV ̀ Ostwind' - a six sided open topped turret with a 37mm FlaKwas mounted in place of the normal turret on converted PzIV H tanks.



APC/RECONNAISSANCE

Sdkfz 250/1 - light APC designed to carry a `half' section of PzGrinfantry. Various 250 command/observation variants are not listed in thecharts as these vehicle differed only in seating and radio equipment. TheSdkfz 250 Early (Alte) and Late (Neu) models were identical in performance.

Sdkfz 250/7 & 251/2 - the 81mm mortar could be either fired from thevehicle or debarked and setup on the ground. The vehicle is required to bestationary one turn prior to any firing for the weapon to be calibrated.

Sdkfz 250/8 - the majority of these SP versions were built on the 250Neu with the standard field kit mounting the 75mm L24 (as used on the251/9.)

Sdkfz 250/9 - this reconnaissance version originally mounted the turretas used on the Sdkfz 222. The 250 Neu used the Hf38 turret as used on theSdkfz 234/1. Armament can be used against aircraft.

Sdkfz 250/10 & 251/10 - as the 37mm Pak35/36 became obsolete, theywere requisitioned and mounted in place of the normal LMG on platoon andcompany command vehicles. It was a purpose built variant with many alsobeing modified in the field. The size of the 37mm gun shield varied, somehaving it removed completely.

Sdkfz 251/1 - standard armored personnel carrier for a motorised/PzGrinfantry section. Four models were produced, the Ausf A,B,C & D were allidentical in performance. Ausf D was distinguished more by its simplifiedarmor body and was the most numerous of the four types.

Sdkfz 251 (MMG) - the standard LMG mount was replaced by theheavier MMG mounting as used for MG 34/42. It enabled the MG to be usedin a sustained fire role. The shield was removed.

Sdkfz 251/9 - Two types were produced, the Ausf A-C vehicles mountedex-Pz IV 75mm L24 guns in the hull and the Ausf`D' vehicles mounted thegun above the driver and had extended front & side armor for crewprotection.

Sdkfz 251/16 - engineers vehicle with flame projectors mounted eitherside of the vehicle (ie. can only fire in 180o arc each.)

Sdkfz 251/17 - two types were produced, the Luftwaffe version with folddown sides using the 251 Ausf A-C, and a late production version using anunmodified 251 Ausf D. An unofficial version existed and consisted of a20mm FlaK gun simply dropped inside a 251/1. The Ausf D version was theonly model designed to take passengers in addition to the crew.

Sdkfz 251/21 (a) & (b) - standard 251 Ausf D with an ex-naval triple AAgun mounting located in the passenger compartment. Weapons used wereex-Luftwaffe 15mm or 20mm MG151 cannons.

Sdkfz 251/22 - purpose built tank destroyer version mounting the 75mmPak 40 (including the carriage less wheels.) The drivers roof was cut away toaccommodate the gun.

Sdkfz 251/23 - reconnaissance version mounting the Hf38 20mm gunturret as used on the 234/1. Armament can be used against aircraft.

Kfz 13/14 - light passenger car with thin armor plating over the body. Thevehicle was open-topped and was not radio equipped except for commandcars.

Sdkfz 221/223 - light four wheeled AC. Both the 221 & 223 wereidentical in performance, the latter contained long range radio equipment forcommand & liaison purposes. Armament can be used against aircraft.

Sdkfz 221/PzB41 - standard 221 with a fixed turret and a 20/28mmPzB41 mounted in place of the MG to prolong the vehicles useful service life.Gun crew have only partial cover from flanks & rear.

68

Sdkfz 222 - modified version of the 221 with a larger turret mounting a20mm cannon. Armament can be used against aircraft.

Sdkfz 222 Late - the late production models were uparmored in anattempt to reduce the vehicle vulnerability to infantry AT rifles & HMG fire.

Armament can be used against aircraft.

Sdkfz 247 - armored command/staff car built on 6x4 or 4x4 truckchassis.

Sdkfz 231/232 (6 rad) - built on a 6x4 truck, this heavy AC was built tohave better c/country performance than the standard light four wheelers. The232 was distinguished by a large frame aerial and was otherwise identical tothe 231.

Sdkfz 231/232 (8 rad) - the design incorporated many featuresrevolutionary to ACs (such as all wheel steering and independentsuspension.) Spaced armor was added to the front hull on many of the carsas extra protection against AT rifles which were the principal infantry ATweapons at the time. Two drivers were provided for in the front and backallowing it to be driven full speed in reverse.

Skfz 263 (8 rad) - command variant of the 231/232. The hullsuperstructure was extended up to provide a spacious interior. It was fullyenclosed and had a bow mounted LMG at the front.

Sdkfz 233 (8 rad) - self propelled variant of the 231/232. This armor carwas open-topped with the 75mm L24 howitzer mounted in the hull to theright (with limited traverse.)

Sdkfz 234/1 `Tatra' (Tropical) - designed for use in Nth Africa, it enteredservice a few years late. Replaced the Sdkfz 231/232 series in production.Two drivers were accommodated as with the 231/232. Armament can beused against aircraft.

Sdkfz 234/2 `Puma' - same as the 234/1, except the Hf38 20mm turretwas replaced with a fully enclosed turret mounting a 50mm L60 gun.

Sdkfz 234/3 - self propelled variant of the original 234/1. The 75mm L24was mounted on the front hull above the driver (limited traverse) withextended side armor for crew protection.

Sdkfz 234/4 `Pakwagen' - replacing the 234/3 in production, it mounted

the 75

Tungsten cored APCR rounds were also introduced inmid-1941 for most AT guns but material shortages soon madesupplies scarce and non-existent by 1943. With the set backssuffered on the Russian front during 1941 and the increasingpresence of Soviet tanks all along the line, infantry gun/howitzerswere all issued with HEAT ammunition to allow them some degree of

AT capability.

mm PaK 40 with the intention of doubling as a tank destroyer. Aufkl Pz 38(t) - a late production Pz 38(t) with a modified superstructuremounting the Hf38 20mm gun turret as used on the 234/1. This fully trackedrecon vehicle was built specifically for the poor terrain of the Eastern front.

Armament can be used against aircraft.

GERMAN GUNSGerman AT guns were without doubt the finest guns to see actionduring the war. Using their natural ingenuity, gun design through outthe war managed to always out pace enemy AFVs with firepower.The optical sights and gun laying mechanisms were the best, whichprovided them with an unequalled technical edge. With industrystruggling to keep up with the Wehrmacht's rapid expansion, vastquantities of sub-standard captured guns were pressed into serviceas a stopgaps. This lower overall quality of equipment and generateda logistical nightmare with the variety of gun types in service.

While German AT guns were a step ahead of the enemy,

the field artillery was well below standard in comparison to Soviet and

Allied counterparts. Field Guns and howitzers were characterised bytheir heavy weight and short range for the calibre. Over complicateddesigns meant production costs were steep and mobility of the gunsin rough terrain was poor.

GERMANY range in cmPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES23 28mm L61 sPzB 41 A (11) (10) (9) (8) to-hit base 2

7 6 5 3 penetration30 37mm L45 PaK 35/36 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

6 5 4 4 3 3+22pp StGt 41 (HEAT) 1941+ (10) (6) 5

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 1848 42mm L56 PaK 41 A (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3 No HE

9 8 8 7 5 4 344 47mm L43 PaK 36(t) A (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

8 7 6 6 5 4 4+16pp StGt 41 (HEAT) 1942+ (10) (7) 5

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 1842 50mm L42 KwK 38 * (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) *

7 6 6 5 5 4 462 50mm L60 PaK 38 B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 4

9 8 8 7 6 5 5 4 3+18pp APCR PzGr40 (11) (11) (9) (8) (7) (6) 4



69

14 12 11 9 8 6+10pp StGt 42 (HEAT) 1942+ (10) (9) (6) 7

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18 1842 75mm L24 KwK 37 (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) 5 Smk

6 6 5 5 4 4 3+18pg -> 75mm L24 KwK 37 HEAT ‘42 (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 8101 75mm L43 KwK 40 * (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) * Smk

11 11 10 10 9 9 8 7 7 5106 75mm L48 KwK 41 * (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) * Smk

12 11 11 10 10 9 9 8 7 6131 75mm L46 PaK 40 B (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5 Smk

14 14 13 13 12 11 10 10 9 7+13pp APCR PzGr40 (11) (12) (11) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) 5

17 16 15 14 13 12 12 10182 75mm L58 PaK 41 B (11) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) 5 No HE

22 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 11 9151 75mm L70 KwK 42 * (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) *

16 16 15 15 14 13 12 11 11 10111 76mm L51 PaK 36(r) B (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5 Smk

13 12 11 11 10 10 9 8 7 6103 80mm L37 PAW 600 (HEAT) B (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 5 No HE

14 14 14 14 14 1449 88mm RPzBGr (HEAT) A (11) (10) (9) (6) 6 No HE

11 11 11 11126 88mm L56 FlaK 18/36 D (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 6

13 13 12 12 11 11 10 10 9 9209 88mm L71 PaK 43/41 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) 6

22 21 20 20 19 18 17 17 16 15256 128mm L55 PaK 44 D (11) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) 8

28 26 24 23 23 23 22 21 20 18

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES36 75mm L10 LG40 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5

- - - - - - -+15pg -> 75mm L10 LG40 HEAT 1942+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)

8 8 8 8 836 75mm L12 IG 18 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5

- - - - - - -

+14pg -> 75mm L12 IG 18 HEAT ‘42+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)8 8 8 8 858 75mm L22 IG 37 A (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5

- - - - - - - -->75mm L22 IG 37 HEAT (9) (9 (8) (8) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 843 75mm L26 FK 18 B (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

7 6 6 6 5 5 5 4+18pg ->75mm L26 FK 18 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 845 75mm L36 FK 16nA B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5

- - - - - - - - -+21pg ->75mm L36 FK 16nA HEAT ‘42+ (10) (9) (9) (8) (6) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 8 879 105mm L13 LG40 B (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk

- - - - - - - --> 105mm L13 LG40 HEAT (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 1067 105mm L28 FH 18 C (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk

8 7 7 6 6 6 5 4 4 3+32pg ->105mm L28 FH 18 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10136 105mm L52 K18 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 7

17 16 15 14 13 12 12 11 11 10+29pg -> 105mm L52 K18 HEAT ‘42+ (10) (11) (11) (10) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5)

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 1683 150mm L12 sIG 33 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 9 Smk

- - - - - - -+21pg ->150mm L12 sIG 33 HEAT ‘42+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)

16 16 16 16 16104 150mm L30 FH 18/36 D (10) (10) (9) (9) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) 9

- - - - - - - - -+37pg -> 150mm L30 FH 18/36 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5)

16 16 16 16 16 16 1646 380mm L5 Rkt-Launcher * (10) (8) (6) *



70

- - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L55 AA FlaK 30/38 A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1

3 2 2 2 248 20mm L55 AA Flakvierling 38 Quad B (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1

3 2 2 2 236 20mm L55 AA MG151 Triple * (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) *

3 2 2 2 242 37mm L60 AA FlaK 18/36/37 B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 2

6 5 5 4 4 3+22pp ->StGt 41 HEAT ‘42+ (10) (6) 5

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18

German Gun Notes

AT/Tank Guns 20/28mm sPzB 41 - squeeze bore gun with the barrel tapering from

28mm down to 20mm at the muzzle. Designated as a heavy AT rifle, itcould be broken down for pack-horse transport. A special light weightversion for the airborne units was produced. Gun can be carried & firedèn portee' on a Lt truck or h/track (or heavier) facing to the rear.

37mm L45 Pak 35/36 - this weapon set the standard for pre-war ATguns, being extensively manufactured under license & copied by manycountries around the world. StGt 41 became available for use with thisgun in late 1941, refer to `Spigot Bombs'. Gun can be carried & fired ènportee' on a Lt truck or h/track (or heavier) facing to either the front orrear. Spigot bombs cannot be used on AFVs unless the AFV notes stateotherwise.

42/29mm Pak 41 - second taper bore gun to be produced. The barreltapered from 42mm to 29.4mm and was mounted on the PaK 35/36carriage.

47mm L43 Pak 36(t) - ex-Czech AT gun which was used in both it'soriginal form (split tail two wheeled carriage) or mounted on AFV chassisas a tank destroyer. StGt 41 became available for use with this gun inearly ‘42, refer to ‘Spigot Bombs.’ Spigot bombs cannot be used on AFVsunless the AFV notes state otherwise.

50mm L42 KwK 38 - specifically developed for mounting in tanks.Replaced the 37mm KwK in earlier Pz III models and was usuallyreferred to as the ̀ Short 50mm'.

50mm L60 Pak 38 - standard AT gun replacing the 37mm PaK 35/36.StGt 42 became available for use with this gun in early 1942, refer to‘Spigot Bombs’. Gun can be carried & fired èn portee' on a Md truck (orheavier) facing to the rear. Spigot bombs cannot be used on AFVsunless the AFV notes state otherwise.

75mm L24 KwK 37 - close support armament for tanks, originallyintended to fire only HE.

88mm L71 Pak 43 - the success of the 88mm FlaK lead to the PaK 43purpose built version being manufactured. The original PaK 43 waslower than the original `88' with a turn-table giving 360º traverse (treat asturret gun). The latter stopgap PaK 41/43 version had the gun mountedon a heavier less-mobile split trail howitzer carriage. This category alsoincludes the less numerous FlaK 41 AA of the same calibre & length.FlaK 41 can be fired by the crew while still limbered.

75mm L43 & L48 KwK 40 & 41 - developed from the PaK 40 andspecifically built as tank armament to replace the shorter 75mm L24.Both L43 & L48 guns were mechanically interchangeable with the L48having slightly better performance.

75mm L46 Pak 40 - standard AT gun replacing the earlier PaK 38. Thedesign itself was a scaled up version of the 50mm PaK 38. Variants tothe PaK 40 design included an artillery version mounted on a heavier105mm carriage and a shortened infantry model. The PaK 40 wasactually introduced late 1941 but didn't see combat until earlier 1942. The

APCR ammunition was introduced in mid-1942. 75/55mm L58 PaK 41 - tapered bore gun designed to compete with the

PaK 40. The shortage of tungsten cored rounds meant its service lifewas brief and it was used until ammunition stock were depleted. Calibrestarted at 75mm & reduced to 55mm at the muzzle.

75mm L70 KwK 42 - high velocity gun specifically developed formounting in AFVs. Smoke ammunition was never developed for this &other high velocity guns (88mm) because the rounds disintegrate tooquickly on impact without adequate dispersal of the smoke producingfiller.

76mm L51 Pak 36(r) - captured ex-Soviet 76mm M36 gun re-chambered to take 75mm PaK 40 ammunition.

80mm L37 PAW 600 - light weight gun which operated on a high-lowpressure system to propel a low velocity fin stabilised HEAT round. The

gun itself was extremely light. Use the 47mm L40 on To-Hit Table for allDirect Fire. 88mm RPzBGr - basically an 88mm Panzerschreck RP43 with the rear

end sealed with a breach and mounted on a light carriage. Use the37mm L40 on To-Hit Table for all Direct Fire. No HE rocket wasproduced.

88mm L56 Flak 18/36 - famous `88' pre-war AA gun with the dual abilityof engaging ground & air targets. The `88' was very large and a hard

piece to conceal. All FlaK 18, 36 & 37 version were identical inperformance. Gun can be fired by crew without unlimbering, and was ona turn-table giving 360º traverse (treat as turret gun). Traverses as a Csized gun.

128mm L55 Pak 44 - delays in developing a strong enough carriage forthis gun lead to numerous stop-gap versions being built on capturedSoviet 152mm & French 155mm artillery carriages.

Howitzers/Field Guns 75mm L10 LG 40 - recoilless gun designed for use with airborne andmountain units. The barrel sat on the tripod with all round traverse. Couldbe broken down for transport by pack-horse. No shield was provided andthe gun is treated as a heavy weapon for cartage and transportation.

75mm L12 IG 18 - light stubby infantry gun which used a unique`shotgun' type breech.

75mm L22 IG 37 - a stop-gap infantry gun made from ex-Soviet 75mmbarrels cut down to L22 and mounted on PaK 35/36 carriages. A latter IG42 model used the same barrel mounted on surplus PAW 600 carriages.

75mm L26 FK 18 - conventional pre-war field gun. Horse-drawn only. 75mm L36 FK 16nA - modernised WWI field piece. The original 77mm

calibre was standardised to 75mm by replacing them with new barrels.Horse-drawn only.

105mm L13 LG 40 & 42 - heavy recoilless gun built for use with airborneand mountain units. The barrel sat on a tripod with all round traverse.The crew had to evacuate gun position prior to firing due to thebackblast. Could be broken down for transport by pack-horse.

105mm L28 FH 18 - standard medium field howitzer. The FH18 was aheavy gun for its calibre and a lighter version, FH 18/40 based on amodified PaK 40 carriage, was developed & built in limited numbers.

105mm L52 K 18 - heavy field gun designed for counter-battery work.On limbering up the gun, the barrel had to be retracted up the carriage,therefore, double setup times for this gun are used.

150mm L12 sIG 33 - heaviest infantry gun to see combat. It's weight incombat limited its flexibility in battle.

150mm L30 FH 18/36 - standard heavy howitzer. 380mm L 5 Rocket-Launcher - naval development for use against

submarines, it was taken up by the army as a close range weapon forclearing built up areas such as fortified buildings.

A /Aut A omatic Cannon 20mm L55 Flak 30/38 - conventional light AA gun with the FlaK 30

design going back to WWI. The FlaK 38 was more reliable with a higherrate of fire. If being towed, gun can be fired by crew without unlimbering.Gun can be carried & fired ̀ en portee' on a Lt truck or h/track (or heavier)facing to either the front or rear.

20mm L55 Flakvierling 38 - consisted of four FlaK 38 guns on acommon mounting. Gun can be carried & fired èn portee' on a Heavytruck with 360o traverse.

20mm L55 Triple MG151 - ex-Luftwaffe aircraft guns acquired by the

Army. The gun was electrically operated and was therefore only vehiclemounted. 37mm L 60 Flak 18/36/37 - the original FlaK 18 was so large and heavy

that all models were mounted on halftracks as SPAA. The latter FlaK 36& 37 versions were lighter and became standard production after 1939.StGt 41 became available for use with this gun (including non-AFV SelfPropelled Guns) in early 1942, refer to ̀ Spigot Bombs'.

German Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT • Three regiments made up a division• Radios issued to company level.• All transport was horse drawn.

INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1939 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:German Infantry Regiment1 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a3 Infantry Battalion (only 2 battalions from 1942) -1 Infantry Gun Company (2 pl. of 3 x 75mm infantry guns, 1 pl. of 2 x 150mm inf guns) regiment support unit1 AT Company

4 platoons each with 3 x 37mm AT guns (1939-’41) regiment support unit3 platoons each with 3 x 50mm AT guns (1942-‘43) regiment support unit



71

3 platoons each with 3 x 75mm AT guns, 1 platoon of 3 Panzershreck Teams (44-’45) regiment support unitGerman Infantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a3 Infantry Company -

3 x MMG Platoon (2 sections, each with 1 x MMG) battalion support unit1 Infantry Weapon’s Company (1 Co.HQ Team) use only if not broken down

1 x Mortar Platoon , with two sections of 3 x 81mm mortar (1939-’41) battalion support unit1 x Mortar Platoon , with two sections of 2 x 120mm mortar (from 1942) battalion support unit

German Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + radio, 0 - 2 LMG Team, 1 - 2 Rifle Teams) 1 per inf co.3 Infantry Platoon -1 Infantry Company AT Section (2 – 4 AT Rifle Teams) 1939-’43 only 1 per inf co. (attach to a platoon)1 Infantry Company Mortar Section (3 x 50mm mortars) 1941 only 1 per inf co. (attach to a platoon)1 Infantry Company Mortar Section (2 x 81mm mortars) from 1942 1 per inf co. (attach to a platoon)German Infantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team) 1 per inf. Pl.3 Infantry Squad 1939 – 1943 (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -3 Infantry Squad 1944 - ’45 (3 teams, consisting of 1 - 2 LMG Team, 0-1 Rifle or SMG Team, 1 Rifle Team with Panzerfausts)


Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 - 3 NCO, 4 - 5 men, with 1-2 SMG and rifles)Infantry Squad 1939 – 1943 - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 LMG, 1 SMG, 8 rifles)Infantry Squad 1944 - ’45 - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 - 2 LMG, 2 - 3 SMG, rifles, 1 - 3 Panzerfausts)Infantry Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 - 4 NCO, 4 - 6 men, with 0 - 2 LMG, 2-4 SMG and rifles, radio)Infantry Company AT Section - (1 NCO, 7 - 9 men, with 2 - 4 AT Rifles, and rifles)Infantry Battalion HQ - (1 - 2 Off, 4 - 6 NCO, 36 - 39 men, with 2 - 6 LMG, SMGs and rifles, radio)

• Until 1940, Panzer and Light Divisions had a single regiment. From 1941, increased to 2. From ’43, renamed Panzer Grenadiers.

• Radios issued to platoon level.

MOTORISED INFANTRY REGIMENT

• In 1942-‘43, for Panzer Divisions, the Regiment was reduced to only two battalions

MOTORISED INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1939 - ‘43 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:German Motorised Infantry Regiment1 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a3 Infantry Battalion -

(1 or more battalion is Armored. Mostly only infantry platoons replace all trucks with armored Sdkfz 251 halftracks)1 Cannon Company (2 pl. of 3 x 75mm inf guns, 1 pl. of 2 x 150mm inf guns, 8 trucks) regiment support company1 Cannon Company (2 platoon of 3 x 150mm SPs, 6 trucks) Late 1942 - ’43 regiment support company1 AT Company (4 platoons of 3 x 37mm AT guns, 12 trucks) 1939-‘40 regiment support company

1 Engineer Co. (as for infantry co. but no Co. Wpns Pl) Late 1942 - ’43. Squads as below =/> 1 inf co., max 1 per force

1 Recce Platoon =/> 1 inf co., max 1 per force

1 AT Company (4 platoons of 3 x 50mm or 75mm AT guns, 12 trucks) 1941-‘42 regiment support company1 AT Company (1 pl. of 3 x 75mm AT guns, 1 pl. of 3 x PzSchrecks, 4 trks) Late 42 - ’43 regiment support company1 AA Company (4 platoons of 3 x 20mm AA guns, 12 trucks in total) Late 1942 - ’43 regiment support company1 Engineer Platoon 1939-’42 =/> 1 inf co., max 1 per force

1 LMG Team (with P anzerfaust from ’43), 1 LMG Team, 1 Flamethrower Team, 1 truck

German Motorised Infantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalio n HQ 1 per inf bat.3 Infantry Company (1 could be replaced with a motorcycle company) -1 MMG Company battalion support unit

1 MMG Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + Radio, 1 Rifle Team, 1 truck, 1 m/c base) (don’t use if pl. allocated to co.)3 MMG Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG, 1 truck)1 Mortar Platoon (3 sections, each with 2 x 81mm mortar, 1 trucks) 1939-421 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x 120mm mortar, 2 trucks) Late 1942 - ’43 battalion support unit1 x MMG Co. AT Platoon (3 x 75mm AT guns, 3 trucks) Late 1942 - ’43 battalion support unit

German Motorised Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + radio, 2 Rifle Teams, 1 truck, 1 m/c base) 1 per inf co.3 Infantry Platoon -1 Infantry Company AT Section 1939-’40 (3 – 4 AT Rifle Teams, 1 truck) 1 per inf co. (attach to a platoon)1 Infantry Company Weapons Platoon 42-‘43 (as below) company support unit

3 sections, being 2 MG sections of 2 x MMG, 1 truck, 1 mortar section of 2 x 81mm mortar, 1 truck)German Motorised Infantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team with radio, 1 Rifle Team, 1 truck) 1 per platoon4 Infantry Squads 1939-’40 (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams, 1 truck) -3 Infantry Squads 1941-’42 (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams, 1 truck) -3 Infantry Squad Late 1942 - ’43 (2 LMG Teams, 1 with Panzerfaust from ’43, 1 truck) -1 Weapon Section (1 x 50mm mortar, 1 truck) 1939-‘42 -German Motorcycle Infantry Company (one could replace an infantry company)1 Motorc ycle Infantry Company HQ 1 per mot. inf co.

1 Company HQ Team + radio, 11 LMG Teams, 6 x M/cycle Sidecar bases (2 m/c on each) to carry them.3 Motorcycl e Infantry Platoon -German Motorcycle Infantry Platoon1 Motorcycle Infantry Platoon HQ 1 per mot. inf pl.

1 Platoon HQ Team and radio, 3 LMG Teams, 2 x M/cycle Sidecar bases (2 m/c on each) to carry them.3 Motorcycl e Infantry Squad (4 LMG Teams, 2 x M/cycle Sidecar bases (2 m/c on each)) -* Trucks could be replaced with heavy cars.

Historical Data (do not use in gameplay) Motorised Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (0 - 1 Off, 1 NCO, 4 men, with 1 SMG and rifles, radio.) 1 motorcycle & 1 truckMotori sed Infantry Squad 1939 – ’42 - (1 NCO, 9 men with 1 LMG, 1 SMG, 8 rifles.) 1 truckMotori sed Infantry Squ ad Late 1942 - ’43 - (1 NCO, 7 men with 2 LMG, 1 SMG, 5 rifles, upto 4 Pzrfausts* from ‘43.) 1 truckMotorised Infantry Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 NCO, 8 men, with 2-3 SMG and rifles, radio) 1 - 2 trucks, 2 motorcycles

Motorised Infantry Company AT Section - (1 NCO, 6 - 8 men, with 3 - 4 AT Rifles, and rifles) 1 truckMotorised MMG Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 - 4 NCO, 3 - 5, with ? radio.) 1 - 2 motorcycle & 1 - 2 truckMotorcycle Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 - 3 NCO, 4 men, with 3 LMG and rifles, radio.) on 4 m/c sidecarsMotorcycle Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 7 men, with 4 LMG and rifles) on 4 m/c sidecarsMotorcycle Infantry Co HQ - (1 Off, 4 - 8 NCO, 18 men, with 12 LMG and rifles, radio.) on 12 m/c sidecarsMotori sed Engineer Squad Late 1942 - ’43 - (1 NCO, 7 men, 2 LMG, 1 SMG, 4 rifles, < 4 Pzrfausts* from ’43, 1 Flamethrower.) 1 truck



72

PANZER GRENADIER BATTALION 1943-‘45

From 1943 The Armored Infantry Battalion of a Motorised Infantry Regiment (Panzer Grenadiers) was changed to: Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:German Panzer Grenadier Battali on 1943+

1 Cannon Co. (treat as a platoon) 3 sections, each with 2 x Sdkfz 251/9

1 Panzer Grenadier Battalio n HQ n/a3 Panzer Grenadier Company -1 Panzer Grenadier Heavy Weapons Company battalion support unit

1 Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + radio, 6 Rifle Teams, 2 x Sdkfz 251/1, 1 m/c base) (don’t use if pl. allocated to co.)1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x 120mm mortar, 2 x Sdkfz 251/1)

1 AA Co. (treat as a platoon) 3 sections, each with 2 x 37mm AA SPsGerman Panzer Grenadier Com pany 1943+1 Panzer Grenadier Company HQ 1 per inf co.

1 Company HQ Team with radio, 4 LMG Teams, 3 SMG Teams, 2 Rifle Team, transports as below:2 x Sdkfz 251/1, 1 x Sdkfz 251/17, 2 x Volkswagons, 1 Motorcycle or Kettengrad base

3 Panzer Grenadier Platoon -

1 Hvy Wpns MG Section (3 x MMG teams in 1 x Sdkfz 251/1)

1 Panzer Grenadier Heavy Weapons Platoon , which contains as below: company support unit1 Hvy Wpns Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team + radio, 1 LMG Team, 1 x Sdkfz 251/1) (don’t use if sect. allocated to pl.)1 Hvy Wpns Mortar Section (2 x Sdkfz 251/2)1 Hvy Wpns Cannon Section (2 x Sdkfz 251/9)1 Hvy Wpns AA Section (2 x 251/17)

German Panzer Grenadier Plato on 1943+1 Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team with radio, 1 Rifle Team, 1 x Sdkfz 251/1, 10 or 17) 1 per pz gr pl.3 Panzer Grenadier Squads (2 LMG Team, one has Panzerfausts, 1 x Sdkfz 251/1) -* Note regarding units: Sdkfz 251/17 was extremely rare. AA Section Sdkfz 251/17 were mostly replaced by Sdkfz 10/4 AA SPs. The above organisation wasnot always obtained in combat and halftracks were often replaced by trucks or heavy cars.


Panzer Grenadier Squad - (1 NCO, 7 men with 2 LMG, 2 - 4 SMG, & rifles, upto 4 Pzrfausts*) 1 x Sdkfz 251/1

Pz Gr Hvy Wpns Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 7-10 NCO, 16 men, radio.) 2 x Sdkfz 251/1 or trucks, 1-2 m/cycle

• Quite often entirely motorised in trucks (or 251/1 halftracks for squads & squad HQs only)

Panzer Grenadier Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 NCO, 3 - 5 men, with 2 SMG and rifles, radio.) 1 x Sdkfz 251/1, 10 or 17

Panzer Grenadier Company HQ - (1 Off, 9 NCO, 18 men, 4 LMG, 8-12 SMG & rifles, radio) 2 x Sdkfz 251/1, 1 x Sdkfz 251/17, 2 x Volkswagons, 3 MotorcyclePz Gr Hvy Wpns Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 NCO, 4 men, with 1 LMG, 2 - 3 SMG & rifles, radio.) 1 x Sdkfz 251/1

FALLSCHIRMJAGER REGIMENT 1943 - ’45• Although paratroopers, their losses were so horrific during their invasion of Crete that they served the rest of the war as elite infantry. They still count as

elite veterans, however.•

Three regiments made up the bulk of the division• Radios issued to platoon level.

FALLSCHIRMJAGER REGIMENT 1943 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Fallschir mjager Regiment 1943 - ‘451 Fallschir mjager Regiment HQ n/a3 Fallschirmjager Infantry Battalion -1 AT Company (3 x 41/50/75mm AT Gun, 3 x 75mm Inf/Recoil Gun, 3 x LMG Teams) regiment support companyFallschirm jager Battalio n 1943 - ’451 Fallschir mjager Battalion HQ n/a3 Fallschirmjager Infantry Company -1 Fallschir mjager Weapon’s Company battalion support unit

1 Weapon’ s Company HQ (don’t use if pl. allocated to co.)1 Mortar Platoon (3 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar)2 MG Platoons (3 sections, each with 1 x MMG)

Fallschir mjager Compan y 1943 - ’451 Fallschir mjager Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + radio, 2 SMG Teams, 1 truck) 1 per inf company3 Fallschir mjager Infantry Platoon -1 Mortar Section (3 x 50mm mortar) attach to a platoon1 AT Section (3 x Panzerschreck Teams, 1 truck) attach to a platoonFallschirmjagerPlatoon1 Fallschir mjagerPlatoon HQ (1 Pl. HQ Team with rifle, 1 SMG Team, 1 truck or 251/1) 1 per inf platoon3 Fallschir mjagerInfantr y Section (2 LMG Teams, 1 Asslt Rifle Team, 1 truck or 251/1) -



73

Historical Data (do not use in gameplay) Fallschirmjager Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 8 men with 1-2 LMG, 2-3 SMG, 1-2 Assault Rifles, rifles)Fallschirmjager Platoon HQ Section - (1 Officer, 1-2 NCO, 1-2 men with 2-3 SMG, rifles, radio)Fallschirmjager Company HQ Section - (1 Officer, 2-3 NCO, 4-6 men with SMG, radio)Fallschirmjager Company AT Section - (2 NCO, 8 men with 3 x Pzrschreck, 2-6 SMG, rifles)

VOLKSGRENADIER BATTALION 1944 ‘ -45 • Each Volksgrenadier division was built around the remnants of a decimated regular infantry division, to which were added boys, men over 60, wounded

returning from hospitals, navy transfers, etc. Due to time restrictions, rather then adequately train them, (only three months!) they were armed with largenumbers of automatic weapons. After their poor performance in the Battle of the Bulge, they were mostly used in defensive operations.

• Radios issued to company level.• One battalion per division could be equipped with bicycles and horse drawn transport.•

Volksgrenadier units are CONSCRIPT.• The only Volksgrenadier units allowed in your force, are to be taken from the below Volksgrenadier Battalion, plus Volksgrenadier artillery. See later.

VOLKSGRENADIER BATTALION 1944 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Volksgrenadier Battalion HQ1 Volksg renadier Infantry Battalion HQ 1 per inf bat.3 Volksgr enadier Rifle Company -1 Volksgr enadier Heavy Company battalion support unit

1 Volksgrenadier Heavy Company HQ1 Mortar Platoon (3 sections, each with 2 x 81mm mortar)1 Infantry Gun Platoon (4 x 75mm Infantry Gun, horse drawn)2 MG Platoons (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG)

Volksgrenadier Rifle Company1 Volksgr enadier Infantry Company HQ 1 per inf co.1 Volksgr enadier Rifle Platoon -2 Volksgr enadier Sturm Platoon -Volksgrenadier Rifle Platoon1 Volksgr enadier Rifle Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 SMG Team) 1 per Volks. Rif. Pl.3 Volksgr enadier Rifle Squads (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -Volksgrenadier Sturm Platoon1 Volksgr enadier Sturm Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 LMG Team) 1 per Volks. Sturm Pl.1 Volksgr enadier Sturm Rifle Squad (1 LMG Team, 1 SMG Team, 1 Rifle Team) -2 Volksgr enadier Sturm SMG Squads (3 SMG Teams) -


Volksgrenadier Rifle Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 1 NCO, 4 men, with 3 SMG and 2 rifles, 1 pistol)

• Radios as per the German AFV charts

Volksgrenadier Rifle Squad - (1 NCO, 8 men with 1 LMG, 2 SMG, 6 rifles.)Volksgrenadier Sturm Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 1 NCO, 4 men, with 2 LMG and 2 rifles)Volksgrenadier Sturm Rifle Squad - (1 NCO, 8 men with 1 LMG, 5 SMG, 3 rifles)Volksgrenadier Sturm SMG Squad - (1 NCO, 8 men with 9 SMG)

PANZER REGIMENT• Initially two regiments were contained in each Panzer Division, but this was reduced to one by 1941.

PANZER REGIMENT: 1939 - ‘40 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Panzer Regiment 1939 - ‘401 Panzer Regiment HQ (6 - 9 tanks plus 15 m/cycles) n/a3 Panzer Battalion -Panzer Battalion 1939 - ‘401 Panzer Battalion HQ (5 - 6 tanks) n/a1 Mixed Panzer Company -2 Panzer Company -Mixed Panzer Company 1939 - ’40 All Option A or all Option B 1 Panzer Company HQ (2 tanks) Option A - Pz II, Option B - Pz III 1 per mixed pz co.2-3 Panzer Platoons (5 tanks) Option A - Pz II, Option B - Pz III -1 Panzer Platoons (5 tanks) Option A - Pz III, Option B - Pz IV -Panzer Company 1939 - ‘401 Panzer Company HQ (2 tanks, all Pz I or Pz II) 1 per pz co.3-4 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz I or 5 x Pz II) -* Note: 35(t) was occassionally used as a substitute for the Pz III. Some Pz Divisions were equipped with 38(t), probably as a replacementfor the Pz I or II

PANZER REGIMENT: 1941 - ‘42 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Panzer Regiment 1941 - ‘421 Panzer Regiment HQ (6 - 9 tanks plus 15 m/cycles) n/a2 Panzer Battalion -Panzer Battalion 1941 - ‘421 Panzer Battalion HQ (5 - 6 tanks) n/a1 Heavy Panzer Company -2 Panzer Company -Heavy Panzer Company 1941 - ‘421 Panzer Company HQ (2 tanks, both Pz III or Pz IV) 1 per heavy pz co.2 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz III) -1 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz IV) -Light Panzer Company 1941 - ‘421 Panzer Company HQ (2 tanks, Pz III) 1 per light pz co.2 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz II) -1 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz III) -* Note: 35(t) was in rare cases used as a substitute for the Pz III, probably in Light Companies. Some Panzer Division’s Light Companiesprobably entirely equipped with 38(t)

PANZER BATTALION: 1943 Replaces 1941 - ’42 Battalion Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:



74

Panzer Battalion 19431 Panzer Battalion HQ (5 - 6 tanks) 1 per pz bat.1 - 2 Medium Panzer Company (note, max of 3 medium & light companies in total) -1 - 2 Light Panzer Company -Medium Panzer Comp any 19431 Panzer Company HQ (2 x Pz IV) 1 per heavy pz co.3 - 4 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz IV) -Light Panzer Company 19431 Panzer Company HQ (2 x Pz III) 1 per light pz co.3 - 4 Panzer Platoons (5 x Pz III) -Note: StuG III could be used to replace tank losses in above platoons.

PANZER REGIMENT: Late 1943 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Panzer Regiment 1943 - ‘451 Panzer Regiment HQ (6 - 9 tanks plus 15 m/cycles, 9 x 37mm AA SPs or tanks) 1 per pz reg. (treat as 4-5 platoons)2 Panzer Battalion (one bat. has Pz IV, other bat. usually has Pz V, otherwise Pz IV too) -Panzer Battalion 1943 - ‘451 Panzer Battalion HQ (5 tanks, 3 x 20mm Quad SPs or tanks) 1 per pz bat. (treat as 2 platoons)3 Panzer Company -Heavy Panzer Company 1943 - ‘451 Panzer Company HQ (2 tanks) 1 per heavy pz co.3 Panzer Platoons (5 tanks) -Panzer Company 1943 - ‘451 Panzer Company HQ (2 tanks) 1 per pz co.3 Panzer Platoons (5 tanks, but normally 4 tanks due to attrition, especially for Pz V) -Note: StuG III could be used to replace tank losses in above platoons.

ARMORED RECONNAISA NCE B ATTA LION • One attached to each Panzer Division.• Radios as per the German AFV charts• Apart from Sdkfz 251 used to carry the Armored Infantry or Pz Grenadier Infantry squads, HQs, etc, these units make large use of Sdkfz 250 light armored

halftracks. eg use the Sdkfz 250/7 instead of Sdkfz 251/2

ARMORED RECONNAISA NCE B ATTA LION 1939 - ‘ 42 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Ar mo red Reco nnais san ce B att ali on 1939 - ‘421 Armo red Reconnaissanc e Battalio n HQ 1 per arm car bat.2 Armo red Car Company -1 Motoris ed Infantry Company (trucks or armored) same as in Motorised Infantry Reg -

Ar mo red Car Com pan y 1939 - ‘ 421 Armo red Car Company HQ 1 per arm car co.1 Heavy Armo red Car Platoon (6 x Sdkfz 231/232 8rad) -3 Armo red Car Platoons (6 x Sdkfz 221/222) -

ARMORED RECONNAISA NCE B ATTA LION 1943 - ‘ 45

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have: Ar mo red Reco nnais san ce B att ali on 1943 - ‘451 Armo red Reconnaissanc e Battalio n HQ 1 per arm car bat.1 Armo red Panzer Grenadier Company (armored halftracks) same as in Pz Gr Reg -1 Motori sed Panzer Grenadier Company (in trucks) same as in Pz Gr Reg -1 Panzer Grenadier Heavy Weapons Company , same as in Pz Gr Reg -1 Armo red Car Company (3 options available) -

Ar mo red Car Com pan y 1943 - ’ 45 Op ti on 11 Armo red Car Company HQ (1 x Sdkfz 234/2, 2 Rifle Team, Volkswagon, 1 m/c base) 1 per arm car co.4 Armo red Car Platoons (6 x Sdkfz 234/2) -or Ar mored Car Company 1943 - ’45 Option 2 1 Armo red Car Company HQ (1 x Sdkfz 234/1, 2 Rifle Team, Volkswagon, 1 m/c base) 1 per arm car co.1 Heavy Armo red Car Platoon (6 x Sdkfz 234/3 or 234/4) -3 Armo red Car Platoons (6 x Sdkfz 234/1) -or Ar mored Car Company 1943 - ’45 Option 3 1 Armo red Car Company HQ (1 x Sdkfz 250/9, 2 Rifle Team, Volkswagon, 1 m/c base) 1 per arm car co.3 Armo red Car Platoons (4 x Sdkfz 250/9) -

HEAVY TANK BA TTALTION• Most independent units attached at Army level only.• Radios as per the German AFV charts

HEAVY TANK BA TTALION: 1943 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Heavy Tank Battalio n 19431 Heavy Tank Battalion HQ (2 x Tiger) 1 per bat.2 Heavy Tank Company -Heavy Tank Comp any 19431 Heavy Tank Company HQ (1 x Tiger) 1 per co.2 Heavy Tank Platoon (4 x Tiger) -2 Escort Platoon (4 x Pz III N) -

HEAVY TANK BA TTALION: 1944 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Heavy Tank Battalio n 1944 - ‘451 Heavy Tank Battalion HQ (3 x Tiger) n/a

3 Heavy Tank Company -Heavy Tank Comp any 1944 - ‘451 Heavy Tank Company HQ (2 x Tiger) 1 per co.3 Heavy Tank Platoon (4 x Tiger) -



75

• Radios as per the German AFV charts

TANK HUNTER DETACHMENT: 1943 - ‘45 • Independent units attached to corps level.• AFVs in the Battalion are either all Nashorn, all Jagdpanther, all Jagdpanzer IV/70, or all JagdTiger

TANK HUNTER BATTALION: 1943 - ‘45Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Tank Hunter Battalion1 Tank Hunter Battalio n HQ (1 x SP -> Self Propelled Gun) n/a1 Panzer Grenadier Company -3 Tank Hunter Company -Tank Hunter Company

1 Tank Hunter Company HQ (2 x SP) 1 per co.3 Tank Hunter Platoon (3 - 4 x SP) -

ASS AUL T GUN B RIGADE: 1943 - ‘45 • Could be independent units attached to corps level or divisional detachments• From 1942 - ’43 these were called battalions, and had all StuG III, and added an armored car to the Battery HQs.• All StuG III could be replaced by StuG IV (JgPz IV/48)• Radios as per the German AFV charts

ASS AUL T GUN B RIGADE: 1943 - ‘45Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

As sau lt Gun Br igade1 Assaul t Gun Brig ade HQ (1 x StuG III) n/a1 Panzer Grenadier Company (details given previously) -3 Assault Gun Battery -

As sau lt Gun Bat ter y (treat as a company)1 Assaul t Gun Battery HQ (2 x StuG III) 1 per co.2 Assaul t Gun Platoon (4 x StuG III) -1 Assaul t Gun Platoon (4 x StuH 42) -

ANTI-TANK BA TTAL ION• The Panzer Division had a single AT Battalion, as below:• Infantry Divisions AT Battalion is identical to below, except from 1941 only one AT SP Co and two AT Co. Also, motorised transport was limited, being

mostly horse drawn. StuG companies not received until much later.• Radios as per the German AFV charts

ANTI-TANK BA TTAL ION: 1939 - ‘ 40 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

An ti -Tank Bat tal io n 1939 - ‘401 Anti -Tank Battalio n HQ 1 per bat.3 Anti -Tank Company -

An ti -Tank Com pan y 1939 - ‘40 1 Anti -Tank Company HQ 1 per co.3 Anti -Tank Battery (4 x 37mm AT guns, entirely motorised) -

ANTI-TANK BA TTAL ION: 1941 - ‘ 45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

An ti -Tank Bat tal io n 1941 - ‘451 Anti -Tank Battalio n HQ 1 per bat.1 - 2 Anti-Tank Company (note, a total of 3 companies of these two types) -1 - 2 Anti -Tank SP Company -

An ti -Tank SP Co mp any 1941 - ‘45 1 Anti -Tank SP Company HQ (2 x SPs) 1 per co.3 Anti -Tank SP Battery (4 x Marder or StuG III or JgPz IV/70) -

An ti -Tank Com pan y 1941 - ‘45 1 Anti -Tank Company HQ 1 per co.3 AT Battery (4 x 28mm/50mm/75mm/76mm AT guns slowly replace 37mm, motorised) -

ARTILLERY • See further artillery restrictions.

ARTILLERY

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1939 - ‘452 - 3 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 105mm howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 150mm howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictionsPanzer Division A rtil lery Regiment 1939 - ‘422 - 3 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 105mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x ith 150mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictionsPanzer Division A rtil lery Regiment 1943 - ‘451 SP Artillery Battalion (see below) see artillery restrictions1 - 2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 105mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 150mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictionsSP Artill ery Battalion 1943 - ’452 105mm SP Artil lery Battery (6 x Wespe) see artillery restrictions1 150mm SP Artil lery Battery (6 x Hummel) see artillery restrictionsVolksgrenadier Division Artillery Regiment 1944 - ‘451 Artillery Battalion (2 batteries, each with 6 x 75mm howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions2 Artillery Battalion (2 batteries, each with 6 x 105mm howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (2 batteries, each with 6 x 150mm howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions

ANTI-AIRCRAFT UNITS Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Panzer Division Anti-Aircraft Battalion 19413 37mm AA Batteries (4 guns in each, entirely motorised) see guns restrictions1 88mm AA Battery (4 guns, entirely motorised) see guns restrictionsPanzer Grenadier Division Anti-Aircraft Battalion 1944 - ’45



76

1 37mm AA Company (3 platoons of 3 x 37mm AA, entirely motorised) see guns restrictions1 20mmAA SP Company (2 platoons of 3 x 20mmAA SP, 1 of 3 x Quad 20mm SP) see guns restrictions

1 88mm AA Company (2 platoons of 4 x 88mm AA, entirely motorised) see guns restrictions

German SS UnitsPanzer, Heavy Tank Battalion, and Panzer Grenadier units can be SS. Basically, SS units were given the best weapons, vehicles and equipment available.

HungaryThe only ingredient lacking in the Hungarian Army was the quality of equipment. Like most of Germany's allies, there was an overwhelmed industrywhich always found difficulty keeping up with the war effort. German guns were especially bought as the artillery was very much out dated. AT gunswere extremely short in supply and the horse formed the bulk of the transport available. Cavalry were very good, if not a little obsolete.

The Hungarian Army was to stick by Germany to the end with troop morale never really collapsing. The Hungarian High Command was fairlycompetent in the field and the high proportion of German speaking officers allowed good coordination with their ally. The armies first campaign began in1940 in Yugoslavia with a limited advance.

HUNGARIAN EQUIPMENT LISTS

PV AFV DATES PROD FR61 38M Toldi I-II 40-44 195 388 38M Toldi IIa 42-45 80 4116 42M Toldi III 43-45 12 7131 40M Turan I 43-45 285 3141 43M Turan II 44-45 139 4144 40/43M Zrinyl II 44-45 66 585 40M Nimrod 42-45 135 450 39M Csaba 40-45 140 5

47 L3/35 40-41 104 449 Pz I 42-43 12 7115 Pz 38(t)E 42-45 89 4173 Pz III M 42-43 10 7134 Pz IV F 42-43 22 6198 Pz IV F2 42-45 22 6299 Pz VI 'Tiger' 44-45 10 7211 StuG III G 44-45 50 5178 Marder III(t) M 44-45 20 6217 Jgpz 38(t) 'Hetzer' 44-45 100 4

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR20 20mm L105 S18-1000 39-45 ? 258 105mm L20 40M 39-45 ? 544 40mm Bofors AA 39-45 ? 4

30 37mm L45 Pak 35/36 39-45 ? 262 50mm L60 Pak 38 42-45 ? 6131 75mm L46 Pak 40 42-45 ? 767 105mm L28 FH18 41-45 ? 5

36 75mm L15 vz 15 39-45 ? 462 100mm L19 vz 14 39-45 ? 444 47mm L43 Pak 36(t) 41-45 ? 533 47mm L32 SA-FRC 41-45 ? 562 75mm L36 mle 1897 42-45 ? 624 20mm L62 AA 39-45 ? 4

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 39-45 - 2180 100/105mm (per pair) 39-45 - 4300 150mm (per pair) 39-45 - 6400 210mm (per pair) 42-45 - 7

15 50mm Mortar 39-45 ? 245 81mm Mortar 40-45 ? 5

22 37mm Spigot 42-45 ? 416 47mm Spigot 42-45 ? 5

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Kubel/Volkswagen 42-45 ? 6soft Field Car 39-45 ? 5skin Light Truck 39-45 ? 4charts Medium Truck 39-45 ? 5

Tractor 39-45 ? 4

incl. Heavy Truck 41-45 ? 7German Medium Half Track 39-45 ? 5one Heavy Half Track 40-45 ? 7

Motorcycle 39-45 ? 4Motorcycle Sidecar 39-45 ? 6

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 39-45 ? 110 SMG Team 39-45 ? 415 LMG Team (Belt fed) 39-45 ? 313 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-45 ? 326 MMG 39-45 ? 3

30 FAO Team 41-45 - 4

4 AT Grenade Early 42-45 ? 46 AP Rifle Grenade 42-45 ? 44 AT Rifle Grnde Early 42-44 ? 59 AT Rifle Grnde Late 44-45 ? 523 20mm s18 ATR Team 39-45 ? 28 Pzfaust 30/60 44-45 ? 316 Pzfaust 100 44-45 ? 4

5ea Demolition Charge 40-45 ? 5page39 AP Mine 39-45 ? 2page39 AT MIne 41-45 ? 4

20 Radio 40-45 ? 5

Hungarian Equipment Notes

Hungarian Troop Classes and Morale Ratings

- L3 tankette was a pre-WWII purchase from Italy

(see Italian Armor.)- Pz I, 38(t)E, 111M, IVF, IVF2, VI'Tiger', Marder III(t)M, StuG IIIG and Hetzer were purchased fromthe Wehrmacht ( see German Armor. )- Medium and Heavy Half tracks were purchasedfrom Germany, Sdkfz 11 & 7.- 40mm L48 AA was license built Bofors - seeBritish Guns.)- 37mm L45, 50mm L60, 75mm L46 and 105mmL28 were bought before and during the war fromGermany, (see German Guns.)- 75mm L15 vz 15, 100mm L19 vz 14 were Czechquns, (see Polish and Italian Guns.)- 47mm L43 and 47mm L32 were German capturedbooty given as aid (see German and BelgiumGuns.)- 75mm L36 was purchased from pre-war France(see French Guns.)- 20mm L62 AA was bought from Danish (seePolish Guns.)- Artillery 75mm, 100/105mm and 8lmm Mortar canfire smoke rounds indirectly.- Hungarian army can employ horse teams andcavalry.- AT & AT Rifle Grenades, AT Mines and Pzfaust30/60 /100 were all from the Germans

Unit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery Conscript Reliable -15% or x 0.85

All Other Units Conscript Reliable -25% or x 0.75* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers

HUNGARIAN SOFTSKINSRumania lacked any automotive production facilities for churning outmilitary vehicles and relied solely on purchasing foreign models.Hungary produced a limited range of licence-copied trucks. During the

war years, both countries relied on purchases made from Germany andcaptured stocks.

PV HUNGARY/RUMANIA Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

13 Daimler ADGR, Tatra T92 Light Truck 6x4 B 40 15 2 B14 Botund 38M Light Truck 6x4 B 40 17 3 B28 Raba Medium Truck 6x4 C 45 16 9 C

Damiler ADGR, Tatra T92 (6x4) - light off-road cargo trucks. The Daimlerwas built in Austria and exported solely to Rumania. This vehicle featuredanti-ditching rollers at the front. The Tatra were purchased fromCzechoslovakia. Both models acquired pre-war.

Botond 38M (6x4) - light off-road cargo truck licensed produced in Hungary.The vehicle featured anti-ditching rollers at the front.

Raba (6x4) - medium off-road cargo truck produced under licence in Hungary.The vehicle was a copy of the Krupp L3H 163.

HUNGARIAN ARMORHungarian industry through out the war managed to produce the bulk ofits own armor with Czech & Swedish designs being manufacturedunder licence. All had good mobility but compared badly with theirSoviet counterparts, being out gunned & under-armored throughout thewar.

The heavy battlefield loses of 1941 led to the purchasing ofGerman AFVs to bolster unit strengths and in 1942, the first armoreddivision was formed being organised on German lines (a seconddivision was raised in 1944.) Hungarian crews performed well on the



77

Total AFV production amounted to 1055 tanks & SP guns, notincluding 335 German AFVs purchased.

PV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP

eastern front despite poor equipment and fought right up to the closingdays of the war.

The perception that Germany aided it's Hungarian ally with AFVs throughout the war is incorrect. German tanks obtained between1942-45 were purchased at an very high price. As late as 1944 when

Hungary requested permission to manufacture the `Panther' tank underlicence, Germany still denied them production rights by demanding anextraordinary price which they could not afford.

61 38M Toldi I-II 20 L105,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 31 16 C 588 38M Toldi IIa 40 L51,LMG 4 1 1 2 1 1 31 16 C 7116 42M Toldi III 40 L51,LMG 6 2 1 4 3 1 31 16 C 7131 40M Turan I 40 L51,2*LMG 6 3 2 5 3 2 29 17 C 5141 43M Turan II 75 L21,2*LMG 6 3 2 5 3 2 29 17 C 7144 40/43M Zrinyl II 105 L20 9 3 2 8 3 2 27 15 C 885 40M Nimrod 40 L56 AA 3 1 1 1 1 1 32 18 C 450 39M Csaba 20 L105,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 5

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped.Radios; Turan I & II, 42M Toldi, 40/43M Zrinyi & 40M Nimrod were equipped as standard. For 38M Toldi & 39M Csaba, only platoon & company commands were radioequipped. (+10 PV in this case)One Man Turrets; 39M Csaba.

Hungarian AFV Notes:

38M Toldi I-II - Hungarian version of the Swedish Strv m/33 Light tankmanufactured under licence. Mounted the semi-automatic Solothurn 20mms1000 gun. Minor differences between different models only.

38M Toldi IIa - following the winter battles on the Eastern front 1941,Toldi tanks were found to be totally out gun & under armored. Lateproduction Toldi II were therefore upgunned with the 40mm L51 gun andadditional armor was added to the front.

42M Toldi III - last production variant of the Toldi series which was

simply uparmored but otherwise identical to previous models. Productionstarted 1943. 40M Turan I - licence manufactured copy of the Czechoslovakia T-22

Medium tank mounting the Hungarian 40mm L51 gun. Running gear wassimilar to the LT-35 (Pz 38t).

41M Turan II - same as the Turan I except a larger turret was producedto mount a 75mm gun. Skirt armor on the hull side and around the turret wascommon from 1943+ onwards (similar to that used on German Pz IV.)

40/43M Zrinyl II - based on the 43M Turan II, a 105mm L25 howitzerwas mounted in a box shaped superstructure with limited traverse andheavily influenced by the German StuG III. Side skirts on the hull sides werestandard. Similar in appearance to the Italian Semovente M43 series.

40M Nimrod - the 40mm AA Bofors gun was mounted on an extendedToldi chassis with a fixed open-topped superstructure. Built as an AA tank, itwas employed more as a tank destroyer. This AFV is the only known

example which used the German Spigot Grenade StGt41 in combat, from1942. Reloading must be carried out by dismounted crew member andrequires one full move with AFV being stationary.

39M Csaba - light 4x4 wheeled AC.

HUNGARIAN GUNSFollowing the break-up of the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Hungary wasleft with quantities of WWI Czech Skoda guns, old WWI German fieldpieces and a few native designs. After joining the Axis powers, limited

quantities of German guns were purchased along with captured bootytaken on the Eastern Front.

HUNGARYPV Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES20 20mm L105 S18-1000 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 2 No gun shield

4 3 2 2 235 40mm L51 Skoda * (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) *

6 6 5 5 4 344 75mm L21 41M * (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) * Smk

7 6 6 5 4 4 358 105mm L20 40M C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk

8 7 7 6 5 4 4 4 3+28pg -> 105mm L20 40M HEAT ‘43+ (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 10 1044 40mm L56 AA Bofors B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 2

6 5 5 4 4 3+22pp StGt 41 HEAT ‘42 (10) (6) 5


Hungarian Gun Notes

20mm L105 Solothurn s1000-18 - Swiss designed gunproduced under licensed. Referred to as a heavy anti-tank rifle. No shieldwas provided and the gun is treated as a heavy weapon for cartage andtransportation.

40mm L51 - Licensed produced copy of the Czech 40mm Skoda A-17 tank gun. AFV mounted only.

75mm L25 41M - production of this gun in 1942 went entirely toarming the Turan II tanks.

105mm L20 40M - medium howitzer produced in limited numberswith majority being mounted on the Zrinyi II SPG. Field piece was horse-drawn only.

40mm L56 AA Bofors - licensed built copy of the Swedish AAgun. Gun can be fired by crew without unlimbering. StGt 41 becameavailable for use with this gun in late 1942, refer to ̀ Spigot Bombs'.

Hungarian Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT 1941-‘43 • Three regiments formed the bulk of the infantry division• Radios were issued to regiment and sometimes battalion HQs• All guns etc are horse-drawn.

INFANTRY REGIMENT 1941-’43 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Regiment 1941 – ‘431 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a3 Infantry Battalion -1 AT Company (3 platoons, each with 4 x 37mm/47mm/50mm AT Guns) regiment support unit1 Gun Company (2 platoons, each with 2 – 3 75mm infantry guns) regiment support unit

Infantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a3 Infantry Company -1 Weapons Company battalion support unit

1 Weapons Com pany HQ Section only use if not broken down1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, 2 x 81mm mortar)1 AT Platoon (2 sections of 3 x 37mm/47mm AT Guns, 2 sections of 3 x 20mm AT Rifle Teams)



78

Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (1-2 Company HQ Teams, 3-4 Rifle Teams) 1 per inf co.3 Infantry Platoon -1 MG Platoon (2 sections, each with 1 x MMG) company support unit1 AT Section (2 x 20mm AT Rifle Teams) company support unitInfantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team) 1 per inf pl.3 Infantry Squads ( 1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -


Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2-4 NCO, 3-5 men, with 1-2 SMG and rifles)Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 9-10 men with 1 LMG and rifles)

• Radios were issued to Company level

Infantry Company HQ Section - (1-2 Off, 4-8 NCO, 8-12 men, with 1-3 SMG and rifles)

MOTORISED INFANTRY BATTALION 1942-‘45 • Three battalions formed motorised regiments of armored and a few cavalry divisions

MOTORISED INFANTRY BATTALION 1942-‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Motorised Infantry Battalion 1942 – ‘451 Motorised Infantry Battalion HQ 1 per mot inf bat3 Motoris ed Infantry Company -1 Support Company battalion support unit

3 MG Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG and trucks)1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each 2 x 81mm mortar, 4 trucks)1 AT Platoon (6 x 37mm or 50mm AT Guns, 6 trucks)1 AA Platoon (4 x Nimrod AA SPs)

1 Motori sed Engineer Company battalion support unitMotorised Infantry Company1 Motoris ed Infantry Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + Radio, 2 Mot. Inf. Squads, 3 trucks) 1 per mot inf co.3 Motori sed Infantry Platoon -1 AT Section (2 x 20mm AT Rifle Teams, 1 - 2 trucks) company support unit1 Mortar Section (2 x 50mm mortars, 1 - 2 trucks) company support unitMotorised Infantry Platoon1 Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team, 1 light truck, 1 field car or volkswagon) 1 per mot inf pl.3 Squads (3 teams total, being 1 – 2 LMG Team, 1 – 2 Rifle Teams, 1 truck). -


Motorised Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2-4 NCO, 3-5 men, with 1-2 SMG and rifles)Motorised Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 8-9 men with 1-2 LMG, 1 SMG, rifles)Motorised Infantry Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 25 men, radio)

ARMORED RECON B ATTA LION 1941-‘45 • One was attached to the armored division.

ARMORED RECON B ATTA LION 1941-‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Ar mo red Reco n B att ali on 1941-‘451 Armored Recon Battalion HQ 1 per arm. Recon bat.1 Armo red Car Company -1 Motoris ed Infantry Company (as above) -1 Motorcycle Infantry Company (as Mot. Infantry. Bat. but on motorcycles.) -1 AT Platoon (4 x 37mm AT Guns, HQ Section, 5 trucks) battalon support unit

Ar mo red Car Com pan y1 Armo red Car Company HQ (1 x Csaba) 1 per arm. Car co.3 Armo red Car Platoons (4 x Csaba) -

TANK BA TTALION 1944 • One was attached to the armored division.

TANK BA TTALION 1944 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Tank Battalio n 19441 Tank Battalion HQ (2 x Turan I) 1 per tank bat.2 Heavy Tank Company -2 Medium Tank Company -1 Recon Platoon (5 x Toldi) battalion support unit (cannot break down)1 AA Battery (4 x Nimrod) battalion support unit (cannot break down)Heavy Tank Comp any1 Heavy Tank Company HQ (1 x Turan I, 1 x Turan II) 1 per tank co.3 Heavy Tank Platoon (5 x Turran II) -1 Recon Platoon (5 x Toldi) -Medium Tank Company1 Medium Tank Company HQ (2 x Turan I) 1 per tank co.3 Medium Tank Platoon (5 x Turran I) -1 Recon Platoon (5 x Toldi) -

SP/AA/AT BA TTALION 1944 • One was attached to the armored division.

SP/AA/AT BA TTALION 1944 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:SP/AA/AT Battalio n 19441 SP/AA/AT Battalion HQ (2 x Nimrod) 1 per SP/AA/AT bat.3 SP/AA/AT Battery (6 x Nimrod) -



ARTILLERY

79

• To buy armored divisional artillery, you must have at least one armor or motorised infantry platoon. See further artillery restrictions.• To buy infantry divisional artillery, you must have at least one infantry company. See further artillery restrictions.

ARTILLERY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1939-432 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictionsInfantry Division Artillery Regiment 1944-451 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm or 100/105mm, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions

Ar mo red Div is io n A rt il ler y Reg im ent1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm, motorised) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm or 100/105mm, motorised) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (2 batteries, each with 4 105mm, motorised) see artillery restrictions

ItalyThe Italian Army was not one that entered war willingly or with any conviction. Right from it's first encounter in 1940 against France, the Italian troopsalways came off worse. In Greece it was was estimated that an attack only had to be stalled for 20 minutes before the whole attack broke into totalconfusion and collapsed. Only in Russia did they show any enthusiasium which resulted in a number successive victories against the Soviet forces upuntil Staligrad. Equipment all round was very poor and antiquated. Motorisation was rare wit.h a great reliance on horses (except in North Africa). Italiantroops were frequently issued with German AT equipment to stiffen them against attack, mainly '42 onwards. This went as far as giving a battalian of88mm's to each mobile division ie. Ariete 132nd. Under German command and with German equipment, ltalian troops did give a better account ofthemselves.

ITALIAN EQUIPMENT LISTSPV AFV DATES PROD FR45 L5/21 39-43 ? 252 L5/32 39-43 ? 447 L3/35 39-44 2200 058 L3 (Flamethrower) 39-44 454 L3 (20mm) 39-42 574 L6/40 41-45 283 470 M11/39 39-41 100 2116 M13/40 40-44 1902 1134 M15/42 43-45 82 6193 P40 44-45 100 6

75 Semovente L40 47/32 41-45 300 393 Semovente M40 75/18 41-43 200 5109 Semovente M42 75/18 42-45 6136 Semovente M42M 75 43-45 115 6177 Semovente M41M 90 43-45 30 6164 Semovente M43 75/34 43-45 ? 7

38 AS 37 43-45 ? 7

107 S35 43 35 6

208 Semovente M43 75/46 43-45 ? 6171 Semovente M43 105/25 43-45 ? 674 Carro Commando M41 41-45 ? 4

46 Lancia I.Z.M 39-41 75 663 AS 611 39-41 120 547 AS 40 40-43 620 570 AS 41 (20mm) 41-45 392 AS 43 43-45 30 7113 AS 41/43 (50mm) 44-45 120 6

36 AS Lince 43-45 250 4

72 R35 43 70 5

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR

20 20mm L105 39-43 ? 122 37mm L40 37/40 39-43 ? 233 37mm L45 37/45 39-43 ? 232 47mm L32 47/32 39-45 ? 046 75mm L20 75/18 41-45 ? 571 75mm L34 75/32 41-45 ? 684 75mm L46 75/46 39-45 ? 7126 90mm L53 90/53 39-45 ? 5

42 65mm L17 65/17 39-42 ? 455 75mm L30 75/27 39-45 ? 162 100mm L19 vz 14 39-44 ? 470 100mm L24 vz 14/19 39-45 ? 471 102mm L35 105/35 39-43 ? 670 105mm L25 105/25 39-43 ? 6

24 20mm L65 20/65 AA 39-45 ? 3

62 50mm L60 Pak 38 42-43 ? 6126 88mm L56 Flak 18/36 42-43 ? 536 75mm L15 vz 15 39-43 ? 462 75mm L36 mle 1897 39-44 ? 344 40mm L56 Bofors AA 39-43 ? 6

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 39-45 - 1180 100/105mm (per pair) 39-45 - 4300 150mm (per pair) 41-43 - 6

400 210mm (per pair) 41-43 - 7

15 45mm mortar 39-43 ? 145 81mm mortar 39-45 ? 3

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Motorcyc1e 39-45 ? 2soft Motorcycle Sidecar 39-45 ? 3skin Light Car 39-45 ? 4chart Light Truck 39-45 ? 3

Medium Truck 39-45 ? 4Heavy Truck 39-45 ? 5Medium Half track 43-45 ? 6Heavy Half track 43-45 ? 7Tractor 39-45 ? 3

PV TRUCK/ SP DATES PROD FR26 Moto Guzzi Trialce 39-43 ? 624 Fiat 508C Mil 39-43 ? 642 Camionette Desertica 43-45 ? 659 Autocannone 75/27 39-43 ? 5160 Autocannone 90/53 39-43 ? 6

48 AS 42 HMG 42-45 3

39 AS 42 (s18) 42-45 4

85 Autocannone 102/35 39-43 ? 7

46 AS 42 (20/65) 42-45 300 4

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 39-45 ? 110 SMG Team 39-45 ? 315 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-40 ? 2

Radio 39-45 ? 3

26 MMG 39-45 ? 33 AT Grenade Early 42-45 ? 316 7.9 PzB ATR Team 42-44 ? 411 7.9 wz 35 ATR Team 41-44 ? 323 20 S18 ATR Team 39-45 ? 38 Pzfaust 30/60 44-45 ? 5

page39 AP Mine 39-43 ? 2page39 AT Mine 41-43 ? 35ea Demolition Charge 39-45 ? 315 Flamethrower 39-45 ? 35 Smoke Grenade 41-45 ? 4

FAO 39-45 - 3FAC 39-45 - 5

ITALIAN EQUIPMENT NOTES- R35 and S35 were French tanks handed over by theGermans and employed in Sicily and Sardinia only (seeFrench Armor.)- 50mm L60 and 88mm L56 guns were German issuedto mobile divisions for AT unit by Rommel ( see GermanGuns) .- 7.9mm PzB 38/39 & wz 35 were German, the latterbeing from captured Polish stocks.- 75mm L15 vz 15 was Czech made ( see Polish Guns.)- 75nmm L36 mle 1897 was bought from pre-warFrance (see French Guns).- 40mm L48 AA was a licence built Bofors ( see BritishGuns.)- All AT Grenades and Pzfaust 30/60 were Germanissue.- Italian army can use horseteams, ski-troops andcavalry ( the last two in Russia only)- Artillery 75mm, 100/105mm and 81mm Mortars canfire smoke rounds indirectly.- All guns are vehicle/tractor towable except 65mm.

Italian Troop Classes and Morale RatingsTroop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification Notes

Offboard Artillery Regular Reliable no modification to PVOnboard Artillery * Regular Reliable no modification to PV not support unit guns; AA; or AT gunsBersaglieri Regular Reliable no modification to PV

All Other Units Conscript Poor -50% or x 0.50You need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers* can be put in poor conscript companies. When testing the battery/platoon it counts as regular reliable. When testing the company, counts as poor conscript.

ITALIAN SOFTSKINSThe Italian motor industry without doubt produced some of the mostinnovative truck/tractor designs to see service during the war. The

Italian Army fully expected to fight its next war along her mountainousnorthern borders as in WWI and vehicles were designed for use in this



While the army possessed excellent designs, the country lackedthe industrial capacity to produced enough for any widespread

motorisation of its forces. Hence, the majority of purpose built militaryvehicles were allocated for use with artillery units, leaving the infantryand armor to suffice with inferior commercial transport.

80

rugged Alpine region. Narrow vehicle width, all wheel drive, tightcornering and excellent cross country performance were prominentfeatures.

PV ITALY Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Moto Guzzi 'Alce' Motorcycle x 3 - A 56 19 1 -8 Moto Gilera 'Marte' M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 50 13 1 -7 Fiat 508 MC Light Car 4x2 B 55 15 1 -

10 Autocarretta OM 32,37 Light Truck 4x4 B 30 12 2 A11 Fiat/Spa TL37, CL39 Light Truck 4x4 C 30 14 2 B13 Fiat 618 CM, Ceirano 50C Light Truck 4x2 C 38 10 4 B15 Fiat/Spa TM40 Medium Truck 4x4 C 33 14 4 C20 Fiat 626, Fiat 38R Medium Truck 4x2 C 33 8 7 C27 Lancia 3Ro, Fiat 633,634 Heavy Truck 4x2 D 27 8 10 D15 Breda TP32, TP40, Fiat P4 Heavy Truck 4x4 C 22 10 4 D28 Breda, Fiat/Soa Dovunque Heavy Truck 6x4 D 20 10 10 D10 Fiat 708 OCI Lt Tractor trk A 12 6 0 B

Moto Guzzi Àlce ' - standard army solo motorcycle. Unlike their Germancounterpart, there was no provision for an extra passenger on the back,hence one rider only.

Moto Gilera `Marte' - standard army motorcycle sidecar with provision foradding a pedestal mounted LMG on the sidecar to be operated by passenger.

Fiat 508 MC - militarised derivative of the civilian Fiat 1100 car. Variants builtwere a staff car and cargo carrier.

Autocarretta OM 32,37 - small 4x4 mountain truck designed as a tractor fortowing light guns through alpine regions. It had four wheel steering for tightcornering and was very narrow for negotiating small tracks. A pedestalmounted AA LMG could be added at the back and operated by passengers(additional PV.) The OM 32 had solid rubber wheels, the OM 37 was animproved model with pneumatic tyres.

Fiat/Spa TL37, CL39 - the TL37 light 4x4 truck had four wheel steering andexcellent cross country performance. Both personnel and cargo versions wereproduced, including a desert variant, the AS37. The Spa CL39 was a scaledup version of the Autocarretta OM series.

Fiat 618 CM; Ceirano 50C - these archaic cargo trucks dated back to the late1920's and were still in wide spread use at the outbreak of war.

Fiat/Spa TM40 - medium 4x4 truck used exclusively as artillery tractors.Variants built included a cargo version.

Fiat 626 & 38R - standard medium 4x2 cargo trucks. Other examples includevehicles such as the OM Taurus & Bianchi Miles.

Lancia 3RO; Fiat 633,634 - standard heavy 4x2 cargo trucks. Otherexamples include the Alfa Romeo 800RE & Fiat 665.

Breda TP32,TP40; Fiat P4 - the Fiat TP32 & TP40 were heavy 4x4 trucksused exclusively as artillery tractors. The Fiat P4 vehicle was an artillerytractor originally produced in 1924 and modernised during the 30's withmassive pneumatic tyres.

Breda & Fiat/Spa Dovunque - these 6x4 heavy cargo trucks had the armydesignation of "Dovunque" meaning "all-terrain" vehicles. They include theBreda 41 & 52, Fiat/Spa 33 & 35.

Fiat 708 OCI - small caterpillar (tracked) gun tractor used for haulingmountain guns. The vehicle had no provision for carrying the crew orammunition, both of which must follow up or be transported separately.

ITALIAN MOTORISED GUNSPV ITALY Descript Drive Size Speed Armamen

Rd C/Cion t

26 Moto Guzzi'Trialce' MMG Motor-tricycle - A 46 12 MMG24 Fiat 508C Mil Light AA Car 4x2 B 55 15 twin LMG42 Camionette Desertica M43 Lt AA truck 4x4 C 30 14 20mm L65 AA, LMG59 Autocannone 75/27 Md AA truck 4x2 C 38 10 75mm L30160 Autocannone 90/53 Hvy AA truck 4x2 D 27 8 75mm L2785 Autocannone 102/35 Hvy AA truck 4x2 D 27 8 102mm L3548 AS 42 (HMG) Recon Car 4x4 C 55 26 HMG, LMG46 AS 42 (20/65) Recon Car 4x4 C 55 26 20mm L65 AA, LMG39 AS 42 (20mm s18) Recon Car 4x4 C 55 26 20mm L105, LMG

Moto Guzzi`Trialce' MMG - motorised tricycle which was used as an MMGcarrier. The vehicle carried a crew of three (including the driver) and the MMGcould be stowed in the rear or mounted on a central pedestal ready to fire.The MMG can only be fired when stationary and the crew dismounted (no set-up required.) The MMG can be dismounted and used as a normal MMGwithin 10cm of the tricycle.

Fiat 508C Mil - the cargo version of the Fiat 508 with pedestal mounted dual AA LMG on the rear with 360o traverse.

Camionette Desertica M43 - standard TL37 Desert truck with 20mm Breda AA gun mounted in the passenger compartment with 180o arc of fire towardsthe rear. An LMG was mounted at the front and was manned by the co-driver.

Autocannone 75/27 - ex-WWI 75mm Krupp AA gun mounted on the rear ofa 1928 Ceirano 50CM truck. Fold-down sides provided a wider platform forthe gun crew with no crew protection provided. Another variant used in limitednumbers was the Sahariana Corte 75/27 which consisted of a TL37 truck

modified in the field to mount a 75/27 Model 12 field gun. The gun wasmounted in the rear firing over the front with limited traverse. The original gunshield was still retained.

Italian AFVs were characterised during the war by thin armor, weakengines and poor armament. Italian AFV crews understandably hadlittle confidence in their equipment and fought only moderately wellunder the circumstances. Even the quality of armor plating used on thetanks was poor, having a tendency to crack when impacted by a shellseven when failing to penetrate.

Autocannone 90/53 - Lancia 3RO heavy truck mounting the 90mm L53 AAgun with all-round traverse. Fold-down sides provided a wider gun platform forthe crew and four out-riggers were used to stabilise the truck. A large gunshield was provided on most vehicles giving partial cover to gun crew withinthe guns AOF. Gun could not be fired over the drivers cab. In 1942, the Breda41 `Dovunque' 6x6 truck replaced the Lancia 3RO in production, being built invery small numbers before the September 1943 Armistice.

Autocannone 102/25 - Fiat 633 heavy truck mounting the ex-WWI 102mmL35 naval gun. The vehicle had fold-down sides for a wider gun platform andfour out-riggers to stabilise the truck. No gun shield or crew protection wereprovided.

AS 42 (LMG), (HMG), (20/65) & (20mm s18) - this unarmored vehicle (andvariants) were based on a modified AB41 chassis and designed forreconnaissance operations in the North Africa. They were equipped with avariety of armament with the most common types being the 20mm Breda AA

gun, 20mm s18-1000 AT gun and 13.2mm HMG. All were mounted on acentral pedestal with 360º traverse. An LMG was also mounted at the rear toone side with provision for a second LMG (additional PV; applicable to allvariants.)

ITALIAN ARMOR

The over-burdened Italian industry struggled to produceenough AFVs for the army requirements and the design of better tanks

was given low priority due to the loss of production from retooling andconservatism within the Army. As late as 1943, Mussolini had to orderthe development of a 75mm gunned tank (P40) because the army stillsaw no requirement for one.

Italy enter the war in 1939 with approximately 1660 tanks andproduced a further 3300 tanks, SPs & armored cars up until 1943.

PV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP

45 L5/21 2 LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 8 B 452 L5/32 37 L40 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 8 B 747 L3/35 2 LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 26 12 B 358 L3 Flamethrower F/Thr,LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 26 12 B 354 L3 (20mm) 20 L105 2 1 1 2 1 1 26 12 B 474 L6/40 20 L55,LMG 3 2 1 3 3 3 26 16 C 570 M11/39 37 L40,2LMG 3 2 1 3 3 3 20 12 C 6



81

116 M13/40 47 L32,3LMG 3 3 3 4 3 3 20 9 C 6134 M15/42 47 L40,3LMG 4 3 3 5 3 3 25 14 C 6193 P40 75 L34,LMG 8 5 5 7 5 5 26 15 C 8

PV Self Propelled Guns ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP75 Semovente L40 da 47/32 47 L32 3 2 2 3 2 2 26 17 B 693 Semovente M40 da 75/18 75 L20 3 2 1 3 2 1 20 10 C 7109 Semovente M42 da 75/18 75 L20 4 3 3 5 3 3 26 12 C 7136 Semovente M42M da 75/34 75 L34 4 3 3 5 3 3 26 12 C 7177 Semovente M41M da 90/53 90 L53 3 3 1 4 1 - 23 12 C 8164 Semovente M43 da 75/34 75 L34 7 3 3 8 3 3 25 14 C 7208 Semovente M43 da 75/46 75 L46 7 4 3 10 5 3 24 14 C 7171 Semovente M43 da 105/25 105 L25 7 4 3 10 5 3 24 14 C 974 Carro Commando M41 HMG 4 3 3 4 3 3 26 14 C 3

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP46 Lancia IZ`M' 4x2 3 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 12 C 363 AB611 6x4 37 L40,2LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 10 C 547 AB40 4x4 3 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 16 C 470 AB41 4x4 20 L65,2LMG 1 1 1 2 1 1 52 18 C 592 AB43 4x4 47 L40,2LMG 1 1 1 3 2 2 54 20 C 6113 AB41/43 4x4 50 L60,2LMG 1 1 1 2 1 1 54 20 C 738 AS37 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 38 20 C 2 336 AB Lince Scout Car 4x4 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 54 20 B 2

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped!Radios; L6/40, M15/42, P40, Semovente M40/M41/M42/M43, Carro Commando M41, AB 40/41, AB Lince, AS37 were equipped as standard. For M13/40, radios werestandard after late 1941, prior to which only platoon/company command tanks were radio equipped.One Man Turrets; L5/21, L5/32, L6/40, M11/39.

Italian AFV Notes:

TANKS L5/21 - also referred as the Fiat 3000, they were built from 1921 onwards

with the design being heavily influenced by the French FT-17. The L5/21mounted twin MGs while the L5/32 had a low velocity 37mm. The latter wasintended for use as platoon and company command tanks.

L3/35 - includes the L3/33 version which was identical. This AFV wasmore an MG carrier than a tankette and was widely exported because it wascheap. Platoon & company command tanks were able fit one of their twoMGs onto an AA mount for the commander. No radios were fitted.

L3 (20mm) - a small quantity of L3/35 were modified to mount the 20mmSolothurn AT rifle in place of the twin MG.

M13/40 - includes the M14/41 which had a more reliable engine but wasotherwise identical. The M13/40 was still a poor design with an awkwardcre

P40 - based on the M15/42, its sloped armor was influenced by the T34encountered by Italian troops in Russia. Production continued after thearmistice with vehicles going to the Wehrmacht.

L3 Flamethrower - developed in 1935, the L3 tankettes had one of theirtwo MGs replaced with a flame projector. The majority of vehicles towed anarmored fuel trailer while late production models had small fuel tanksinstalled over the engine compartment. This was the only flame throwing

AFV to be produced by the Italians.

L6/40 - built to replace the L3/35 in it's reconnaissance role. Although itwent into production in 1940, it didn't see general use until 1942 by whichtime it was obsolete. Production was therefore switched to the SemoventeL40.

M11/39 - carrying the 37mm gun mounted in the front hull and a smallturret with two MGs, it was intended as a main battle tank but production waslimited in favor of the better M13/40. The Òne Man Turret' rule applies toturret LMGs only.

w layout, thin riveted armor and under-powered/unreliable engine. M15/42 - same as the M13/40 with increased armor, lengthened hull and

mounting the longer 47mm L40.

SELF PROPELLED GUNS Semovente L40 da 47/32 - with the L6/40 obsolete before entering

service, production was switched to an SP variant. The 47mm gun wasmounted with limited traverse in the open topped hull alongside the driver.

Semovente M40 & M41 da 75/18 - influenced by the German StuG III,the hull of the M13/40 tank was used to mount the 75mm L20 infantryhowitzer in a fully enclosed superstructure. After 60 vehicles had beenproduced, M40 was replaced by the M41 which was still identical except forusing the latter M14/41 chassis.

Semovente M41M da 90/53 - based on a modified M14/41 chassis, theengine was moved to the centre and the 90mm L53 AA gun mounted at the

rear with limited traverse. Only a few rounds were carried in the SP whichmeant a turret-less L6 tank carrying extra ammunition had to follow. Only twoof the gun crew rode along with the SP and can only fire if completelystat

Carro Commando M41 - a turretless M13/40 or M14/41 converted to acommand tank with additional radio equipment and a HMG replacing the hulltwin LMGs. Large hatches were installed over the turret ring.

Semovente M42 da 75/18 & M42M da 75/32 - identical to the M41except built on an M15/42 tank chassis. The production model was to mountthe 75mm L34 gun but delays in delivery meant the 75mm L20 howitzer wasused as a temporary substitute. Also includes the limited number of M41 da75/32 which were virtually identical.

ionary. Gun crew receive no cover from sides or rear. Semovente M43 `Daschund' da 75/34, 75/46 & 105/25 - based on the

P40 tank chassis, the length and width of the hull was increased toaccommodate a larger superstructure mounting the 75mm L46 AA gun or105mm L25 howitzer. When the M43 first went into production in 1943, bothguns were temporarily unavailable and the 75mm L34 gun was used as astop-gap, giving rise to the M43 75/34. The M43 75/46 mounted the 75mmL46 AA gun and was to be used as a tank destroyer, while the M43 105/25with the 105mm L25 howitzer was intended for counter-battery fire role.Production continued on after the armistice under German supervision. Sideskirts on the hull sides were standard – covers upper hull only, included inPV.

APC/RECONNAISSANCE Lancia IZ`M' - this 1912 AC saw extensive service throughout WWI,

Spanish Civil War (1937), conquest of Ethiopia (1935-36). By 1940, it wasstill in its original form except for having the MGs updated. On the front of this

AFV, a special wire cutter was mounted which allows it to pass throughbar

AB43 - the AB41 was modified by installing a new turret mounting thelonger 47mm L40 gun. This turret was considerably larger than on theprevious AB41, being originally designed for the prototype `CelereSahariano' tank (which never reached production). The hull was widened totake

ITALIAN GUNS

As a result, the Italian Army fielded more calibres andshell types than any other nation involved in WWII, creating enormouslogistical problems and headaches for the already over-stretched

logistics. Italian gunners however, fought surprisingly well for all theirhandicaps and were noted for their brave conduct in combat, asignificant contrast to the remainder of the Italian forces.

With German assistance, HEAT ammunition was

introduced during September 1942 for certain guns in an attempt tobolster the Italian AT firepower.

b-wire (fences) without any movement penalty. AB 611(a) & (b) - also referred to as the Fiat 611 or AB34. Built on a 6x4

military truck and designed for colonial service. The (a) mounted twin MGs inthe front of the turret while the (b) support version had the low velocity 37mmgun.

AB 40 - first in the series of 4x4 wheeled AC, the AB40 mounted onlyMGs and was quickly superseded in production by the AB41 mounting a20mm cannon. Two drivers were provided for in the front and back allowingit to be driven full speed in reverse.

AB41 - identical to the AB40 except the turret was redesigned to take the20mm cannon. (Also includes the post-armistice production AB43/41 whichmounted the 20mm cannon and was similar in both performance andappearance.)

the larger turret and uparmored on the front. AB41/43 - after the armistice, the AB43 production came under German

supervision and the AC was modified to mount the more powerful German50mm L60 in the same turret. Production of a 20mm gun version was alsocarried out using the original AB41 turret design.

AS37 - the 4x4 wheeled open-topped APC. The only Italian effort madeduring the war to produce an APC. Based on the Fiat TL37 truck, it wasopen-topped with rear access doors.

AB L ince - manufactured from 1942, it was an exact copy of the BritishDingo Scout car.

Italy's artillery situation was one of the worst of any major power inWWII. Possessing large quantities of vintage obsolete guns, thissituation was only made worse by the acceptance of captured bootyfrom various sources or purchased from Germany.

ITALYPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES20 20mm L105 S18-1000 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 2 No gun shield



82

4 3 2 2 222 37mm L40 37/40 A (11) (10) (9) (7) (5) 3

4 4 3 3 233 37mm L45 37/45 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

6 5 4 4 3 332 47mm L32 47/32 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 3 No gun shield

5 5 4 4 3 3+23pp -> StGt 41 HEAT ‘43+ (11) (7) 5

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 1839 47mm L40 47/40 * (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) *

6 6 5 5 5 4 446 75mm L20 75/18 B (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

6 6 5 5 4 4 4 3+14pg ->75mm L20 75/18 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 8

8 8 7 7 7 6 6 5 571 75mm L34 75/32 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

84 75mm L42 75/39 C (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (5) 5 No gun shield9 9 8 8 7 7 7 6 6 5

11 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 7 6103 75mm L46 75/46 C (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5

126 90mm L53 90/53 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 613 13 12 12 11 11 10 10 9 9

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES42 65mm L17 65/17 A (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 4 No gun shield, Hdrawn

- - - - - -+0pg -> 65mm L17 65/17 HEAT ‘42+ A (8) (8) (7) (6)

5 5 5 555 75mm L30 75/27 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

7 6 6 6 5 5 4 3 3+17pg 75mm L30 75/27 HEAT ‘42+ (10) (9) (9) (8) (6) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 8 862 100mm L19 vs 14 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - -+15pg -> 100mm L19 vs 14 HEAT ‘42+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 1070 100mm L24 vs 14/19 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - - -

+16pg ->100mm L24 vs 14/19 HEAT 1942+ (9) (8) (8) (8) (6) (5) (5)10 10 10 10 10 10 1071 102mm L35 102/35 C (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - - - -70 105mm L25 105/25 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk

8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4+16pg ->105mm L25 105/25 HEAT ‘43 + (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L65 AA 20/65 A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1 No gun shield

3 2 2 2 2

Italian Gun Notes

AT/Tank Guns

20mm L105 Solothurn s18 - Swiss designed gun produced under license.It was classified as a heavy AT rifle. No shield was provided and the gun istreated as a heavy weapon for cartage and transportation (ie. cannot be

75mm L20 75/18 - field howitzer & mountain gun built in limited numbers.

90mm L53 90/53 - pre-war AA gun used extensively in dual AA/AT role.Slightly better than the German 88mm L56 FlaK. Ground & vehiclemounted versions used.

towed.) 37mm L40 37/40 - low velocity tank mounted gun developed early 1920s. 37mm L45 37/45 - licensed copy of the German 37mm PaK 35/36. Can be

carried & fired ̀ en portee' on a Lt.truck facing to the front or rear. 47mm L32 47/32 - copy of the Austrian 47mm Bohler. Used as an infantry,

AT & mountain gun. No gun shield. Can be carried & fired èn portee' onLt.truck (or heavier) facing to the rear. In German service, StGt 41 becameavailable for use with this gun in late 1943, refer `Spigot Bombs'. (Cannotbe used on AFVs). Gun cannot be towed prior to 1942.

47mm L40 47/40 - tank mounted gun specifically designed to replace the47/32.

HEAT ammunition introduced Sep 1942 prior to battle of El Alamien. 75mm L34 75/32 - identical to the 75/18 in appearance except for the

extended barrel. Intended as an artillery gun, it mainly served in an AT role.HEAT ammunition introduced Sep 1942 prior to battle of El Alamien.

75mm L42 75/39 - ex-British pre-war Vickers AA guns left behind inFrance. 54 were purchased from the Germans in 1941. No gun shield.

75mm L 46 75/46 - pre-war AA gun used extensively in dual AA/AT role. Nogun shield.

Howitzers/Field Guns 65mm L17 65/17 - pre-WWI mountain gun. Although designed with a gun

shield, they were not used in combat. 75mm L 30 75/27 - original model was licensed copy of the pre-WWI Krupp

75mm M1905 gun. Various upgraded models built with different carriagesranging from single to split trails.

100mm L19 vz14 & L24 vz14/19 - ex-Austro-Hungarian howitzersobtained under WWI war reparations with further quantities purchased fromGermans in 1941. Also includes the identical Czech 100mm vz16 mountaingun.

102mm L35 102/35 - ex-naval AA gun used on ground-mount or in a staticrole. Truck & rail mounted versions also used. Capable of 360º degreetraverse.

105mm L25 105/28 - Licensed built version of the French mle 1913medium artillery gun.

AA/Automatic Cannon 20mm L65 AA 20/65 - standard light AA gun. Used extensively in dual

AA/AT role. No gun shield. Can be carried & fired ̀ en portee' on Lt.truck (orheavier) with 360º traverse. Gun can be fired by crew without unlimbering.

Italian Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT



83

• All transport was horse drawn.

• Two regiments made up the bulk of a division• Radios were issued to Regiment HQs only.

INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1940 - ‘43 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Regiment 1940 - ‘431 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a3-5 Battalion -1 Mortar Company (2 – 3 platoons, each with 3 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar) regiment support unit1 AT Company (2 platoons of 3 – 4 x 47mm AT Guns each) regiment support unit0-1 Gun Company (2 platoons of 2 – 3 75mm Infantry Guns each) regiment support unit

Infantry Battalion3 Infantry Company -

1 Weapons Com pany HQ only use if not broken down

2 Mortar Platoons (each with 3 sections of 3 x 45mm mortar) battalion support unit

1 Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a

1 Weapons Company

2 MG Platoons (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG) battalion support unit

1 AT Platoon (with 3 sections of 3 x 20mm AT Rifles) battalion support unitInfantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (2 Company HQ Teams, plus one Infantry Section) 1 per inf co.3 Infantry Platoons -Infantry Platoon

2 Infantry Sections (see below) -1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team) 1 per inf pl.

Treat as two squads, each with 1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams, but each squad must remain in squad cohesion with the other.


Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 1 NCO, 1 SMG and rifle)Infantry Section - (2 NCO, 18-19 men, 2 LMG, 2 SMG and rifles)Infantry Company HQ Section - (2 Off, 3-9 NCO, 24-26, rifles)

BERSAGLIEN MOTORISED INFANTRY REGIMENT 1942-‘43

• A good proportion of transport was horse drawn, eventhough trucks are listed below.• The Bersaglieri also had limited armoured battalions, but in Russia had ONLY L6/40 (two companies in total!).

• Two were attached to motorised infantry divisions, one to armored divisions.• Radios issued to company level HQs.

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Regiment 1942-‘431 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry HQ n/a2-3 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Battalion -

1 AA Company (3 platoons of 4 x 20mm AA guns) 13 trucks regiment support unit

1 Mortar Company (3 platoons with 3 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar) regiment support unit1 AT Compan y (3 platoons of 3 x 47mm AT gun, 3 trucks) regiment support unit

Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Battalion1 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Battalion HQ n/a2 - 4 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Company -1 MG Company

1 MG Company HQ (Company HQ Team, 2 Rifle Teams, 1 truck) only use if pl. not allocated4 MG Company Platoon (2 sections, each with 1 x MMG, 1 truck) battalion support unit

Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Company1 Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team + radio, 3 Rifle Teams, 2 Trucks, 1 Field Car) 1 per Ber. mot. inf. co.3 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Platoon -1 Light Gun Platoon (3 x 20mm AA/AT guns, 3 trucks) company support unit1 AT Gun Platoon (3 x 47mm AT guns, 3 trucks) company support unitBersaglien Motorised Infantry Platoon1 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team, 1 truck) 1 per Ber. mot. inf. pl.3 Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Section (2 LMG Teams, 1 Rifle Team, 1 truck) -

Historical Data (do not use in g ameplay)

Bersaglien Motorised Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 3 NCO, 3 men, 3 SMG, rifles) 1 TruckBersaglien Motorised Infantry Section - (1 NCO, 8 men, 2 LMG, 2 SMG, 5 rifles) 1 TruckBersaglien Motorised Infantry Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 4 NCO, 10 men, 5 SMG, rifles, radio) 2 Trucks, 1 Field Car

• One was found in each armored division from 1941. Note, the only armor used in Russia was L6/40 and Semovente L40 da 47/32.MEDIUM TANK REGIMENT 1941 onw ards

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Medium Tank Regiment

3 Medium Tank Battalion -1 AA Battalion (3 batteries of 4 x 20mm AA guns) 13 light trucks regiment support unit

1 Medium Tank Regiment HQ n/a

Medium Tank Battalion1 Medium Tank Battali on HQ (1 tank) 1 per med. tank. bat.1 Medium Tank Battali on Reserve (2 platoons of 5 tanks) battalion support unit3 Medium Tank Company -Medium Tank Company1 Medium Tank Company HQ (1 tank) 1 per med. tank co.3 Medium Tank Platoon (5 tanks) -

• From 1942, regiments fell out of use, but light tank battalions were assigned independently.

LIGHT TANK REGIMENT • One was found in each 1940-‘41 armored division.

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:



84

Light Tank Regiment1 Ligh t Tank Regiment HQ n/a3 Light Tank Battalions -Light Tank Battalion1 Light Tank Battalion HQ (1 tank) 1 per lt. tank bat.3 Light Tank Company -Light Tank Company1 Light Tank Company HQ (1 tank) 1 per lt. tank co.3 Light Tank Platoon (4 tanks) -

•

One was attached to each armored division.

ARMORED RECON BATTALION

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have: Arm ored Recon Batt alio n1 Armored Recon Battalion HQ (1 Bat HQ Team in Field Car, 1 Recon Section*) 1 per arm. rec. bat.3 Armored Recon Troops (treat as company) -

Arm ored Recon Troop2 Armored Recon Section (treat as platoon) 3 x armored car -

* Recon Section10 Rifle Teams and 10 motorcycle bases as transport. No effect on battalion morale if this section receives bad morale result or is destroyed.

SELF PROPELLED BATTALION • At least one battalion was attached to each armored division’s artillery regiment.

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Self Propelled Battalion1 Self Propelled HQ Battery (2 Command AFVs* + 1 Recon Section) 1 per SP bat.2-3 Self Propelled Battery (each with 4 - 6 SPs plus 1 command AFV*) -* Command AFVs were Carro Commando M13 series if 75mm SPs were used.

• Radios at Company HQ level• Could be entirely motorised

PARACHUTE BA TTALION 1942-‘45 • Eight battalions per airborne division

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Parachute Battalion1 Parachute Battali on HQ n/a3 Parachute Company -1 Mortar Platoon (3 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar) battalion support unitParachute Company1 Parachute Company HQ (2 Company HQ Teams (1 with radio), 1 Rifle Section) 1 per para. co.3 Parachute Platoon -Parachute Platoon

1 Parachute Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team) 1 per para. pl.3 Parachute Section (2 LMG Teams, 1 Rifle Team) -

Historical Data (do not use in g ameplay)

Parachute Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 NCO, 2 SMG, rifles)Parachute Section - (1 NCO, 8 men, 2 LMG, 2 SMG, 5 rifles)Parachute Company HQ Section - (2 Off, 2-4 NCO, 4-6 men with 2 SMG, rifles, radio)

AT COMPANY• Up to two AT Companies with 2 – 3 battieres could be attached to mobile and armored divisions.• One AT Company with 3 batteries would be attached to each infantry division.

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have: AT Com pany See Guns/Artillery/Mortars Restrictions 1 AT Company HQ 1 per AT co.2 – 3 Battery (4 x 90mm AA/AT/SP Guns) -

ARTILLERY


• One artillery regiment would support two infantry regiments in a division.• Often horse drawn, but motorised in North Africa, and often motorised in Motorised Infantry units.

ARTILLERY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Ar ti ll ery Regi men t2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 105mm or 75mm) see artillery restrictions1 Mortar Battalio n (3 companies, each with 2 platoons of 3 x 81mm mortar) see artillery restrictions

JapanThe Japanese Army was first and foremost an infantry force and although it's armor component was weak, it was one to be greatly respected. Out-numbered in most of their engagements with the enemy, the spirit of the Japanese and the ability of their conmanders made them exremely toughopposition up until the start of '43. From the start of 1943, poor quality recruits lowered the standard of the whole army. We have made all 1943 – 1945Japanese units ‘regular’ to average out the army’s mix of veteran and conscript troops.

Within the division there was a tendency to split and divide up formations to form ad-hoc battle groups for individual tasks and missions. Oncompletion, these units were quite often not reattach back to their parent unit, thus destroying any esprit de corps a division or regiment might have.

Their equipement was another story. Obsolete and out of date, the machine guns and rifles used were crude and badly designed plus the lackof general maintainance by the Japanese soldier may explain why they preferred open charges and hand to hand combat in preferrence to firing their



own weapons. Japanese fanaticism in the field went extremes with even tank crews leaving perfectly good tank to engage the enemy on foot in closecombat.

85

JAPANESE EQUIPMENT LISTS

PV AFV DATES PROD FR36 Type 92 Combat Car 39-43 ? 634 Type 94 Light TK 39-43 ? 660 Type 95 Light HA-GO 39-45 2400 252 Type 97 Light TE-KE a 39-45 ? 135 Type 97 Light TE-KE b 39-45 ? 3

69 Type 98 Light KE-NI 42-45 200 566 Type 4 Light KE-NU 44-45 100 676 Type 89B CHI-RO 39-45 225 492 Type 97 CHI-HA 39-45 - 3132 Type 97 Special 42-45 1600 5149 Type 01 CHI-HE 42-45 ? 7179 Type 03 CHI-NU 44-45 60 775 Type 2 KA-MI 42-45 ? 6

124 Type 1 HO-NI I 42-45 - 6119 Type 1 HO-NI II 42-45 - 7136 Type 3 HO-NI III 44-45 95 7133 Type 4 HO-RO 43-45 - 758 Type 98 SA-TO 39-45 ? 762 Type 98 SA-KI 39-45 ? 7

28 HO-KI 41-45 ? 737 Type 91 SUMIDA 39-45 ? 5

48 Type 95 (NAVAL) 39-45 ? 652 Type 92 OSAKA 39-45 ? 5

38 Carrier LMG 42-45 ? 7144 M3'STUART' 44-45 ? 7

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR11 37mm L22 Type 11 39-43 ? 528 37mm L45 Type 94/97 39-45 ? 248 47mm L54 Type 01 4l-45 ? 574 75mm L38 Type 90 39-40 ? 485 75mm L44 Type 88 39-45 ? 5

23 70mm L9 Type 92 39-45 ? 140 75mm L19 Type 41 39-45 ? 245 75mm L21 Type 94 39-45 ? 355 75mm L31 Type 38i/95 39-45 ? 369 105mm L24 Type 91 39-45 ? 582 150mm L11 Type 38 39-45 ? 793 150mm L23 Type 96 39-45 ? 7

24 20mm L73 Type 98 AA 39-45 ? 332 20mm L73 Dual 98 AA 39-45 ? 627 25mm L60 Type 96 AA 39-45 ? 536 25mm L60 96 Double 39-45 ? 7

PV MORTARS DATES PROD FR15 50mm (each) 39-45 ? 045 81mm 39-45 ? 270 90mm 39-45 ? 4180 150mm 39-43 ? 7

PV ARTILERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 39-45 - 3180 105mm (per pair) 39-45 - 5300 150mm (per pair) 39-45 - 7

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Motorcycle 39-45 ? 4soft Motorcycle Sidecar 39-45 ? 7skin Light Car 39-45 ? 6chart Light Truck 39-45 ? 5

Medium Truck 39-45 ? 6Heavy Truck 39-45 ? 6

Amphibious Truck 39-45 ? 6Halftrack 39-45 ? 6Medium Tractor 39-45 ? 3

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 39-45 - 110 SMG Team 41-45 - 515 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-45 - 326 MMG 39-45 - 330 HMG 39-45 - 4

6 AT Grenade Late 43-45 - 3

6 AP/Rifle Grenade 42-45 - 34 AT/Rifle Grenade Early 42-45 - 39 AT/Rifle Grenade Late 43-45 - 318 20mm 97 ATR Team 39-45 - 25 Smoke Grenade 39-45 - 58 Lunge Mine 44-45 - 2

page39 AP Mine 39-45 - 2page39 AT Mine 41-45 - 415 Flamethrower 39-45 - 35 Demolition Charge 39-45 - 4

20 Radio 39-45 - 530 FAO 39-45 - 430 FAC 41-45 - 5

JAPANESE EQUIPMENT NOTES- M3 ‘Stuarts' were captured in 42 from US forces andused against them when they returned in 44-45 in thePhillipines. They can only be used in the Phillipines.- Carriers were captured from British in small numberswhile advancing into Burma, Malaya and Singapore.- AT Rifle Grenade was a copy of the German ones.- SMG's were primarily issued to airborne units.

Heavy Tractor 39-45 ? 4

- Japanese army can use horseteams and cavalry inChina only.- Artillery 75mm and 105mm, and all mortars can firesmoke rounds indirectly.

Japanese Troop Classes and Morale RatingsTroop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery Veteran Elite no modification to PV 1939-42Offboard Artillery Regular Elite no modification to PV 1943-45

All Other Units Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5 1939-42 All Other Units Regular Elite +25% or x 1.25 1943-45* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers

JAPANESE SOFTSKINSDuring the late 20's and early 30's, vehicle production within Japan wasdominated by Ford & GM. By the outbreak of war in 1939, the majorityof vehicle manufacturing plants were consumed by Japanesecompanies who continued to churn out obsolete American truckdesigns. The industry, however, sadly lacked a background in vehicletechnology which resulted in few new designs were forthcoming duringthe course of the war.

Japanese tactical doctrine placed little emphasis on motorisedforces. Manchuria and China provided few surfaced roads suitable for

vehicles and the Pacific and Indo-china campaigns were likewiseunsuitable with the additional problem of shipping.

As a result, the infantry rarely rode into battle. Trucks were usuallycollected into transport regiments for supply and logistical work. Trackedprime movers were employed entirely for hauling artillery.

Quantities of captured vehicles were used when ever possible,including British and US vehicles overrun in Malaysia, Singapore andBataan.

PV JAPAN Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Type 97 Sankyo Motorcycle x 3 - A 44 15 1 -8 Type 97 Iwasaki M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 40 11 1 -8 Type 95 Kurogane Light Car 4x4 B 44 16 1 -13 Nissan 180 Isuzu Typ 94 Light Truck 4x2 C 42 11 4 B24 Isuzu Type 94 A/B Medium Truck 6x4 C 40 15 7 C27 Isuzu Type 2 (7 ton) Heavy Truck 4x2 D 32 8 10 D21 Toyota SUKI Amphib Truck 4x4 D 30 12 5 -20 Isuzu Type 98 KO-HI Halftrack ht C 28 16 4 C16 Type 94,92,98 (4-6 ton) Medium Tractor trk C 25 13 2 C11 Type 92, 95 (8-13 ton) Heavy Tractor trk C 20 8 0 D

Type 97 Sankyo & Iwaski Motorcycles - these two types were the mostcommon models supplied to the army. Designs were based on US HarleyDavidsons and both used solo & with sidecar. Sidecar versions could beequipped with a pintle mounted LMG (magazine fed) at additional cost.

Type 95 Kurogane - nicknamed the "Black Medal", this 4x4 command/scout

car was the equivalent to the famous Willy's Jeep, preceding it by more thanfour years. Production stop in 1940. Nissan 80 & 180; Isuzu Type 94 - most common types of trucks employed

tactically by the Army. These vehicles were based on pre-war US designs. Isuzu Type 94A/B - the 4x6 Type 94A/B trucks were identical to 2x4 Izusi

Type 94 except for the additional rear driven axle.

Isuzu Type 2, (7 ton) - the heaviest tactical truck employed by the Army. Toyota SUKI - unarmored 4x4 amphibious vehicle based on the Toyota KCY

truck. The vehicle had a boat shaped hull. Isuzu Type 98 KO-HI - semi-tracked vehicle influenced from German semi-

tracked prime movers.

Type 92,94,98 (4-6 ton) - these fully tracked vehicles were the standardprime movers for light and medium artillery. Their running gear was all basedon light tank chassis with the first model entering service in 1932.

Type 92,95 (8-13 ton) - fully tracked prime movers for hauling medium toheavy artillery.



86

JAPANESE ARMORWith the Japanese Army very infantry orientated, their deployment andtraining of tank units was ultra-conservative and unimaginative. Tankswere characteristically small in size, thinly armored, poorly gunned andlight weight. Size & weight were important for shipping purposes as allwere envisaged as fighting abroad. With the poor road network inChina, tanks were all required to have good cross-country mobility.

The tactical use of tanks was limited to infantry support withunits being split amongst infantry divisions. These tactics were heavilyinfluenced & mislead by the fighting in China where enemy forces was

always disorganised and poorly equipped. The need for heavier armorand more effective guns was therefore not realised until late in the war.

Tank Divisions were first formed in mid-1942, but were stillcommitted to battle piece-meal (ie. company, battalions.) By late 1944,the opportunity to effectively deploy armor was minimal and in manydefensive actions, tanks were simply dug-in and used as pill-boxes.Japan entered the in 1941 with 3000 tanks & tankettes andmanufactured a further 6490 up to 1945.

PV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP36 Combat Car Type 92 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 12 B 334 Light Type 94 TK LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 25 12 B 360 Light Type 95 `HA-GO' 37 L45,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 17 C 552 Light Type 97 `TE-KE'(a) 37 L45 2 1 1 1 1 1 26 14 C 535 Light Type 97 `TE-KE'(b) LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 26 14 C 369 Light Type 98 `KE-NI' 37 L50,2*LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 34 19 C 566 Light Type 04 `KE-NU' 57 L26,2*LMG 1 1 1 3 3 3 24 16 C 676 Medium Type 89B `CHI-RO' 57 L22,2*LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 8 C 692 Medium Type 97 `CHI-HA' 57 L26,2*LMG 3 2 2 3 3 3 25 18 C 6132 Medium Type 97 Special 47 L54,2*LMG 3 2 2 5 3 3 25 18 C 5149 Medium Type 01 `CHI-HE' 47 L54,2*LMG 6 3 3 5 3 3 27 19 C 5179 Medium Type 03 `CHI-NU' 75 L38,2*LMG 6 3 3 5 3 3 27 19 C 775 Amphibious Type 02 `KA-MI 37 L50,2*LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 23 14 C 5

PV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP124 Type 01 `HO-NI I' 75 L38 3 2 2 3 3 - 25 18 C 7119 Type 01 `HO-NI II' 105 L24 3 2 2 3 3 - 25 18 C 9136 Type 03 `HO-NI III' 75 L44 3 2 2 3 3 - 25 18 C 7133 Type 04 `HO-RO' 150 L11 3 2 2 3 3 - 25 18 C 1158 Type 98 `SA-TO' 20 L73 AA 2 2 2 1 1 1 25 18 C 462 Type 98 `SO-KI' 20 L73 Double AA 2 2 2 1 - - 25 18 C 4

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP28 `HO-KI' - 2 1 1 1 1 1 25 18 B -37 Type 91 `Sumida' 6x4 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 39 8 C 3 148 Type 95 `Naval' 6x4 4*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 10 C 352 Type 92 Òsaka' 4x2 MMG,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 5 C 3

Smoke Dischargers;Radios; All Med Type 97 Specials, Med Type 01 CHI-HE, Med Type 03 CHI-NU, SP Type 01/03 HO-NI I,II & III, SP Type 04 HO-RO were equipped with radios as standard.For Med Type 97 CHI-HA & Light Type 95 HA-GO, only company command tanks were radio equipped.

Medium Type 97 CHI-HA, Type 97 Special, Type 01 CHI-HE & Type 03 CHI-NU. From 1944+, Light Type 95`HA-GO'.

One Man Turrets; All ̀ Light' tanks, except Type 02 KA-MI.

Japanese AFV Notes:TANKS

Combat Car Type 92 - designed to replace ACs in cavalry units, the light AFV mounted a 13.2mm HMG in the hull and an LMG in the turret. The lateproduction models had improved suspension and the hull HMG wassometimes replaced with a standard tank LMG.

Light Type 94 TK - this tankette was developed as a supply tank with anammunition trailer for resupplying front line troops. A small turret with LMGwas added for protection.

Light Type 95 `HA-GO' - the most popular AFV due to its reliability.Remained in production until 1943 and became one of the main AFVsalongside the Medium CHI-HA. The turret mounted a 37mm infantry gun & arear offset LMG (only one of either can be fired each move.)

Light Type 97 ̀ TE-KE'(a) & (b) - mounting either the 37mm infantry gunor LMG in the turret, this AFV was very advanced in 1937.

Light Type 98 `KE-NI' - produced as a replacement for the HA-GO. Itmounted a longer 37mm gun, slightly better armor and was considerablyfaster. Only a limited production was carried out (100).

Light Type 04 `KE-NU' - approximately 100 Type 95 HA-GO tanks hadtheir turrets replaced with ex-CHI-HA turrets (mounting the 57mm gun.)These turrets had become available when old CHI-HA tanks were upgradedto `Specials'.

Medium Type 89B `CHI-RO' - first Japanese AFV to enter massproduction (1928). Designed for infantry support, there were two versions, A(1928) & B (1936) which differed slightly in appearance but were otherwiseidentical in performance.

Medium Type 97 'CHI-HA' - except for the turret armament, the tankwas very advanced when introduced in 1937. Unlike any other AFV, it wasprogressively upgunned and uparmored. Radios were not installed in thesetanks until 1945.

Medium Type 97 Special - the standard CHI-HA was upgunned byredesigning a new turret mounting a copy of the Soviet 45mm AT gun.Unlike the standard CHI-HA, radios were installed as of 1942 which lead to itbeing issued as a platoon/company command tank.

Medium Type 01 `CHI-HE' - Identical to the Type 97 Special with asubstantially uparmored hull. This upgrade was carried out after combatagainst Soviet 45mm AT guns in 1939 where they easily penetrated thearmor on the CHI-HA.

Medium Type 03 `CHI-NU' - using the Type 01 CHI-HE hull, a newlarger turret was installed mounting a new 75mm gun. Production took place

during 1944-45 with sixty being built. Although assigned to tank regimentsfor the defence of the Japanese mainland, none saw combat. Amphi bious Type 02 `KA-MI' - based on the Type 95 HA-GO, large

pontoons were mounted either side of the hull for buoyancy and a pair of

propellers & rudders for propulsion. While travelling on land with pontoonsattached, all road & C/C speed is reduced x2/3. Pontoons can be jettisonedby the crew from within the AFV and costs half a move to complete(stationary.)

SELF PROPELLED GUNS Type 01 ̀ HO-NI I' & ̀ HO-NI II' - the `HO-NI I' Tank Destroyer was based

on the Type 97 CHI-HA Medium tank chassis with a 75mm Type 90 gunmounted with limited traverse. A shield was placed around the front and sideof the gun. Crew receive only partial cover from flank and none from rear tosmall arms fire. The HO-NI II was identical except it mounted a 105mmhowitzer.

Type 03 `HO-NI III' - identical to the HO-NI I, but with additional armoradded to the top and rear of the gun shield fully enclosing the gun crew. Itwas armed with the more powerful 75mm Type 88 AA gun.

Type 04 `HO-RO' - similar to the `HO-NI I', this self propelled howitzerwas built by the Japanese Navy and mounted the old 150mm Type 38howitzer. Crew receive only partial cover from flank and none from rear tosmall arms fire.

Type 98 `SA-TO' - AA tank based on a modified lengthened KE-NI Lighttank chassis. Consisted of a single 20mm AA cannon mounted in an opentopped turret.

Type 98 `SO-KI' - AA tank consisting of twin 20mm AA guns with shield,mounted on a modified lengthened KE-NI light tank chassis with built upsuperstructure. Another version mounting only one 20mm gun on the sametank also existed. Crew receive only partial cover from flanks & rear to smallarms fire.

APC/RECONNAISSANCE `HO-KI' (Cap:11) - fully tracked armored troop carrier. Passengers were

not fully protected and received only hard cover from sides & rear. Alsoemployed as a gun tractor.

Type 91 ̀ Sumida' - built on commercial 6x4 truck chassis with the LMGmounted in a turret at the rear. This AC was capable of converting to railmovement and carrying passengers.

Type 95 `Naval' - similar layout to the Sumida AC except built on adifferent 6x4 chassis. The extra LMGs were mounted in the sides & front hullwith limited traverse. Not adaptable to rail.

Type 92 Òsaka' - built on a 4x2 8-cwt chassis with one turret mountedLMG at the rear and the other mounted in the front hull. (The large variety ofJapanese armored cars employed during the war was a massive and motley

collection of both foreign designs and local expedients. The above threeexamples were the most common official Japanese versions used incombat.)

JAPANESE GUNS



87

As with most aspects of the Imperial Japanese Army, gundevelopment was heavily influenced by their experiences in China.Soviet intervention into Manchuria 1939 led to a number of largebattles with better equipped Russian troops. Many deficienciesbrought to light in equipment prompted an urgent rethink in manyareas, especially in development of AT guns which had beenpreviously neglected altogether.

Except for some early German Krupp designs, the majority ofJapanese guns were copied directly from French guns with minormodifications. Manufacturing quality was always inferior to otherWestern nations and only handful of guns were designed for vehicletowing as the horse was still in wide spread use.

Japanese artillery suffered from a lack of large calibreguns. Medium & heavy artillery above 75mm were only allocated atCorps/Army level formations.

JAPANPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES

11 37mm L22 Type 11 A (10) (9) (6) to-hit chance 3 No gun shield3 2 2 penetration 28 37mm L45 Type 94/97 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3 Horse-drawn

6 5 4 4 3 329 37mm L50 Type 00/01 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

6 5 5 4 3 348 47mm L54 Type 01 A (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

8 7 7 6 6 5 523 57mm L22 Type 90 * (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) *

4 4 3 3 226 57mm L26 Type 97 * (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) *

5 4 4 3 374 75mm L38 Type 90 B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (5) 5 WP

8 8 7 7 7 6 6 5 5 485 75mm L44 Type 88 C (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5 No gun shield

8 8 7 7 7 6 6 5 5 4

PV Howitzers/ Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES23 70mm L9 Type 92 A (9) (9) (8) (6) (Horse-drawn) 4 WP

- - - -+0pg -> 70mm L9 Type 92 HEAT ’45 (8) (8) (7) (5)

4 4 4 440 75mm L19 Type 41 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 (HEAT:5 ‘44+) WP

- - - - - - -+0pg -> 75mm L19 Type 41 HEAT ‘44+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)

5 5 5 5 545 75mm L21 Type 94 A (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 WP

- - - - - - - -+0pg -> 75mm L21 Type 94 HEAT ‘44+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)

5 5 5 5 5 555 75mm L31 Type 38/95 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 (Horse-drawn) WP

7 6 6 6 5 5 4 3 369 105mm L24 Type 91 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - - -82 150mm L11 Type 38 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 9 (Horse-drawn) WP

6 6 5 5 4 4 493 150mm L23 Type 96 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 9 WP

- - - - - - - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L73 Type 98 A (12) (11) (10) (8) (6) (No g/shield) 1 (Horse-drawn)

3 2 2 2 232 20mm L73 Dual Type 98 A (12) (11) (10) (8) (6) 1 (Horse-drawn)

3 2 2 2 2

27 25mm L60 Type 96 B (12) (12) (11) (9) (7) (5) 1 (Static mount only)3 3 2 2 2 236 25mm L60 Dual Type 96 B (12) (12) (11) (9) (7) (5) 1 (Static mount only)

3 3 2 2 2 2

Japanese Gun Notes:

AT/Tank Guns 37mm L22 Type 11 - copy of the French 37mm mle 16 infantry gun. No

shield was provided and the gun is treated as a heavy weapon for cartageand transportation.

37mm L45 Type 94/97 - the crude Type 94 was produced as aninfantry/AT gun and like most Japanese guns, it was very light for man-handling through awkward terrain. The Type 97 was a licensed built copy ofthe German 37mm PaK 35/36 AT gun.

37mm L50 Type 01 - used exclusively for armament in the Type 98 KE-NI& Type 02 KA-MI tanks

47mm L54 Type 01 - developed in 1941 combining features from both theSoviet 45mm and German 37mm AT guns and intended specifically for an

AT role. 57mm L22 Type 90 & L26 Type 97 - both Type 90 & 97 were pre-war

guns exclusively built as AFV armament (CHI-RO & CHI-HA). 75mm L38 Type 90 - the design was based on the French Schneider

85mm mle 1927 and was employed extensively as an AT gun. 75mm L44 AA Type 88 - a copy of the 75mm Vickers AA gun from 1922.

No gun shield. 360o traverse.

Howitzers/Field Guns 70mm L9 Type 92 - short infantry gun often referred to as the `battalion

gun'. It was capable of firing at very high trajectory and could bedisassembled for pack horse transport. Horse-drawn only.

75mm L19 Type 41 - a copy of the Krupp Model 1908 mountain gun builtunder license. Could be dismantled for pack horse transport. Horse-drawnonly.

75mm L21 Type 94 - based on the earlier Type 41 mountain gun, 75mm L31 Type 38/95 - improved copy of the pre-WWI 75mm Krupp

Model 1905 field gun. Horse-drawn only. 105mm L24 Type 91 - standard divisional field howitzer based on a

French 105mm Schneider design. Crude and very light. Horse-drawn only. 150mm L11 Type 38 - pre-WWI howitzer which was a license built Krupp

design. Although withdrawn from service in 1942, it was dragged out againto arm the Type 01 HO-KI SP. Horse-drawn only.

150mm L23 Type 96 - standard heavy artillery howitzer.

AA/Automatic Cannon 20mm L73 Type 98 - standard light AA gun which was also treated as an

AT gun. Could be disassembled for pack horse transport. Gun can be firedby crew without unlimbering.



88

25mm L60 Type 96 - three versions existed; single, dual & triple gunmounted. All were ex-naval armament removed from ships & installed as

part of beach defences (static mounted only.) No gun shields wereprovided and they were usually still manned by naval personnel.

Japanese Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT 1939 - 1945 • No Radios were issued below Regiment HQ.• All transport was horse drawn or crew drawn.

INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1939 - ‘45

Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Regiment1 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a3 Infantry Battalion -1 Gun Company (2 platoons of 2 x 70mm infantry guns each) regiment support unit1 AT Company (3 platoons of 2 x 37mm or 47mm AT guns each) regiment support unitInfantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a4 Infantry Company (standard, modified, or strengthened.) -1 MG Company battalion support unit

1 MG Company HQ Sectio n (1 HQ Team, 2 Rifle Teams) take only if not broken down3 MG Platoons , each with 4 MG Sections (each having 1 MMG, 1 Rifle Team)

1 Gun Platoon with 2 gun sections (each with 2 x 70mm infantry guns, or 2 x 81mm mortars, or 2 x 37mm AT guns)Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ 1 per inf. Co.3 Infantry Platoons -1 Weapons Platoon (‘Strengthened’ companies ONLY) company support unitStandard Infantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team) 1 per inf. pl.3 Infantry Sections (1 LMG Team, 3 Rifle Teams) -1 Weapons Section (3 x 50mm mortars, 2 Rifle Teams) platoon supprt unit‘Modified’ or ‘Strengthened’ Infantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ 1 per inf. pl.

1 ‘Modif ied’ Weapons Section (3 x 50mm mortars) platoon supprt unit3 Infantry Sections (1 LMG Team, 4 Rifle Teams) -

1 ‘Strengt hened’ Weapons Section (4 x 50mm mortars) platoon supprt unit‘Strengthened’ Weapons Platoon1 Weapons Platoon HQ 1 per inf. pl.4 Weapons Platoon Infantry Sections (1 x HMG or 1 x 20mm AT Rifle Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -


Infantry Platoon or Weapons Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 1 NCO, pistol and rifle)Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 12 men with 1 LMG and rifles)‘Modified’ or ‘Strengthened’ Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 14 men with 1 LMG and rifles)Weapons Section – (1 NCO, 12 men, 3 or 4 50mm mortars, rifles)

• One of these was attached to each armored division.• Radios were issued to company level.

Weapons Platoon Infantry Section – (1 NCO, 10 men, 1 HMG or 20mm AT Rif le, rifles)

MOTORISED INFANTRY REGIMENT 1944 - 1945

MOTORISED INFANTRY REGIMENT 1944 - 1945 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Motorised Infantry Regiment1 Motori sed Infantry Regiment HQ n/a3 Motorised Infantry Battalion -1 Gun Company (3 platoons of 2 x 75mm field guns, 8 trucks) regiment support unit Motorised Infantry Battalion1 Motoris ed Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a3 Motoris ed Infantry Company battalion support unit1 MG Company (as for Infantry Regiment plus 13 trucks)Motorised Infantry Company

3 Motori sed Infantry Platoon -1 Motoris ed Infantry Company HQ 1 per mot. Inf. Co.

1 AT Section (2 x 47mm AT Gun, 3 – 4 trucks) company support unitMotorised Infantry Platoon1 Motori sed Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, ride with Wpns Section) 1 per inf. pl.3 Motorised Infantry Sections (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams, 1 truck) -1 Weapons Section (3 x 50mm mortars) platoon supprt unit

ARMORED RECON COMPA NY 1941 – ‘ 45• Maximum of one such company in your force.• One was found in each tank regiment, or, independent ones were attached to an infantry division.

ARMORED RECON COMPA NY 1941 – ‘ 45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

ARMORED Reco n Co mp any1 Company HQ (1 x armored car or tankette) 1 per co.4 Platoons (each with 4 armored cars or tankettes) 1941 – ’43 -3 Platoons (each with 4 light tanks) 1944 – ’45 -

TANK REGIMENT 1943 – ‘45• 2 – 3 regiments like this were found in armored divisions.

TANK REGIMENT 1943 – ‘45Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Tank Regiment 1943 – ‘45



1 Regiment HQ (3 light & 4 medium tanks) n/a4 Mixed Companies -1 Armo red Recon Company (as above) -Tank Company1 Company HQ (1 light and 2 medium tanks) 1 per tank co.3 Tank Platoons (3 x medium tank) -1 Light Tank Platoon (3 x light tank) -

INDEPENDENT TANK REGIMENT 1943 – ‘45• A regiment was frequently assigned to an infantry division during an offense.

INDEPENDENT TANK REGIMENT 1943 – ‘45Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:INDEPENDENT Tank Regiment 1943 – ‘451 Regiment HQ (3 light & 1 medium tanks) n/a3 Tank Companies -Tank Company 1 Company HQ (2 light & 1 medium tanks) 1 per tank co.3 Medium Tank Platoon (5 x medium tank) -1 Light Tank Platoon (4 x light tank) -

AT BATTALION• One of these was attached to each armored division.

AT BATTALION Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

AT B ATTA LION1 AT Battali on HQ n/a

2 AT Company (each with 3 platoons of 3 x 47mm AT guns, sometimes motorised) -1 MG Platoon (each with 4 MG Sections (each having 1 MMG, 1 Rifle Team) -

• Guns of 105mm and 150mm were held at Corps and Army level for special operations and counter battery fire.

ARTILLERY • See artillery restrictions.

ARTILLERY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Division’s Artil lery Regiment3 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm) see artillery restrictions

Ar mo red Div is io n’ s A rt il ler y Reg im ent1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm SP HO-NI *) see artillery restrictions2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 105mm) see artillery restrictions* HO-NI 75mm were also used in a tank destroyer role. Maximum of 3 batteries may be used on board in this fashion, in your force.

POLANDDespite the adoption of French tactics and organisation, the Polish army put great emphasis on aggressive and offensive attitudes. This wuuld havebeen fine if the infantry had had the heavy weapons and fire support, but they did not and instead it cost them many casualties. Transport was almostentirely horsedrawn except for two convert ed Cavalry Brigades which were motorised.

POLISH EQUIPMENT LISTS

PV AFV DATES PROD FR

89

33 TK/TKS 39 679 139 TK/TKSz 39 24 636 VAU 33 dw 39 24 6

82 R35 39 53 5

50 VAU 33 jw 39 52 539 7TP dw 39 169 478 7TP jw 39 351 Ursus wz 29 39 8 731 Ursus wz 34 39 86 633 Ursus wz 34 (a) 39 5

42 Mk IV B 39 50 537 FT-17 39 639 FT-17 SA 39 67 5

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR33 37mm L45 Bofors 39 ? 431 65mm L20 mle 06 39 ? 636 75mm L15 vz 15 39 ? 424 20mm L62 Madsen CHM AA 39 ? 544 40mm L48 Bofors AA 39 ? 6

36 75mm L19 mle 19/28 39 ? 4

70 100mm L24 vz 14/19 39 ? 4

53 76mm L30 M02/30 39 446 5

62 75mm L36 role 1897 39 ? 262 100mm L19 vz 14 39 ? 4

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 39 - 2180 100/105/114mm (pair) 39 - 5300 155mm (per pair) 39 - 7

15 46mm Mortar 39 - 145 81mm Mortar 39 - 6

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Motorcycle 39 ? 3soft Motorcycle Sidecar 39 ? 5skin Light Car 39 ? 6chart Light Truck 39 ? 4

Medium Truck 39 ? 5Light Tractor 39 ? 3Medium Tractor 39 ? 5

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 39 ? 115 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39 ? 330 MMG 39 ? 411 7.9mm wz 36 AT Rifle 39 ? 3

5 Demolition Charge 39 ? 5

page39 AP Mine 39 ? 3

30 FAO 39 ? 420 Radio 39 ? 5

POLISH EQUIPMENT NOTES- FT-17 and R35 were purchased from the French ( seeFrench Armor).- Light Mk IVB were purchased from British ( see British

Armor.)- No SMG or Flamethrowers were available.

- 75mm L19 and L36 was purchased from the French (see French Guns.)

Polish Troop Classes and Morale Ratings

- 75mm L30 was bought from the Soviets ( see SovietGuns)

- 100mm L19 & L24 were bought from Czechs ( see Italian Guns.)- 40mm L48 Bofors AA was from Sweden ( see BritishGuns.)- Artillery 75mm, 100/105/114mm and 81mm mortar canfire smoke rounds indirectly.- Polish army can use horse teams and cavalry.- Only 37mm L45 and 40mm L48 AA guns are vehicle/tractor towable.

Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery Conscript Reliable - 15% or x 0.85

All Other Units Conscript Reliable - 25% or x 0.75* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers



90

The majority of Polish Army vehicles were purchased from PZInzindustries in Warsaw where various Fiat model trucks weremanufactured under licence. The same vehicles were also in

widespread use among the civilian population with the majority beingrequisitioned by the army in the weeks leading upto September 1939.

POLISH SOFTSKINS

PV POLISH/FINNISH Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Sokol 200 & 600 Motorcycle x 3 - A 50 17 1 -8 Sokol 1000 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 45 12 1 -7 Poski-Fiat 508/518 Light Car 4x4 B 38 10 1 -

12 Ursus A Light Truck 4x2 C 35 9 4 B18 Poski-Fiat 621 Medium Truck 4x2 C 33 8 6 B10 C2P Lt Tractor trk B 30 16 0 B12 C7P Medium Tractor trk C 22 11 0 D

Sokol 200, 600 & 1000 - the Sokol 200 & 600 were small enginedmotorcycles while the heavier Sokol 1000 was used as the side-car version.The latter could have a `magazine fed' LMG mounted over the side-car to befired by the passenger (PV for LMG is additional.)

Poski-Fiat 508/518 - a derivative of the Italian Fiat 508 MC manufacturedunder licence. An AA LMG (magazine feed) could be mounted over the rear(PV for LMG is additional.)

Ursus A Light Truck - antiquated Polish built light truck supplied to the armyduring late 20's. Slowly replaced by Fiat models during the 30's. This category

also includes the less numerous Polski-Fiat 618 which had the same capacity& performance.

Polski-Fiat 621 - standard army vehicle which was a licence built derivativeof Italian Fiat 621.

C2P Light Tractor - small unarmored tractor based on the TK & TKS tankettechassis. Used for towing of light guns, primarily the 40mm AA Bofors.

C7P Medium Tractor - unarmored tractor based on the chassis of the 7TPtank. Used for towing heavy artillery and tank recovery.

POLISH ARMOR At the out break of WWII, Poland possessed 1200 AFVs with about 800being servicable. This figure included 700 obsolete tankettes andimported British/French tanks purchased prior to the invasion to bolsterthe reserves. The official tactical doctrine for tanks closely followed theFrench line of thinking which lead to all the AFVs being parceled out toinfantry divisions, cavalry brigades or battalion sized units held at armyreserve.

The High Command also lacked any experience in handlingtanks and when the invasion came, the armored units were simplyswept aside except for a few small successful encounters. Tank crewsoverall were badly trained and equipped. Little could have been done bythem in the face of the Blitzkrieg.

PV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP33 TK/TKS LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 28 14 B 339 TK/TKSz 20 L55 1 1 1 1 1 1 28 14 B 436 VAU 33 dw 2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 12 C 450 VAU 33 jw 47 L12,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 12 C 639 7TP dw 2 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 20 12 C 478 7TP jw 37 L45,LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 20 12 C 651 Ursus wz 29 4x2 37 L22,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 8 C 631 Ursus wz 34 (a) 4x2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 10 C 433 Ursus wz 34 (b) 4x2 37 L22 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 10 C 7

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equippedRadios; No AFVs equippedOne Man Turrets; VAU 33 dw, 7TP dw, Ursus 34.

TK/TKS - light tankette intended for scouting and infantry support. TheLMG was mounted on the front hull with limited traverse. There were minordifferences between the TK & TKS versions.

TK/TKSz - lacking any AT capability with their tankettes, the Polish Armymodified about a quarter of them to mount a 20mm L55 gun (not auto-cannon).

VAU 33 dw & jw - purchased from England in the late 30's, they wereVickers 6 ton tanks modified by the Poles to their own standard (mainlyengine & rear deck layout.) The `dw' mounted dual MG turrets abreast onthe hull, the `jw' had a larger single turret mounting the original British 47mmL12 gun.

7TP dw & jw - manufactured in Poland, these tanks were improvedcopies of the Vickers 6 ton and featured increased armor on the hull and atwo man turret for the `jw' variant. The `dw' had dual MG turrets mountedabreast on the hull, the `jw' had a large single turret mounting the Swedish37mm L45 Bofor gun.

Ursus wz 29 - antiquated four wheeled AC based on commercial truckchassis. It mounted the French 37mm SA gun & an LMG in the turret with asecond LMG mounted on the rear hull.

Ursus wz 34 I & II - antiquated four wheeled light AC based on a touringcar chassis. The Mk I mounted an LMG in a turret with the Mk II having theFrench 37mm SA.

POLISH GUNSPolish artillery consisted of a diverse collection of ex-WWI German,Russian, Austrian and French guns with small numbers of modernCzech and Swedish pieces acquired leading up to 1939. Artillery waspredominantly horse drawn with the exception of the few AA & ATguns. At all levels, the Polish army was short of guns with a particular

weakness in heavy calibre weapons above 75mm (being onlyavailable???) in Corps and Army level formations.

Polish Infantry units were also ill-equipped, lacking anydirect-fire support weapons normally found in other armies. Theirreliance on offensive tactics only made this deficiency all the morefelt.

POLANDPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES13 20mm L55 FK * (11) (10) (8) (6) to-hti chance *

3 2 2 2 penetration11 37mm L22 SA mle 16 * (10) (9) (6) *

3 2 233 37mm L45 Bofors A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

6 5 5 4 3 314 47mm L12 QF * (11) (9) (7) (5) *

3 3 2 2

PV Howitzers/ Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES31 65mm L20 mle 06 A (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) (No g/shield) 4 (Horse-drawn)

- - - - - -36 75mm L15 vz 15 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 (Horse-drawn)



91

- - - - - - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L62 AA Madsen CHM A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1 No gun shield

3 2 2 2 244 40mm L56 AA Bofors B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 3 No gun shield

6 5 5 4 4 3

ish Gun Notes;Pol

20mm L55 FK - semi-automatic AT cannon mounted on tankettes only. 37mm L45 Bofors - imported Swedish AT gun purchased in large

numbers by Poland prior to the war. 47mm L12 QF - British tank armament as equipped to the VAU (Vickers 6

ton) tanks. 75mm L15 vz 15 - Czech mountain howitzer purchased prior to the war. It

could be broken down for pack horse transport. Horse-drawn only. Also

used extensively by all Axis countries, acquired before the war or either ascaptured booty from Poland or Yugoslavia.

75mm L30 wz 02/26 - in 1926, the new state of Poland purchased largequantities of the Russian Model 02 field gun. The gun was derived from thepre-WWI Krupp Model 1902 gun. Horse-drawn only.

20mm L60 AA Madsen - licensed built copy of the Danish Madsen 20mm AA gun. No gun shield.

Polish Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT 1939 • No Radios at all.• All transport was horse drawn.

INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1939Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Regiment1 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a

3 Battalions -1 AT company (with 3 platoons, each having 3 x 37mm) regiment support unit1 Gun Platoon (2 x 75mm guns) regiment support unitInfantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a3 Infantry Companies -1 Heavy Weapons Company battalion support unit

1 Heavy Weapons Com pany HQ only take if co. not broken down3 MG Platoons (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG)1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar)

Infantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (1 Co. HQ Team, 1 LMG Team, 4 Rifle Teams) 1 per inf. Co.3 Infantry Platoon -Infantry Platoon 1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Pl. HQ Team, 1 45mm Mortar) 1 per inf. pl.3 Squads (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -


Section – ( 1 NCO, 10 men, with 1 LMG and 10 rifles),Platoon HQ - (with 1 Off, 2 NCOs, 4 men with 45mm mortar & 6 rifles).Company HQ - (1 Off, 4-6 NCOs and 13-15 men with 1 LMG, 16 rifles.)

LIGHT INDEPENDENT TANK COMPANY • One such company was attached to each division.

LIGHT INDEPENDENT TANK COMPANY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Light Independent Tank Company1 Light Independent Tank Company HQ (1 x TK/TKS) 1 per Ind. Tank. Co.2 Light Independent Tank Platoon (5 x TK/TKS) -1 Light Independent Tank Reserve Platoon (2 x TK/TKS) -

INDEPENDENT TANK B ATTALION • Mostly distributed to infantry and cavalry divisions for infantry support.

INDEPENDENT TANK B ATTALION Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Independent Tank Battalion1 Independent Tank Battalion HQ (1 x 7TP/VAU) n/a3 Independent Tank Company -Independent Tank Company1 Independent Tank Company HQ (1 x 7TP/VAU) 1 per Ind. Tank. Co.3 Independent Tank Platoon (5 x 7TP/VAU) -

ARMORED C AR COMPANY

ARMORED C AR COMPANY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Ar mo red Car Com pan y1 Armo red Car Company HQ (1 x wz29f34) 1 per Ind. Tank. Co.2 Armo red Car Company Platoon (2 x wz29/34) -

CAVALRY REGIMENT: '39

• Radios at regiment HQ and above.• All transport was horse drawn.

• Three to four regiments, plus an optional infantry battalion, and an armored battalion formed the basis of a Cavalry Brigade.

CAVALRY REGIMENT: '39



Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Cavalry Regiment1 Cavalry Regiment HQ n/a4 Cavalry Squadrons -1 AT Section (Treat as a platoon) 4 x 37mm, horsedrawn regiment support unit1 Heavy MG Squadron (3 platoons, each with 2 sections of 2 x MMG, horse drawn) regiment support unitCavalry Squadron (Equivalent to a company) 1 Cavalry Squadron HQ (1 Company HQ Team, on horses) 1 per cavalry squadron3 Cavalry Sections -Cavalry Section (Equivalent to a platoon) 1 Cavalry Section HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 LMG Team, 1 AT R Team, on horses) 1 per cavalry section4 Cavalry Patrols (4 Rifle Teams, on horses) -

MECHANISED REGIMENTS: '39• Two such regiments formed the bulk of a converted cavalry brigade of which there were two in '39.• Radios at company level HQs and above throughout.• All transport was horse drawn.

MECHANISED REGIMENT: '39Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Mechanised Regiment1 Mechanised Regiment HQ n/a1 Infantry Battalion (as above, but in trucks) -1 Artillery Battalion (with 3 platoons of 4 x 75/100mm guns, all horse drawn) regiment support unit1 AA Battery (6 x 40mm AA Bofors, horse drawn) regiment support unit

AT BATTALION• One was attached to a cavalry brigade.• Radios at company level HQs and above throughout.• All transport was horse drawn.

AT BATTALIONQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

AT B att ali on1 AT Battali on HQ n/a3 AT Compani es (each with 3 platoons, each having 3 x 37mm AT Guns, all horse drawn) -

ARTILLERY REGIMENT • See artillery restrictions.• One regiment supported each infantry division.

ARTILLERY REGIMENT Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Ar ti ll ery Regi men t2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm) see artillery restrictions1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 100/105mm) see artillery restrictions

RUMANIAN EQUIPMENT LISTS

RUMANIAThroughout the period 1941-'42, Rumania was Gernany's largest ally on the Eastern Front. Up until it's defection in 1944, Rumania was also the least demanding and most co-operative in respect to sending troops to the front. The Army was strictly an infantry force with ore of the largest armor components of all the Axis nations. Mechanisation wasextremely minimal with total reliance on the horse. It was also a strongly Royal army with deep segregation between the officers and the men, who would have virtually nothingto do with one another. The High Command was only just competent yet there were often acts of negligence and corruption which cost many casualties. Lack of punctuality inthe field often strained coordination and cooperation with allies.

Rumanian equipment was also lacking in numbers and quality. Divisions were constantly under full strength and their AT arsenal was virtually non-existant. TheGermans tried to offset this this by handing over AT guns and captured booty, but it was never enough. It would only be fair to say that both the Rumanians and Hungariansnever fought so vigoriously than when they were fighting each other, and had to be constantly seperated on the battlefield.

PV AFV DATES PROD FR

211 StuG IIIG 43-44 ? 6

72 R35 39-42 30 6

83 LT-34 39-42 44 539 R-1 (AH-4) 40-42 35 5

92

79 S-Id 40-41 ? 778 T-3D 40-42 ? 7127 TACAM R-2 43-44 ? 7136 TACAM T60 43-44 ? 647 Vickers 6ton m1939 39-42 ? 666 Vickers 6ton m1940 39-42 ? 5

102 Pz 35(t) (LT-35) 39-42 110 4115 Pz 38(t)E (LT-38) 43-44 65 5216 Pz IVH 43-44 ? 6

37 FT-17 39-41 ? 739 FT-17 SA 39-41 ? 6

PV GUNS DATES PROD FR27 47mm L39 Bohler 39-44 ? 455 75/76mm L30 39-44 ? 361 105mm L14 M12/14 39-44 ? 5

30 37mm L45 Pak 35/36 41-44 ? 362 50mrn L60 Pak 38 42-44 ? 6131 75mm L46 Pak 40 42-44 ? 7

62 75mm L36 mle 1897 39-44 ? 462 100mrn L19vz14 39-44 ? 563 114mrn L16" 4.5" 39-44 ? 5

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75/76mm (per pair) 39-44 - 4180 100/105mrn (per pair) 39-44 - 5300 150/ 155mrn (per pair) 40-44 - 745 81mm mortar 41-45 ? 6

TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRuse Field Car 39-44 ? 7German Light Truck 39-44 ? 5soft Medium Truck 39-44 ? 7skin Light Half track 39-42 ? 7chart Motorcycle 39-44 ? 6

Motorcycle Sidecar 39-44 ? 7Kubel/Volkswagen 41-44 ? 7

INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 39-44 ? 110 SMG Team 39-44 ? 515 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-44 ? 4

26 MMG 39-44 ? 46 AT Grenade Late 43-44 ? 516 7.9 PZB 38 ATR Team 41-44 ? 423 20 s18 ATR Team 39-44 ? 38 Pzfaust 30/60 44 ? 4

5ea Demolition Charge 40-44 ? 5Page39 AP Mines 39-44 ? 430 FAO 39-45 ? 520 Radio 41-44 ? 5

RUMANIAN EQUIPMENT NOTES- FT-17 and R35 were bought during pre-war alliancewith France! (see French Armor.)- Pz 35(t) was purchased from Czech ( see German

Armor. )- Pz 38(t)IE, Pz IVH, and StuGIIIG were from Germanyto replace total losses suffered at Stalingrad ( seeGerman Armor.)

- 7.9mm PZB 38/39, AT Grenades and Pzfaust 30/60were German aid.- 37mm L45, 50mm L60 and 75mm L46 were German (see German Guns.)- 75mm mle L36 was French, bought before the war andalso obtained from the Germans on the Pak 38 carriage.(See French Guns.)



93

- Artillery 75/76mm, 100/105mm and 81mm Mortar canfire sooke rounds indirectly.

Rumanian Troop Classes and Morale Ratings

- 100mm L19 was Czech. (see Italian Guns.)- 114mm L16 was British 4.5" Infantry gun (see BritishGuns)

- The Light Half track was the French Somua model- LT-34/35/38 were the original czech designations.- Rurranian army can esrploy oorse ~ am cavalry.

Unit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery Conscript Reliable -15% or x 0.85

Armor etc see notes Conscript Reliable -25% or x 0.75 Includes armor, guards, mtn, & cav units All Other Units Conscript Poor -50% or x 0.50* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers

Rumania lacked any automotive production facilities for churning outmilitary vehicles and relied solely on purchasing foreign models.Hungary produced a limited range of licence-copied trucks. During the

war years, both countries relied on purchases made from Germany andcaptured stocks.

RUMANIAN SOFTSKINS

PV HUNGARY/RUMANIA Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

13 Daimler ADGR, Tatra T92 Light Truck 6x4 B 40 15 2 B14 Botund 38M Light Truck 6x4 B 40 17 3 B28 Raba Medium Truck 6x4 C 45 16 9 C

Damiler ADGR, Tatra T92 (6x4) - light off-road cargo trucks. The Daimlerwas built in Austria and exported solely to Rumania. This vehicle featuredanti-ditching rollers at the front. The Tatra were purchased fromCzechoslovakia. Both models acquired pre-war.

Botond 38M (6x4) - light off-road cargo truck licensed produced in Hungary.The vehicle featured anti-ditching rollers at the front.

Raba (6x4) - medium off-road cargo truck produced under licence in Hungary.The vehicle was a copy of the Krupp L3H 163.

RUMANIAN ARMORDuring the late 30's, Rumania's ability to manufacture tanks was verylimited and small quantities were purchased abroad from military allieswith the long term intention of licensed manufacture taking place. Upuntil 1938 the main supplier of AFVs was Czechoslovakia but thissource quickly dried up after German intervention.

Entering the war in 1941 with a motley collection of AFVs, thefirst armored division was saw action in the Operation Barbarossa andagain around Stalingrad in 1942 were it was completely decimated. Upuntil then, Germany's export of tanks had only amounted to 48, the

majority being obsolete Pz 35(t). Further AFV purchases were madebetween 1943-44 up until Rumania defection in August 1944.

As with Hungary, Germany's arms export policy was verymiserly with Rumanian requests for licence production of heavier Czechtank designs being denied throughout the war. Even though crewtraining was under German supervision, Rumanian armored units gavea poor account of themselves in Russia, much of the problem lying withthe shabby logistics and supply which plagued the army in general.

PV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP83 LT-34 37 L45,2LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 21 10 C 639 R-1 2 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 28 15 B 379 S-Id 47 L43, LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 28 15 B 678 T-3D 37 L45,LMG 3 1 1 3 1 1 19 12 B 6

127 TACAM R-2 76 L41,LMG 3 2 2 1 1 - 20 10 C 7136 TACAM T60 76 L41,LMG 6 2 2 1 1 - 24 12 C 793 R35/45 45 L46,LMG 4 4 4 5 5 5 13 6 B 7

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped.Radios; TACAM R-2, TACAM T60. Only platoon/company command LT-34 were radio equipped.One Man Turrets; R-1, R35/45.

Rumanian AFV Notes; R-1 - light tankettes purchased from Czechoslovakia in 1936 (R-1 is the

Rumanian title given to the AFV, the Czech designation was AH-IV.) OneLMG was mounted in a small conical turret while the second was operatedby the driver in the hull.

LT-34 - Czech tank which was supplied by the Wehrmacht after theiroccupation. Similar to the later LT-35 or R-2 tank (PzKpfw 35t) but inferior inperformance and armor.

S-Id - light turret-less tankette mounting a 47mm gun in the front hull withlimited traverse. Designed as a tank-destroyer.

TACAM R-2 - following Stalingrad, all but three of the surviving R-2 (Pz35t) tanks were converted to tank destroyers in mid 1943 by mounting

captured Soviet 76mm L41 ZiS-3 guns on top of the hull. The design washeavily influenced by the German Marder SPs with open backed super-structure being built around the gun for crew protection.

TACAM T60 - captured Soviet T60 Light tanks were converted to tankdestroyers in mid 1943 by removing the turret and placing a captured Soviet76mm L41 ZiS-3 gun on top of the hull. Armored front and sides were builtup around the gun for crew protection.

R35/45 - in 1944, surviving French R35 tanks were upgunned bymounting captured Soviet 45mm L46 gun in the turrets replacing the 37mmL22. The turret was otherwise unmodified except for the gun mantlet.

RUMANIAN GUNS

The Rumanian Army was still desperately ill-equipped,particularly in the area of anti-tank guns, with only six effective gunsallocated per division.

After being almost totally destroyed in WWI, Rumania received largequantities of former Austrian-Hungarian equipment as reparations inaddition to French equipment deemed surplus. During the 1920s and30s, modern equipment was procured by the army from military alliesFrance & Czechoslovakia. After joining the Axis, limited amounts of

German equipment were purchased along with any captured bootythat was seized.

RUMANIAPV Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES27 47mm L39 Bohler A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 3 No gun shield

5 5 4 4 4 355 75/76mm L30 Krupps B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5

7 6 6 6 5 5 4 3 361 105mm L14 M12/16 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 (Horse-dawn)

- - - - - - -

Rumanian Gun Notes;

47mm L39 Bohler M35 - purchased from Austria in large numbers prior tothe war. The gun was developed for a dual infantry & AT role but failed inthe latter. Widely exported around the world & built under license in Italy.

75/76mm L30 Krupps - ex-WWI reparations from the former Austria-Hungarian Empire. Horse-drawn only.

105mm L14 M12/16 Krupps - howitzers supplied by Germany to Rumaniaduring WWI. Horse-drawn only.



94

Rumanian Organisation

INFANTRY REGIMENT 1941-‘44 • No Radios at all.• All transport was horse drawn.• Three regiments made up the bulk of a division.

INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1941-‘44 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Infantry Regiment1 Infantry Regiment HQ n/a2 Infantry Battalion -1 AT Company (with 2 platoons of 3 x 37mm AT Guns each) regiment support unit1 Gun Company (with 1-2 platoons of 2 x 75mm infantry guns each) regiment support unitInfantry Battalion1 Infantry Battalio n HQ n/a3 Infantry Company -1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortar) battalion support unit1 MG Platoon (2 – 4 MG sections with 2 x MMG each) battalion support unitInfantry Company1 Infantry Company HQ (1-2 Co. HQ Teams, 5 Rifle Teams) 1 per inf co.3 Platoon -1 MG Section (2 MMG) company support unitInfantry Platoon1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team, 1 Rifle Team) 1 per inf pl.3 Infantry Section (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -


Infantry Platoon HQ – (1 Off, 2-3 NCO,3-4 men with rifles.)Infantry Section – (1 NCO, 9-11 men with 1 LMG and rifles)Infantry Company HQ - (1-2 Off, 5-7 NCO, 10-15 men with rifles)

Use German tank company organisation.

• All transport was horse drawn.

RUMANIAN ARMOR

AT COMPA NY 1941-‘ 44 • No Radios at all.

AT COMPA NY: 1941-‘44 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

AT Co mp any1 AT Company HQ 1 per AT co.2 Platoon (each with 6 x 47mm AT guns) -1 Platoon (with 6 x 75mm field or AT guns) 1942-‘44 -

ARTILLERY REGIMENT • See artillery restrictions.• Each infantry division had two artillery regiments

ARTILLERY REGIMENT Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Ar ti ll ery Regi men t3-5 * Arti llery Battalio n (3 batteries, each with 4 x 75mm) see artillery restrictions0-2 * Arti llery Battalio n (3 batteries, each with 4 x 100mm) see artillery restrictions* maximum of 5 battalions

SovietThe Soviet army was the largest in the world. It revolved around being crude and simple. Their attacks relied on massed fire power and numbers tomake up for poor leadership and co-ordination. The bulk of the army was made up of peasants, many of whom had been recruited hours before a battle.

All training was basic and communications were very poor, which led to orders being carried out to the letter irrespective of the circumstances. Initiativewas also frowned upon. Transportation was either horses or a ride on the back of a tank. Support and supply troops were few and offensives were oftenlimited to how far the armor would go on one tank of fuel.

SOVIET EQUIPMENT LISTSPV AFV DATES PROD FR

188 T34/76 m1940 41 4224 T34/76 m1941 41-44 5222 T34/76 m1942 42-45 2233 T34/76 m1942 Mod 42-45 35800 5238 T34/76 m1943 42-45 0249 T34/76 m1943 Mod 43-45 5246 OT34 m1942 42-45 5261 OT34 m1943 43-45 5293 T34/85 (Early) 44-45 6000 4303 T34/85 (Late) 44-45 23500 2315 OT34/85 44-45 5196 KV 1 m1939 39-41 4238 KV 1 m1941 41-42 6000 4249 KV 1 m1942 41-43 3267 KV 1E 42-43 5

223 KV 1s 42-45 2000 4230 KV 2 (Early) 40-41 636 7244 KV 2 41 6295 KV 85 43-44 130 6217 KV 8 42-43 50 7371 IS 2 44-45 3800 4401 IS 2m 44-45 3439 IS 3 45 500 7345 T44 45 200 745 T26 m1931 39-41 182 T26TU m1931 39-41 3

98 T26 m1933 39-42 12000 099/104 T26S m1937 / m1939 39-42 1121 T26E m1937 41-42 5121 T26A 39-42 563/69 OT130 / 133 39-41 6100 T28 m1934 39-41 5114 T28 m1938 39-41 600 5162 T28E 40-41 5190 T35 m1933 39-41 60 7

212 T35 m1935 40-41 740 T27A 39-41 2848 332 T37 39-41 2500 332 T38 / M 39-42 450 T40A 41 220 6109 T50A 42-43 65 776 T60 41-43 6000 2111 T70A 42-45 8226 179 BT 2 39-41 491 BT 5 39-41 5000 296 BT 5A 39-41 5

99/105 BT 7 / BT 8 39-42 2000 399 BT 7A 39-41 6

89 SU 37 44-45 300 672 SU 45 40-41 ? 7127 SU 57 40-41 ? 6128 SU 76 42-45 12600 1132 SU 76i 42-45 190 6223 SU 85 43-45 2050 4



95

335 SU 100 44-45 1800 5

36 Komsorrolet 39-42 ? 3

176 SU 122 (T34) 43-45 1148 5283 SU 122 43-45 35 7243 SU 152 43-45 2050 5319 ISU 122 44-45 4000 3278 ISU 152 44-45 3143 SU 57(a) 43-45 650 6

87 BA 6 39-41 594 BA 10 39-41 4800 435 BA 20 39-41 364 BA 64 43-45 3500 3

PV LEASE AFV DATES PROD FR

132 M3A1 Stuart 42-43 1676 6266 M3 Lee Late 42-43 1386 6226 M4A2 (75) 43-45 1990 5

191 Valentine IX 43-44 5

81 M16 MGMC 44-45 1100 638 Carrier LMG 42-45 2656 5

263 M4A3 (76) 44-45 2095 5167 Matilda II 42-43 1084 6151 Valentine II 42-43 3700 6

216 Churchill III 43 301 660 M3A1 Scout Car 43-45 3310 571 M3A1 Halftrack 43-45 1158 6

PV LEASE TRANSPORT DATES PROD FR

see Jeep 43-45 20000 4US/UK 'Field Car (Beep) 43-45 50000 3soft Light Truck 43-45 3

skin Medium Truck 43-45 365000 3charts Heavy Truck 43-45 5


33 37mm L45 M30 39-43 ? 344 45mm L46 M32 & M37 39-44 ? 160 45mm L66 M42 42-45 ? 2102 57mm L73 M41 & M43 41-45 ? 578 76mm L41/42 M40-42 39-45 ? 0

132 152mm L29 M37 39-45 ? 4

24 20mm L55 M40 AA 39-41 ? 6

73 57mm L45 Ml / 6 pdr 43-45 ? 5

110 76mm L51 M36 39-42 ? 4119 85mm L55 M44 39-45 ? 5194 100mm L54 M44 45 ? 6168 122mm L46 M31 39-45 ? 4

29 76mm L16 M27/M43 39-45 ? 153 76mm L30 M02/30 39-42 ? 191 107mm L43 39-41 ? 482 122mm L22 M38 39-45 ? 294 152mm L24 M1938 39-45 ? 3

29 25mm L91 M40 AA 40-41 ? 645 37mm L74 M39 AA 39-45 ? 344 40mm L56 Bofors AA 39-42 ? 5

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR

80 76mm (per pair) 39-45 - 0120 85mm (per pair) 44-45 - 4180 107mm (per pair) 39-41 - 4240 122mm (per pair) 39-45 - 2300 152mm (per pair) 39-45 - 3400 203mm (per pair) 39-45 - 5

PV MORTARS DATES PROD FR

15 50mm 39-45 ? 045 82mm 39-45 ? 070 105mm 39-45 ? 5100 120mm 39-45 ? 4180 160mm 44-45 ? 6

PV ROCKETS DATES PROD FR

70 82mm M-8 x 1 41-45 ? 3140 132mm M-13 x 1 42-45 ? 4

180 310mm M-31 x 1 43-45 ? 570 300mm Rack M30 x 3 42-45 ? 4

TRUCK/SP DATES PROD FRPV

45 Zis-42-AA 41 ? 6

46 SU-12 39-42 ? 456 Gaz-4M-AA 40-42 ? 5131 YAG-l0-AA 40-42 ? 5

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FR

see Field Car 39-45 ? 4soft Light Truck 39-45 ? 4skin Medium Truck 39-45 ? 5

chart Heavy Truck 39-45 ? 6Tractor 39-45 ? 3Motorcycle 39-45 ? 4Motorcycle Sidecar 39-45 ? 6

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR

7 Rifle Team 39-45 ? 0

26 MMG 39-45 ? 2

20 Radio 39-45 ? 4

10 SMG Team 39-45 ? 010 Carbine Team 39-42 ? 513 LMG Team (Mag fed) 39-45 ? 2

30 HMG 40-45 ? 36 AT Grenade Late 43-45 ? 36 AP Rifle Grenade 41-45 ? 54 AT Rifle Grenade Early 40-45 ? 416 14.5mm ATR Team 41-45 ? 1

15 Flamethrower Team 39-45 ? 53 Molotov Cocktail 41-45 ? 15ea Demolition Charge 39-45 ? 5page39 AP Mine 39-45 ? 2page39 AT Mine 39-45 ? 3

30 FAO/FAC Team 39-45 - 4

SOVIET EQlJIPEMENT NOTES:- Enormous attrition rates inflicted in the early stages ofcombat resulted in entire series of tanks to disappear bythe end of '41-42.- For Lend/Lease AFV's, refer to U.S. and British Armorfor details.

- Lend/Lease Transport was entirely U.S. vehicles.- 57mm L45 was either the British 6pdr or the USversion.- 40mm L48 AA was the Swedish Bofors purchasedfrom foriegn sellers ( see British Guns.)- Except for 76mm L30, all guns are vehicte/tractortowable.- 160rnm and 120mm Mortars were both vehicle towed,and manhandled as for medium AT gun.- Artillery 76mm, 107mm, 122mm and Mortars of 81mm,107mm, 120mm can fire smoke rounds indirectly.- Molotov Cocktail can only be used from the winter of1941 and onwards

Soviet Troop Classes and Morale RatingsUnit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery As unit class As unit rating Conscript –15% or x 0.85 : Regular no modification to PVSiberians Regular Elite +25% or x 1.25 officers escaped Stalin’s purgesPre-1941 Winter Conscript Poor -50% or x 0.50 does not include SiberiansGuards Conscript Elite no modification to PV


All the GAZ, ZIS and YAG trucks built were crude and simple, if notbackwards. The engines were low compression, mechanical brakes

were common and friction shock absorbers used throughout. Unliketanks & aircraft, if it could move and carry a payload, it was consideredservicable.

One area which the Soviets completely failed to exploit, as did theirGerman opponent, was the wide spread use of half-tracked vehicleswhich were ideally suited to Russian conditions.


SOVIET SOFTSKINSDuring the early 1930's, the Soviet automotive industry was establishedwith the aid of the Ford Motor company. The industry had virtually nobackground in vehicle design and could do little more than reproduceobsolete Ford design right throughout the war.

The Soviets recognised their deficiency in trucks, both inperformance and quantity and eagerly requested them under Lend-

Lease in preference to tanks. US vehicles were very highly regarded inthe army and were more often issued to combat units for their bettercross-country performance. Soviet vehicle production by 1945 totalled345,000 with a further 429,000 vehicles received under Lend Lease. Inaddition to this, large quantities of captured German, Italian and othervehicles were also pressed into service.

PV SOVIET Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 IZ-12 solo Motorcycle x 3 - A 60 21 1 -8 AM-600; M-72 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 68 16 1 -6 GAZ-M Field Car 4x2 B 30 8 110 GAZ-61, 64, 67B Light Car 4x4 B 55 20 215 GAZ-AA, GAZ-MM, GAZ-42 Light Truck 4x2 C 44 12 5 B20 GAZ-AAA (2 ton) Medium Truck 6x4 C 40 17 5 C21 ZIS-5 (2 ton) Medium Truck 4x2 C 40 10 7 C26 ZIS-6 Heavy Truck 6x4 D 37 16 7 D25 YAG-6 Heavy Truck 4x2 D 25 6 9 C29 YAG-10 Heavy Truck 6x4 D 25 11 10 D24 ZIS-33 Medium Halftrack ht C 24 14 7 C20 Stalin, Komintern Heavy Tractor trk D 16 7 5 D15 STZ-5 Medium Tractor trk C 16 8 2 C



96

SOVIET MOTORISED GUNS

IZ-12 solo - standard army motorcycle. An LMG could be mounted over thefront handled bars for use by the rider while stationary, but not dismounted(LMG added at additional cost.)

AM-600, M-72 - The M-72 was a copy of captured German BMW sidecar,entering production in 1942. Both types had provision for adding a pedestalmounted LMG on the sidecar (operated by the passenger.)

GAZ-M 4x2 - command car based on the American Ford 1933/44 sedan. GAZ-61,64,67B - The GAZ-61 & 64 entered service in 1940 and were

derivatives of the GAZ-11-73 civilian model sedan. The GAZ 67B replacedthese earlier models, entering service in 1943 and was closely patterned onthe US Jeep.

GAZ-AA, GAZ-MM, GAZ-42 - the GAZ-AA entered production in 1932 andwas a direct copy of the American Ford Model AA truck. The subsequentGAZ-MM & GAZ-42 models were militarised versions of the GAZ-AA and areidentical in game terms.

GAZ-AAA - six wheeled version of the GAZ-AA. The truck was identicalexcept for the modified dual rear axles. The vehicle could be quicklyconverted to a half-track by fitting a loose set of broad tracks around the rear

tyres. For use in this mode; Rd 33 / C/c 22. Vehicle must start the game withtracks on if they are to be used. Tracks were phased out after 1942.

ZIS-5 - scaled up version of the GAZ-AA with a larger engine, heavier springs,longer chassis and double the payload.

ZIS-6 - six wheeled version of the ZIS-5. The truck was identical except for themodified dual rear axles.

YAG-6 - heavy cargo truck patterned on the obsolete American FordHercules with modifications. Entered service in 1935.

YaG-10 - six wheeled version of the YaG-6. The truck was identical except forthe modified dual rear axles.

ZIS-33 - the only half-track employed in any quantity. Consisted of a modifiedZiS-5 truck with the rear wheeled exchanged for tracked running gear.

Stalin, Komintern - fully tracked prime movers for medium and heavyartillery. Both models were very similar in appearance with the engine upfront,drivers cab in the middle and cargo tray at the rear. Also referred to as"Voroshilovyets" tractors.

STZ-5 - militarised version of the early STZ-3 tractor. It had the drivers cabmounted over the engine with a rear tray for cargo & passengers.

PV SOVIET Descript Drive Size Speed ArmamenRd C/C

ion t

46 SU-12 (GAZ-A Md SP Truck 6x4 C 40 17 76mm L16 AA)56 GAZ-4M-AA Md AA Truck 4x2 C 44 12 quad HMG131 YaG-10-AA Hv AA Truck 6x4 D 25 11 76mm L5145 ZIS-42-AA Md AA Truck 4x2 C 40 10 25mm L91 AA

SU-12 (GAZ-AAA) - first mechanised gun adopted by the army, enteringservice in 1932. Various types of trucks used, the most common being theGAZ-AAA. Consisted of a 76mm M1927 howitzer mounted on a rear flat bedwith a thin armored shield. Gun cannot be fired over the drivers cab.

GAZ-4M-AA - quadruple MMG mounted onto the rear of a GAZ-AA truck for AA use. Can not be dismounted or fired over the drivers cab. No crewprotection provided.

YaG-10-AA - YaG-10 heavy truck mounting the 76mm L51 AA gun with all-round traverse. Fold-down sides provided a wider gun platform for the crewand four out-riggers were used to stabilise the truck. No gun shield was

PV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP

provided for crew protection. Gun cannot be fired over the drivers cab. ZIS-42-AA - limited numbers of ZIS-5 trucks were modified to mount the

25mm L91 AA cannon with 360º traverse. No gun shield was provided forcrew protection. Gun cannot be fired over the drivers cab.

SOVIET ARMORSoviet tank design in 1941 was considerably advanced, even if manyfeatures like crew layout and reliability had a lot to be desired. All AFVdesigns were simple, crude and effective and this policy suited thecrews well as their mechanical appreciation was low and technicaltraining poor, if existing at all!

When the German invasion commenced in June 1941, Sovietarmored units were quickly overrun by the tactically superior Panzerunits of the Wehrmacht. Within a brief period of six months, 17,000 -24,000 tanks were destroyed, captured or abandoned, mainly due tolack of spares & poor logistics. By August 1941, all Tank Corps had

been disbanded as the logistics had failed to support these formationsproperly. Armored units were broken up and relegated to a secondaryrole of supporting infantry divisions. It took until mid-1943 before TankCorps once again regained prominence over the infantry as the Soviet

Army retook the initiative of her German opponent.The Soviet Army entered the war with approximately 24,000 to

29,000 tanks and AFVs in 1941 and manufactured a further 110,000 AFVs up until 1945 (71,000 being KV,T34 & IS tanks.) Unlike theWestern Allies or the Axis, AFV production was virtually concentratedsolely on tanks and SPs.

188 T-34/76 m1940 76 L30,2LMG 9 6 7 7 5 6 33 25 C 8224 T-34/76 m1941 76 L41,2LMG 9 6 7 8 6 7 33 25 C 8222 T-34/76 m1942 76 L41,2LMG 9 6 7 7 7 7 33 25 C 8233 T-34/76 m1942 Modified 76 L41,2LMG 12 6 7 7 7 7 32 24 C 8246 OT-34/76 m1942 76 L41,F/Thr,LMG 12 6 7 7 7 7 32 24 C 8238 T-34/76 m1943 76 L41,2LMG 9 7 7 8 6 7 34 25 C 7249 T-34/76 m1943 Modified 76 L41,2LMG 12 7 7 8 6 7 34 25 C 7261 OT-34/76 m1943 76 L41,F/Thr,LMG 12 7 7 8 6 7 34 25 C 7293 T-34/85 (Early) 85 L51,2LMG 9 7 7 11 8 6 31 22 C 8303 T-34/85 (Late) 85 L55,2LMG 12 6 7 11 8 6 31 22 C 8315 OT-34/85 85 L55,F/Thr,LMG 12 6 7 11 8 6 31 22 C 8196 KV 1 m1939 76 L30,3LMG 9 8 8 8 8 8 22 11 D 8238 KV-1 m1941 76 L41,3LMG 11 8 8 10 8 8 22 11 D 8249 KV-1 m1942 76 L41,3LMG 12 8 8 11 10 10 22 11 D 7267 KV-1E 76 L41,3LMG 13 8 8 13 11 11 19 8 D 8

223 KV-1s 76 L41,3LMG 9 6 6 8 6 6 25 12 D 7230 KV-2 (Early) 122 L22,2LMG 9 8 8 12 8 8 16 8 D 10244 KV-2 152 L24,2LMG 9 8 8 12 8 8 16 8 D 11295 KV-85 85 L51,3LMG 9 6 6 13 10 10 25 14 D 9217 KV-8 F/thr,45L46,2LMG 12 8 8 11 8 8 22 11 D 4371 IS-2 122 L43,2LMG 14 9 8 13 8 8 23 12 D 10401 IS-2m 122 L43,2LMG 18 9 8 15 11 10 23 12 D 10439 IS-3 122 L43,2LMG 20 10 9 23 11 10 25 12 D 10345 T-44 85 L55,LMG 18 9 6 12 9 6 33 20 C 845 T-26 m1931 2 LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 10 C 482 T-26TU m1931 37 L45,LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 10 C 798 T-26 m1933 45 L46,2LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 9 C 699 T-26S m1937 45 L46,1LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 17 9 C 6104 T-26S m1939 45 L46,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 17 9 C 6121 T-26E m1937 45 L46,1LMG 6 3 2 6 4 2 15 6 C 6121 T-26A 76 L16,2LMG 6 3 2 6 4 2 15 6 C 7

63 OT-130 F/thrower,LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 9 C 469 OT-133 F/thrower,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 17 9 C 4100 T-28 m1934 76 L16,3*LMG 4 2 2 2 2 2 25 13 D 8114 T-28 m1938 76 L24,3*LMG 4 2 2 2 2 2 25 13 D 8162 T-28E 76 L24,3*LMG 8 2 2 8 4 4 14 8 D 8190 T-35 m1933 76L16,2*37L45,5*LMG 3 2 2 2 2 2 18 9 D 8212 T-35 m1935 76L16,2*45L46,4*LMG 4 2 2 2 2 2 18 9 D 8



97

40 T-27A LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 26 14 B 332 T-37 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 12 B 432 T-38 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 13 B 445 T-38M 20 L55 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 13 B 550 T-40A HMG,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 28 14 B 4109 T-50A 45 L46,LMG 6 4 4 4 4 4 32 18 B 776 T-60 20 L55,LMG 6 2 2 3 2 2 27 14 B 5111 T-70A 45 L46,LMG 7 2 2 8 4 4 28 14 C 779 BT-2 37 L45,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 45 26 C 691 BT-5 45 L46,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 45 26 C 696 BT-5A 76 L16,2*LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 45 26 C 799 BT-7 45 L46,LMG 3 1 1 2 2 2 33 24 C 699 BT-7A 76 L16,2*LMG 3 1 1 2 2 2 33 24 C 7105 BT-8 45 L46,2*LMG 3 1 1 2 2 2 33 24 C 6

PV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP89 SU-37 37 L74 AA 5 2 2 1 1 1 28 15 C 272 SU-45 45 L46 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 15 C 4127 SU-57 57 L73 1 1 1 1 - - 24 12 C 4128 SU-76 76 L41 5 2 2 3 1 1 28 17 C 5132 SU-76i 76 L41 3 3 2 4 2 2 30 20 C 6223 SU-85 85 L51 7 5 5 7 5 5 33 20 C 7335 SU-100 100 L54 11 5 5 11 5 5 33 20 C 8176 SU-122 (T-34) 122 L22 7 5 5 7 5 5 28 15 C 9283 SU-122 122 L46 9 6 6 9 6 6 25 10 D 9243 SU-152 152 L29 9 6 6 9 6 6 25 10 D 10319 ISU-122 (Late) 122 L43 12 9 8 11 9 8 23 14 D 9

278 ISU-152 152 L29 12 9 8 11 9 8 23 14 D 10143 SU-57(a) 57 L73 1 1 1 1 1 1 42 18 C 4

PV APC/RECON ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CAP35 BA-20 4x2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 53 8 B 487 BA-6 6x4 45 L46,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 39 12 C 694 BA 10 6x4 45 L46,2*LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 34 10 C 664 BA 64 4x4 HMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 50 14 C 336 Komsomolet LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 24 12 B 3 2

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped.Radios; Prior to 1943, only company/battalion command AFVs were radio equipped except for BT-5A, BT-7A & T-26A which were equipped as standard. All AFVs enteringservice from 1943 onwards are radio equipped as standard.One Man Turrets; T-37, T-38, T-40, T50, T-60, T-70, T-26m1931.

SOVIET AFV NOTES:

TANKS

T-34/76 m1940 & m1941 - The debut of the T34 proved it to be the finesttank in the world. Having well sloped armor, wide tracks, high road and crosscountry speeds, an excellent power to weight ratio, and a 76mm gun, it gavethe, Soviets a technical advantage over the Germans which was not initiallyexploited. The T34 did however have drawbacks common to all Soviet AFVsof that period. Cramped interior lead to early crew fatigue, two man-turretgave a poor rate of fire, no radio and frequent mechanical breakdowns alleffected its overall fighting efficiency. The Model 1940 was distinguished byits short 76mm L30 gun. Its transmission was so bad that a spare was oftencarried on the rear deck in the event of a breakdown. The Model 1941 whichmounted the longer 76mm L41 was initially built only as a command tank butthis

T-34/76 m1943 & Modified - this was the most numerous model to beproduced and see action. It had a new spacious two-man turret and slightlybetter armor on the hull side and turret. It was also the first tank to beequipped with a radio as standard. By late 1944, all T34 production wasswi

T-26TU m1931 - (Also referred to as T26V-1.) This was the platoon &company command tank which had the right LMG replaced with a lowvelocity 37mm gun. Other variants of this command variant had a HMG or20mm cannon replacing the 37mm gun. They were however, vary rare.

was quickly overturned and it became the standard production model. T-34/76 m1942 & Modified - this model had an increased armor

thickness around the turret and was essentially identical to earlier modelsexcept for minor changes to simplify production. T34/76 (1942) `Modified'were tanks which had an additional armor plate welded to the upper front.This armor plate was specially produced and was added in the field or priorto leaving the factory. Production of the Model 1942 also saw the use ofsteel road wheels which were introduced due to a shortage in rubber.

tched to the T34/85. OT-34/76 - both the T34/76 m1942 & m1943 models were converted to

flame thrower tanks by replacing the hull MG with a flame projector. Internalfuel tanks were used.

T-34/85 (Early) & (Late) - following the Battle of Kursk 1943, the T34/85was rushed into production to counter the new generation of German tankswhich were starting to appear. A larger turret was designed to mount the85mm gun with early models having an L51 gun which was latterstandardised to the L55 gun. Early models used the T34 m1943 chassiswhile the late version had a chassis with thicker armor.

OT-34/85 - based on the late T34/85, the hull mounted LMG wasreplaced by a flame-projector. Internal fuel tanks were used.

KV 1 m1939 - as with the early T34, the initial series of the KV tankswere armed with the short 76mm L30 gun intended only as a stop-gap.

KV 1 m1941 - also includes the m1940 (which was identical inperformance.) The m1941 was upgunned with the 76mm L41 and hadincreased armor around the turret & the hull front.

KV 1 m1942 - this variant was identical to the m1941 except for the cast

turret which was manufactured with thicker armor. Applique armor was alsowelded onto the hull front. KV 1 È' - afraid of being outgunned by the Germans, many KV 1 m1940

& m1941 variants had applique armor plating bolted to the turrets and hullfront. The increase in weight reduced their mobility accordingly which wastaken as a mixed blessing by their crews. The letter È' stood for èkranami'which meant `with applique'.

KV 1s - the mobility of the KV tank was increased by thinning out itsarmor and redesigning a new turret with a better crew layout.

KV 2 & KV 2 (Early) - this Dreadnought or `Bunker-Buster' was

developed because of the difficulties in breaching the fortified MannerhiemLine on the Finnish frontier. The turret, mounting the 152mm howitzer, wasso massive that it could not be traversed unless on level ground. Initialproduction models mounted a 122mm howitzer as an early stop-gap.

KV 85 - this variant was based on the KV 1s and mounted the newprototype IS-1 turret with the 85mm L51. Intended to counter the GermanTiger & Panther, production was cut short in favor of the IS series.

KV 8 - based on a KV-I m1942, the main gun was replaced with a 45mmgun to allow enough room for a co-axial flame-thrower. A dummy barrel wasfitted over the 45mm gun to make it appear like a normal 76mm gun.

IS 2 - the KV tank was completely redesigned to produce the nextgeneration heavy tank, the IS-2 (Iosef Stalin). It featured a new hull andchassis with a larger diameter three man turret mounting the massive122mm L43 gun. Original IS-1 prototypes mounted an 85mm L51 and100mm L54, but the 122mm was selected for its HE capability.

IS 2m - During mid-1944, the IS-2 underwent modification with anincrease in armor thickness all round and was renamed IS-2m (m;modifikatsirovanniy). It was best distinguished by a sloped hull front ascompared to the stepped hull of the IS-2.

IS 3 - nicknamed `Pike' because of its pointed hull, this heavy tankdiffered vastly from the IS-2 by having a better protected domed turret andan improved ballistically shaped hull for maximum shot deflection. Enteredproduction in November 1944.

T-44 - intended as a replacement for the T34, design & mechanicalproblems prevented it from entering mass production. It's armor was thickerand better sloped on the hull front than on the T34 and it was to mount the100mm gun (the design eventually leading to the post-war T54/55.)

T-26 m1931 - (Also referred to as T26A.) Licence produced copy of theVickers 6 ton tank. This infantry tank had two small turrets each mounting anLMG. (Soviet titles have been used with the German/English designationprovided in these notes.)

T-26 m1933 & T-26 m1933 (Late) - (Also referred to as T26B-1 & T26B-2) The twin turrets of the T26 m1931 were replaced by a larger two-mancylindrical turret mounting the 45mm gun. The `Late' production T26 m1933(built during 1936-37) was identical in all respects except for a rear turretmounted LMG and the all-welded construction (as opposed to riveting onearly models.) An AAMG could also be fitted for the commander.

OT-130 - this variant consisted of a T26 m1933 with the 45mm gunreplaced by a flame projector and internal fuel tanks. The OT-26 was theflamethrower variant of the T26 m1931 with the flame projector mounted inthe right turret and the left being removed for the internal fuel tanks and wasidentical in performance.

T26A - an artillery support variant based on the T26 m1933 with newlarger turret (similar to that on the T28) mounting the 76mm L16. As thechassis was mechanically overloaded, it was produced in small numbers.



98

T-37 - light amphibious scouting tank produced prior to the war(Am

T-70 - the greatest problem with light tanks had been their thin armor andsmall calibre armament. The T-70 attempted to rectify this by having enougharmor to resist 37mm shell hits and a 45mm gun to adequately engage otherene

BT-5 - the early BT-2 hull was mated with the T26 m1933 turret (45mmgun) to produced the BT-5. Capable of ̀ wheeled' movement, see BT-2.

BT-5A - consisted of BT-5 hull with a new turret similar to that on the T28mounting 76mm Infantry gun. Capable of ̀ wheeled' movement, see BT-2.

BT-7 - similar to the BT-5 except armor protection was increased with anew designed turret and hull front with thicker sloped armor (welded.) New

F PR T-26S m1937 & m1939 - following the encounters against the Japanesein Manchuria, the T26 design underwent a drastic revision to reduce itsvulnerability to light AT weapons. The resulting T26S was sleeker and moreheavily armored. The turret was conically shaped and the hull armor wassloped as well. The T26S m1939 differed from the early m1937 by theaddition of a rear turret mounted LMG. Both variants were also referred to asT26C.

T-26E - during the first Russo-Finnish War, the T26S still proved toothinly armored for its own survival. Small numbers of T26S subsequently hadapplique armor added over the front.

T-28 m1934 & m1938 - first medium tank to be produced by the Soviets.Its main turret mounted the 76mm L16 infantry gun and was flanked by twosmaller MG turrets in the front hull. Nicknamed the `Mail-Train' during theFinnish War due to its size and clumsiness. In 1938, the design wasmodernised by upgunning it with the 76mm L24 and was referred to as theT28 m1938. Also referred to as T28À' & T28`B'.

T-28E - when up against the light Finnish AT guns, the T28 wasextremely vulnerability and many T28 m1938's were retro-fitted with appliquearmor around the turret and hull. Also referred to as T28`C'.

T-35 m1933 - Two initial production batches of ten vehicles each wereproduced before the design was finally standardised. These were the T35m1932 & m1933 and were identical in performance and armament. Them1932 was distinguished by a `dome' shaped turret while the m1933mounted a turret identical to that on the T28 Heavy Tank. Both types had themain turret flanked by four smaller sub-turrets (two with 37mm guns & twowith LMGs) and a hull mounted LMG was which was deleted on the latermodels.

T-35 m1935 - this was the main production model of the T35 series. Thesecondary armament was upgunned with 45mm L46 and the chassis waslengthened which made it even more difficult to steer. The late m1938variant (only six built) was identical in performance to the m1935 and wasdistinguished by the sloped armor on the turrets.

For all T35 variants , damage inflicted on individual sub-turrets will onlyaffect that turret, not the overall tank. Each sub-turret has it own AOV and

there is no communication between sub-turrets unless their commandersare ùp' (including the main turret.) The hull sides have `spaced' (included inPV) armor which makes them impervious to AT rifles & HEAT ammunition,(except `track' hits.)

T-27A - a copy of the Carden-Loyd tankette. It mounted an LMG withlimited traverse and was primarily a gun tractor for the 37mm & 45mm ATguns by 1941.

phibious Speed across water; 4cm/move). T-38 & T-38 (20mm) - next progressive design up from the T37, it was

wider, lower and had an improved speed across land and water. Smallnumbers were modified to mount a 20mm ShVAK auto-cannon in place ofthe LMG and were used as command tanks. (Amphibious Speed acrosswater; 6cm/move).

T-40A - amphibious tank which enter production in 1940 and was toreplace the T37 & T38. Its production life was short due to the cry for heaviertanks. Late production vehicles were converted direct to Katyusha multiplerocket launchers.

T-50A - this light AFV was intended to replace the T26 tank but provedtoo complicated to manufacture and only a small production batch wascarried out.

T-60 - this was the non-amphibious version of the T40 which mountedthe 20mm canon. The T60 completely superseded the T40 in productiononce the war had started.

my light tanks. By mid-1942, it superseded to the T-60 in production. BT-2 - based on the US Christie tank as a Cavalry tank for a long-range

exploitation role. The original version mounted 3xLMG but the later 37mmgunned model was only accepted by the Cavalry. The turret was cylindricalin shape. Both BT-2 & BT-5 were capable of travelling on wheels with tracksremoved (rareley used); Speed/Move - Rd 55cm & CC 10cm. Formovement restrictions using wheels, treat as 4x2 vehicle. Fifteen moves arerequired for crew to change from tracks to wheels or vice-versa.

engine & transmission installed. The `wheeled' capability as used on the BT-5 was discarded. BT-7A - consisted of BT-7 hull with a new turret similar to that on the T28

mounting the 76mm Infantry gun. BT-8 - identical to the BT-7 except for a rear turret mounted LMG and

redesigned turret hatches

SEL OPELLED GUNSSU 37 - built only in small numbers, this AASP was based on the SU

76

gthened T70 chassis, it was intended as a tank-destroyer but proved far more successful in an infantry support role. The

s open-topped with the rear partially exposed which

com

APC/

-M with a rear mounted open-top turret housing a 37mm AA gun.SU 45 - consisted of a Komsomolet tractor converted to an SP by

housing a 45mm gun in a fully enclosed & armored crew compartment at therear.

SU 57 - this SPG was built to provide mobility for the 57mm AT gun. Itmounted the gun directly behind the driving compartment with small sideshields added. The crew is fully exposed from the flanks or rear.

SU 76 - based on a len

crew compartment waled it's crews to nickname it the `Bitch'. Various minor modifications tookplace during it's service. In 1945, a SU-76M with a fully enclosed fighting

partment was introduced.SU 76i - an SP conversion of the captured German Pz III with a box liked

structure built over the hull to mount a 76mm L41 gun. A reduction in weightimproved the speed of the SP considerably.

SU 85 - this tank destroyer utilised the T34 chassis and was developedfrom the SU-122. The 85mm gun was mounted on the front hull with limitedtraverse. Its was superseded by the more potent SU-100 in 1944.

SU 100 - consisted of an upgunned SU-85 mounting the 100mm ex-naval gun with a new mantlet. Front armor was increased and a largercircular cupola for the commander was added.

SU 122(T34) - based on the T34 chassis, this assault gun mounted the122mm howitzer in the front hull with a fully enclosed fighting compartment.Late production batches used the SU-85 mantlet.

SU 152 - based on the KV-1s hull with a 152mm howitzer mounted in aheavily armored superstructure.

SU 122 - identical to the SU-152 except mounting a 122mm artillerypiece instead of the 152mm howitzer. Intended to compliment the SU-152with its better AT capability. Limited production only with the ISU seriesentering production.

ISU 152 & ISU 122 - similar in concept to the SU-152 except based on

the IS-2 hull. The early ISU-122 was armed wi12 th a pig’s head mantlet and2mm L46 artillery piece, as with the SU-122, and was developed as atank destroyer, while the ISU-152 was intended to support it as an assaultgun. The late version ISU-122 had the same 122mm L43 gun as the IS-2and a smaller mantlet.

SU 57(a) - lend lease T48 GMC with the original US 57mm L45 replacedby a Soviet 57mm L73 AT gun.

RECONNAISSANCEBA- 20 4x2 - modernised version of the old BA-27. Based on Ford Model

A c

4 armored car with open topped turret

en seating for six

hassis with light armored body and MG turret on top.BA-6 6x4 - (also referred to as BA-32) based on the 6x4 Gaz AAA truck

chassis. The turret was identical to that used on the BT-5 and was mountedat the rear. The earlier BA-3 series was identical except for the rear accessdoors.

BA-10 6x4 - (also referred to as BA-32) upgraded BA-6 with slightlyheavier armor. The new turret was conical in shaped with slope armor on thehull.

BA 64 - purpose built light 4xmounting 12.7mm HMG.

Komsomolet - light armored gun tractor built to tow the 37mm, 45mmand 57mm AT guns. Armed with a bow LMG, oppassengers was provided on the rear (no cover.)

SOVIET GUNSRussian guns were characterised by their simplicity, low weight and

nt ra and calibre. Sovie abou y the West and oore t ssive artillery forc

or use primers, ane to co e volume of fire, an

calibr pons than the opposing armies.ays lacked the eff

to bo units. Coordination

the lower quality and quantity of communications equipment alongrtillery packed

entrated in

ristic of an artillery was theire t d of heav guns against enemy armor in an AT

o rate measure on any standard, it hadt AFVs. (Being hit be a

E a a such as a Pz III or IV.)

excelle nge for their size t designers had av

with the skilled technicians to operate it. Divisional abeing concphobia t being out gunned b er-designed most

m required. The ma eonly a light punch, with larger calibre gun

nd Army level.guns han s were set backby po , badl d attempts were

Artillery divisions or at Corps a Another charactey fused propellents and

mad mpensate for this with th d the use ofRussi

fr quen eployment ylarger e wea role. Alth ugh a despe Soviet artillery alw iciency that was

al lied & German wdevastating effects against mos German

dism ntle tanknorm th Al as hampered by 152mm H shell can literally

TS OTES

SOVIEPV AT/Tank Guns iz 20 40 60 80 125 75 O Ne 100 150 1 200 250 F

n33 37m A 11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) to-hi chan 6 5 4 4 3 3 penetratio

m L45 M30 ( t ce 3





100

Soviet Organisation

RIFLE REGIMENT 1939 - ‘45 • Three regiments made up the bulk of a division• No Radios were issued below Regiment HQ.

All tr • ansport was horse drawn.

R EGIMENT: 1939 - ‘45 IFLE Rve:Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Ha

Soviet Rifle Regimentt HQ n/a1 Rifle Regimen

3 Rifle Battalion s -m giment suppo1 Anti -Tank Gun Co repany (2 platoons of 3 x 45/37mm AT guns) rt unit

t.)attalion)

e later, but add 3 PV per teamort unit

1 Howitzer Company (2 platoons of 2 x 75mm Infantry Guns) regiment support unit(2 platoons of 3 sections, each with 1 x 120mm mortar) 1942-‘451 Mortar Company regiment support unit

1 AT Rifle Company regiment support unitfle Co. HQ) (don’t use if pl. allocated to ba1 x AT Rifle Company HQ (same as Ri

3 x AT Rifle Platoons (same as in the b(a SMG platoon on horses) Se regiment support unit1 Recon Platoon

1 Engineer Platoon (1 Off, 2-3 NCO, 17 men) regiment suppSo vi i fle Battal ionet R

ny (two platoons (3 from 1942) , each with 3 sections of 1 x 82mm mortar) battalion support unit

ort unitoon HQ) t broken down

ttalion support unit

1 Rifle Battalion HQ 1 per rifle bat.3 Rifle Companies -1 Mortar Compa

1 AT Rifle Platoon battalion supp 1 AT Rifle Platoon HQ (same as rifle plat take only if no 3 AT Rifle Section (3 AT Rifle Teams)

MG Company (3 platoons of 3 x MMG) ba1Soviet Rifle Company

Team, 2 Rifle Teams) 1 per rifle co.1 Rifle Company HQ (1 Company HQ3 Rifle Platoons -

3 x 50mm mortars (2 x 50mm mortars from 1942) company support unitx MMG (from 1942) company support unit

1 Mortar Section (treat as a platoon) MG Section (treat as a platoon) 21

Soviet Rifle Platoon1 Rifle Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team) 1 per rifle pl.

am)3 - 4 Rifle Sections 1939-‘41 (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -

Rifle Te -3 - 4 Rifle Sections 1942-‘45 (1 LMG Team, 1 LMG or SMG Team, 1

9- 0 m with LM , 3-4 SMG, rifles)LMG Team, 1 SMG Team or 1 Rifle Teamiberian (any date) or Guards Rifl e Squad - (Historical data - 1 NCO, 1 en 2 GS

2

stHi o ri cal Dat a (do not use in gameplay)

Rifle Platoon HQ - (1 Off, 1 NRifle Squ ad 1939

CO, 2 men, with 1-2 SMG and rifles) – ’41 - (1 NCO, 9-10 men with 1 LMG, rifles)

- (1 NCO, 9-10 men with 1 - 2 LMG, 3-4 SMG, rifles)

Identicental level

Rifle Squ ad 1942 – ’45- (1Rifle Company HQ Off, 3-4 NCO, 4-6 men, with 1-3 SMG and rifles)

- (1 NCO, 7 men with 3 AT RIfle, 3 SMG, rifles)Rifle AT Section

OTORM ISED RIFLE REGIMENT • al to Rifle Regiment, except entirely motorised with trucks • Also had the following units attached at regim

MOTORISED RIFLE REGIMENT: 1943 - ’45

No. Your Force Can Have:Qty Unit TypeS et Motorised Rifle Regiment 1943 - ’45 additions to Rifle Regiment

ith 3 sections of 1 x 82mm Mortar, 1 truck) regiment support unitov i

1 Mortar Company (4 platoons, each w1 Artillery/AT Company (3 platoons of 4 x 76mm Guns, 12 trucks) regiment support unit1 Recon Company =/> 1 Mot co., max=/< 1 per Mot Reg

any (same as below, but riding in 10 x M3 Halftrack/Scout Cars)

d Car Company (1 HQ of 1 x AC, 2 platoons of 2 x AC each)4 platoons of 3 x HMG)

1 SMG Comp -

1 Armore -1 AA Company ( regiment support unit

SU CHINE GUN B ATTAL IO N 1941 - ‘ 45 B MA

iding into combat, with sup ven trucks.s and support weapons, with ny instead of three.

• ny ngth.This type of unit was attached to all armored and motorised units, in either battalion, compa , or even platoon stre• Radios were issued only to Battalion HQ.• Tran ion of r sport was either tanks or closed-top SPs with the intent port weapons being gi• For Motorised SMG Battalions, trucks were provided for all troop 4 platoons per compa

ION 1941 – ‘45 SUB MACHINE GUN BATTALyQt Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Su c hin e Gu n B at tal io nBattalion HQ n/a

b Ma

rt unit1 AT Platoon (2 sections with 3 x 45mm AT guns) (from 1942) battalion support unit1 AT Rifle Platoon (3 x AT Rifle Section) (from 1942) battalion support unit

MMG) (from 1942) battalion support unit6mm gun) (from 1942) battalion support unit

1 Sub Machine Gun3 Sub Machine Gun Companies -1 Mortar Company (2 platoons, each with 3 sections of 1 x 82mm mortars) (from 1942) battalion suppo

1 MG Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 xGun Platoon (2 sections with 2 x 71Sub Machine Gun Company1 Sub Machine Gun Company HQ (1 Company HQ Team) 1 pe

-r SMG Co.

3 Sub Machine Gun Platoons Sub Machine Gun Platoon1 Sub Machine Gun Platoon HQ (Nominate 1 Team of the platoon as the HQ, + 10 PV) 1 per SMG Pl.3 Sub Machine Gun Sections 1941 (2 SMG Teams) -



101

Sub Machine Gun Sections 1942 - 1945 (1 SMG Team, 1 LMG Team) -3

s Hi torical Data (do not use in gameplay)

- (1 NCO, 7 mSub Machine Gun Secti on 1941 en with SMGs)1942 – ’45 - (1 NCO, 7 men with 1 LMG, 7 SMGs)

Sub Machine Gun Company HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 NCO with SMGs)ion HQ Section - (1-2 Off, 6-8 NCO, 10 EM with SMGs)

ANTI-TANK BA TTAL ION: • One battalion was attached to all motorised divisions/corps, also to rifle divisions. From 1942?

ee Guns/Artillery/Mortars RestrictionsRadios at battalion HQ only.

Sub Machine Gun

Sub Machine Gun Battal

•

S•

TQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

AN I-TANK B ATTA LION:

An ti -Tank Bat tal io See Guns/Artillery/Mortars Restrictionsn 1 Anti -Tank Battalion HQ 1 per AT bat

eries (4 x 37mm/45mm/57mm/76 AT guns, 4 trucks)Company (as per Rifle Battalion, but with 2 x platoons, not x 3) battalion support unit

3 Anti -Tank Batt -1 AT Rifle

TANK COMPANY: 1939 - 1941

Radios as per AFV charts.• Whole company has the same type of tank, whether BT or T-26.•

y No. Your Force Can Have:TANK COMPANY: 1939 - 1941 Qt Unit TypeTank Company:

x Tank)1 Tank Company HQ (2 1 per Tank Co.oon (5 x Tank)3 Tank Plat -

have 3 or 4 AFVs.* Due to mechanical unreliability of Soviet tanks, many broke down on the way to battle. Any platoons may BTs of one platoon may be replaced by artillery BTs.

HEAVY TANK COMPANY: 1939 - 1941

Radios as per AFV charts.

* If co. is a BT co. then 2

• Whole company has the same type of tank, whether T-28, T-35, or KV.You cannot have more than 1 KV Company in a 1939-’41 Soviet force.•

•

Ay

HE VY TANK COMPANY: 1939 - 1941 Qt Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Heavy Tank Comp any:

HQ (1 x Tank) 1 per Tank Co.1 Heavy Tank Companynk Platoon (3 x Tank)3 Heavy Ta -

may therefore have 2 AFVs.* Due to mechanical unreliability of Soviet tanks, many broke down on the way to battle. Any platoons

a company of KVs, or up to a company of T-34s, or less than a company of each. eg 1 KV platoon and 1 T-34 platoon.• Radios as per AFV charts.

NK BTA RIGADE: cSept 1941hese brigades were accepted as the largest Soviet tank formations at this time.• Due to staggering losses, t

Unl• ess you field an entire tank battalion, you cannot have more than one company in total of KV or T-34 tanks in a 1939-’41 Soviet force.So either up to

TA RIGADE: 1941 NK BQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Tank Brigade: 1 Tank Brig ade HQ n/a2 Tank Battalion -1 SMG or Motoris ed Rifle Battalio n -Ta ttalionnk Ba

er Tank Batompany -

1 Medium Tank Company -1 Light Tank Company -

1 Tank Battalion HQ (1 x T-34/76) 1 p1 Heavy Tank C

Heavy Tank Comp any (Max of 1 KV Company in a 1939-’41 force)

nk Company HQ (1 x KV)2 Heavy Tank Platoon (2 x KV) -1 Heavy Ta 1 per Tank Co

Medium Tank Company (Max of 1 T-34 Company in a 1939-’41 force) Tank Company HQ (1 x T-34/76) 1 per Tank Co1 Medium

2 Medium Tank Platoon (3 x T-34/76) -Light Tank Company1 Light Tank Company HQ (1 x T-26 or BT) 1 per Tank Co3 Light Tank Platoon (3 x T-26 or BT) -

NK BNo. Your Force Can Have:

TA RIGADE: Jul y 1942 Qty Unit TypeTa igade:nk Br

-

1 SMG or Motoris ed Rifle Battalio n -1 AT Battery (4 x 76mm AT Gun, 4 truck) brigade support unit

1 Tank Brig ade HQ n/a2 Tank Battalion

Tank BattalionTank Battalion HQ (1 x T-34/76 in 1st Battalion, and 1 x T-60/70 in 2nd Battalion) 1 per Tank Bat

any (2nd Battalion has 1 x Mdm Tank Co, 1 x Lght Tank Co.) -12 Medium Tank CompMe ium Tank Company

Medium Tank Company HQ (1 x T-34/76) 1 ped

1 r Tank Co2 Medium Tank Platoon (3 x T-34/76) -Light Tank Comp

1 per Tank Coany

1 Light Tank Company HQ (1 x T-60 or T-70)toon (3 x T-60 or T-70)3 Light Tank Pla -



102

‘45 Thre f tank,suc strictions), or a lend-lease tan

r AFV charts.

TANK BRIGADE: 1943 -• e tank brigades form the bulk of a Tank Corps. One brigade was in a Mechanised Corps. Each brigade was equipped with entirely one type o

h as T-34 (can be a mix of 76s and 85s according to date re k.• Radios as pe TANK B RIGADE: 1943 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Tank Brigade:1 Tank Brig ade HQ (3 x Tank, 1- n/a3 motorcycle bases)

Tank Battalion -

lion -- 12 HMG, 5 - 10 trucks) brigade support unit

3

1 SMG or Motoris ed Rifle Batta1 Tank Brig ade AA Company (9Tank Battalion1 Tank Battalion HQ (1 x Tank, 1 motorcycle base) 1 per Tank Bat2 Tank Companies -Tank Company

1 per Tank Co1 Tank Company HQ (1 x Tank)x Tank)3 Tank Platoon (3 -

HE TANK REGIMENT: 1942 - ‘45 AVYost entirely independent, being held at Corps or Army level to support a ancing infantry units, etc.

The r IS.harts.

• These units were alm dv• regiment had all of one of the following types of heavy tank: KV1, KV-85 o• Radios as per AFV c

AVYQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:HE TANK REGIMENT: 1942 - ‘45

Heavy Tank Regiment :1 Heavy Tank Regiment HQ (1 x Heavy Tank, 2-4 jeeps/cars/motorcycles) n/a

-rt unit

4 Heavy Tank Companies -1 SMG Company 1 AT Rifle Company (as per Rifle Battalion, but with 2 x platoons, not x 3) regiment suppoHeavy Tank Comp any

nk Company HQ (1 x Heavy Tank)2 Heavy Tank Platoon (2 x Heavy Tank)1 Heavy Ta

LF P• These units were either independent, attached at Corps or Army level, or part of the Tank/Mechanised Corps.• Unit performed a dual role of artillery and anti-tank support.• The regiment had all of one of the following types of SP: SU 76, SU 85, SU 100, SU 122/152, ISU 122/152.

SE ROPELLED ARTILLERY REGIMENT: 1942 - ‘45

• Radios as per AFV charts.

ty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:SELF PROPELLED ARTILLERY REGIMENT: 1942 - ‘45 QSelf Propelled1 Self

Ar ti ll ery Regi men t:Propelled Artillery Regiment HQ (1 x T-34/76 or 85, 2-4 jeeps/cars/motorcycles) n/a

-1 SMG Company -

ompany (as per Rifle Battalion, but with 2 x platoons, not x 3)

4 Self Propelled Artil lery Batteries

1 AT Rifle C regiment support unitSelf Propelled Artillery Battery

Ar ti ll ery Bat ter y HQ (1 x SP)x SP) -

1 Self Propelled 1 per self prop. art. bat.2 Self Propelled Artil lery Detachments (2

include in your force.The

ARTILLERY • See artillery restrictions regarding what artillery you can• Soviets had entire artillery divisions as well!

No. Your Force Can Have: ARTILLERY Qty Unit TypeInfantry Division Artillery Regiment 1941 - ‘421 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 152mm howitzers, all horse draw see artillery restrictionsn)

howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictionsn)

2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 122mm2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 76mm howitzers, all horse draw see artillery restrictions

Infantry Div ision A rtil lery Regiment L ate 1942 - 1945152mm Artillery Bat ee artillery restrictionsee artillery restrictions

Ar ti ll ery Bat tal io n (3 batteries, each with 4 x 76mm howitzers, all horse drawn) see artillery restrictions

talion withdrawn to Corps/Army level, but same structure as above s1 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 122mm howitzers, all horse drawn) s2 Tank or Motorise1 Artillery Batta

d Division Artillery Regiment 1941lion (3 batteries, each with 6 x 122mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictions

2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 6 x 76mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictionsTank or Motorised Division Artillery Regiment 1942 - ‘452 Self Propelled Artil lery Regiments , as above see artillery restrictions2 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 6 x 76mm howitzers, all motorised) see artillery restrictionsRocket Katyusha Brigade (held at Army Level and attached to units when required.)

Katyusha Regiments (3 batteries, each with 8 x mobile launcher, either M-13 or M-31)3

hese w ‘Guards’ and received a 30 - 50% increase in (mostly support)quipme itional sections to the support platoons, ordditiona uards company). A Guards company cannot

or exa

GUARDS UNITST ere combat units which had distinguished themselves in battle. In return, they were titlede nt. In game terms, you must therefore increase all Guards support units by 25 - 50%, by adding adda l platoons to the support companies. Minimum size for a Guards unit is one company (even if an ad-hoc Gh non-Guards unit in it.ave any

F mple, a Guards Rifle Regiment could have the following changes:

Soviet Guards Rifle Regiment 1942 - Increases in Support Units Anti-Tank Gun Company (increase from 2 to 3 or 4 platoons of 3 x 45/37mm AT guns)Mortar Company (increase from 2 to 3 or 4 platoons of 3 x 120mm mortars)



103

Howitzer Company (2 platoons of 2 x 75mm Infantry Guns) increase to 3 to 4 platoons of 2 x 75mm gunsmpany (add one more AT Rifle Platoon)

MG Section (treat as a platoon) 2 x MMG - increase from 2 to 3 or 4 MMGatoon) 2 x 50mm mortars - increase from 2 to 3 or 4 mortars

S Europexcept for the paratroops, US infantry were by no means impressive. Rarely did they attack without armor, artillery, or air support. Emphasis by the Highommand upon offensive tactics was strong, which led to the infantry not being trained in defensive manoeuvres or withdravals. Only on two occasions

were they forced to do this and although it was a s bles o disaster. U re d yed organisa ssuch as tank and artillery battalions. This worked to e d the to used con

ust embered that t U otstinctive chara t ca kless it s, o

d not rec di four years.

n

AT Rifle Co

Soviet Rifle Battalion 1942Mortar Company (3 platoons of 3 x 82mm mortars) increase from 3 to 4 platoons of 3 mortars

AT Platoon (3 x AT Rifle Section) increase from 3 to 4 AT Rifle Sect ionsMG Company (3 platoons of 3 x MMG) increase from 3 to 4 platoons of 3 x MMG

Soviet Rifl e Company 1942

Mortar Section (treat as a pl SIBERIAN UNITS

An East Front force can also include Siberi an Rifle or Siberian Motorised Rif le units from the 1941 winter, and units from Siberian Tank Brigades, from 1942. ASiberian company cannot have any non-Siberian units in it. The Siberian divisions had mostly escaped Stalin’s purges, so had quality officers and leadershipthat had retained sound tactical doctrine, hence their regular troop status. As in Guards units, they had a higher proportion of support units. In game terms, youmust therefore increase all Siberian Rifle support units by 25 - 50%, by adding additional sections to the support platoons, or additional platoons to the supportcompanies, as per Guards Units. Siberian units in the Far East until 1941 can include armor (but no T-34, KV, T-28 or T-35).

UEC

ham , it did not lead t S units we eplo in a flexible tion of pooling unit som egree, though the problem of which Q H y had report to ca sidera le confusion.b

It m be rem he tactical unit in the S army was the battalion, n the regiment.y wa ve, in and i s, re Another di cteristic of he US

e th itish, ha e vy nish arm s its aggressi utious, at t me c handling of un s commander whits by

unlik e Br eived th hea pu ment shed out by the Germans over the past

US Europe Equipme t ListsPV AFV DATES PROD FR

134 M2A4 39-40 ? 2144 M3 42-43 5811 4132 M3A1 42-43 4621 3119 M3A1 Satan 42-43 4621 5136 M5A1 42-45 8884 2

e' 95198 M24 'Chaffe 44-45 41 5249/2 M3 'Lee' Earl 42-43 1500 166

63 M4A3 (76) 44-45 4546 1276 M4A3 (76) Modified 44-45 ? 3

5) 'Jumbo'6) 'Jumbo'ing'

'Hellcat'14 M36 GMC 'Jackson' 44-45 1413 4

337 M36B2 GMC 'Jackson' 44-45 ? 6M3 GMC 42-43 2202 3

2 T30 HMC 42-43 500 225 T19 HMC 42-43 324 3

104 M15 MGMC 42-45 2332 488 M16 MGMC 44-45 ? 4

M4A1/M21 Mo 1282 ?

8348

94 M8 'Greyhound' 43-45 8523 260 M3A1 Scout Car 42-44 21000 2

t Car

1 cklf-trk

y / Late223 M4 (75) 42-45 164 076227 M4 (105) 44-45 1641 4230 M4A1 42-45 ? 0262 M4A1 (76) 44-45 ? 1274 M4A1 (76) Modified 44-45 ? 5226 M4A2 42-45 ? 4233 M4A2 Late 42-45 ? 1225 M4A3 / A4 (75) 43-45 476 21

232 M4A3 Late 44-45 22

269 M4A3E8 76 HVSS 44-45 ? 2239 M4A3 (105) HVSS 44-45 3036 3155 M4 POA-CWS 75-HI 44-45 ? 5+26 M4 Flame-thrower Kit 44-45 ? 3+10 Cullin Hedge Cutters 44 ? 1304 M4A3E2 (7 44-45 254 6332 M4A3E2 (7 45 ? 6354 M26 'Persh 45 310 6

154 M8 HMC ‘Scott’ 44-45 177 48189 M7 HMC 'Priest' 42-45 3490 4

'Wolverine' 3241 M10 GMC 43-45 499 2215 M18 GMC 44-45 2507 43

12391

82 rtar Car 42-45 5102 43-45 6LVT(A)1136 LVT(A)4 45 4

89 M20 Scou 44-45 3791 397 M5A1 Recce 44-45 ? 370 M2 Half track 42-44 11415 247/7 M3 / M3A1 Half tra 44-45 17004 176 M3A1 ̀LMG' Ha 44-45 ? 3107 M3A1 ̀MMG' Ha 44-45 ? 4lf-trk

8 LVT(A)2 43-45 ? 6783 LVT(A)4 Buffalo 43-45 ? 6


4 75mm L31 M2 42-45 ? 3

40 57mm L27 M18 RR 45 50 70 RR

A1 Pack

8056

A1 AAfors AA

A

38 37mm L54 M3A1 42-44 18700 073 57mm L50 M1 43-45 16000 17113 76mm L52 M5 44-45 2500 3151 90mm L53 M1A1/M2 44-45 7831 5

55 75mm L28 M2 45 ? 71 75mm L16 M1 43-45 5000 45

68 75mm L34 M1917 41-44 ? 393 105mm L16 M3 43-45 25 392 105mm L22 M2A1 42-45 83 1

39 37mm L54 M1 42-45 7278 444 40mrn L56 Bo 43-45 34116 3

0 HMG Quad A 43-45 ? 56

ODPV ARTILLERY DATES PR FR

80 75mm (per pair) 43-45 - 4ir)

(per pair)(per pair)

180 105mm (per pa 42-45 - 1300 155mm 42-45 - 4400 203mm 43-45 - 6

PV MORTARS DATES PROD FR

15 60mm 42-45 75000 045 81mm 42-45 ? 270 107mm 43-45 ? 4

TR PROD FRPV ANSPORT DATES

see Jee 42-45 ? 0

skin Field Car 42-45 ? 4t

Motorcycle 42-45 ? 1

p

soft Jeep 'GPA' 43-45 ? 5

char Light Truck 42-45 ? 3Medium Truck 42-45 ? 0Heavy Truck 42-45 ? 4

27 DUKW 43-45 ? 3

ODPV ROCKETS DATES PR FR

0200 114mm 44-45 ? 4T34 x 115 182mm M17 x 1 44-45 ? 5

ODPV INFANTRY DATES PR FR

eam (mag)

9 enade Latem 42-45 ? 1

10 US Rifle/Carbine Team 42-45 ? 110 SMG Team 42-45 ? 3

Team13 Assault Rifle 45 ? 214 US LMG T 42-45 ? 126 MMG 42-45 ? 130 HMG 42-45 ? 2

Grenade6 AP Rifle 43-45 ? 3 AT Rifle Gr 43-45 ? 1

20 Bazooka Tea 15 Flamethrower Team 42-45 ? 35ea Demolition Charge 42-45 ? 2page39 AP Mine 42-45 ? 1page39 AT Mine 42-45 ? 112 Mine Detector 42-45 ? 130 FAO/FAC Team 42-45 ? 120 Radio 42-45 ? 0

US Equipment Notes

- M4 Sherrran Crab is an M4 (75) with flail equipmentattached, see 'Mine Removal' section.- Cullin Hedgeraw cutters were added to any tankengaged in the bocage terrain.- U.S. forces cannot use cavalry or horse teams, but are

allowed individual pack horses ( Italy only.)- All guns are vehicle/tractor towable.- Artillery of 75mm, 105mm, 155mm and all Mortars canfire s indirectly.

and Morale Ratings

smoke round

US Europe Troop Classesdification NotesUnit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Mo

1.251.5

ion to PV for Regs, +25% or x 1.25 for Vets +25% o x 1.25ation to PV

Offboard Artillery As unit class As unit rating +25% or xParatroopers Veteran Elite +50% or x

Armor ’44 – ’45 Regular or Veteran Reliable no modificat All Other Units Regular Reliable no modific

p Class and Morale Rating modifiers

worlds lar most advaautomotive industry behind it. An impressive total of 3,200,000 militaryvehicles had been produced by 1945, many being supplied to alliedcountries.

m war with strictstan isation ehicle manufac hich ne of the keyelements to mass production. The range of excellent vehicles produced

* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troo U.S.A. SOFTSKINS

red WWII with theUS forces ente gest and nced Unlike any other nation, the US com enced thedard on v ture w was o



104

re requirements off- d.

Th loy motorised t fashe nterparts. Inf otori vel transport assi

to t . Th not to there was a shortage vehicles for on thecontrary, entire division s we iftly truck-lifted betweendest equired. ctical doctrine ply dictated that the use ofmot d tr ct combat was not permitted with the task beingbest to " ed" infantry.

we all design to military with excellent roaility

hem is is sayperformance and good reliab

did not emps and corp re sw

e US Army roops in the same hionere n

inations as r Ta simas t ir German or Soviet cou antry units w fully

on corps leorise oops in dire

mot sed and relied regiments to be gned left armor

e ed pacityeams

PV USA Description Drive Siz Spe Ca Towi Rd C/C n t

7 Harley-Davidson W Motorcycle x 3 - A 60 23 1 -LA9 Jeep (wpns extra) Light car 4x4 B 55 24 1 A10 Ford GPA Amphibious Car 4x4 B 55 20 1 -

12 Weapons Carrier 'Beep' Light Truck 4x4 B 50 20 2 AC15 Dodge (1 ton) Light Truck 4x4 50 18 4 B19 C26 C

Dodge (2 ton) Light Truck 6x6GMC (2 ton) Medium Truck 6x6

50 24 5 B45 22 7 C

27 GMC DUKW (2 ton) 'Duck' Amphib Truck 6x611 Diamond T (4 ton) Heavy Truck 6x6

CD

45 20 6 -40 21 0 D

20 DC

Mack (7 ton) Heavy Truck 6x6 31 15 5 D18 M5 (13 ton) High Speed Heavy Tractor trk 35 15 3 D

ring mounted HMG could be added for use by the co-driver (at additionalcost.)

Harley-Davidson WLA Motorcycle - this was that most common and

Car, and various other «ton trucks which were phased out when the Beepwas introduced during 1942.

Dodge (1« ton) 4x4 - light off-road cargo truck. Although produced in large« ton truck was mostly supersed dge 2« ton

hich was more versatile, mobile and hence, preferred by combat units.HMG could be added for use river (at addi

Dod was a standard Dodg rriertand ngthened chassis. En late 19

opellers. A ring mounted HMG could be added for use by the co-driver (at additional cost.)

Diamond T (4 ton) 6x6 - heavy prime mover for transporting and recovering AFVs and heavy vehicles. Also includes the 12 ton M26 Tractor (6x6) used forthe same role and called the "Dragon".

Mack (7« ton) 6x6 - heavy truck employed as a prime mover for heavy

5 (13 peed - heavy tractor based o e tracked runningght tanks. Used ver for medium

ti

US

numerous types employed by US forces, closely followed by the Indian 640 &741B models. A few side car versions were built but not issued to combatunits. The bike was made for the rider only, no passenger.Jeep 4x4 - the nickname "Willys Jeep" is derived from its Ford manufacturingdesignation, "GPW" (General Purpose Willys). The Jeep came in a variety ofstandard versions. It could have a pintle mounted AA HMG, MMG or LMG(belt fed) behind the front seats (at additional cost.)Ford GPA 4x4 - amphibious jeep based on the standard Willys Jeep with aboat like hull and engine driven propeller at the rear. Only built in limitednumbers.

Dodge Weapons Carrier `Beep' 4x4 - light off-road truck nickname the"Beep" (from Big Jeep.) Also includes the Dodge Command/Reconnaissance

numbers, this 1 ed by the Do truck(6x6) w

artillery.M ton) High S n the sam

A ring mounted by the co-d tionalcost.)

gear as used on the M3 & M5 Li as a prime moar llery.

ge (1« ton) 6x6 - this e 4x4 Weapons Ca with aem rear bogie and le tered production 42. A

GMC (2« ton) 6x6 - medium off-road cargo truck nicknamed "Deuce & ahalf". This vehicle was the most common transport vehicle operated by USforces being used extensively by all services. There was a 4x4 version builtalongside the 6x6 but these vehicles were employed almost entirely by supplyand logistic units. A ring mounted HMG could be added for use by the co-driver (at additional cost.)

GMC DUKW (2« ton) `Duck' 6x6 - amphibious medium truck developed fromthe GMC 2« ton truck. The vehicle had a boat shaped hull with twin reardriven pr

A MOTORISED GUNSSpeed ArmamentRd C/C

PV SizeBRITAIN / USA Description Drive

42 17 40mm L4858 SP, 4x4 Bofors 40mm AA 30cwt truck 4x4 C AA

46 37mm M6 GMC Light AT SP 4x4 B 50 20 37mm L5440mm AA - this AASP used the Morris Commercial CS9/B 37mm M6 GMC - very light gun carriage conceived as a tank destroyer and

base

ith virtually no experical doctrine dictate

r break throughs wh rwith by tank destroye t

ve to comply with in batt were amended.hind both German

as uction rather than s

suff d from therobl ir rt. The Wehrmach

t e war un used them as tank. US s rs creasingly pressedas a ul d nsuitable with their

armor and n e his l the demise of theC and a

CAP

SP 4x4, Bofors4x4 truck chassis specially fitted to mount a 40mm Bofors AA gun with 360otraverse. Three outriggers on the side and rear were used to provide stability.

A gun-shield was fitted at the front of the weapon. An Australian version wasalso built based on the Ford F60L 3 ton 4x4 truck with similar arrangement(with four outriggers) as did the Canadians on the Ford F60B.

d on the Dodge Weapons Carrier. A pedestal mounted 37mm AT gunwas installed in the rear and provided with a large shield for crew protection.The cramped crew area around the gun allowed the weapon to have a limited180º traverse towards the rear, although it could be operated 360º traverse ifthe crew serviced the weapon while dismounted (ie. « move for crew to re-embark before moving again.)

U.S. ARMORThe US Army entered WWII w ience in tank warfareor design. Their original tact d that tanks were to

Curiously, the US Tank Destroyer Command ereopposite p em to that of the German counterpa t

operate as assault guns fo ile the enemy armo star ed th with assault g s and successfullywould be exclusively dealt rs. This arrangemen destroyers tank de troye were, however, inhowe r proved impossible le and US tank crews into action ssa t guns an were completely usuffered badly until such tactics

be hthin ope turr ts. T inability resu ted in

AFV design lagged & Soviet thinking, wit TD omm fter the war.emph is placed on mass prod urvivability.

PV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO134 M2A4 37 L54,4*LMG 4 3 3 4 3 3 26 12 C 6144 M3 37 L54,4*LMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 36 20 C 6132 M3A1 37 L54,2*LMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 36 20 C 6119 M3A1 'Satan' F/thrower,2*LMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 36 20 C 4136 M5A1 37 L54,2*LMG 6 3 3 5 3 3 36 24 C 6198 M24 'Chaffee' 75 L40,2*LMG 5 3 3 5 3 3 35 25 C 8249 M3 ̀ Lee' (Early) 75 L31,37L54,4*LMG 7 4 4 7 5 5 26 16 C 7266 M3 ̀ Lee' (Late) 75 L40,37L54,4*LMG 7 4 4 7 5 5 26 16 C 7240 M3 ̀ Grant' (Early) 75 L31,37L54,3*LMG 7 4 4 6 5 5 26 16 C 7258 M3 `Grant' (Late) 75 L40,37L54,3*LMG 7 4 4 6 5 5 26 16 C 7223 M4 75 L40,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 24 15 C 7227 M4 (105mm) 105 L22,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 24 16 C 9230 M4A1 75 L40,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 24 15 C 7

262 M4A1 (76mm) 76 L52,2*LMG 9 5 4 10 7 7 24 15 C 7274 M4A1 (76mm) Modified 76 L52,2*LMG 12 5 4 10 7 7 24 15 C 7226 M4A2 75 L40,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 29 17 C 7233 M4A2 (Late) 75 L40,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 29 17 C 7225 M4A3/M4A4 75 L40,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 26 16 C 7232 M4A3 (Late) 75 L40,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 26 16 C 7263 M4A3 (76mm) 76 L52,2*LMG 9 5 4 10 7 7 26 16 C 7



105

276 M4A3 (76mm) Modified 76 L52,2*LMG 12 5 4 10 7 7 26 16 C 7269 M4A3E8 (76mm) HVSS 76 L52,2*LMG 9 5 4 10 7 7 28 20 C 7

,2*LMG239 M4A3 (105mm) HVSS 105 L22 9 5 4 9 6 6 28 20 C 10155 M4 POA-CWS 75-HI F/Thr,2*LMG 8 5 4 9 6 6 26 16 C 3

'304 M4A3E2 (75mm) 'Jumbo 75 L40,2*LMG 16 7 3 18 15 15 22 12 C 7332 M4A3E2 (76mm) 'Jumbo' 76 L52,2*LMG 16 7 3 18 15 15 22 12 C 7354 M26 'Pershing' 90 L53,2*LMG 16 8 5 13 9 9 20 12 D 8

ARMAMENT CAPPV SELF PROPELLED GUNS HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO154 M8 HMG `Scott' 75 L16,HMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 40 20 C 7189 M7 HMG ̀ Priest' 105 L22,HMG 7 2 2 6 2 2 25 15 C 7241 M10 GMC ̀Wolverine' 76 L52,HMG 6 3 3 8 3 3 30 20 C 6215 M18 GMC `Hellcat' 76 L52,HMG 2 2 2 3 2 2 50 24 C 6314 M36 GMC ̀ Jackson' 90 L53,HMG 6 3 3 8 3 3 30 18 C 7337 M36B2 GMC ̀ Jackson' 90 L53,HMG,LMG 9 5 4 8 3 3 26 16 C 7123 M3 GMC 75 L40 1 1 1 1 - - 40 16 C 592 T30 HMC 75 L16 1 1 1 1 - - 44 17 C 5125 T19 HMC 105 L22 1 1 1 1 - - 40 16 C 7104 M15 MGMC 37 L54,2*HMG 1 1 1 1 1 - 40 16 C 388 M16 MGMC 4 HMG (Quad) 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 382 M4A1 & M21 Mtr Carrier 81mm Mortar 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C -102 LVT(A)1 37 L54,3*LMG 1 1 1 5 3 3 20 12 D 6136 LVT(A)4 75 L16,HMG 1 1 1 4 3 3 20 12 D 7

NCE PPV APC/RECONNAISSA ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd C/C Sz FO CA94 M8 `Greyhound' 6x6 37 L54,LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 55 20 C 560 M3A1 Sct Car 4x4 HMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 14 C 2 2

89 M20 Scout Car 6x6 HMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 55 22 C 2 197 M5A1 Recce HMG 6 3 3 6 3 3 40 25 B 270 M2 Half-trk HMG,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 347 M3 Half-trk LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 471 M3A1 Half-trk HMG,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 476 M3A1 `LMG' Half-trk (USA o

Half-trk (USAnly) HMG,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 3

only) HMG,2*MMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2107 M3A1 `MMG'78 LVT(A)283 LVT4 `B

HMG,2*LMG 1 1uffalo' HMG,2*LMG 1 1

1 1 1 1 20 14 D 2 51 1 1 1 20 14 D 2 9

okSm e Dischargers; From 1944 onwards, M24 Chaffee, Medium M4 series, M10,equ ped prior to 1944.)

M18, M Mip

dioe

USA

36, 36B2, M20 & M8 AC were equipped with smoke pots or mortars. (No AFVs

Ra s; All AFVs equipped as standard.On Man Turrets; none

AFV Notes;

S TANK

M2A4 Light Tank - predecessor to the M3 Light tank, it was the mainstay ofUS Armored divisions in 1940 with 375 in service. M3 Light Tank - the M2A4 design underwent considerable revision which

resulted in the improved M3 Light tank. The chassis was unchanged, but thearmor had been increased and a new turret added. The M3 had four LMGs,one co-axial with the 37mm gun in the turret, one bow mounted LMG in thehull, and two fixed LMG mounted either side in the superstructure (operatedby the driver.)M3A1 Light Tank - an improved M3 tank which had the two fixed LMGsremoved and redesigned welded turret which eliminated the riveting.

until the later M4 tank enter service. The hull mounted 75mm gun has limitedtraverse with two fixed LMGs mounted in the hull and fired by the driver (canonly be fired if stationary and at target within 30º of the AFVs front.) Thecommander's LMG turret on the `Lee' can be used in AA role. The `Grant'was identical to the Lee except for the redesigned 37mm gun turret whichhad the radio equipment mounted in it and not in the hull. Early productionLee/Grant all had the shorter 75mm M2, while late production used the

d Kits - Any M4 tank (except for Jumbo) can have the

M3A1 `Satan' - built for eliminating Japanese bunkers, the USMC modifiednumbers of M3A1s by replacing the main armament with a Ronson flameprojector.

M5A1 Light Tank - includes the M3A3 & M5 which are equivalent inperformance. These variants had much thicker armor (than the earlierM3A1) and was sloped better to enhance protection. Turret designs weresimilar except for the M3A3 & M5A1 which had a rear bussel housing theradio equipment.M24 Light Tank `Chaffee' - based on a modified M18 chassis, this lighttank was to replace the M5A1 light tank. It mounted a light version of the75mm L40 gun in a newly designed turret.M3 Medium Tank ̀ Lee' & ̀ Grant' - the M3 was built as a stop gap measure

longer 75mm M3 gun. M4 Medium Tank - the original M4 design entered production several

months after the M4A1 & M4A2. The hull was of all welded construction witha cast turret common to all M4 tanks mounting the 75mm gun.M4 (105mm) - standard M4 tanks modified to mount the 105mm L22howitzer. The only external difference to the standard tank (except for thehowitzer) was a new mantlet. One hundred of the late production modelshad HVSS suspensions.

M4A1 Medium Tank - this variant is distinct by its rounded cast upper hullwhich provided better protection than the standard welded hull used (whichhad the same amount of armor.) The M4A1 was the first Sherman to enterproduction and was preferred by the US army which meant only a small

proportion were despatched as Lend-Lease. This category also includes the`composite hull' M4 tanks which had a cast front hull with the sides and rearwelded.M4A1 Medium Tank (76mm) - this variant entered production in mid-1944was upgunned by using a larger T23 turret (developed two years earlier)mounting the 76mm L52 gun. The cast hull was slightly modified to acceptthe larger turret.

M4A2 Medium Tank - this model was the second Sherman model to enterproduction and was virtually identical to the M4. The hull was lengthened toaccommodate a more powerful diesel engine which gave it a much higher

road speed than any other model. The majority were assigned toLend/Lease with a number being requisitioned by the USMC.M4A2 Late - redesigned M4A2 which entered production from February1944 onwards. The front hull was modified with a thicker one-piece 47oglacis plate providing better protection over earlier models with welded multi-piece hulls. Engines & chassis remained unchanged. The turretsincorporated minor improvements; eg. cupola, hatches.M4A3 & M4A4 Medium Tank - these models were identical to the earlierM4 & M4A2. The hulls were slightly longer to accommodate differentengines giving a better road speed. The M4A3 production was retained forthe US Army, while all M4A4s were assigned to Lend/Lease.M4A3 Late - redesigned M4A3 which entered production from February1944 onwards. The front hull was modified with a thicker one-piece 47oglacis plate providing better protection over earlier models with welded multi-piece hulls. Engines & chassis remained unchanged. Minor improvementswere incorporated into the turret; eg. cupola, hatches.M4A3 Medium Tank (76mm) - this variant entered production in mid-1944using the late model M4A3 hull & chassis (47o hull front.) It was upgunnedby installing the larger T23 turret (developed two years earlier) mounting the76mm L52 gun.M4A1 (76mm) Modif ied & M4A3 (76mm) Modifi ed - the vulnerability of theM4 to German AT guns led to many being uparmored in the field by weldingon special armor plate kits to the front hull. Designed for the M4A3, manywere added to the M4A1 although the rounded hull made the practice lesscommon.

M4A3 (76mm) HVSS - from September onwards, HVSS suspensionbecame standard production. By May 1945, 50% of all M4A3 76mmShermans in service had the new HVSS running gear. Uparmoring the hullwas standard practice by crews during late 1944.M4A3 Medium Tank (105mm) HVSS - standard M4A3 modified to mountthe 105mm L22 howitzer (the only external difference being a new mantlet.)The majority of these tanks were built with the improved HVSS running gearwhich gave better C/C performance.

M4 POA-CWS 75-HI - M4A1 tank with a Ronson flame projector mounted inthe breech of the 75mm L40 for conversion to a `flame' tank. As the barrel &turret were unmodified, the tank could not be distinguished from the standardM4A1.

M4 Flame-thrower Fielhull LMG removed and replaced with a flamethrower, cost 18 extra PV. Fueltanks are internal.M4A3E2 (75mm) & M4A3E2 (76mm) ̀ Jumbo' - With the arrival of the M26

Pershing being delayed until early 1945, a stopgap heavy assault tank wasrequired and the M4A3E2 was introduced as a compromise. Based on theM4A3, hull armor was increased all round and new heavier turret (based onthe T23) with 6" inch armor and 7" mantlet was used. The original armamentfor the tank was a 75mm L40, but many were progressively upgunned in thefield with the 76mm L52. An increase in weight reduced the speed andreliability respectively.



106

SELF

M26 `Pershing' - The heaviest US AFV to see combat, the Pershing wasdesigned to be equivalent to the German Tiger I, having roughly the samearmor, speed and firepower. It incorporated many new design features suchas a rear drive sprocket, torsion bar suspension and wide tracks.

PROPELLED GUNS M8 HMG `Scott' - based on the M5 Light tank (with thinner hull armor), it

mounted the 75mm L16 Pack howitzer in larger open-topped turret.Replaced the T30 HMC.

M7 HMG 'Priest' - called the `Priest' because of its pulpit HMG mount, themajority were built on the M3 Lee/Grant chassis with late production vehiclesusing the M4A3. The 105mm howitzer was mounted with limited traverse inan open topped fighting compartment.

M10 GMC 'Wolverine' - based on the M4A2 chassis, it mounted the heavy3" AA gun in an open topped turret. The armor was so light that a 1630 kgcounter-weight was attach to the rear of the turret to balance it. Speed wasgreater than the M4 due to the reduction in weight. These TDs wereequipped with HVAP ammunition as standard (and is included in the AFVsPV.)M18 GMC 'Hellcat' - sacrificing armor for speed, this tank was the fastesttracked AFV to see combat. The 76mm L52 gun was mounted in an open-topped turr

AA turret.-down

calibrated.LVT(A)1 - consisted of an LVT(A)2 with the roof covered over and an M5A1tank turret mounted on top. Behind the turret on either side there were twoLMGs with armored shields with crew access through hatches in the roof.

r; 7cm/move.)1 except mounting a 75mm howitzer in an

open topped turret as used on the M8 HMC. The rear mount LMG positionswere not included. (Amphibious Speed across water; 7cm/move.)

APC/

et. These TDs were equipped with HVAP ammunition asstandard (and is included in the AFVs PV.)M36 GMC ̀ Jackson - the M10A1 was upgunned by installing a new open-top turret mounting the potent 90mm AA gun. HVAP ammunition wasstandard issue (and is included in the AFVs PV.)

M36B2 GMC `Jackson' - the increasing demand for powerful tankdestroyers lead to the M36 turret being mounted on M4A3 tanks hulls. Thebow LMG was retained and HVAP ammunition was standard issue (includedin the AFVs PV.)T48 GMC - consisted of an M3 Halftrack mounting the 57mm L45 AT gunbehind the driver's cab. All vehicles were assigned to lend-lease. The Britishconverted their T48s back to APCs while the Soviets were the only ones touse them in combat (many being upgunned with their own 57mm L73 AT

gun.)M3 GMC - consisted of an M3 Halftrack with the 75mm M1897 field gunmounted behind the driving cab with limited traverse. A shield was addedover the front of the gun. and a pedestal mounted HMG provided close-inprotection.T30 HMC - light assault gun used for direct fire support. Consisted of an M3Halftrack mounting the 75mm pack howitzer. A shield was added over thefront for extra crew protection. Replaced by the M8 HMC. Similar layout toM3 GMC.T19 HMC - built to provide mobility for the 105mm L22 howitzer, it was usedas stop-gap until the M7 HMC became available. 105mm howitzer wasmounted behind the driving cab and the original gun shield retained.M15 MGMC - an M3 Halftrack with a rear mounted turret housing acombination of a 37mm AA gun and two co-axial HMGs. The turret lackedrear armor and the guns were incapable of engaging ground targets whenfiring over the driving cab. Both Area fire from 37mm AA and infantry firefrom 2xHMG can be used against the same target/s.M16 MGMC - an M3 Halftrack mounting a small quadruple HMGThe turret was installed in the rear passenger compartment with foldsides to allow ground targets to be engaged. Nicknamed the `MeatChopper'.M4A1 & M21 Mortar Carrier - based on the smaller M2 Halftrack with an81mm Mortar mounted in the passenger compartment. The M4 & M4A1 hadthe mortar facing rearward and can only engage targets 30 degrees left orright. The M21 was redesigned (using the M3 Halftrack) with the mortarfacing forward and can engage targets 30 degrees either side. The vehicle isrequired to be stationary one turn prior to any firing for the weapon to be

(Amphibious Speed across wate LVT(A)4 - similar to the LVT(A)

RECONNAISSANCEM8 `Greyhound' - designed originally as a tank destroyer, it was acceptedas an armored car despite being thinly armored and under gunned.Nicknamed `Greyhound' by the British who appreciated it's quietness andexcellent cross-country speed.M3A1 Scout Car - based on a commercial 4x4 truck

chassis, it was

ull with a ring mounted HMG. Intended to replace

ted LMG in the centre of the passenger

compartment. The LMG can be dismounted and operated by a passengerteam. In this case, the LMG Team replaces one Team. If all teams dismount,the vehicle cannot move or fire.

M3A1 Half Track - as per the M3 except a HMG was added in a forwardpulpit mount over the driver cab and a LMG on a side pintle mounting in therear. In a USA force, the HMG & LMG (belt) can be dismounted andoperated by the passenger teams. In this case, the LMG (belt) Team

intended for the cavalry as a replacement for the horse. The HMG wasmounted on a skate rail which ringed the open-top passenger compartment.M20 Scout Car - derived from the M8 armored car. A super-structure wasbuilt around the top of the hthe M3A1 Scout Car. The crew can dismount as a HMG Team OR aBazooka Team, which are included in the point value. The HMG cannot beoperated further than 15cm from the vehicle due to the small size of the AFVcrew operating it. The Bazooka can be fired from the vehicle or dismounted.If the crew has dismounted, the vehicle cannot move or fire.M5A1 Recce - as the M24 `Chaffee' began entering service, surplus M5A1tanks had their turrets removed and a ring mounted HMG installed.Influenced by the British conversion of their excess M3 `Stuarts', it was usedin a similar scout car role.

M2 Half Track - smaller than the M3 Halftrack, it was intended to replace theM3A1 Scout Car in cavalry units but was deployed as a mortar/MG carrier ora prime mover. On the M2, the HMG & MMG were mounted on a trackwhich ran around the inside of the passenger compartment providing 360degree arc of fire. The latter M2A1 was similar to the M3A1 with the HMG ina pulpit and the MMG on a side pintle mounting. In a USA force, the HMG &MMG can be dismounted and operated by the passenger teams. In thiscase, the MMG Team replaces one Team, and the HMG Team replaces 2Teams. If all teams dismount, the vehicle cannot move or fire.M3 Halftrack - this halftrack was intended as an infantry carrier (unlike theM2) and had a single pedestal moun

replaces one Team, and the HMG Team replaces 2 Teams. If all teamsdismount, the vehicle cannot move.M3 `LMG' Half Track - represents a standard M3 or M3A1 Halftrack whichhad two additional Air-cooled .30 Brownings LMGs added for the purpose ofproviding supporting fire to the infantry squads (as used in each ArmoredInfantry Platoon.) One more LMG can be added at cost; making 1xHMG,3xLMG. The HMG & LMGs can be dismounted and operated by thepassenger teams. In this case, each LMG (belt) Team replaces one Team,and the HMG Team replaces 2 Teams. If all teams dismount, the vehiclecannot move.M3 ̀ MMG' Half Track - represents a standard M3 or M3A1 Halftrack whichhad additional Water-cooled .30 Brownings MG added for the purpose ofproviding supporting fire to the infantry squads (as used in each ArmoredInfantry Platoon and Armored Infantry Battalion MG Platoon.) One moreMMG can be added at cost (making 1xHMG, 3xMMG). Vehicle’s crew maydismount as three MG teams, whether 1 x HMG and 2 x MMG, or 3 x MMGif it has 3 x MMGs. Also has a Bazooka Team. These teams are included inthe vehicles Point value. If all teams dismount, the vehicle cannot move. TheMGs cannot be operated further than 15cm from the vehicle due to the smallsize of the crews operating them.LVT(A)2 - armored version of the LVT2 cargo carrier. The passengercompartment was positioned between the driver's cab and the rear ebay which meant all cargo & passengers had to pass over the sides. HM

ngine

Gs& MMGs must be operated by passengers and cannot be dismounted.(Amphibious Speed across water; 8cm/move.)

LVT4 - similar to the LVT(A)2 with the engine moved directly behind thedriver allowing rear manually operated ramp for quickly loading or debarkingpassengers/cargo. Nicknamed the `Water Buffalo', a light vehicle or gun (eg.

jeep, 57mm gun) could also be carried with 1/2 move required forloading/unloading. HMGs & MMGs must be operated by passengers andcannot be dismounted. (Amphibious Speed across water; 8cm/move.)

ED Srm o experiencely erman or Britis

ent a uns always fell below British & Gup un of the war. Emphasis

UNIT TATES GUNSThe U y entered WWII in guns and relied standard ation were considered more important th .S A with nextensive on ideas taken from G h designs. Tank is an firepower (Even as late as D-Day 1944, the introduction of 76mm Shermansarmam nd AT g erman standards were delayed so as not to complicate logistics & supply.)right til the very end on quantity and

USAGuns S 1 0 250 FO NOTESPV AT/Tank ize 20 40 60 80 100 25 150 175 20

1 +)20cm

38 37mm L54 M3A A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3 (USA Canister ‘42 Canister range is6 6 5 5 4 4

73 57mm L50 M1 B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 4 (HE 1944+)9 9 8 8 7 7 6 5 5

+10pp -> 57mm L50 APDS (11) (11) (10) (10) (8) (6) (6) (5)12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4

74 75mm L31 M2 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 5) 5 S(5) ( mk & WP ‘44+4 39 9 8 7 7 6 5 5

90 75mm L40 M3 * (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (5) * Smk & WP ‘44+10 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 6 6113 76mm L52 3” M5 B (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5 Smk ‘45+

+ pp 6mm L52 HVAP (11)13 12 12 11 10 9 9 8 8 6

14 -> 7 (12) (11) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6)16 15 14 13 12 10 9 7



107

151 90mm L53 M1A1, M2 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) 9) 9) 8) 7) 8(10) ( ( ( ( 16 15 15 14 14 13 13 12 11 10+ -> 90mm L53 HVAP (11) (12) (12) (11) (9)43pp (8) (7) (7) (6) (5)

23 21 19 18 17 15 13 12 10 8

zers/ Field Guns S 1 5 200 250 FO NOTESPV Howit ize 20 40 60 80 100 25 150 170 4 No gun shield

ss HEAT

4 57mm L27 M18 Recoilless A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6)- - - - -

-> 57mm L27 M18 Recoille (10) (9) (8) (7) (5)7 7 7 7 7

5 75mm L28 M20 Recoilless A (11) (10) (9) (9) (8) 7)5 ( (6) 5 No gun shield, WP- - - - - - -

-> 75mm L28 M20 Re (10) (9) (8) (7) (5)coilless HEAT9 9 9 9 9

51 75mm L16 M1A1 P A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 No g/shield WP,CanistrackCanister range is 30cm

EAT- - - - - - -

-> 75mm L16 M1A1 Pack H (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)8 8 8 8 8

68 75mm L34 M1917 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 P W 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 4 393 105mm L16 M3 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 No gunshield, Smk, WP

- - - - - - - --> 105mm L16 M3 HEAT (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) (5)

11 11 11 11 11 1192 105mm L22 M2A1 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk, WP, Canister

- - - - - - - - - Canister range is 40cm-> 105mm L22 M2A1 HEAT C (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)

11 11 11 11 11 11 11

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES39 37mm L54 AA M1A1 B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) (No g/shield) 2

5 5 4 4 3 3

US Gun Notes;

/T

AT ank Guns37mm L54 M3A1 - with no prior experience on AT guns, the 37mm M3A1was derived from the German 37mm PaK 35/36 design. Canisterammunition was introduced in mid 1942, including AFV mounted guns. Aspecialised `T32 Manpack' version was developed which c

onsisted of thebarrel & recoil mechanism mounted on a .50 cal HMG tripod. No shield wasprovided and the gun is treated as a heavy weapon for cartage and

05mm M2A1 carriage. Early 3" gunswere used in their original AA roles (in the Pacific) with mobile and staticmountings (360o traverse.) HVAP ammunition was only issued officially toTD units, with regular tank units having to acquire HVAP stocks on theirown initiative. (So for TD units, each vehicle can purchase HVAP ammo at+14 PV per vehicle, and can each vehicle can fire it every turn. Tanks canonly purchase HVAP ammo at +14 PV per platoon, and therefore only onetank per platoon can fire it per turn.) Smoke ammunition (no WhitePhosphorous) was introduced 1945. 90mm L53 M1A1,M2 - the early M1A1 was designed for an AA role andcould not engage targets on a negative depression. The M2 was designed

could be fired by crew while still limbered.n was only issued

ving to acquire HVAP stocks

transportation. Maximum canister range is 20cm. 57mm L50 M1 - with the 37mm M3 being obsolete, a copy of the British 6

pdr AT gun was rushed into production with only minor modifications.Limited stocks of HE & APDS ammunition were available late 1944 fromBritish sources with a US HE round being introduced in 1945. Can betowed by a jeep, with the crew in another vehicle.75mm L31 M2 - the M2 gun was the longest barrel capable of beingmanufactured in 1941 and was therefore standard on all AFVs including theoriginal M4 Sherman.75mm L40 M3 - standard tank armament between 1942 to mid 1944.Smoke/White Phosphorous ammunition was introduced in June 1944.76mm L52 3" M5 - includes both the heavy barrelled 3" AA gun and thelatter 76mm M5 tank armament. The AT gun consisted of the 3" AA barrel& recoil mechanism mounted on a 1

for both ground & air targets andThe M2 was mounted in the M36 GMC. HVAP ammunitioofficially to TD units with regular tank units ha

on their own initiative. (So for TD units, each vehicle can purchase HVAPammo at +43 PV per vehicle, and can each vehicle can fire it every turn.Tanks can only purchase HVAP ammo at +43 PV per platoon, andtherefore only one tank per platoon can fire it per turn.)

Howitzers/Field Guns 57mm L27 M18 Recoilless - using technology from British developments,

the M18 was developed in 1943 & entered production in 1944. Designed tobe fired from the shoulder or a .30" cal MG tripod. No shield was provided

and the gun is treated as a heavy weapon for cartage and transportation.Crew size is two and one move is required for setup prior to firing. 75mm L28 M20 Recoilless - basically an enlarged version of the 57mm

ds for pack-horse transport or airdrops. No gun shield was

provided. Could be towed by a Jeep with additional transport required forthe crew. Maximum canister range is 30cm.

75mm L 34 M1917 - derivative of the famous French 75mm mle 1897 builtunder licence following WWI with various improvements.

105mm L22 M2A1 - standard medium artillery howitzer with a two wheeledsplit trail carriage. These guns in US service can also fire canister from1944. Maximum canister range is 40cm.

AA/Automatic Guns

M18 mounted on a .30" cal MG tripod. No shield was provided and the gunis treated as a heavy weapon for cartage and transportation. Crew size isfour and two moves are required for setup prior to firing.75mm L16 M1A1 Pack - developed as a mountain gun, it could be brokendown into loa

105mm L16 M3 - developed in 1941 as an air-transportable howitzer. Itused the shortened M2 barrel on a modified pack howitzer carriage. Cannotbe man-handled by crew once setup because the wheels were raised priorto firing.

37mm L54 AA M1A2 - this gun compared unfavourably with the 40mmBofors, being considerably heavier and taking longer to get into action. Thisled to it being used in the M15 MGMC.

ganisation

US Europe Or

FANTRY REGIM

IN ENT • Radios were issued down to platoon level.• Entire regiment could be motorised in trucks if required.

ave:INFANTRY REGIMENT: 1942 - ‘45 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can HInfantry Regiment

I 1 per Infa

1 nfantr y Regiment HQntry reg.

trucks) regiment support unit

3 Infantry Battalions -(2 platoons of 3 x 105mm howitzer, 3 trucks) regiment support unit1 Cannon Company

1 AT Company (4 platoons of 3 x 57/76mm ATG, 4In B alionfantr y at t1 In ntry Battalion HQ

57mm ATG, 3 trucks)fa 1 per Infantry bat.

attach to a companynies -

1 AT Platoon (3 x3 Infantry Compa



108

battalion support unitH azooka teams) (don’t use if platoons allocated to co.)

1 Mortar Platoon 1 Platoon HQ Team with radio, 1 US Rifle Team

1 Platoon HQ Team with radio, 1 US Rifle Team

1 Heavy Weapons Company 1 eavy Weapons Co. HQ (as per infantry co. HQ, but no B

2 sections of 3 x 81mm Mortars3 standard infantry squads with 1 Bazooka Team added to each

2 MG Platoons

2 MG Section (each same as Heavy Weapons MG Section)Infantry Company

ams, 2 – 3 US Rifle T ry co.3 Infantry Platoons -

mpany support unit1 Heavy Weapons Pl. HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team with radio) (don’ t use if sect ions allocated to pl.)1 MG Section (2 MMG Teams, 2 US Rifle Teams)

rtar Teams, 3 US Rifle Teams)

1 Infantry Company HQ ( 2 Co. HQ Teams, 1 with radio, 1 – 3 Bazooka Te eams) 1 per Infant

1 Heavy Weapons Platoon co

1 Mortar Section (3 60mm MoInfantry Platoon

1 per Infantry pl.-

3 Infantry Sections 1944-‘45 (2 US LMG Team, 1 US Rifle Team) -

1 Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team with radio, 1 US Rifle Team)3 Infantry Sections 1941-‘43 (1 US LMG Team, 2 US Rifle Teams)


O, 2 men, with 1 SMG and SL rifles/carbines, radio)

fantry Company HQ Section - (2 Off, 2-5 NCO, 14-17 men, with 4 SMG and SL rifles/carbines, 1-3 Bazookas)eavy Weapons Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 1 NCO, 2 men, with 2 SMG and SL rifles/carbines, radio)

, 15 men, with 2 MMG, 2 SMG, SL rifles/carbines)Heavy Weapons Mortar ‘ Section’ - (2 NCO, 18 men, with 3 x 60mm mortar, 16 SL rifles/carbines)Heavy Weapons Company HQ Section Heavy Weapons Mortar Platoon - (1 Off, 8-10 NCO, 50 men, with 6 x 81mm mortar, 3 bazooka, 10 SMG, 40 SL rifles/carbines, radio/s)Heavy Weapons MG Platoon - (1 Off, 6-8 NCO, 32 men, with 4 x MMG, 8 SMG, 24 SL rifles/carbines, radio/s)

AR D INFA NTRY B ATTA LION

• Radios were issued down to section/squad level, that is, each halftrack had a radio. Non-HQ radios cannot be removed from the APC.

Infantry Platoon HQ Section - (1 Off, 2 NCInfantry Squad t o 1943 - (1 NCO, 10 men with 1 SMG, 1 LMG, and SL rifles/carbines)Infantry Squad 1944 – ’45 - (1 NCO, 10 men with 1 SMG, 2 LMG, and SL rifles/carbines)InHHeavy Weapons MMG Section - (1 NCO

MORE• Three of these were part of all armored divisions

ARMORED INFANTRY B ATTA LION No. Your Force Can Have:Qty Unit Type

A d In fan tr y Batt ali onrmorettalion HQ n/a

1 Weapon Company battalion support unit

halftrack, 3 with 81mm mortars, ie 3 sections plus HQ in 4 th halftrack)

1 Gun Platoon (3 x M-7 Priest, 2 x halftrack)

1 Armored Infantry Ba3 Armored Infantry Companies -

1 Recon Platoon (1 halftrack, 5 jeeps with HMG, individually based)1 Mortar Platoon (4

1 MG Platoon (3 MMG halftrack)

A d In fan tr y Co mp anyrmore. HQ Team + radio, 1 Bazooka Team, 2 US Rifle Teams, 1 halftrack, 1 jeep per Arm Inf Co.

3 Armored Infantry Platoons -am, 3 x 57mm ATG, 3 x halftrack) mpany support unit

1 Company HQ (1 Co )1

1 AT Platoon (1 x Jeep with Pl HQ Te co Ar mo red Inf ant ry Plat oon1 Armo red Infantry Platoon HQ (1 Pl. HQ Team + radio ride with mortar or MG section) 1 per Arm Inf Pl.3 Armored Infantry Section -

Total of 4 Teams, being 1 Bazooka Team, 0 – 1 SMG Team, 2 – 3 US Rifle Teams, 1 x Halftrack.1 Mortar Section -

1 x 60mm Mortar Team, 1 Bazooka Team, 1 US Rifle Team, 1 x Halftrack.1 MG Section 1 x M3 ‘MMG’ Halftrack. -

their passengers!

istorical Data (do not use in gameplay)

See notes for halftracks in the US Armor Charts notes – their heavy weapons can be removed and used by

H

Armor ed Infantry Platoon HQ - (1 Off, 1 NCO, 2 SMG, radio) Ride with mortar sectionm es, 1 Bazooka) Ride in a halftrack.m bines, 1 Bazooka, radio in halftrack)

Armor ed Inf. MG Section - (1 NCO, ? men, 2 x MMG, SL rifles/carbines, 1 Bazooka) Ride in a halftrack.o. HQ - (1 Off, ?, 1 Bazooka, radio) Ride in a halftrack. Also has a jeep.

LION • pendent formation attached to infantry and armored divisions.

Rad on or section/squad level.same type of Tank Destroyer.

Ar ored Infantry Squad - (1 NCO, 10 men with 1-4 SMG, and SL rifles/carbin Ar ored Inf. Mortar Section - (1 NCO, ? men, 60mm mortar, SL rifles/car

Armor ed Infantry C

TANK DESTROYER BATTAInde

• ios were issued down to plato• Whole Battalion has the TANK DESTROYER BATTALION Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:T s yer Battalionank De tro

alion HQ n/an pl.) per force

1 Recon Company battalion support unit3 Recon Platoons 1 attached to ea TD Co.

1 Recon Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ + radio, in Jeep)4 Recon Jeep with HMG + radios (jeeps carry 4 sections, which are: 2 x 60mm mortar, 2 x Bazooka Teams)

2 x M8 A/C

1 Tank Destroyer Batt3 Tank Destroy Company max 1 (+ its reco

Tank Destroyer Company *1 Tank Destroyer Company HQ (1 jeep with HMG, 1 Jeep with Co.HQ + radio, 2 M20 A/C) 1 per TD Co.

Tank Destroyer Platoon -3Tank Destroyer Platoon

eam with radio) 1 per TD Pl.1 Security Section (2 x M20) 1 per TD Pl.1 Platoon HQ (1 Jeep with HMG and carrying 1 Platoon HQ T



109

2 Gun Section (2 x M10/18/36) -* Note, although the Tank Destroyer company has infantry HQs and jeeps at company and platoon level, the unit still counts as being an

purposes.

TANK BATTALION dependently or three per armored division.

RadMed 1944-’45 1 - 3 M4s per Medium tank platoon could have ximum of 2 Jumbo’s per company.

AFV unit for morale

• Either used in• ios were issued down to platoon or section/squad level.• ium tanks were M3 or M4. From 76mm guns. Ma• Light tanks were M5 or M24.

TANK BATTALION Qt Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:y

Tank Battalion1 Tank Battalion HQ (1 x halftrack) n/a1 Tank Battalio n HQ Company 1 per tank bat.

Recon Platoon (1 halftrack, 5 jeeps with HMG) battalion support unit1 Mortar Platoon (3 sections, each with 1 x 81mm mortars, 1 x halftrack) battalion support unit

x M4 105mm) battalion support unit

-

1

1 Assault Gun Platoon (33 Medium Tank Company -1 Light Tank Company Tank Company

y HQ (2 tanks) From late 1944, add 1 M4 105mm per tank co.3 Tank Platoons (5 tanks) -1 Tank Compan 1

VAL N• One was attached to each armored division or used independently.CA RY RECON SQUADRO

• Radios were issued down to section/squad level.

CAVALRY RECON SQ ve:

UADRONQt Unit Type No. Your Force Can HayCavalry Recon Squadron (equivalent to a battalion)

Q n/a

As sau lt Gun Tro op (4 platoons each with 2 x M8 HMG) squadron support unit

1 Cavalry Recon H3 Recon Troops -1 Light Tank Company (as in Tank Battalion) -1Cavalry Recon Troop (equivalent to a comp1 Recon Troop HQ (2 x M8, 3 jeep

any) s, 1 Co HQ Team + radio, 1 MMG, 1 US Rifle Team) 1 per Cav Rec. Troop

3 Recon Platoons -Cavalry Recon Platoon1 Armored Car Section (3 x M8) One M8 is Platoon HQ -

(3 squads, each with 2 jeeps, carrying 1 MMG and 1 60mm mortar + radi1 Scout Section o) -

PARACHUTE BATTALION: 1944 - ‘45 • Radios were issued down to platoon/squad level.

PA HUTE B ATTA LIO N: 1944 - ‘ 45 RACQty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:

Pa te Battalionrachu1 Parachute Battalion HQ n/a3 Parachute Companies -Parachute Company

Parachute Company HQ (2 Co1 mpany HQ Teams, 1 with radio, 4 – 6 US Rifle Teams) 1 per Parachute co.-3 Parachute Platoons

Parachute Platoon1 Parachute Platoon HQ (2 Platoon HQ Teams, 1 with radio, 1 Bazooka Team)3 Sections (3 Teams in total, being 1 – 2 US LMG Teams, 0 – 1 US Rifle Team, 1 SMG Team)

1 per Parachute pl.-

1 Mortar Squad (1 x 60mm mortar)

Histori cal Data (do not u se in gameplay)

Parachute PlatoonParachute Squad -

HQ Section - (2 Off, 5 men, with 1-2 SMG, 1-2 LMG and carbines, 1 bazooka, radio)(1 NCO, 11 men with 1-2 LMG, 2-4 SMG, and carbines)

Parachute Company HQ Section - (2 Off, 2-6 NCO, 14-25 men, with 4-8 SMG and SL rifles/carbines)

ARTILLERY

Furt• See further artillery restrictions.• her gun battalions were held at corps level, which had 155mm and 204mm artillery.

ARTILLERY Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:Infantry Division Artill ery Regiment4 Light Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 105mm guns, all motorised) see artillery restrictions1 Medium Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 4 x 155mm guns, all motorised) see artillery restrictions

Ar mo red Div is io n A rt il ler y Reg im ent3 Artillery Battalion (3 batteries, each with 6 x M-7 Priest) see artillery restrictions



110

The pacific theatre was a completely different kettle of fish compared with Europe. The enemy was composed of fanatics, while the terrain was oftendense and impassible, making supply difficult.This required a unique fighting force - the US Marine Corps. Unlike marine forces of other nations, whowere restricted to reconnaisance or large raiding parties, the USMC was established to assault and overwhelm any enemy defended position. By theend of the war, the USMC was one of the toughest arms possesed by the US.

US Pacific Equipment Lists

US PACIFIC

Also active in the Pacific was the army under MacArthur. These troops were green and ill equipped or trained for jungle warfare and sufferedmuch as a result. The US command also lacked experience, causing many set backs initially, and giving the Japanese an early upper hand. Pacificforces were not equipped as those in Europe. Tank warfare was rare and infantry were the primary arm of assault.

PV AFV DATES PROD FR144 M3 41-42 5811 4132 M3A1 42-44 4621 3119 M3A1 'Satan' 44-45 80 5136 M5A1 44-45 8884 2266 M3 'Lee' Late 43 6258 1223 M4 (75) 43-45 16476 0227 M4 (105) 44-45 1641 4226 M4A2 42-45 ? 1225 M4A3 (75) 44-45 4761 2

+26 M4 Flamethrower Kit 44-45 ? 1

154 M8 HMC 44-45 1778 5

241 M10 GMC 'Wolverine' 43-45 150 4

314 M3 GMC 41-45 2202 4

102 LVT(A) 1 44-45 509 4136 LVT(A) 4 44-45 1890 4

89 M20 Scout Car 44-45 3791 5

83 LVT4 44-45 8348 2

239 M4A3 HVSS (105) 44-45 3036 4155 M4 POA-CWS 75-HI 45 54 5

189 M7 HMC 'Priest' 44-45 3490 3

215 M18 GMC 'Hellcat' 45 50 6

104 M15 MGMC 45 2332 688 M16 MGMC 45 ? 682 M4A1 Mortar Carrier 44-45 600 6

94 M8 'Greyhound' 44-45 8523 560 M3A1 Scout Car 41-45 21000 4

70 M2 Half track 41-45 11415 471 M3A1 Half track 44-45 17004 5


40 57mm L27 M18 RR 45 100 6

151 90mm L53 M1A1/M2 43-45 7381 6

68 75mm L34 M1917 41-42 4236 493 105mm L16 M3 44-45 2580 391 105mm L22 M2Al 42-45 8356 1

44 40mm L56 Bofors AA 43-45 34116 4

38 37mm L54 M3A1 41-45 18700 1

73 57mm L45 M1 44-45 16000 3

55 75mm L28 M20 RR 45 ? 7113 76mm L52 M5 41-42 800 5

51 75mm L16 M1A1 Pack 43-45 5000 2

39 37mm L54 M1A1 41-45 7278 460 HMG Quad AA 43-45 ? 5

PV ARTILLERY DATES PROD FR80 75mm (per pair) 41-45 - 2180 105mm (per pair) 42-45 - 1300 155mm (per pair) 41-45 - 4400 203mm (per pair) 44-45 - 7

PV MORTARS DATES PROD FR15 60mm 41-45 75000 045 81mm 41-45 30000 270 107mm 43-45 8500 5180 155mm 44-55 244 7

PV TRANSPORT DATES PROD FRsee Motorcycle 41-45 ? 4

27 DUKW 43-45 21000 3

soft Jeep 41-45 640000 0skin Jeep 'GPA' 43-45 6000 5chart Field Car 41-45 ? 3

Light Truck 41-45 ? 3

Medium Truck 41-45 ? 0Heavy Truck 41-45 ? 5

PV INFANTRY DATES PROD FR7 Rifle Team 41-45 ? 110 US Rifle Team 43-45 ? 110 SMG Team 41-45 ? 113 Assault Rifle Team 45 ? 113 LMG Team (Mag fed) 41-45 ? 114 US LMG Team (Mag) 43-45 ? 115 LMG Team (Belt fed) 43-45 ? 226 MMG 41-45 ? 130 HMG 42-45 ? 16 AP Rifle Grenade 43-45 ? 39 AT Rifle Grenade Late 43-45 ? 320 Bazooka Team 43-45 ? 3

15 Flamethrower Team 42-45 ? 15ea Demolition Charge 42-45 ? 1page39 AP Mine 41-45 ? 1page39 AT Mine 42-45 ? 412 Mine Detector 42-45 ? 330 FAO 41-45 ? 120 Radio 41-45 ? 130 FAC 42-45 ? 1

US PACIFIC EQUIPMENT NOTES- 37mm, 75mm,and 105mm guns are capable of firingcanister rounds, see 'Canister Rounds'.- 40mm L48 AA, see British Guns.- M4 Flamethrower Kit, see Flamethrower rules.- US and Marine forces cannot employ horse teams orcavalry although single pack horse are allowed.- Artillery of 75mm, 105mm, 155mm and all Mortars canfire smoke rounds indirectly.

US Pacific Troop Classes and Morale RatingsUnit/s Troop Class Morale Rating Point Value Modification NotesOffboard Artillery As unit class As unit rating +25% or x 1.25Marines Veteran Elite +50% or x 1.5

Army Conscript Reliable -25% or x 0.75* you need to modify all PVs of your force according to these compulsory Troop Class and Morale Rating modifiers

Use USA Europe Softskin, Motorised Guns, Armor and Gun Charts.

US Pacific Organisation

US MARINE BATTALION ‘D’ Series 1941-‘42 • Radios were issued down to platoon level.• Three battalions made up a regiment.• Marines were still using WW1 style bolt action rifles.

US MARINE BATTALION 1941-‘42 Qty Unit Type No. Your Force Can Have:US Marine Battalion1 US Marine Battalion HQ n/a3 US Marine Company -1 Mortar Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x 81mm mortar) battalion support unit3 MG Platoon (2 sections, each with 2 x MMG) battalion support unit1 AT/AA Platoon (6 x 37mm AT Gun) battalion support unitUS Marine Company1 US Marine Company HQ (1-3 Co. HQ Teams, 1 with radio, 3-6 Rifle Teams) 1 per marine co.3 US Marine Platoon -1 Weapons Platoon (1 mortar section with 2 x 60mm mortar, 1 MG Section with 2 x MMG) company support unitUS Marine Platoon

1 US Marine Platoon HQ (1 Platoon HQ Team with radio, 1 Rifle Team) 1 per marine pl.3 US Marine Section (1 LMG Team, 2 Rifle Teams) -1 US Marine Autom atic Rifle Section (2 LMG Teams) -

Histori cal Data (do not u se in gameplay)

US Marine Section – (1 NCO,8 men with 1 LMG, 1 SMG and bolt action! rifles)





112

Ad-hoc Company HQ for Reliable Veterans

82

Soviet Tank Company for Reliable Conscripts

1 293

1

1

303

24.752 0.75

Squad (1 SMG Team, 1 LMG Team - both have Molotovs)

0.75

Sample Force ListsHere are two sample force lists for a 3,000 point encounter game, between Soviet vs German clash in 1945. Two Reliable Conscript Soviet companies take on one ReliableVeteran German company.German 3,000 Point Force, 1945, Eastern Front

German Ad-hoc Company, Eastern Front, 1945 3,000 Point Force Modifier1 UNIT PV Extension

2 Tiger I 299 598 1.25 747.52 Extra PV for above being Co. HQ AFVs 20 40 1.25 50

1 Heavy Tank Platoon1 Tiger I Platoon HQ + 10 PV 309 309 1.25 386.253 Tiger I 299 897 1.25 1121.25

1 Panzer Grenadier Platoon1 Pz Gr Platoon HQ with radio 43 43 1.25 53.751 Steyr 1500A 13 13 1.25 16.253 PzGr Squad (2 LMG mag Team, 1 with Pzrfaust 100) 42 126 1.25 157.53 Steyr 1500A 13 39 1.25 48.75

1 Pz Gr Hvy Wpns AA Section1 Sd Kfz 251/17 59 59 1.25 73.75

1 Sd Kfz 251/9 SP Support Platoon1 Sd Kfz 251/9 Platoon HQ 92 92 1.25 1152 Sd Kfz 251/9 164 1.25 205

2975

Soviet 3,000 Point Force, 1945, Eastern FrontModifier

UNIT PV Extension1 Tank Company HQ

T-34/85 Early 293 0.75 219.751 Extra PV for above being Co. HQ AFVs 20 20 0.75 15

Tank Company Platoon1 T-34/85 Early Platoon HQ + 1o PV 303 303 0.75 227.252 T-34/85 Early 293 586 0.75 439.5

1 Tank Company PlatoonT-34/85 Early Platoon HQ + 1o PV 303 303 0.75 227.25

2 T-34/85 Early 293 586 0.75 439.5

1 Tank Company Platoon1 T-34/85 Early Platoon HQ + 1o PV 303 0.75 227.252 T-34/85 Early 293 586 0.75 439.5

Sub Machine Gun Company

1 Sub Machine Gun Company HQ1 1 Company HQ Team 34 34 0.75 25.5

1 Sub Machine Gun Platoon1 SMG Squad (1 LMG Team as Pl HQ + 10 PV, 1 SMG Team) 33 33 0.75

SMG Squad (1 SMG Team, 1 LMG Team - both have Molotovs) 29 58 43.5

1 Sub Machine Gun Platoon1 SMG Squad (1 LMG Team as Pl HQ + 10 PV, 1 SMG Team) 33 33 0.75 24.75

2 SMG 29 58 0.75 43.5

1 Sub Machine Gun Platoon1 SMG Squad (1 LMG Team as Pl HQ + 10 PV, 1 SMG Team) 36 36 0.75 272 SMG Squad (1 SMG Team, 1 LMG Team - both have Molotovs) 29 58 43.5

1 Offboard Tank Division SP Artillery Battery2 152mm SP Battery (per pair of SP Guns) 300 600 0.85 510

+ 2 x FAO in Jeeps, Bat Fire Ctrl. 104 104 0.75 78

3055



Makers of magnificent pre-painted scenery in all scales, micro, 15mm & 20mm, and 28mm.

Visit their website to check prices, photos, new releaseshttp://www.miniatureworldmaker.com.au/

Panzerfaust Armored Fist Game Board Rivers A 180cm x 120cm board set up for Panzerfaust, and covered with Wide River Pack, WR15/1, just one of a huge range of rivers, withexcellent Miniature World Maker terrain. Includes MWM’s road, a large variety of river and river bank widths! Check out their websiteriver, two village scenes, and several different types of fields. for photos.

VillagesItem C81d, a village scene perfect for the Russian front, in suitable for 15mm and 20mm.The buildings can be removed, allowing for easy house to house combat!

RoadsItem RDT01, a Dirt Road Packcontaining all of the above pieces.One example of dozens of differentroads made by MWM, includingcobblestone roads, dirt roads, andbitumen roads, with a choice ofdifferent widths.

FieldsItem C57a, one of many stunning fields made by Miniature World Maker. Don’t let your gamesof Panzerfaust Armored Fist have large open areas – populate them with fields!

FortificationsMiniature World Maker also make a wide range offield fortifications, such as bunkers, gunpits,dragon’s teeth, sandbag entrenchments, trenches,and so on.

113



114

QUICK REFERENCE CHARTSBelgium

PV BELGUIM Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 FNH M12 Motorcycle x 3 - A 50 17 1 -25 FN63C Heavy Truck 4x2 D 35 9 9 C21 FN63C Heavy Truck 4x4 D 30 13 6 D14 Vickers-Armstrong Lt Tractor trk A 16 10 2 A

BELGUIM TanksPV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP67 T-13 I 47 L32,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 - 40 18 C 573 T-13 II 47 L32,LMG 3 1 1 1 1 - 37 17 C 544 T-15 HMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 16 C 497 AGC I 47 L32,HMG 3 1 1 3 2 2 25 13 C 6

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped.Radios; No AFVs equippedOne Man Turrets; T-15

Belg unsPV Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES

ium G

16 47mm L15 FRC A (11) (9) (7) (5) 3 No Gun Shld3 3 2 2

33 47mm L32 SA-FRC A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 36 5 5 4 3 3

40 75mm L24 m1934 B (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk- - - - - - - -

51 75mm L30 TR/Gp B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk,Horse dr7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 2

61 75mm L37 GP I/II B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk,Horse dr8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 3

31 76mm L9 FRC A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 5 Smk, Nog/sh- - - - - -

84 105mm L22 GP C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk,Horse dr- - - - - - - - -

23 20mm L60 AA Madsen A (12) (11) (10) (7) 1 No Gun Shld3 2 2 2

Britain

PV BRITAIN Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Matchless, Velocette Motorcycle x 3 - A 55 19 1 -8 Norton CS8, BSA M20 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 50 13 1 -6 Humber Sniper, Morris 10HP Light Car 4x2 B 46 14 1 -11 Morris PU Light 8cwt Truck 4x4 B 50 20 2 A10 Morris CS8, Bedford MW Light 15cwt Truck 4x2 C 46 14 2 B12 Quad-Ant, Morris C8/GS Light 15cwt Truck 4x4 C 42 18 2 B14 Bedford OX, Austin K30 Light 30cwt Truck 4x2 C 45 14 4 B14 Morris C8, Chevrolet C30 Light 30cwt Truck 4x4 C 42 17 4 B16 Morris CD, CDF, CD/SW Medium 30cwt Trck 6x4 C 37 14 4 B26 Bedford OY, Austin K3 Medium 3ton Truck 4x2 C 40 12 10 C28 Bedford QL, AEC Matador Medium 3ton Truck 4x4 C 38 15 10 C13 Quad FAT Medium Truck 4x4 C 42 18 2 C21 Scammell Recovery/Tractor Heavy Truck 6x4 D 36 17 5 D19 Terrapin Mk1 Amphib. Truck 8x8 D 18 12 5 -17 Loyd/Windsor Carrier Tractor trk B 30 18 2 B

PV BRITAI Descri Drive Size Speed ArmamentRd C/C

N / USA Mot. Guns ption

58 SP, 4x4 Bofors 4 30cwt truck 4x4 C 42 17 40mm L480mm AA AA46 37mm M6 GMC Light AT SP 4x4 B 50 20 37mm L54

BRITAIN ArmorPV TANK TYPE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP95 A9 40 L50,3LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 15 C 576 A9 CS 94 L15,3LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 15 C 999 A10 40 L50,2LMG 3 1 1 3 1 1 16 8 C 581 A10 CS 94 L15,2LMG 3 1 1 3 1 1 16 8 C 991 A13 I Cruiser 40 L50,2LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 30 18 C 5115 A13 II Cruiser 40 L50,2LMG 3 1 1 3 3 1 30 14 C 596 A13 II CS Cruiser 94 L15,2LMG 3 1 1 3 3 1 30 14 C 971 A11 Matilda I MMG 7 3 3 4 2 2 9 6 B 4167 A12 Matilda II 40 L50,LMG 9 7 7 8 7 7 15 8 C 5171 A12 Matilda II CS 76 L25,LMG 9 7 7 8 7 7 15 8 C 7156 A12 Matilda II FROG F/thr,LMG 9 7 7 8 7 7 15 8 C 742 Light Tank Mk I-V MMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 33 18 C 478 Light Tank Mk VI-VIC HMG,LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 36 20 C 368 Light Tank Mk VI AA 4*LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 36 20 C 497 Tetrach 40 L50,LMG 1 1 1 3 3 1 40 26 C 7102 Tetrach CS 76 L25,LMG 1 1 1 3 3 1 40 26 C 9135 Crusader I 40 L50,2LMG 6 5 3 4 2 2 27 17 C 5139 Crusader I CS 76 L25,2LMG 6 5 3 4 2 2 27 17 C 7

144 Crusader II 40 L50,LMG 7 5 3 5 4 2 27 17 C 5148 Crusader II CS 76 L25,LMG 7 5 3 5 4 2 27 17 C 7180 Crusader III 57 L45,LMG 7 5 3 5 4 2 27 17 C 7197 Centaur IV 95 L22,2LMG 8 4 2 8 7 7 27 16 C 9226 Cromwell IV 75 L40,2LMG 8 4 2 8 7 7 32 20 C 7204 Cromwell VI 95 L22,2LMG 8 4 2 8 7 7 32 20 C 9240 Cromwell VII 75 L40,2LMG 10 5 2 10 7 7 32 18 C 7216 Cromwell VIII 95 L22,2LMG 10 5 2 10 7 7 32 18 C 9273 Firefly 76 L55,LMG 7 4 4 9 5 5 26 16 C 7272 Challenger 76 L55,LMG 9 4 2 8 6 3 30 15 C 6266 Comet 77 L49,2LMG 8 4 3 10 8 7 33 18 C 7151 Valentine I-VII 40 L50,LMG 7 6 6 7 6 6 15 8 C 6191 Valentine IX-X 57 L45,LMG 7 6 6 7 6 6 15 8 C 7209 Valentine XI 75 L40,LMG 7 6 6 7 6 6 15 8 C 8214 Churchill I 40L50,76L25,LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 5216 Churchill III-VI 57 L45,2LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 6212 Churchill V 95 L22,2LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 9235 Churchill NA75 & VI 75 L40,2*LMG 9 8 5 9 8 5 17 10 C 7287 Churchill VII 75 L40,2*LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 7263 Churchill VIII 95 L22,2*LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 9246 Churchill AVRE 290 L4,2*LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 12277 Churchill Crocodile 75L40,FThr,LMG 15 10 6 15 10 10 14 8 C 7

PV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP259 Achilles 76 L55,HMG 6 3 3 8 3 3 30 20 C 6144 Bishop 88 L28 7 6 6 5 3 3 15 8 C 7214 Archer 76 L55 7 5 5 2 2 2 20 10 C 6135 Sexton 88 L28 7 4 4 3 2 1 28 18 C 698 Deacon 4x4 57 L45 1 1 1 1 1 1 30 12 C 5

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP127 AEC I 4x4 40 L50,LMG 4 4 2 7 6 6 40 15 C 6166 AEC II 4x4 57 L45,LMG 5 5 3 5 4 4 39 14 C 7

184 AEC III 4x4 75 L40,LMG 5 5 3 5 4 4 38 14 C 8103 Staghound I 4x4 37 L54,LMG 3 2 1 3 3 3 55 18 C 5108 Staghound II 4x4 76 L25,LMG 3 2 1 3 3 3 55 18 C 7174 Staghound III 4x4 75 L40,LMG 4 2 1 5 4 4 55 18 C 886 Staghound AA 4x4 2*HMG 4 2 1 2 2 2 55 20 C 473 Humber II-III 4x4 HMG,LMG 1 1 1 2 2 2 48 16 C 395 Humber IV 4x4 37 L54,LMG 2 1 1 3 3 3 45 15 C 545 Humber Scout Car 4x4 LMG (Bren) 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 18 B 244 Humber/Otter LRC 4x4 LMG (Bren) 1 1 1 1 1 1 47 14 C 357 Daimler Scout Car 4x4 LMG (Bren) 3 1 1 3 1 1 57 18 B 298 Daimler I-III 4x4 40 L50,LMG 3 1 1 3 3 1 50 16 C 757 Lynx Scout Car 4x4 LMG (Bren) 3 1 1 3 1 1 52 18 B 252 Morris Cs9/LAC 4x2 Boys ATR,Bren 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 10 C 252 Rolls Royce 1924 4x2 Boys ATR,Bren 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 10 C 255 Marmon Herr'ton I-III 4x4 Boys ATR,Bren 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 263 Marmon Herr'ton IIIa 4x4 20 L65 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 365 Marmon Herr'ton IIIb 4x4 47 L32 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 540 Carrier ÀTR' Boys AT Rifle 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 18 B 2 138 Carrier ̀ LMG' LMG (Bren) 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 18 B 2 149 Carrier `MMG' MMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 18 B 245 Carrier 2" Mortar 2" Mortar 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 18 B - 155 Carrier Wasp F/Thr 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 18 B 242 IP Carrier LMG (Bren) 2 1 1 2 1 1 54 17 C 2 181 IP Carrier 3" Mortar 3" mortar 2 1 1 2 1 1 54 17 C -86 Stuart Kangaroo/Recce LMG 5 3 3 5 3 3 40 22 B 2 1112 Priest Kangaroo HMG 7 2 2 6 2 2 30 20 C 2 6114 Ram Kangaroo LMG 8 4 4 8 4 4 30 20 C 3 482 Buffalo Mk II 20 L85,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 14 D 3 485 Buffalo Mk IV 20 L85,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 12 D 3 6

Smoke Dischargers; All AFVs, except AEC Deacon, Achilles, Stuart Recce, Ram/Priest Kangaroo, Bishop,Sexton, Marmon Herrington AC, IP Carrier and AA AFVs.Radios; All AFVs, except AEC Deacon, Matilda I, Light Tank MkI-V and all Carriers.One Man Turrets; Light Tank MkI-V, Matilda I.

BRITAIN Range in cmPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES36 40mm L50 2 pdr A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) to-hit base 3 HE 1943+

6 6 5 5 4 4 penetration+9pg -> 2 pdr Lt John Adapt. (11) (10) (8) (6) (5) 3 no HE

9 8 7 6 473 57mm L45 6 pdr B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 4 HE 1943+

9 9 8 8 7 7 6 5 5+10pp APDS ammunition (11) (11) (10) (9) (7) (6) (6) (5) 4

12 11 10 9 7 6 5 490 75m 1) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (5)

10 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 6 6m L40 Mk V-VA * (1 * Smk,WP ‘44+

40 76mm L25 3” MI-IIA * (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) * Smk- - - - - - - -

143 76mm L55 17 pdr B (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 515 14 14 13 13 12 12 11 11 10

+58pp APDS ammunition (11) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) (7) (6)23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17

119 77mm L49 Mk II * (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) *13 12 12 11 11 10 10 9 9 7

18 94mm L15 3.7” * (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) * Smk ONLY- - - - -

69 95mm L22 Mk I * (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) * Smk,WP- - - - - - - -

-> 95mm L22 Mk I HEAT (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (6) (5)8 8 8 8 8 8 8

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES

57 84mm L29 18 pdr B (10) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) 6 Smk, WP7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 363 88mm L28 25 pdr B (10) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) 6 Smk

7 7 7 6 6 6 5 5 444 88mm L15 25 pdr short (No gnsld) B (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 6 Smk

- - - - - - -50 94m 0) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5)m L13 3.7” B (1 7 Smk, WP

- - - - - - -+0pg -> 94mm L13 3.7” HEAT 1943+ (9) (8) (8) (7) (5)

6 6 6 6 663 114mm L16 4.5” C (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) 8 Smk,WP

- - - - - - -54 290mm L4 Petard * (10) (8) (6) *

- - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES25 20mm L85 AA A (12) (11) (10) (8) (6) 1

3 3 2 2 233 20mm L85 AA Dual * (12) (11) (10) (8) (6) *

3 3 2 2 244 40mm L56 AA Bofors B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 2

6 5 5 4 4 3

Finland

Finla d ArmorPV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAPn 47 Vickers 6ton m1939 37 L22,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 10 C 666 Vickers 6ton m194 37 L45,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 10 C 6116 BT 42 114 L16 3 1 1 4 4 2 28 18 C 10

0

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equippedRadios; No AFVs equippedOne Man Turrets; none

Rumania

POLISH ArmorPV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP83 LT-34 37 L45,2LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 21 10 C 639 R-1 2 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 28 15 B 379 S-Id 47 L43, LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 28 15 B 678 T-3D 37 L45,LMG 3 1 1 3 1 1 19 12 B 6127 TACAM R-2 76 L41,LMG 3 2 2 1 1 - 20 10 C 7136 TACAM T60 76 L41,LMG 6 2 2 1 1 - 24 12 C 793 R35/45 45 L46,LMG 4 4 4 5 5 5 13 6 B 7

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped.Radios; TACAM R-2, TACAM T60. Only platoon/company command LT-34 were radio equipped.One Man Turrets; R-1, R35/45.

RUMPV Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES

ANIA

27 47mm L39 Bohler A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 3 No gun shield5 5 4 4 4 3

55 75/76mm L30 Krupps B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 57 6 6 6 5 5 4 3 3

61 105 ) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 (Hor- - - - - - -

mm L14 M12/16 C (9 se-dawn)



115

Germany

PV GERMANY Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 BMW R35, NSU 251 OSL Motorcycle x 2 - A 60 23 1 -8 BMW R75, Zundapp KS750 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 55 18 1 or 2 * -7 NSU Kettengrad Lt Semi-Track ht A 40 25 1 A7 VW Kubelwagen Typ 82 Light Car 4x2 B 55 18 1 -10 VW Schwimmwagen Typ 166 Lt Amphibious Car 4x4 B 55 18 1 -6 Mercedes 170V, BMW 303 Light Car 4x2 B 50 13 1 -8 le E-Pkw (Stowewer 40) Jeep etc 4x4 4x4 B 55 20 1 A7 Adler 3Gd, Mercedes 830 Medium Car 4x2 B 55 15 1 A9 AU/Horch, Opel Efm Medium Car 4x4 B 55 20 1 A13 Horch 40, Steyr 1500A Heavy Car 4x4 B 50 22 3 B13 Krupp L2H43, Steyr 640 Light Truck 6x4 B 46 18 2 B22 Opel Blitz, Ford G917T Medium Truck 4x2 C 50 13 7 C24 Opel Blitz, Mercedes-Benz Medium Truck 4x4 C 50 18 7 C28 Hnschel 33G1, Krpp L3H163 Medium Truck 6x4 D 45 16 9 C31 Bussing-NAG, Saurer BT Heavy Truck 4x2 D 40 10 11 D34 Bussing-NAG 4500A (4 ton) Heavy Truck 4x4 D 45 19 11 D37 Tatra, Skoda (4 ton) Heavy Truck 6x6 D 40 19 12 D18 Sdkfz 10 Demag (1t) Light Halftrack ht B 40 25 2 B19 Sdkfz 11 Hanomag (3t) Light Halftrack ht C 37 23 3 C20 Sdkfz 6 & 7 (5t & 8t) Medium Halftrack ht D 32 21 4 D19 Sdkfz 8 & 9 (12t & 18t) Heavy Halftrack ht D 30 19 4 D26 Mautlier Opel/Ford (2t) Light Halftrack ht C 24 15 7 C16 Raupenscheppler-Ost Lt Tractor trk C 12 8 3 B* German motorcycle sidecar bases can carry either 2 LMG (belt) Teams, 1 LMG (belt) Team & 1 HQ Team, or

r type of team.1 of any othe PV GERM Descri Drive Size Speed Armament

Rd C/C ANY Motorised Guns ption

26 Kfz4 (le E-Pkw) Light AA Car 4x4 B 50 20 2 x LMG36 Sdkfz 10/4 Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 20mm L55 AA41 Sdkfz 10/4 (armored) Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 20mm L55 AA59 Sfkfz 7/1 Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 20mm L55 Quad63 Sfkfz 7/1 (armored) Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 20mm L55 Quad65 Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 37mm L60 AA69 Sdkfz 7/2 & 6/2 (armored) Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 37mm L60 AA53 3.7cm PaK35/36 auf Zgkw 1t Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 37mm L4593 5cm PaK38 auf Zgkw 1t Lt AA H/track ht B 40 25 50mm L60147 7.62cm FK36(r) Sf Zgkw 5t Md AA H/track ht D 32 21 76mm L51

29 2cm FlaK30 auf m E-Pkw Light AA Car 4x4 B 50 22 20mm L55 AA55 2cm Flakveirling s Lkw 4.5t Md AA Truck 4x4 D 45 19 20mm L55 Quad150 7.5cm PaK40/4 Rpenschpplr Md AT tractor trk C 12 8 75mm L46169 8.8cm FlaK 18(Sf) Zgkw 12t Heavy AT h/track ht D 30 19 88mm L56

GERMANY ArmorPV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP49 Pz I 2 LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 25 12 B 490 Pz I Ausf C HMG,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 50 25 C 4123 Pz I Ausf F 2 LMG 9 5 5 9 5 5 15 8 C 450 Pz Bef Wg I LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 25 12 C 380 Pz II Ausf A-C 20 L55,LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 25 14 C 585 Pz II Ausf D-E 20 L55,LMG 3 1 1 2 2 2 34 16 C 595 Pz II Ausf F 20 L55,LMG 4 2 2 3 2 2 25 14 C 5141 Pz II Ausf J 20 L55,LMG 8 5 5 9 5 5 19 9 C 482 Pz II (Flamm) 2*F/Thr,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 35 15 C 595 Pz II Ausf L 'Lynx' 20 L55,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 37 24 C 4137 Pz II Ausf L (Late) 50 L60,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 35 22 C 7102 Pz 35(t) 37 L45,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 22 13 C 6103 Pz 38(t) Ausf A-D 37 L45,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 26 14 C 6115 Pz 38(t) Ausf E-G 37 L45,2LMG 5 2 2 5 2 2 25 12 C 6101 Pz III Ausf A-D 37 L45,3LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 13 C 5113 Pz III Ausf E-F 37 L45,3LMG 3 3 2 3 3 3 25 14 C 5125 Pz III Ausf G 50 L42,2LMG 3 3 3 4 3 3 25 14 C 6

141 Pz III Ausf H-J 50 L42,2LMG 5 3 5 6 3 3 25 14 C 6163 Pz III Ausf J/1 50 L60,2LMG 5 3 5 6 3 3 25 14 C 6173 Pz III Ausf L-M 50 L60,2LMG 6 3 5 8 3 3 25 14 C 6148 Pz III Ausf N 75 L24,2LMG 6 3 5 7 3 3 25 14 C 798 Pz III (Flamm) F/Thr,LMG 7 3 5 8 3 3 25 14 C 4114 Pz IV Ausf A-D 75 L24,2LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 25 12 C 7134 Pz IV Ausf E-F 75 L24,2LMG 5 3 2 5 3 3 25 14 C 7198 Pz IV Ausf F2 75 L43,2LMG 5 3 2 5 3 3 25 14 C 7216 Pz IV Ausf G-J 75 L48,2LMG 8 3 3 5 3 3 24 13 C 7330 Pz V ̀ Panther' 75 L70,2LMG 13 6 5 12 5 5 29 16 D 7299 Pz VI ̀ Tiger' 88 L56,2LMG 11 8 8 11 8 8 24 10 D 8465 Tiger II (Henschel) 88 L71,2LMG 21 9 9 18 9 9 22 10 D 8450 Tiger II (Porsche) 88 L71,2LMG 21 9 9 13 9 9 22 10 D 8722 Maus (2xLMG) 128 L55,75L36 30 17 20 26 24 21 12 8 D 11

PV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP109 StuG III A-E 75 L24 5 3 3 5 3 3 25 15 C 7183 StuG III F 75 L43,LMG 5 3 3 5 3 3 25 15 C 7211 StuG III G 75 L48, LMG 9 3 5 8 3 3 25 14 C 7167 StuH 42 105 L28,LMG 9 3 5 8 3 3 24 14 C 9190 StuPz IV 'Brummbar' 150 L12 11 3 2 13 5 3 25 12 D 980 PzJg I 47 L43 2 1 1 2 1 - 24 12 C 4102 PzJg 35R(f) 47 L43 4 4 4 3 2 2 13 8 C 5167 Marder I 75 L46 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 10 C 6180 Marder II 75 L46 4 2 2 1 1 - 25 14 C 6156 Marder II(r) 76 L51 3 1 1 2 2 - 34 16 C 6169 Marder III(t)(r) 76 L51,LMG 5 2 2 1 1 - 26 14 C 6192 Marder III(t)H 75 L46,LMG 5 2 2 2 2 - 22 12 C 6178 Marder III(t)M 75 L46 2 2 1 1 1 1 26 16 C 6263 PzJg III/IV ̀ Nashorn' 88 L71 3 2 2 1 1 1 26 14 D 8217 JgdPz 38(t) ̀ Hetzer' 75 L48,LMG 11 2 2 12 3 2 24 12 C 7116 JgdPz 38(t) (Flamm) F/Thr,LMG 11 2 2 12 3 2 24 12 C 3210 JdPz IV/48 75 L48, LMG 9 3 2 10 3 2 25 14 C 6268 JdPz IV/70 ̀ Lang' 75 L70, LMG 10 3 2 12 5 2 22 12 C 6392 JdgPz V/JagdPanther 88 L71,LMG 13 5 4 14 6 5 26 16 D 8491 JgdPz VI/JagdTiger 128 L55,LMG 21 8 9 25 8 8 22 10 D 9412 PzJg Èlephant' 88 L71,LMG 20 8 8 22 8 8 12 6 D 7111 sIG I B 150 L12 2 1 1 1 1 - 22 10 C 10130 sIG II 150 L12 3 2 2 3 2 - 24 12 C 10146 sIG 38(t)H ̀ Grille' 150 L12,LMG 5 2 2 2 2 2 22 12 C 10125 sIG 38(t)M ̀ Grille' 150 L12 2 2 1 1 1 1 24 15 C 10165 sIG 33 Hetzer 150 L12 10 2 2 7 3 1 20 10 C 10112 PzA II `Wespe' 105 L28 3 2 2 1 1 1 25 14 C 8152 PzA III/IV `Hummel' 150 L30 3 2 2 1 1 1 26 14 D 10199 Sturm Tiger 380 Rkt,LMG 12 8 8 21 9 4 22 10 D 12116 PzA LrS(f) 150 L12 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 8 C 10178 StuIG 33B 150 L12,LMG 9 3 5 8 5 2 13 6 C 1063 FlaK Pz 38(t) 20 L55 2 2 1 1 1 1 26 16 C 3117 FlaK Pz IV ̀ Mobelwagen' 37 L60,LMG 8 3 3 3 3 3 25 14 C 4112 FlaK Pz IV `Wirbelwind' 20 Quad,LMG 8 3 3 2 2 2 25 14 C 4122 FlaK Pz IV 'Ostwind' 37 L60,LMG 8 3 3 4 3 3 25 14 C 4

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP46 Sdkfz 250/1 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C 2 185 Sdkfz 250/7 81mm Mortar 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C -81 Sdkfz 250/8 75 L24 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C 5

77 Sdkfz 250/9 20 L55,LMG 2 1 1 4 1 1 38 18 C 370 Sdkfz 250/10 37 L45 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 18 C 3 1102 Sdkfz 250/PaK38 50 L60 2 1 1 1 1 1 38 16 C 450 Sdkfz 251/1 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 2 384 Sdkfz 251/2 81mm Mortar 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C -60 Sdkfz 251 ̀ MMG' MMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 2 282 Sdkfz 251/9 75 L24 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 5 172 Sdkfz 251/10 37 L45 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 3 368 Sdkfz 251/16 2*F/Thr 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 259 Sdkfz 251/17 20 L55 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 3 174 Sdkfz 251/21 (a) 20L55 Triple 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 378 Sdkfz 251/21 (b) HMG Triple 2 1 1 1 1 1 33 16 C 3174 Sdkfz 251/22 75 L46 2 1 1 1 1 1 30 14 C 576 Sdkfz 251/23 20 L55,LMG 2 1 1 4 1 1 33 16 C 333 Kfz 13/14 4x2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 43 10 B 246 Sdkfz 221/223 4x4 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 56 16 C 3

62 Sdkfz 221/PzB41 4x4 28 PzB41 1 1 1 1 1 1 56 16 C 572 Sdkfz 222 4x4 20 L55,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 53 15 C 388 Sdkfz 222 Late 4x4 20 L55,LMG 3 1 1 3 3 3 50 14 C 337 Sdkfz 247 4x4 none 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 14 C -72 Sdkfz 231/232 6x4 20 L55,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 46 14 C 484 Sdkfz 231/232 8x8 20 L55,LMG 3 1 1 2 1 1 53 18 C 451 Sdkfz 263 8x8 LMG 1 1 1 2 1 1 60 20 C 393 Sdkfz 233 8x8 75 L24 3 1 1 2 1 1 53 18 C 585 Sdkfz 234/1 ̀ Tatra' 8x8 20 L55,LMG 4 1 1 4 1 1 59 19 C 3131 Sdkfz 234/2 ̀ Puma' 8x8 50 L60,LMG 4 1 1 6 1 1 50 19 C 791 Sdkfz 234/3 8x8 75 L24 4 1 1 2 2 2 50 19 C 5185 Sdkfz 234/4 8x8 75 L46 4 1 1 2 2 - 50 19 C 588 Aufkl Pz 38(t) 20 L55,LMG 5 2 2 4 1 1 26 16 C 3

Smoke Dischargers; PzI, PzII, PzIII, PzIV, Panther, Tiger I & II, Pz 35(t) & 38(t), all StuG III, JgPz IV/V/VI,Sdkfz 221 & 222, Sdkfz 231/232(8 rad) series, Sdkfz 234 series.Radios; All AFVs, except - sIG I B, Sdkfz 13/14 AC (only platoon/company command cars were radioequipped.)One Man Turrets; Pz I, Pz II (Flamm) & Pz III (Flamm).

GERMANY range in cmPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES23 28mm L61 sPzB 41 A (11) (10) (9) (8) to-hit base 2

7 6 5 3 penetration

30 37mm L45 PaK 35/36 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 36 5 4 4 3 3

+22pp StGt 41 (HEAT) 1941+ (10) (6) 5(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18

48 42mm L56 PaK 41 A (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3 No HE9 8 8 7 5 4 3

44 47m 1) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5)m L43 PaK 36(t) A (1 38 7 6 6 5 4 4

+16pp StGt 41 (HEAT) 1942+ (10) (7) 5(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18

42 50m 1) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6)7 6 6 5 5 4 4

m L42 KwK 38 * (1 *

62 50mm L60 PaK 38 B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 49 8 8 7 6 5 5 4 3

+18pp APCR PzGr40 (11) (11) (9) (8) (7) (6) 414 12 11 9 8 6

+10pp StGt 42 (HEAT) 1942+ (10) (9) (6) 7(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18 18

42 75mm L24 KwK 37 (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) 5 Smk6 6 5 5 4 4 3

+18pg -> 75mm L24 KwK 37 HEAT ‘42 (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)8 8 8 8 8 8

101 75mm L43 KwK 40 * (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) * Smk11 11 10 10 9 9 8 7 7 5

106 75mm L48 KwK 41 * (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) * Smk12 11 11 10 10 9 9 8 7 6

13 75 11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6)1 mm L46 PaK 40 B ( 5 Smk14 14 13 13 12 11 10 10 9 7

+13pp APCR PzGr40 (11) (12) (11) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) 517 16 15 14 13 12 12 10

182 75mm L58 PaK 41 B (11) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) 5 No HE22 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 11 9

15 75 11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7)1 mm L70 KwK 42 * ( *16 16 15 15 14 13 12 11 11 10

111 76mm L51 PaK 36(r) B (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5 Smk13 12 11 11 10 10 9 8 7 6

103 80mm L37 PAW 600 (HEAT) B (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 5 No HE14 14 14 14 14 14

49 88mm RPzBGr (HEAT) A (11) (10) (9) (6) 6 No HE11 11 11 11

126 88mm L56 FlaK 18/36 D (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 613 13 12 12 11 11 10 10 9 9

209 88mm L71 PaK 43/41 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) 622 21 20 20 19 18 17 17 16 15

25 12 11) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) 86 8mm L55 PaK 44 D ( 28 26 24 23 23 23 22 21 20 18

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES36 75mm L10 LG40 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5

- - - - - - -+15pg -> 75 8) (8) (7) (7) (5)

8 8 8 8 8mm L10 LG40 HEAT 1942+ (

36 75mm L12 IG 18 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5- - - - - - -

+14pg -> 75mm L12 IG 18 HEAT ‘42+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)8 8 8 8 8

58 75mm L22 IG 37 A (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5- - - - - - - -

->75mm L22 IG 37 HEAT (9) (9 (8) (8) (6) (5)8 8 8 8 8 8

43 75mm L26 FK 18 B (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk7 6 6 6 5 5 5 4

+18pg ->75mm L26 FK 18 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)8 8 8 8 8 8

45 75mm L36 FK 16nA B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5- - - - - - - - -

+21pg ->7 10) (9) (9) (8) (6) (6) (5)8 8 8 8 8 8 8

5mm L36 FK 16nA HEAT ‘42+ (

79 105mm L13 LG40 B (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk- - - - - - - -

-> 1 (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) (5)05mm L13 LG40 HEAT10 10 10 10 10 10

67 105mm L28 FH 18 C (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk8 7 7 6 6 6 5 4 4 3

+32pg ->105mm L28 FH 18 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

136 105mm L52 K18 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 717 16 15 14 13 12 12 11 11 10

+29pg -> 105mm L52 K18 HEAT ‘42+ (10) (11) (11) (10) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5)16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

83 150mm L12 sIG 33 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 9 Smk- - - - - - -

+21pg ->150mm L12 sIG 33 HEAT ‘42+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)16 16 16 16 16

104 150mm L30 FH 18/36 D (10) (10) (9) (9) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) 9- - - - - - - - -

+37pg -> 150mm L30 FH 18/36 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5)16 16 16 16 16 16 16



116

46 380mm L5 Rkt-Launcher * (10) (8) (6) *- - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L55 AA FlaK 30/38 A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1

3 2 2 2 248 20mm L55 AA Flakvierling 38 Quad B (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1

3 2 2 2 236 20mm L55 AA MG151 Triple * (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) *

3 2 2 2 242 37mm L60 AA FlaK 18/36/37 B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 2

6 5 5 4 4 3+22pp ->StGt 41 HEAT ‘42+ (10) (6) 5


France

PV FRANCE Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Rhone 14R Motorcycle x 3 - A 55 19 1 -8 Gnome & Rhone AX2 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 50 13 1 -7 Peugeot 202 Light Car 4x2 B 60 16 1 -13 Citroen 23, Renault ADK Light Truck 4x2 C 42 11 4 A12 Laffly V15, Latil M7T1 Light Truck 4x4 C 45 19 2 A14 Laffly W15T & S35TL Light Truck 6x6 C 40 23 2 B17 Laffly S20TL, Lorraine 28 Light Truck 6x6 C 50 24 4 B21 Citroen 45, Renault AGR Medium Truck 4x2 C 36 9 7 B28 Renault AGK Heavy Truck 4x2 D 37 9 10 C21 Laffly S45TL Heavy Truck 6x4 D 31 14 5 D14 Unic TU1 Light Halftrack ht B 32 20 1 -13 Citroen/Kegresse P17 Light Halftrack ht B 22 14 1 A17 Citroen/Kegresse P19 Light Halftrack ht C 28 18 2 B14 Unic P107 Medium Halftrack ht C 25 15 1 C14 Somua MCG Heavy Halftrack ht D 20 13 2 D

PV FRAN Descri Drive Size Speed ArmamRd C/C

CE Motorised Guns ption ent

40 CAJ mle30 Berliet AA SP/Lt Truck 6x6 C 36 18 2 x HMG28 25mm mle 38 Berliet AA SP/Lt Truck 6x6 C 36 18 25mm L7256 47mm SA Laffly CdC AT SP/Lt Truck 6x6 C 40 23 47mm L5369 75mm mle 97 Citreon/Rnault AT SP/Md Truck 4x2 C 36 9 75mm L36

74 75mm mle 97 Conus AT SP/Md Truck 4x4 C 42 17 75mm L36Ford62 40mm Bofors GMC AA SP/Md Truck 6x6 C 45 22 40mm L48 AA

FRANCE ArmorPV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP37 FT-17 LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 5 4 B 439 FT-17 SA 37 L22 2 1 1 2 2 2 5 4 B 741 AMR 33 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 40 22 B 454 AMR 35 I HMG,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 34 18 B 552 AMR 35 II 25 L72,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 34 18 B 685 AMC 35 I 47 L34,LMG 3 1 1 3 2 2 25 13 B 671 AMC 35 II 25 L72,LMG 3 1 1 3 2 2 25 13 B 572 R35 37 L22,LMG 4 4 4 5 5 5 13 6 B 782 R39 37 L33,LMG 4 4 4 5 5 5 13 6 B 786 AMX/R40 37 L33,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 14 9 C 776 FCM36 37 L22,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 15 9 C 777 H35 37 L22,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 17 10 C 787 H39 37 L33,LMG 5 4 4 5 5 5 17 10 C 7107 S35 47 L34,LMG 4 4 4 7 5 5 25 14 C 796 D1 47 L28,LMG 4 4 4 6 5 5 12 6 C 695 D2 47 L28,LMG 4 2 2 7 5 5 14 7 C 6152 Char B1 (has 2xLMG) 75L17,47L28 6 5 5 7 5 5 17 8 C 8168 Char B1 bis (has 2xLMG) 75 L17,47L34 8 6 6 7 5 5 17 8 C 8127 Char 2C 75 L36,4*LMG 3 2 2 3 3 3 8 4 D 841 AMC P16 37 L22,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 16 C 764 Panhard P-178(a) 25 L72,LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 48 14 C 555 Panhard P-178(b) 2*LMG 3 2 2 3 2 2 48 14 C 427 AMX/Renault UE none 1 1 1 1 1 1 19 10 B -31 Lorraine 37L none 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 10 B - 2

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equippedRadios; All S35, D1, D2, Char B1 bis & Char 2C are equipped as standard. For Panhard P-178, onlyplatoon and company command vehicles are radio equipped.One Man Turrets; All AFVs except Char 2C and AMC-35.

FRANCE Range in cmPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES19 25mm L72 SA-L mle 34 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 2

4 3 3 2 211 37mm L22 mle 16 A (10) (9) (6) 3

3 2 223 37mm L33 SA mle 38 * (11) (10) (9) (7) (5) *

5 4 4 3 227 47mm L28 * (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) *

5 5 4 3 3 233 47mm L34 SA mle 34 * (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) *

6 5 5 4 4 448 47mm L53 SA mle 37 A (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 8

7 7 6 6 6 5 4

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES31 65mm L20 mle 06 A - - - - - - (No g/shield) 4 Horse-drawn

- - - - - -34 75mm L17 SA mle 32 * (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) *

- - - - - -36 75mm L19 mle 19S/28S B (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk,Horse dr

- - - - - - -62 75mm L36 mle 1897 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

8 8 7 7 6 5 4 4 367 105mm L19 mle 35B/34S C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk,Horse dr

- - - - - - - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L60 AA Madsen CMA A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1

3 2 2 2 227 25mm L60 AA Hotchkiss A (12) (12) (11) (9) (7) (5) 1

3 3 2 2 2 238 37mm L60 mle 29 B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 3

5 5 4 4 3 3

Italy

PV ITALY Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity Tow

Rd C/C in teams7 Moto Guzzi 'Alce' Motorcycle x 3 - A 56 19 1 -8 Moto Gilera 'Marte' M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 50 13 1 -7 Fiat 508 MC Light Car 4x2 B 55 15 1 -10 Autocarretta OM 32,37 Light Truck 4x4 B 30 12 2 A11 Fiat/Spa TL37, CL39 Light Truck 4x4 C 30 14 2 B13 Fiat 618 CM, Ceirano 50C Light Truck 4x2 C 38 10 4 B15 Fiat/Spa TM40 Medium Truck 4x4 C 33 14 4 C20 Fiat 626, Fiat 38R Medium Truck 4x2 C 33 8 7 C27 Lancia 3Ro, Fiat 633,634 Heavy Truck 4x2 D 27 8 10 D

15 Breda TP32, TP40, Fiat P4 Heavy Truck 4x4 C 22 10 4 D28 Breda, Fiat/S Heavy Tru 6x4 D 20 10 10 Doa Dovunque ck10 Fiat 708 OCI Lt Tractor trk A 12 6 0 B

Motorised Guns ptionPV ITALY Descri Drive Size Speed ArmamentRd C/C

26 Moto Guzzi'Trialce' MMG Motor-tricycle - A 46 12 MMG24 Fiat 508C Mil Light AA Car 4x2 B 55 15 twin LMG42 Camionette Desertica M43 Lt AA truck 4x4 C 30 14 20mm L65 AA, LMG59 Autocannone 75/27 Md AA truck 4x2 C 38 10 75mm L30160 Autocannone 90/53 Hvy AA truck 4x2 D 27 8 75mm L2785 Autocannone 102/35 Hvy AA truck 4x2 D 27 8 102mm L3548 AS 42 (HMG) Recon Car 4x4 C 55 26 HMG, LMG46 AS 42 (20/65) Recon Car 4x4 C 55 26 20mm L65 AA, LMG39 AS 42 (20mm s18) Recon Car 4x4 C 55 26 20mm L105, LMG

ITAL morPV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP

Y Ar

45 L5/21 2 LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 8 B 452 L5/32 37 L40 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 8 B 747 L3/35 2 LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 26 12 B 358 L3 Flamethrower F/Thr,LMG 2 1 1 2 1 1 26 12 B 354 L3 (20mm) 20 L105 2 1 1 2 1 1 26 12 B 474 L6/40 20 L55,LMG 3 2 1 3 3 3 26 16 C 570 M11/39 37 L40,2LMG 3 2 1 3 3 3 20 12 C 6116 M13/40 47 L32,3LMG 3 3 3 4 3 3 20 9 C 6134 M15/42 47 L40,3LMG 4 3 3 5 3 3 25 14 C 6193 P40 75 L34,LMG 8 5 5 7 5 5 26 15 C 8

PV Self Propelled Guns ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP75 Semovente L40 da 47/32 47 L32 3 2 2 3 2 2 26 17 B 693 Semovente M40 da 75/18 75 L20 3 2 1 3 2 1 20 10 C 7109 Semovente M42 da 75/18 75 L20 4 3 3 5 3 3 26 12 C 7136 Semovente M42M da 75/34 75 L34 4 3 3 5 3 3 26 12 C 7177 Semovente M41M da 90/53 90 L53 3 3 1 4 1 - 23 12 C 8164 Semovente M43 da 75/34 75 L34 7 3 3 8 3 3 25 14 C 7208 Semovente M43 da 75/46 75 L46 7 4 3 10 5 3 24 14 C 7171 Semovente M43 da 105/25 105 L25 7 4 3 10 5 3 24 14 C 974 Carro Commando M41 HMG 4 3 3 4 3 3 26 14 C 3

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP46 Lancia IZ`M' 4x2 3 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 12 C 363 AB611 6x4 37 L40,2LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 10 C 547 AB40 4x4 3 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 16 C 470 AB41 4x4 20 L65,2LMG 1 1 1 2 1 1 52 18 C 592 AB43 4x4 47 L40,2LMG 1 1 1 3 2 2 54 20 C 6113 AB41/43 4x4 50 L60,2LMG 1 1 1 2 1 1 54 20 C 738 AS37 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 38 20 C 2 336 AB Lince Scout Car 4x4 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 54 20 B 2

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped!Radios; L6/40, M15/42, P40, Semovente M40/M41/M42/M43, Carro Commando M41, AB 40/41, AB Lince,

AS37 were equipped as standard. For M13/40, radios were standard after late 1941, prior to which onlyplatoon/company command tanks were radio equipped.One Man Turrets; L5/21, L5/32, L6/40, M11/39.

ITALYPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES20 20mm L105 S18-1000 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 2 No gun shield

4 3 2 2 222 37mm L40 37/40 A (11) (10) (9) (7) (5) 3

4 4 3 3 233 37mm L45 37/45 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

6 5 4 4 3 332 47mm L32 47/32 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) 3 No gun shield

5 5 4 4 3 3+23pp -> StGt 41 HEAT ‘43+ (11) (7) 5

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 1839 47mm L40 47/40 * (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) *

6 6 5 5 5 4 446 75mm L20 75/18 B (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

6 6 5 5 4 4 4 3+14pg ->75mm L20 75/18 HEAT ‘42+ (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 871 75mm L34 75/32 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

8 8 7 7 7 6 6 5 584 75mm L42 75/39 C (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (5) 5 No gun shield

9 9 8 8 7 7 7 6 6 5103 75mm L46 75/46 C (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5

11 11 10 10 9 9 8 8 7 6126 90mm L53 90/53 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 6

13 13 12 12 11 11 10 10 9 9

PV Howitzers/Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES42 65mm L17 65/17 No gnshld A (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) 4 Hrse drawn

- - - - - -+0pg -> 65mm L17 65/17 HEAT ‘42+ A (8) (8) (7) (6)

5 5 5 555 75mm L30 75/27 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 Smk

7 6 6 6 5 5 4 3 3+17pg 75mm L30 75/27 HEAT ‘42+ (10) (9) (9) (8) (6) (6) (5)

8 8 8 8 8 8 862 100mm L19 vs 14 C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - -+15pg -> 100mm L19 vs 14 HEAT ‘42+ (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 1070 100mm L24 vs 14/19 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - - -+16pg ->100mm L24 vs 14/19 HEAT 1942+ (9) (8) (8) (8) (6) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 10 1071 102mm L35 102/35 C (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7

- - - - - - - - - -70 105mm L25 105/25 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk

8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4+16pg ->105mm L25 105/25 HEAT ‘43 + (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L65 AA 20/65 A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1 No gun shield

3 2 2 2 2

Japan

PV JAPAN Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Type 97 Sankyo Motorcycle x 3 - A 44 15 1 -8 Type 97 Iwasaki M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 40 11 1 -8 Type 95 Kurogane Light Car 4x4 B 44 16 1 -13 Nissan 180 Isuzu Typ 94 Light Truck 4x2 C 42 11 4 B24 Isuzu Type 94 A/B Medium Truck 6x4 C 40 15 7 C27 Isuzu Type 2 (7 ton) Heavy Truck 4x2 D 32 8 10 D21 Toyota SUKI Amphib Truck 4x4 D 30 12 5 -20 Isuzu Type 98 KO-HI Halftrack ht C 28 16 4 C16 Type 94,92,98 (4-6 ton) Medium Tractor trk C 25 13 2 C11 Type 92, 95 (8-13 ton) Heavy Tractor trk C 20 8 0 D





118

U.S.

PV USA So Descri Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

ftskins ption

7 Harley-Davidson WLA Motorcycle x 3 - A 60 23 1 -9 Jeep (wpns extra) Light car 4x4 B 55 24 1 A10 Ford GPA Amphibious Car 4x4 B 55 20 1 -12 Weapons Carrier 'Beep' Light Truck 4x4 B 50 20 2 A15 Dodge (1 ton) Light Truck 4x4 C 50 18 4 B19 Dodge (2 ton) Light Truck 6x6 C 50 24 5 B26 GMC (2 ton) Medium Truck 6x6 C 45 22 7 C27 GMC DUKW (2 ton) 'Duck' Amphib Truck 6x6 C 45 20 6 -11 Diamond T (4 ton) Heavy Truck 6x6 D 40 21 0 D20 Mack (7 ton) Heavy Truck 6x6 D 31 15 5 D18 M5 (13 ton) High Speed Heavy Tractor trk C 35 15 3 D

U.S ArmorPV TANKS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP134 M2A4 37 L54,4*LMG 4 3 3 4 3 3 26 12 C 6144 M3 37 L54,4*LMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 36 20 C 6132 M3A1 37 L54,2*LMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 36 20 C 6119 M3A1 'Satan' F/thrower,2*LMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 36 20 C 4136 M5A1 37 L54,2*LMG 6 3 3 5 3 3 36 24 C 6198 M24 'Chaffee' 75 L40,2*LMG 5 3 3 5 3 3 35 25 C 8249 M3 ̀ Lee' (Early) 4xLMG 75 L31,37L54 7 4 4 7 5 5 26 16 C 7266 M3 ̀ Lee' (Late) 4xLMG 75 L40,37L54 7 4 4 7 5 5 26 16 C 7240 M3 ̀ Grant' (Early) 3xLMG 75 L31,37L54 7 4 4 6 5 5 26 16 C 7258 M3 ̀ Grant' (Late) 3xLMG 75 L40,37L54 7 4 4 6 5 5 26 16 C 7223 M4 75 L40,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 24 15 C 7240 M4 (105mm) 105 L22,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 24 16 C 9230 M4A1 75 L40,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 24 15 C 7262 M4A1 (76mm) 76 L52,2*LMG 9 5 4 10 7 7 24 15 C 7274 M4A1 (76mm) Modified 76 L52,2*LMG 12 5 4 10 7 7 24 15 C 7226 M4A2 75 L40,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 29 17 C 7233 M4A2 (Late) 75 L40,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 29 17 C 7225 M4A3/M4A4 75 L40,2*LMG 8 4 4 9 6 6 26 16 C 7232 M4A3 (Late) 75 L40,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 26 16 C 7263 M4A3 (76mm) 76 L52,2*LMG 9 5 4 10 7 7 26 16 C 7

276 M4A3 (76mm) Modified 76 L52,2*LMG 12 5 4 10 7 7 26 16 C 7269 M4A3E8 (76mm) HVSS 76 L52,2*LMG 9 5 4 10 7 7 28 20 C 7253 M4A3 (105mm) HVSS 105 L22,2*LMG 9 5 4 9 6 6 28 20 C 10155 M4 POA-CWS 75-HI F/Thr,2*LMG 8 5 4 9 6 6 26 16 C 3304 M4A3E2 (75mm) 'Jumbo' 75 L40,2*LMG 16 7 3 18 15 15 22 12 C 7332 M4A3E2 (76mm) 'Jum 76 L52,2*LMG 16 7 3 18 15 15 22 12 C 7354 M26 'Pershing' 90 L53,2*LMG 16 8 5 13 9 9 20 12 D 8

bo'

PV SELF PROPELLED GUNS ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP154 M8 HMG ̀ Scott' 75 L16,HMG 5 3 3 4 3 3 40 20 C 7202 M7 HMG ̀ Priest' 105 L22,HMG 7 2 2 6 2 2 25 15 C 7241 M10 GMC ̀ Wolverine' 76 L52,HMG 6 3 3 8 3 3 30 20 C 6215 M18 GMC ̀ Hellcat' 76 L52,HMG 2 2 2 3 2 2 50 24 C 6314 M36 GMC ̀ Jackson' 90 L53,HMG 6 3 3 8 3 3 30 18 C 7337 M36B2 GMC ̀ Jackson' 90L53,HMG,LMG 9 5 4 8 3 3 26 16 C 7123 M3 GMC 75 L40 1 1 1 1 - - 40 16 C 592 T30 HMC 75 L16 1 1 1 1 - - 44 17 C 5138 T19 HMC 105 L22 1 1 1 1 - - 40 16 C 7104 T15 MGMC 37 L54,2*HMG 1 1 1 1 1 - 40 16 C 388 M16 MGMC 4 HMG (Quad) 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 382 M4A1 & M21 Mtr Carrier 81mm Mortar 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C -102 LVT(A)1 37 L54,3*LMG 1 1 1 5 3 3 20 12 D 6136 LVT(A)4 75 L16,HMG 1 1 1 4 3 3 20 12 D 7

PV APC/RECONNAISSANCE ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP94 M8 ̀ Greyhound' 6x6 37 L54,LMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 55 20 C 560 M3A1 Sct Car 4x4 HMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 14 C 2 289 M20 Scout Car 6x6 HMG 2 2 2 2 2 2 55 22 C 2 197 M5A1 Recce HMG 6 3 3 6 3 3 40 25 B 270 M2 Half-trk HMG,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 347 M3 Half-trk LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 471 M3A1 Half-trk HMG,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 476 M3A1 ̀ LMG' Half-trk HMG,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 2 3107 M3A1 ̀ MMG' Half-trk HMG,2*MMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 19 C 278 LVT(A)2 HMG,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 14 D 2 583 LVT4 ̀Buffalo' HMG,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 14 D 2 9

Smoke Dischargers; From 1944 onwards, M24 Chaffee, Medium M4 series, M10, M18, M36, M36B2, M20 &M8 AC were equipped with smoke pots or mortars. (No AFVs equipped prior to 1944.)Radios; All AFVs equipped as standard.One Man Turrets; none

USAPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES38 37mm L54 M3A1 US Canister ‘42+ A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 3

6 6 5 5 4 473 57mm L50 M1 B (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) 4 (HE 1944+)

9 9 8 8 7 7 6 5 5+10pp -> 57 11) (11) (10) (10) (8) (6) (6) (5)mm L50 APDS (12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4

74 75mm L31 M2 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5) 5 Smk,WP ‘44+9 9 8 7 7 6 5 5 4 3

90 75mm L40 M3 * (11) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (5) * Smk,WP ‘44+10 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 6 6

113 76mm L52 3” M5 B (11) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (6) 5 Smk ‘45+13 12 12 11 10 9 9 8 8 6

+14pp -> 76mm L52 HVAP (11) (12) (11) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6)16 15 14 13 12 10 9 7

151 90mm L53 M1A1, M2 C (11) (12) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 816 15 15 14 14 13 13 12 11 10

+4 -> 11) (12) (12) (11) (9) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5)3pp 90mm L53 HVAP ( 23 21 19 18 17 15 13 12 10 8

PV Howitzers/ Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES40 57mm L27 M18 Recoilless A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 4 No gun shield

- - - - --> 57mm L27 M18 Recoilless HEAT (10) (9) (8) (7) (5)

7 7 7 7 755 75mm L28 M20 Recoilless A (11) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) No Gnshld 5 W P

- - - - - - --> 75mm L28 M20 Recoilless HEAT (10) (9) (8) (7) (5)

9 9 9 9 951 75mm L16 M1A1 Pack A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) No Gnshld 5 WP,Canistr

- - - - - - --> 75mm L16 M1A1 Pack HEAT (8) (8) (7) (7) (5)8 8 8 8 8

68 75mm L34 M1917 B (11) (10) (10) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 WP8 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 4 3

93 105mm L16 M3 No Gun Shield C (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk, WP- - - - - - - -

-> 105mm L16 M3 HEAT (8) (8) (7) (7) (5) (5)11 11 11 11 11 11

92 105mm L22 M2A1 C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk, WP

- - - - - - - - --> (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)105mm L22 M2A1 HEAT C

11 11 11 11 11 11 11

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES39 37m 12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) (No g/sh eld) 2

5 5 4 4 3 3m L54 AA M1A1 B ( i

Hungary

PV HUNGARY/RUMANIA Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowSoftskins Rd C/C in teams13 Daimler ADGR, Tatra T92 Light Truck 6x4 B 40 15 2 B14 Botund 38M Light Truck 6x4 B 40 17 3 B28 Raba Medium Truck 6x4 C 45 16 9 C

HUNGARY ArmorPV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP61 38M Toldi I-II 20 L105,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 31 16 C 588 38M Toldi IIa 40 L51,LMG 4 1 1 2 1 1 31 16 C 7116 42M Toldi III 40 L51,LMG 6 2 1 4 3 1 31 16 C 7131 40M Turan I 40 L51,2*LMG 6 3 2 5 3 2 29 17 C 5141 43M Turan II 75 L21,2*LMG 6 3 2 5 3 2 29 17 C 7144 40/43M Zrinyl II 105 L20 9 3 2 8 3 2 27 15 C 885 40M Nimrod 40 L56 AA 3 1 1 1 1 1 32 18 C 450 39M Csaba 20 L105,LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 50 15 C 5

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equipped.Radios; Turan I & II, 42M Toldi, 40/43M Zrinyi & 40M Nimrod were equipped as standard. For 38M Toldi &39M Csaba, only platoon & company commands were radio equipped. (+10 PV in this case)One Man Turrets; 39M Csaba.

HUNGARYPV Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES20 20mm L105 S18-1000 A (11) (10) (9) (8) (6) 2 No gun shield

4 3 2 2 235 40mm L51 Skoda * (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) *

6 6 5 5 4 344 75mm L21 41M * (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) * Smk

7 6 6 5 4 4 358 105mm L20 40M C (10) (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (7) (6) (5) 7 Smk

8 7 7 6 5 4 4 4 3+28pg -> 105mm L20 40M HEAT ‘43+ (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) (5)

10 10 10 10 10 10 1044 40mm L56 AA Bofors B (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 2

6 5 5 4 4 3+22pp StGt 41 HEAT ‘42 5

(Muzzle-loaded Spigot Grenade) 18 18(10) (6)

Poland

PV POLISH/FINNISH Softskins Description Drive Size Speed Capacity TowRd C/C in teams

7 Sokol 200 & 600 Motorcycle x 3 - A 50 17 1 -8 Sokol 1000 M/cycle Sidecar x 2 - A 45 12 1 -7 Poski-Fiat 508/518 Light Car 4x4 B 38 10 1 -12 Ursus A Light Truck 4x2 C 35 9 4 B18 Poski-Fiat 621 Medium Truck 4x2 C 33 8 6 B10 C2P Lt Tractor trk B 30 16 0 B12 C7P Medium Tractor trk C 22 11 0 D

POLISH ArmorPV AFV NAME ARMAMENT HF HS HR TF TS TR Rd CC Sz FO CAP

33 TK/TKS LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 28 14 B 339 TK/TKSz 20 L55 1 1 1 1 1 1 28 14 B 436 VAU 33 dw 2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 12 C 450 VAU 33 jw 47 L12,LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 12 C 639 7TP dw 2 LMG 2 1 1 1 1 1 20 12 C 478 7TP jw 37 L45,LMG 2 1 1 2 2 2 20 12 C 651 Ursus wz 29 4x2 37 L22,2*LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 8 C 631 Ursus wz 34 (a) 4x2 LMG 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 10 C 433 Ursus wz 34 (b) 4x2 37 L22 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 10 C 7

Smoke Dischargers; No AFVs equippedRadios; No AFVs equippedOne Man Turrets; VAU 33 dw, 7TP dw, Ursus 34.

POLPV AT/Tank Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES

AND

13 20mm L55 FK * (11) (10) (8) (6) to-hti chance *3 2 2 2 penetration

11 37mm L22 SA mle 16 * (10) (9) (6) *3 2 2

33 37mm L45 Bofors A (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (5) 36 5 5 4 3 3

14 47m (11) (9) (7) (5) *m L12 QF * 3 3 2 2

PV Howitzers/ Field Guns Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES31 65mm L20 mle 06 A (9) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5) (No g/shield) 4 (Horsedrawn)

- - - - - -36 75mm L15 vz 15 A (9) (9) (8) (8) (7) (6) (5) 5 (Horsedrawn)

- - - - - - -

PV AA/Automatic Cannon Size 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 FO NOTES24 20mm L62 AA Madsen CHM A (12) (11) (10) (7) (5) 1 No gun shield

3 2 2 2 244 40m 12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (7) 3 No gm L56 AA Bofors B ( un shield 6 5 5 4 4 3



119

Ant i-Tan k Fir e Variat ion s (page 30) Add to or deduct from the gun's base to-hit chance;

-1 Target just came into sight.-1 Target seen for less than half of turn

-1 Target moving over 15cm to or from firer, OR-1 Target moving upto 15cm across LOS (line of sight), OR-2 Target moving 15cm+ across LOS, Turreted guns only

(all guns capable of traversing 360º) OR-3 Target moving 15cm+ across LOS, Non-turreted guns

(ie. SPs, AT guns, field guns, howitzers, infantry guns)

-2 Target is partially concealed (33-66%) by hard cover-4 Target is hull-down or concealed 66%+ by hard cover

+1 Target is Size ̀ D'-1 Target is Size ̀ B'-2 Target is Size ̀ A'

+1 Second & subsequent shots at moving target (accumulat ive, max of +3) Lost if firermoves or changestarget.

+2

When AFV target has been penetrated by AP, APCR, APDS, HVAP, HEAT or been hit with an HEround, roll 3D6, add/deduct variations according to calibre, ammunition, target type and refer to table

Second & subsequent shots at stationary target(accumulative, max of + 6) Lost if firer moves, engages another target.

+1 If firing a HEAT shell (see page 30 for * notes on this) -1 Firer's turret/hull traversed over half maximum this turn-4 Firing at a Muzzle-flash-2 Firer moved over 5cm+1 For each additional barrel of an AA/automati c cannon-2 If AFV's commander has been killed

+1 Firer is Veteran-1 Firer is Conscript

Note - AFVs cannot fir e if they have expended over half their mov ement during a turn.

Penetration Eff ects Table; (page 31)

for a damage result;

Penetration Effects Table;

Result Effect On Target14 or more Destroyed11-13 Hull/Gun Damaged9-10 Stunned 2 Moves7-8 Stunned 16 or less No Effect

Move

Destroyed - AFV is completely knocked out of action.Hull/Gun Damaged - if hull is hit, AFV is immobilized.

- if turret/superstructure is hit, all main armament (and traversing) is disabled.Stunned 2 Moves - AFV cannot move, fire or observe for 2 movesStunned 1 Move - AFV cannot move, fire or observe for 1 movesNo Effect - shell inflicts negligible damage

Same Result Received Second Time in the Same or Subsequent Turn – take the next result up.

Penetration Effects Table Variations for AP, A P, APCR, APDS, HVAP, HEAT ammuniti on+6 140-155mm gun (except HEAT)+5 122-130mm gun (except HEAT)+3 94-115 gun (except HEAT)+2 84-90mm gun (except HEAT)+0 65-76mm gun (except HEAT)-1 50-57mm gun (except HEAT)-3 37-47mm gun (except HEAT)-4 0-35mm gun (except HEAT)-4 HEAT ammunition & all Infantry AT weapons

+3 penetrated 3-5 over target's armor level+6 penetrated 6+ over target's armor level

Penetration Effects Table Variations for High Explosive (HE) rounds+2 160mm+ gun+0 140-155mm gun-1 122-130mm gun-3 94-115 gun-5 84-90mm gun-7 65-76mm gun *+2 Target is Light AFV+2 Target AFV has Open Top, Sides or Rear (PLUS below +1 if relevant)+1 Target AFV has open Sides or Rear and firing at it from its open side or rear arc

Guns below 65mm calibre have no effect.*

Direct Area Fire (page 32) Beaten Zone RadiiGun/Howitzer Calibre Beaten Zone Radius *156mm+ Gun 12cm140-155mm Gun 10cm122-130mm Gun 9cm94-115 Gun 8cm84-90mm Gun 7cm

65-76mm Gun 6cm57mm Gun 5cm45-50mm Gun 4cm30-42mm Gun 3cm

* Note this is the radius, so the diameter is double this.

Direct Area Fire Variatio ns (page 32) Add to or deduct from the gun's base to-hit chance;

+5 156mm+ Gun firing+4 140-155mm Gun firing+3 122-130mm Gun firing+2 94-115 Gun firing+1 84-90mm Gun firing+0 65-76mm Gun firing-1 57mm Gun firing-2 45-50mm Gun firing-3 30-42mm Gun firing

+1 Firer is Veteran-1 Firer is Conscript

+2 Target is Size ̀ D'+1 Target is Size ̀ C'-2 Target is within Partial or Soft cover (includes AFVs with

open sides, back & top, and ‘tank riders’)-4 Target is within/behind Hard-cover (includes AFVs with

open back & top)-5 Target is Dug-in/Entrenched (includes AFVs with open

top)-6 Target is in Fortifications-1 Target moving upto 10cm across LOS or over 10cm-1 Target observed for half turn or less-2 Speculative Fire; Target unobserved

-2 Firer moved over 5cm-1 Firing Smoke-2 Firing White Phosphorous+1 2nd & subsequent turns firing at same POA (max +3)#

(#) Second & subsequent turn bonuses are lost if firer moves or engages another target POA.

ARTILLERY BEATEN ZONES (page 35) GUNS-HOWITZERS TABLE

PV perSize BZR 2 Guns * Range

Light: 60-80mm 7cm 80 800cm85-90mm 9cm 120 950cm

m

Medium: 95-120mm 12cm 180 1000cm122-135mm 14cm 240 1200cm

Heavy: 140-155mm 16cm 300 1400cm160-199m 18cm 350 2100cm200mm+ 20cm 400 2800cm

MORTARS TABLEPV per Range

Size BZR mortar Min Max Crew

45 - 60mm # 3cm 15 15cm 55cm 1 team76 - 82mm # 6cm 45 30cm 150cm 1 team90 - 107mm 9cm 70 60cm 250cm 2 teams120mm 15cm 100 120cm 350cm 2 t150 - 160mm 18cm 180 160cm 300cm 3 t eams

eams

DICING FOR UNITS WITHIN A BEATEN ZONE (page 37) The base chance for an artillery/mortar battery or individual mortar to hit a target within a Beaten Zone is ‘8’.

Subtract the relevant variations to the base to-hit chance to get the adjusted to-hit chance, and then roll 3D6. Ifnumber rolled is equal to or under the adjusted number’, the target has been hit.

Indirect Fire To-Hit Variations: A base of 8, minus these variations:- 2 if target is AFV- 1 if target was within BZR for less than whole move, due to it moving; or target is not completely within BZR- 1 if firer is mortar firing at target first time- 1 if target in hard cover, or wooden building (does not count if firing gun is 122mm+)

+1 if battery/platoon has 2 pairs of guns, or 2 mortars+2 if battery/platoon has 3 pairs of guns, or 3 mortars+3 if battery/platoon has 4 or more pairs of guns, or 4 or more mortars

If target or is entrenched, dug-in, or in fox hole, or in a brick/stone building and- 1 if firing gun/mortar is 122mm+- 2 if firing gun/mortar is 85mm – 120mm- 3 if firing gun/mortar is 80mm or below

If target is in a pillbox, bunker, dugout and- 2 and if firing gun/mortar is 140mm+- 3 if firing gun/mortar is 85mm – 135mmNo effect! if firing gun/mortar is 65 - 80mmNo effect! if firing gun/mortar is 47 - 60mm

Note: Hard cover is defined here as being sandbags, gully, ditch, wooden buildings, infantry/guns inwoods, etc. and provides some form of all round (or almost all round) protection.

Command Radius to Parent HQ is (page 7) no radios * 20cm out of sight or 40cm insight **

radios 100cm for German/Allied or 60cm for Soviet/Axis/others** Halve this range if measuring range from infantry platoon HQs to their squads/sections, or, whenmeasuring range from ‘closed-down’ AFVs to their platoon/battery HQ AFV

Company HQ Movement Pips (page 7) During Phase B ‘Determine Company HQ movement pips’ players throw 1D6 per Company HQ, and thenmodify that dice roll according to what troop class that company is. See below table.

Co. HQ Movement Pips Modification Table (1D6)Veteran Regular Conscri ptDie roll of 1 - re-roll * Die roll as is Die roll of 1 as isDie roll of 2 - re-roll * Die roll as is Die roll of 2 as isDie roll of 3 as is Die roll as is Die roll of 3 as isDie roll of 4 as is Die roll as is Die roll of 4 as isDie roll of 5 as is Die roll as is Die roll of 5 – re-roll *Di

e roll of 6 as is Die roll as is Die roll of 6 – re-roll *

The infantry weapons of this table are provided here for vehicle mounted weapons, and, so that you can makeyour own squads should there be some that we have not covered in the army lists. The army lists provide fire

rs infantry unit’s antry

Infantry Teams/Weapons Fire Factors Table (page 15)

facto for all inf weapons.

Range in cm

PV Weapon CQC 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160

7 Rifle Team 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - -10 US Rifle/Carbine Team 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 - - - -13 Assault Rifle Team 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 - - - - -10 SMG Team 6 6 3 1 - - - - - - - - -

23 Platoon HQ Team 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - -34 Company + HQ Team 5 4 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - -30 FAO/FAC Team 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -* Open Topped AFV Crew 1 - - - - - - - - - - - -

13 LMG Team (mag) 2 3 4 5 4 4 3 2 1 - - - -14 US LMG Team (mag) 4 4 5 6 5 5 4 2 1 - - - -15 LMG Team (belt) ** 2 4 5 7 6 5 4 3 1 1 1 - -

3 + AT Weapon Team *** 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -

26 MMG 2 8 14 16 14 12 9 6 5 4 2 2 130 HMG 3 6 10 12 12 12 11 10 8 6 5 4 2

8 AFV LMG (mag) - 3 4 4 4 4 3 2 1 - - - -12 AFV LMG (belt) - 4 5 7 6 5 4 3 1 1 1 - -*** * 20/25mm AA Cannon - 5 7 9 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 -

V Flamethrowers CQC 5 10 15P

26 Flame Thrower (AFV) - 50 27 8 (UK/USA)

15 Flame Thrower Team (Man) 16 16 - - Engineers only15 Flame Thrower (AFV) - 30 16 - (Soviet/Axis)

Figures in the above table are fire factors for each team/weapon. (adding a radio to an HQ costs + 20 PV)* PV not applicable, cannot be purchased separately. Applies to AFVs with open tops, sides or rear.** LMG Team (belt) on foot cannot fire if it moved. (Does not apply to vehicle mounted belt fed LMGs.)*** AT Weapon Teams cost 3 points plus the point value of the AT weapon.**** Refer to Gun Charts for PV



120

Infantry Casualty Table (page 16) Final Fire FactorsVariation 1+ 3+ 5+ 7+ 10+ 15+ 20+ 30+ 40+ 50+ 60+ 70+ 80+ 100++7 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 18 24 30 35 41 47 59+6 1 2 3 4 6 8 11 16 21 27 32 37 42 53+5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 14 19 23 28 33 37 46+4 1 2 2 3 4 6 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 40+3 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 11 14 17 21 24 28 34+2 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 9 12 15 18 21 23 29+1 0 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 200 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 7 8 10 12 13 16-1 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 7 8 10 12 13 16-2 0 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 13-3 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10-4 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8-5 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5-6 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4-7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3-8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2-9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2Variables over +7 treat as +7. Variables under –9 treat as –9.Cross reference Final Variation total with fire factors to find out how many teams are casualties.

Infantry Weapons Direct Fire Variations: (row shifts, ie, up or down) (page 16) Target Unit/s Variations Firing Unit/s Variations-2 Target behind soft/partial cover -3 Firer moved up to half-6 Target behind Hard Cover -2 Firer under covering fire-8 Target in fortifications +2 Firer is veteran-1 Target moving over 5cm -2 Firer is conscript-2 Target moving over 10cm -5 Firer doing speculative or covering fire-2 Target is prone infantry -3 Fir ing at muzzleflash+1 Target is in softskin vehicle +2 Each extra barrel firing

-3 for each ‘team’ firing crew has lost as casualties-3 Firer is AFV firing from a One Man Turret


Close Quarters Combat Variations: (row shifts, ie, up or down) (page 18)et

Targ Unit/s Variations Your nit/s VariationsU-1 Enemy unit in/behind Soft-cover +4 if unit attacks enemy from entirely behind its rear edge-5 Enemy unit in/behind hardcover/buildings -3 if unit pinned or covered in smoke-7 Enemy in fortifications -2 if unit riding AFV or vehicle-1 Enemy charged into CQC this turn +2 if unit is Veteran+1 Enemy unit disengaging -2 if unit is Conscript

+1 unit is Assault Engineer+1 unit is mounted/cavalry-3 f

or each ‘team’ attacking crew has lost as casualties


Infantry AT Weapons Table (page 20) Range in Cm Crew Sz Country

amsPV Anti-Tank Rifles 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 In Te Of Origin

D 41 1 Soviet

97 1 Japan

s

8 7.9mm wz35 (%) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) 1 PolandPen 3 3 3 2 2 2

13 7.9mm PzB 38/39 (%) (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) 1 GermanyPen 4 4 3 3 3 2 2

16 14.5mm PTR (%) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (9) (8) (6)Pen 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2

20 20mm S18-1000 (%) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (10) (8) (7) 1 VariousPen 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3

18 20mm Type (%) (13) (12) (12) (11) (11) (10) (9) (8)Pen 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2

13 20mm Lathl (%) (12) (11) (10) (10) (9) (9) (8) (7) 1 FinlandPen 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 2

10 13.9mm Boy (%) (12) (12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7) 1 UKPen 3 3 3 2 2 2 2

yRange in Cm Crew Sz Countr PV HEAT 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 In Teams Of Origin6 PIAT 11) (7) ** UK (Apr 8 8

( ‘43+)

10 10 10( (1944+)

17 2.36” Bazooka (12) (10) (8) 1 USA (Nov ‘42+)

36 Panzerschreck 12) (11) (9) (7) 1 Germany 16 16 16 168 Panzerfaust 30/60 (10) * Germany (Aug ‘43+)

1816 Panzerfaust 100 (10) (7) * Germany(June ‘44+)

18 1824 Panzerfaust 150 10) (9) (7) * Germany 18 18 18

( (Jan ‘45+)

3 Molotov Cocktail (9) Hand Thrown * Soviet/FinnishSee Molotov Cocktail Rules

# FlamethrowerSee Flamethrower Rules * Various3 AT Grenade Early (9) Hand Thrown * Various

3Various

-HE hrown ious

6 AT Grenade Late (9) Hand Thrown *8

3 AT Grenade (9) Hand T * Var Use Penetration Table as 75mm HE

8 AT Magnetic Mine (%) (10) Range is 0cm. Base must contact AFV * Germany Pen 12 Engineers only4 AT Rifle Grnde 9) (7) *

Early 3 3( Various (‘40+)

( Various (‘43+)

Rifl ious

9 AT Rifle Grnde 10) (9) (7) *Late 7 7 7

6 AP e Grnde (10) (8) (6) * Var Use Direct HE Fire rules: BZR = 3cm (per lists)Note: Panzerschreck, Panzerfaust, Bazooka, PIAT, ATMM, AT-HE all have a 75mm HE equivalent.

OBSERVATION TABLE: (all Ranges are in ‘cm’) (page 8) Terrain That Target is in or behind Target Size

A B C D

ush, Long GrassOpen terrain or desert 100 160 240 300Low or Scattered Br 30 80 200 270Hedge, Wall, Ruins 20 40 140 200Thick Woods – in outer 5cm 10 20 60 90

b erved f outside“ “ - over 5cm inside cannot e obs rom wood“ “ - observer & target inside 10 15 30 40

Thin Woods – in outer 10cm 20 30 100 160“ “ - over 10cm inside cannot e obs rom wood“ “ - observer & target inside 15 25 40 80

b erved f outside

Orchard – in outer 15cm 30 40 140 180“ - over 15cm inside cannot e obs rom ch

“ - observer & target inside 25 30 70 90b erved f outside or ard

Thick Treeline or Bocage 20 40 100 140Thin Treeline 40 60 180 240

SIDE Building, House, Shed 10 20 60 80INModifiers:x ½ if target is camoflaged, or is prone infantry in the open, brush, woods, treeline, orchardx ½ if target is dug-in or hull-downx ½ if observer is a closed-down AFVx 2/3 if observer is moving over 5cm this turnx 2 if target fired or moved over 5cm this turnx 1.5 if obverser has height advantage (3+ floors up)x ½ if target is within/behind artillery BZR

If observer is over 5cm inside a thick wood, over 10cm inside a thin wood, or over 15cm inside an orchard, itcannot see out at all.

Muzzle-Flash Observation Ranges: (all Ranges are in ‘cm’) (page 9)Weapon Calibre Exact General

Location LocationInfantry Weapons 30 60Bazooka/Pzfst/Pzrschreck 40 8020mm – 47mm 60 10050mm – 82mm 90 15085mm – 122mm 120 200

250122mm+ 150

V

oll 2D6 and add/subtract the following;

2 Unit is "Poor" status

2 For each sub-unit * disabled/destroyed or Retreating.

-6 AFV disabled or damaged.-1 AFV/s in a ̀ built up' area, that is, actually amongst buildings.

Platoon out of CR of parent HQ) ***-2 Unit under flame or aircraft attack.-2 Unit subjected to indirect fire (-1 for Mortars)-2 Unit is pinned or has lost CQC this move.

cm) and have no effective AT weapons.

+2 Unit defending from Pill box or Bunkers

Morale Reaction Table; (page 24)

Note: a PIAT has no muzzle f lash!

Modifiers:x ½ if observer is in closed-down AFx ½ if observer is moving over 5cmx 1/3 if firing weapon is a mortar

x ½ if target’s position is camouflaged. See camouflage rules.

Morale Test Variations: (page 23)R +2 Unit is "Elite" status- -3 for each ‘team’ of a squad/section/crew lost as casualties (only used when testing the morale of asquad/section/crew)

-1 For each sub-unit * Shaken result- +1 AFV Crew/Unit **-2 AFV’s head-up commander has been killed.

-1 Visibility is low due to poor weather or in smoke

-3 Unit outside Command Radius of parent HQ. (unless Recon

-2 Infantry Unit faced with AFVs (within 20-2 Unit's HQ is Destroyed or Retreating.+1 Unit defending hill or woods+1 Unit defending is dug-in or within buildings

Modified Dice Roll Result+3 or higher OK+2 Shaken+1 Shaken

0 or below Retreat

Morale Status;

OK; Unit morale good. Continue to follow orders.

Shaken; Give the unit a Shaken counter. Its affects are:• The unit will defend the position it currently occupies, or• The unit has the option to withdraw from its defended position at any time.• If enemy AFVs approach to within 40cm of the unit's position (or 20cm if enemy infantry), on its

next turn the unit must evacuate the position and withdraw towards a safer location. No movement pipsare re

• Movement towards enemy forces is not permitted.

`Safe Position' - refers to any position which a unit can occupy without threat of being observed orected to fire from enemy units.

• Unit evacuates its current position immediately (during the movement phase) and moves directlytowards its own rear board edge if no enemy forces intervening, or otherwise, directly away fromthreat

• No firing is permitted by unit while retreating.

Vehicle Movement Restricti ons Table (

quired.• Any withdrawal by the unit must be conducted away from enemy forces with return fire only until a

new safe position is reached.

`Return fire only' - means the effected unit is restricted to firing upon enemy forces which have directlyfire upon the unit itself!

subj Retreat; Give the unit a Retreat counter. Its affects are:

ening enemy forces.• Unit continues to retreat unless rallied by its own HQ, even if this takes it off the board. If it leaves

the board, it is considered lost as casualties.• If a unit with this morale result is within, or comes within, 20cm of enemy forces, it will surrender

immediately. If it takes further casualties from enemy forces within 60cm, it also surrenders immediately.Remove surrendered forces from the board.

• Gun crews with guns too heavy to be manhandled are simply removed as casualties uponreceiving a retreat result.

page 25)

Vehicle TypeTerrain Fully Semi 6 & 8 4 x 4 4 x 2 Motor

TrackedTracked Wheeled Wheeled Wheeled Cycle

Towing Off-Road x1 x1 x2/3 x1/2 x1/4 -Thick Woods x2/3 x1/2 x1/3 x1/4 - -Thin Woods x1 x1 x2/3 x1/2 x1/4 x1/4Orchards x1 x3/4 x2/3 x2/3 x1/2 x1/3Low brush/Scrub x1 x1 x1 x2/3 x1/2 x1/3Mud/Sand * x2/3 x1/2 x1/3 x1/4 x1/5 x1/5Rubble x1/3 x1/4 - - - -Marsh * x1/3 - - - - -

* Bogging (1D6) 7+ 6+ 5+ 4+ 3+ 2+ Add to bogging die roll: +1 if Size D AFVs or vehicles #

+1 if traversing Marsh-1 if amphibious AFV or veh

-1 crossing fordable rivericle

# For T-34, KV, IS, Panther, and Pz VI chasis vehicles, if a 7+ is thrown, throw 1D6 again. If 1, 2 or 3 is thrown,the vehicle is not bogged.

Spec al Note:* Vehicle types which enter terrain marked as "-" (not traversable) become automatically bogged.

i

AFV/Gun Crew/Passenger Casualt ies Table (page 30)

• Horse teams are treated as 4x2 vehicles.

AFV/Gun Crew /Passenger Casualti es TableGun Size Firing 2D6

PzFaust, Pzschreck 7 AT, Bazooka 6

122mm+ 1184 - 115mm 1065 - 76mm 845 – 57mm 730 – 42mm 60 – 28mm, grenades 5

PI



121

(Photocopy & Cut-Out)

Morale

Shaken

1 Turn

Morale

Shaken

1 Turn

Morale

Shaken

1 Turn

Morale

Shaken

2 Turns

Morale

Shaken

2 Turns

Morale

Shaken

2 Turns

Morale

Shaken

3 Turns

Morale

Shaken

3 Turns

Morale

Shaken

4 Turns

Morale

Shaken

4 Turns

Morale

Shaken

5 Turns

Morale

Shaken

5 Turns

Morale

Shaken

6 Turns

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Morale

Retreat

Covering

Fire 7

Covering

Fire 1

Covering

Fire 1

Covering

Fire 2

Covering

Fire 2

Covering

Fire 3

Covering

Fire 3

Covering

Fire 4

Covering

Fire 4

Covering

Fire 5

Covering

Fire 5

Covering

Fire 6

Covering

Fire 6

Covering

Fire 7

POA

1

POA

1

POA

2

POA

2

POA

3

POA

3

POA

4

POA

4

POA

5

POA

5

POA

6

POA

6

Morale

Shaken

POA

7

POA

7

POA

8

POA

8

POA

9

POA

9

POA

10

POA

10

POA

11

POA

11

POA

12

POA

12

Morale

Shaken

POA

13

POA

13

POA

14

POA

14

POA

15

POA

15

POA

16

POA

16

POA

17

POA

17

POA

18

POA

18

Morale

Shaken

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Gun

Damage

Immob. Immob Immob Immob Immob Immob Immob Immob Immob Immob Immob Dug-in Dug-in.

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

1 Move

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Stunned

2 Moves

Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Pinned Dug-in Dug-in

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

1 Team

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

2 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

3 Teams

Casaulty

Dug-in Dug-in



122

Errata

This version of Panzerfaust Armored First 4 th Edition is 1.02, and itcontains a few changes from the previous 1.01 version. For those with1.01 those changes are:

2. The following Direct Fire Variation has been added:

3. The following is an addition to the rules. You will find it on page32.

1. The following Direct Fire Variations have been removed:-1 Firing HE ammunition-1 Firing Recoilless Gun

+1 If firing a HEAT shell (fixes an error in HEAT to-hit chances)** Except for the German 80mm L37 PAW 600 and 88mm RPzBGr guns,which don’t include the error.

Direct Area Fire Minimum RangeNo gun can fire Direct Area Fire at targets within its Beaten ZoneRadius. (ie, it could shell itself that way!) This represents the gunsinability to depress low enough to shoot at infantry targets that are tooclose.

4. Rules for infantry digging-in: The following is an addition to therules. You will find i t on page 39.Infantry and infantry heavy weapons teams can dig-in during a game,making fox holes or simple slit trenches. (AFVs or guns cannot be dug-induring during the game, it would take too long. These must be purchasedas defenses before the game.) You cannot dig-in on roads, in buildings, inrubble, or on any other concrete surface. It takes 1 team 3 turns to digitself in. It cannot doing anything else while doing so, and counts asmoving. A whole squad or heavy weapons section must dig-in at thesame time. Once dug-in, just place a counter that says 'dug-in' next to theteam/squad.

-1 if unit moved under half to enter CQC

5. Change to ‘Penetration Effects Table - Variations for HighExplosive (HE) rounds-5 84-90mm gun (was -4)-7 65-76mm gun (was -5)

6. The following bullets from “ Your Unit Variations” in the CloseQuarters Combat Variations on page 18 were removed

-3 if unit moved over half to enter CQC the descriptions for them on page 19 were also removed

7. Clarification on Moving Units and GroupsNormally if a single order is given to a whole platoon or a whole company,the whole platoon or company must follow this order. However, pleasenote that this obviously does not include support weapons (or supportweapon units) that have been setup, these being MMGs, HMGs, mortars,

AT or field guns, AT rifles, Panzerschreks, bazookas, and piats. (unlessyou want the order to include them, of course! But in which case theyhave to start packing up their weapon.)

Some Questions and Answers

1. What happens if AFVs overrun an infantry positi on? AFVs can try to over run any infantry unit if during their movement, the

infantry unit is within range to 'drive' over, and is not in terrain inaccessibleto the AFV. (The infantry should move out of the way in their ownmovement phase if worried!) However, presuming the infantry unit has ATweapons, it will fire first if it did not move or moved less than the AFV. Ifthe AFVs survive the firing and subsequent morale, they can drive overthe infantry position. If the infantry teams are one base width apart from

each other however, it is unlikely that an AFV can catch more than 1team, 2 at the most.

If the infantry are in the open, they would simply be removed ascasualties. However, if dug in, the infantry simply put their heads downand let the AFVs pass over the top.

Note that you cannot do CQC with AFVs unless they have an opentop, sides or rear.

4. If an AFV has a hole put in it which stuns it, is it classed asdamaged for morale purposes?

5. When calling down artillery on a POA, is the +1 variation for acreeping barrage cumulative?

No, you do not count the one-over-armor. 11 pen vs 8 armor =penetration by 3.

If the AFV is open topped, side or rear, yes. If not, then no, AT weaponswould have to be used.

A new rule presented here is that if the infantry movement is higher inthe terrain they are in, than the AFV's movement in that terrain, then theinfantry simply move aside and let the AFV pass. eg, 10cm Cross Countryspeed AFV in rubble has its movement reduced to 3cm, whereas infantryare 5cm.

2. Can AFV's drive through smoke scr eens?Yes, all things can move through smoke screens.

3. Once an AFV is destroyed, does it block line of sight to anothervehicle?Yes, the same as before destroyed.

A stunned AFV is not necessarily penetrated, maybe the shell was a dud,hit at a bad angle, or was deflected. But it still shook up the crew. So the

AFV does not count as damaged.

No, not accumulative.

6. When you penetrate an AFV do you count the one over armour toprenetrate before you add the bonus for penetration? ie Armour of 8,penetration of 11, do you get the bonus then or does it have to be 12penetration?

7. Do bonuses for shooting at a target (like veteran or second andsubsequent shot) give you the edge over your opponent, or is it justthe straight fir e order every time?Bonuses are not specifically relevant, however troop classes are. (whichare what the bonuses kinda relate to anyway.) See page 6 under G:Resolve Infantry Fire & Direct Fire. eg

If two units have the same FO and same situation, the one with a bettertroop class fires first. eg veterans fire before regulars. If two units with thesame troop class and same FO fire at each other, conduct their firingsimultaneously, with simultaneous results. Remember that units which doless always fire before those which do more. eg a stationary unit alwaysfires before a unit which has moved.

8. If you’re in a thin w ood over 10cm in can you see out as normal?If observer is over 5cm inside a thick wood, over 10cm inside a thin wood,or over 15cm inside an orchard, it cannot see out at all.

9. Can infantry assault an AFV in hand to hand us ing whatever is athand (bayonet, hand grenades etc) to destroy or damage it?

10. Do you do a morale check as soon as damage or casualities aretaken, or do you wait until the end of that turn?Morale tests are done as soon as a situation is completed, eg, when aplatoon of 5 tanks is fired at during a particular phase of the turn, perhapsthe beginning, and it takes damage/losses, test its morale. It may be firedat again at the end of the turn. You may have to test it again.



A 3,000 Point 1943 Soviet Force, designed for an encounter game. Consists of four companies, all ReliableConscripts. Large, clumsy, inaccurate, but with OK morale, it relies upon numbers to win a game.

Panzerfaust Armored Fist 4 th Edition is a set of tactical World War Two Miniatures

Wargames rules, for use with 1:76th, 1:72nd or 15mm scale models, for two or moreplayers. The rules also include a conversion to use them with 1:300th scale.

All AFVs, vehicles, guns, and infantry heavy weapons arerepresented by single models.

Panzerfaust Armored Fist has been developed since 1982 withthe strict policy of playability and simplicity without loss of detail.

Tactical Scale:

For infantry we took our queue from German PanzerGrenadiers and US Marines. The Panzer Grenadiersoperated their squads in two halves, fire teams in effect,each half built around an MG34/42 LMG. The US Marinesorganised their squads into three fire teams, the core ofeach team being their BAR LMG. Hence in Panzerfaust

Armored Fist 4th Ed, all infantry squads are based and

operate as fire teams, which greatly speeds upmovement, and simplifies casualty removal.

The rules include a simple and effective command controlsystem

Where each company HQ receives a movement dice perturn. Veteran troops receive bonuses while conscripts arepenalised.

This results in veteran German formations out

Also rated for road and cross country speed and fire orderaccording to crew size and gun calibre.

Detailed gun charts Include normal and special ammunition types such as AP,

HE, HVAP and HEAT. Plus individual to-hit chances for each weapon and

ammunition type. As well as detailed penetration figures for ranges from 200m

to 2,500m.

Panzerfaust Armored Fist 4th Ed has 44 pages of rules.

67 pages of army lists for thirteen WW2 belligerents,including Belgium, Britain, Finland, France, Germany,Hungary, Italy, Japan, Poland, Rumania, Soviet, USAEurope and USA Pacific.

Each nation has detailed Equipment lists stating all armsand equipment that they used, including dates of serviceand point values, Softskin charts, Motorised Gun charts,

Armor charts, and Gun charts. Each weapon or vehicle also has notes with historical

Documents

PANZERFAUST 4thEd Reglas Miniaturas